■ * ' ■ mi m nSZHS iv. • I ■ . , I . I I ■ ':■,',-'<•:• H few*- rtfiv^ ■ ■ ■ (lass PAIR 'S . Book i V fa ( HANDBOOK OF GREEK SYNONYMES, FROM THE FRENCH i OF M. ALEX. PILLON, LIBRARIAN OF THE BIBLIOTHEQJJE ROYALE, AT PARIS, AND ONE OF THE EDITORS OF THE NEW EDITION OF PLANCHE'S DICTIONNAIRE GREC-FRANCAIS. EDITED, WITH NOTES, BY THE REV. THOMAS KEECHEVEB ARNOLD, M.A. RECTOR OF LYNDON, AND LATE FELLOW OF TRINITY COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE. LONDON: FRANCIS & JOHN RIVlNGTON, sr. Paul's church yard, and Waterloo place. 1850. LONDON : GILBERT AND RIVINGTON, PRINTERS, ST. JOHN'S SQUARE. PREFACE. My attention was first called to Mons. Pillon's " Syno- nymes Grecs" by a highly favorable review of that work in the Jahrbiicher fur Philologie und Padagogik, by Vomel, himself the principal German writer upon the subject. There may exist some difference of opinion as to the plan pursued by the Author ; since he comprehends in it all the words, whether poetical or not, that have a common or closely related meaning, not excluding even the a7ra£ Xeyofxeva. Hence, in many articles, we have a conspectus of the whole wealth of the Greek language ; and in others, a discrimination of meanings that are really in themselves quite distinct, and are sufficiently discriminated by the simple mention of the corresponding English or Latin term of each. I have no doubt, however, that the conspectus of the language, thus offered, will be itself considered a work of great interest ; and that the portion which confines itself to the distinction of terms more strictly synonymous, will be received as a valuable contribution to our works on Greek literature ; being indeed on a subject that has hitherto IV PREFACE. been discussed in no separate work in the English lan- guage, if we except the translation of Tittmann's Syno- nymes of the New Testament. The principal point on which I have differed from my Author is the, as it seems to me, undue extension he has given to the term poetical, by which he would be consi- dered by the student, if unwarned, to condemn, not unfre- quently, the use in prose of words that are found in prose writers of the best age, principally indeed by Plato and Xenophon, but sometimes by Thucydides and the Orators. The early notes which I have added to the Work are principally at the end of the volume ; but from the twenty-fourth article T have inserted them in the text, but always distinguished them from the Author's own remarks by including them within brackets [ ]. T. K. A. Weston-Super-Mare, Feb. 21, 1850. The words that belong exclusively to Poetry are printed in a smaller type than the rest. HANDBOOK OF GREEK SYNONYMES. 1. dyafios, ?/, oV, (fr. ayav or [ayajiai] dyaorog), good) in 1 as wide sense as the English word ; well-fitted for any thing ; good or able in any capacity or respect : dyadog yewpyog, i7nrevQ, larpog. Xen. Cyr. i. 5, 6. In Homer, distin- guished by some physical superiority : Borjv ayadog Ato- fjLil^rjg. II. ii. 565 ; good in raising the battle-cry ; i. e. brave in battle. Speaking of things, good, i. e. useful, advan- tageous, efficacious ; fertile (speaking of the soil) ; fig. good, virtuous : Ovk dpa olorre, iky fxi) rig cruxpptoy xal ayadog fi, evhaljiova elyat. Plat. Alcib.i. 134. [Hence it rises from the notion of physical superiority to that of moral excel- lence (its least frequent application); that of profitableness lying between the two. Vomel.~\ 4(r0\ds, fj, 6v, poetical, used in all the significations of dyaQog : brave, in opp. to Kcuzog in Homer : MoTpav o" ovriyci f)iui- ola. didioai Kaicwv, 'irtpog de tatov. 11. xxiv. 528. Its compound, ^v- T)T]s (o, »/), is poetic: "Og toi eraipov trrtcpvev Ivijea re Kpartpor II. xxi. 9G. The neuter tv has been retained in prose as an adverb B 2 1. (1) KaXos, ko\y\, prop, beautiful [278], in speaking of persons or things : NijccJ $e Kal aidrjpov Kal 7rvp fcctXjj rig ovgci. Anacr. Od, 2. Fig. but never in speaking of per- sons ; of actions, beautiful, good, mostly in a moral sense ; whence, of good report, virtuous, honorable [e. g. of noble actions and their rewards] ; in which application it differs from ayadog, which signifies more particularly what is use- ful, advantageous : HpoKEirai rdlg vik&giv ayada iyEiv, KaXa clkoveiv, Xen, Cyr, vii. 1, 7. [Cf. Note.] KaXos K&yaOos, = KaXog Kal ayadog, prop, beautiful and good, uniting every advantage, physical and moral; hence perfect [_good, emphatically] : tx A rJ /caXJ Kayady TioXiTti 7rpo(rf](cei 9 ravra ttoleIv, Xen, Mem, i. 6, 13. In a special sense, in the plural, ol koXoI Kayadoi, the gentry or nobility and gentry of a country, the upper classes or ranks, those distinguished by their birth and wealth, opti- mates : OvSelg av twv koX&v KayaOCSv ekwv o^Oelrf Hepff&v 7te£6q \h)v, Xen, Cyr, iv. 3, 5. Kpifyvos (6, 17), fr. Ksctp and yavu) 1 , rejoicing the heart: Butt- mann, fr. X9V (Tl l X0 Q : m Homer and Plato, good, useful [agreeable]: MapTi KaK&v ov 7rix)iroTe fioi to Kpriyvov ei7reg. II. i. 106. Xg ty\V \iev tGjv ^pYjcrTafV SfXiXlav ao-Krjo-ir, tt)v ce t&v irovqpibv Kara- Xvaiv ovaav rfjg aperrjg. Xen, Mem, i. 2, 20. In Plato it is often used ironically in the sense of simple, simpleton, as in our "good, easy man :" Xprjarrog e1, on jjle fiyel iKavbv eivai rh ekeivov ovrug aKplfiwg SuSeIp, Phcedr, 204, b. 1 [Buttmann also mentions Kparvg as a word with which it is pos- sibly connected. Probably from Ksap and yeu) or yvu) (capere), a word frequently mentioned by the grammarians. There is no suclf word as yavu). V'6mel.\ (rrrouSatos (b, rj) ((tttevcw), prop, busy, earnest [of one(l) who puts his heart into his work], active, diligent; ace. to Plato's definition perfectly good : Zwovcalog b reXewg ayadog. Plat. Defin. 415. Opp. to (pavXog, in speaking both of persons and things : Ei Se cei, dvrjrbv bvra, rrjg rwv dewy aroyaaaddai Siavolag, riyovfj.ai KaKEivovg kni rolg oiKEiOTaroig ^xaXiara SqXwaai, nwg eyjwcn irpbg tovc cpav- Xovq ical tovq cnrovcaiovQ rwv avdpwirwv. Isocr. ad Demon. Epil. iin£iKY)s (b, ?;), word of Ionic origin, ace. to Gregory of Corinth, fit, proper, becoming : To ce fxirpiov Kai kuXwc typv EmeiKeffTaTov (pavi. Greg. Cor. 246. Tvufiov c ov /jaXa 7roXXbv kyw wovEEcrOai arwya aXX' kwiEiKia rolov, not a very large one, but one of suitable (= moderate) size. II. xxiii. 246 : hence, fig., one who makes concessions [and all fair allowances], indulgent, condescending, benignus, clemens : "Eoti Se 6 kwiEiKrig b kXarrwriKog twv SiKaiwv tCov Kara vdfjtov (disposed to yield a portion of his legal rights). Arist. Magn. Mor. ii. 1. Tbv yap ettieikyi fxaXtara (pa/jiEv el vat avyyvw/jtoviKov. Arist. Nicom* vi. 11, 1. a.p.-u|xo>v (6, r)) (fiwfiog), without reproach, irreproachable, Homer's epithet for Achilles and heroes : Met dfivfxova UrjXeiwva, after the brave son of Peleus. Od. xxiv. 18. He applies it principally to men, but sometimes to things : 'AfKp' avToicri 8' etteitoi ptkyav Kai dfivfiova TVfifiov xfver/ifv. Od. xxiv. 80. kcSvos, r\, 6v, sometimes synon. with dya96g or KaXog, fig. : Tlpbg o" £ju£ ipvxqj Qdpaog r\VTai OEoaefSr] (puira tcedva irpd^Eiv (=■ will prosper). Eurip. Alcest. 604. aycu> (ayEiv), at first, as nimis in Latin, much, very 2 much, very, &c. Hence, by ext., and more generally, it expresses excess, too much, too, &c. : MrjSiv ayav d(jyj:iXXE Tapaarao/jEvwv 7toXit}twv, Y^vpvE* fjkarjv $' £pX ov T) ) v be 6)', u>(T7rEp kyw. Theogn. Sent. 219. Ovk apkaKEi ce. /joi rb \EybfiEvov, p/rjSev ayav* cei yap rovg y£ kukovc ayav j.ihte'iv. Aristot. Rhet. ii. 21. Xiav, in poetry (in Homer, under the Ionic form X»'?;r), much, very much, very: Oudk X'njv Xvirpr), drdp ovd' tvpna rsrvKrai. //. xiii. 243. Ovrw to Xiav ?)ggov liraivoj tov utjScv ayav. Eur. HippoL 263. Subsequently used by the Attic prose writers [and that very fre- quently] in the same sense as ayav: Kai toi Xiav 7rpo0vpiog oi (jv^fia\oi avfipej3ov\€VKaaiv iffiiv, wg xp)) ^\iveli> apyofxevov xpvy^i]' £el te Kal ayavaKTE~i Kal yapyaXi- £ercu tyvovva ra ttteocl. Plat. Phcedr. 251, c. Fig. to be indignant at (any thing) [indigne or moleste ferre ; indig- nari, to be angry, vexed, pained at, &c] : 'Ayarafcnfycrcte tyj ToXfxn avrtiv. Xen. Hellen. v. 3, 3. It is found with a transitive signification in the prop, sense: Tireg he tyavt . . . ay avciKTE~iv tovq dEovrag, el XiQog e\r\, ev rfj £ia/ia<7- ar] ii b 3 c> 6. (5) TOVTOIQ 'ItOVOIOQ KCll BapfolOC, 6 fJLEV OTTTiU)V, 6 $£ TEffVEpa- piog' ovrio yap KaXovvrai ol SiayYtXcui/ Kal Sioim^pwy v7rr)p£ MIXt)tov 1\v. Herod, i. 21. In the N. T. it is the special name of the twelve disciples chosen by Jesus Christ to be his companions, and afterwards to spread his doctrine among Jews and Gentiles; hence the word apostXe : Kal ore eyivETO rijuLEpa, Trpovetioji'Tjee rovg fJLadrjrag avrov* Kal 6. 7 hcXiH&fievoQ an avrwv £a>£efca, ovg /ecu vlttogtoXovq hvbpaot. (6) Luke vi. 13. irpeapus, ewe (o)? prop, aw a^ed person, an elder; thence one sent, an ambassador ; but it is only used in this sense in the plural irpe'aPeis, perhaps because several such persons were sent together, because interests of import- ance were entrusted to them : 'EftovXEvcravro nepl rCov kvE(TTr)KU7U)v 7rpaypaTU)v Trifjnreiv elg Aa/etcW/zora Trpeafteic, Xen. Hellen. ii. 1, 5. For the singular the word in use is the more modern form 7rp£ [ a ^ K VP y £> though v is long,] Kog (6), fr. yrjpvg [?], prop, crier, public crier, herald at arms. In Homer the o/pu£ is one of the most distinguished officers in the em- ployment of kings and chiefs ; he calls assemblies, conducts sacrifices, feasts, &c. : 'AW oye TaXdvjiLou re /ecu Evpt>/3d- tt)v TTpooizntev. Tw ol eaav KiipvKE /ecu orprjow depaTroyre. II. i. 321. Ol 2' 'Apyuoi ettel kyruvav ov cvyncropEi'OL kwXvelv, E7TEp\Lav, uHnrep elwOeaav, EGTE^aviopivovg hvo /e//- pvKag virotyepovTcic cnroi'Sag. Xen. Hellen. iv. 7, 4. For dyyeXog poet. : "Upa irorvia, jrapu£ 'AippoStrag apfipoatav (piXorariov. Pind. Nem. 8, 1. Ace. to Hesychius, npEcrfivg, the ambassador, was employed in time of peace, and the KTipvE only in war : but this distinction is not always ob- served ; thus in Xenophon we find irpEvfiEig used for rifpu- KEg : T« ou/e ETrolr)(TE irpEafjEig ttejjlttioi' /ecu airovcag aiT&v /ecu irap£'%iA)i> tcl eVtr^cia, egte (TirovZwv trvyEv ; Xen. Anab. iii. 1, 28. ayyapos, ov (o), a word of eastern origin, courier of the kings of Persia. Ace. to Xenophon (Ci/rop. viii. 6, 17) it was the great Cyrus who instituted these couriers ; they carried the orders of the king, day and night, throughout 8 7. (6) the empire, by means of relays always ready : Qovtcrog Se v oaa Tpirjpeo-i irpoviiKti. Plat. Crit. 117, d.] cnc€udpioi>, ov (to), dimin. : "A7ravra & tj/jlIv dpyvplov Kal xpvaiov ra aKevdpia 7rX//pr^ VrtV. Aristoph. Plut. 808. T€uxos, eog (to), fr. Tevx<*> 9 every thing fabricated, or wrought by art to shape and service, utensil, vessel, ra 8 9 TEvyEa, arms [especially in Horn, and Hes.] : Kai crriap iv (7) Ttvyeai tCjv htXtylvwv w LyjpGjVTO ol Moctovvoikol KaOcnrep ot "EXXrjveg ru> iXaia), and in vessels the grease of dolphins, which, &C. Xen. Anab. V. 4, 28. [Not common in prose, %v\iva revxtUf Anab. 5, 4, 28; co aXtyiTajv, Hell. 1, 7> 11- — Also Arist. Hist. An. 9, 40.] 8. ayciy, to put in motion, urge on or forward, lead, 8 cause to go on ; to drive ahorse ; guide, conduct, or lead a man ; and thence to march an army : 7 H pu ku\ l-mroy dyiov, II. xxiii. 596. 'Eyw Se paciav Kai fipa^elav bcov 1*1 rt)v evSatfjioyiay a^u) ae. Xen. Mem. ii. 1, 23. This verb has sometimes the name of a thing for its subject, and is used, as , in the sense of carrying, bringing, conveying [389]. ["Ayeti/ /cai tyipeiv, i. e. to drive off the cattle and carry off the booty, &c. = to pillage or lay waste a country. — -Ay sir is also used absolutely in the sense of to march ; the ace. orparor, army, being omitted. It can only be said of the general."] tiyivieiv, a, lengthened Ionic form of dyeiv, of which it is probably the frequentative, and only found in Homer and Herodotus. It indicates an action repeated, or of common occurrence, or completed by degrees : 'Hviit dyi- i e~ig alyctQ jj.yr)GTi]p£T0v Ta\io)g f/yovvTO, eneiTCt Se irpoya'Cov, teXoq Se ol fjLEv iTnrElg fcara Kpdrog ij\avioy. Xen. Hellen. vii. 2, 22. IXaorpciv, this verb, said to be Ionic and syn. with IXavvu), seems rather to be a frequentative of it: IloWot ft' apoTrjptg iv avrij Zevyea divevovreg eXaGrpEov ZvOa Kal ivda. II. xviii. 542. Apopoig dvidpvToicriv rjXaaTpovv p! ati. Eur. Iph. T. 972. [Also Herod, and Dion. Hal.] •f)Y€io-6(H (ayar), to go first, in order to conduct, to show the way, to go before, to precede : f Hyf?ro ce <)~iog 'QSvaroTEvg. II. ix. 192. Hence to conduct in quality of guide or chief, prop, and fig. : 2u/i7rcWwr 2' riyelro (io))v dyadog AiojjirjSrig. II. ii. 567. Fig. to command : Kcu i\v fJLEV ote ettejjleXovvto 07T(j)g a£,ioi EiEv ijyEladaL. Xen. Laced. Resp. 14, 5. In Xenophon it has the special meaning [of agmen ducere\ to march in the front or first line of an army ; to be in the van, to lead the van or vanguard : Hap- rjyyEiXEP dvaaTpE^avrag kw\ Sopv fjyEladai /jlev rovg ovpa- yovg. Xen. An. iv. 3, 22. [ f Hyf7ro jjlev XEipicrotyog, wtti- (rdoo(j)uJv. An. iv. 1, 15.] By ext. (as the Latin ducere) to believe, to think, regard as : Ta Ovrjra d* ov vvv izpCJTOv fiyovfiai {6coc), to put in the wag, to set on the wag, to show the way, guide, conduct : Kcu ra te an v/jleljv iijuur Xprjcrriitg ocourai, Kal to. aV fjfjiEiov kg vptiag iiriTrilEii)g vttt)- pETEErai, as you on your part show us the good way, so §c. [ut vos nobis probam viam ostenditis. Vail.'] Herod, iv. 139. AvarEtcfxapTov ig riyvr\v wliooa Ovrjrovg. Msch. Prom. 507. Tjyejjioi'eucu' (rjyE/JLwv), to be guide, conductor, or chief; to guide, conduct: 'Eyw & ohov rjyfpoi'Evcru). Od". v. 261. Hence to command, to be chief : AoKptiv [to send ; as syn. of these verbs =] to lead, conduct, in the sense of accompanying, escorting with solemnity or in procession : Trjy /jlev 9 A\aLol ig Xovanv TTE/jLTTOVCTtV. II. \. 390. Xtipaywytlv (x £ *p> «y w )? to lead by the hand : Tpi- fjLoira 2' avrov ijcn kptog kyEipaytoyEi. Anacr. 60, 10. Eu ttoieIq, to 'Epprj, yEipaytoytoy. Luc. Tim. i. 30. tto8t)Y€U' {ttovq, ay elv), to direct the feet or the steps : "£l(TTE aVTOQ aVTOV X W > ^ TQ V fal&VTOQ fjLl) dSvyarog eIpol 7ro£nyE~iv. Plat. Epist. vii. 340, c. iro$T)Y€T€iy {rrocnyiryg), a derivative of much more modern formation : QCXovocpia ^pajpEyog Eig to OeIop Tro^n- yETovvn. Synes. Epist. 141. 7 Ht7r€p Evpa6t)g Tpifiog opOij keXevOu) ray okotu noSrjyETE'i. Lycophr. 12. 9. dyeipeiy (ayw), to collect together, to assemble, used 9 frequently of persons in Homer and the Tragic poets : TioWitoy it: TToXiujv Qnpt'iTopag cu'lpag ayEipaq /cat Kvyag. Horn. II. ix. 540. Used of things, to amass, heap together, in Homer and Herodotus : 'O jjlev ivda iroXvy jiiorov Kai Xpvdoy ayeiptoy. Od. iii. 301 ; hence it comes also to sig- nify, absolutely, to make a collection, to collect for charita- ble purposes, to ask alms : "SIgttep ol rij pnrpl ayEipoyreg. Luc. Pseudom. Fig. [dvpoy ayeipetv =] to animate, reani- 12 9. (9) mate : "Oe py avwy£i Tpioalv Ovjjlov ayelpat, to reanimate the courage of the Trojans. II. v. 509. &YupTa£€ii> (ayvprric), to gather money by begging, speaking of a mendicant : 'AW upa ol roye tcepSiov eigcito BvjjKp xpqfjiaT ayvpTa^uv 7roXXrji> em yalav iovri, Od. xix. 284. &0poi£€ii> (JxQpoog), prop, to press close and tight, to press one against the other ; hence to assemble men together, and particularly soldiers, an army, in Thucydides and Xenophon, who very seldom use ayeipo) in this sense. As a term of military tactics, to make soldiers close their ranks ; hence, to collect those who were scattered and in disorder, to rally : 'Harv^'iav dyov ^dpoitrfiivoi. Xen. Hel- len. vi. 5, 8. \\dpoi£ei tovq kavruv kul (rvvraTreraL. Xen. An. i. 10, 5 [where, however, it is spoken of victorious troops recalled by their commander in expectation of a fresh attack]. dyeXdJeii' (ayeXrj), to gather together in herds, to collect in flocks; == congregare ; used principally in the passive, to flock, to herd together, to live in herds, to con- gregate (intrans.), c^c, in speaking of animals : 'AyeXa'Cov- mi ce at re (pctTTai teal at rpvyoveg. Arist. An. viii. 12. [Also avvayeXci^eivJ\ avWiyeiv, fr. avv and Xiyw, colligere ; prop, to gather together from all sides, to store up, to gather fruits, to store up what has been gathered, to harvest up. Fig. to collect, levy an army : Aw vfxeag kyu) avviXe£,a. Herod. vii. 8, 1. SrpareujLia (TvveXeZev enro rovrwv twv 'Xprj/jLartov, he raised an army with this money. Xen. An. i. 1,9. [Pass. (with Aor. 2, (rvXXeyrjvai), to come or be gathered together ; to assemble ; e. g. elg to Slkchttiiplov. Plat. Phced. 59, d.] ao\\i£eiv (doX\r]g), to assemble together (trans.) : *Ep%£0 , to set and fit together two pieces of wood, (9) in speaking of joiners : fig. to bring together, to reconcile : 'EyW fJtEV OVV KCll SiojJLCU KCU %VfJ.fiov\EVli) ^VjJlfifjvaL VfJLiU wmrep vwo SiaiTVTwy rifJiu>v £,vjjiliifia'C6vT{i)v eig to \xegov. Plat, Protag. 337, e. [2vjjL[}i(ia£eiv nva tlvl. — Also to bring or put together notions, statements, &c. for the pur- pose of comparing and weighing them : ETravaaKomo teal £vfjifiifid£(jj to. XeyofJieva, iva jxadto. Plat. Hipp. Min. 369, D.] avv&yew, to bring together, to unite, opp. to disperse : 'E?6kel Srj rolg arparriyolg ovk avcpaXEg Eivai ctatrKnrovv, a\\a vvvay ay e~lv to GTpaTtv\ia iraXiv. Xen. An. iv. 4, 10. To bring together an assembly, to convoke : TZwayeiv EKkXn- (jiuv. Plut. i. 972, f. Fig. to bring enemies together, to reconcile : Sracnafovrac Tovg a^EXcpovg ij piiTwp rrvvayttv iweipaTo. Herodian. iv. 3, 9. 10. ayi\r\, rjg (rj), fr. ayco: in general, a herd of great cattle, 10 principally of oxen ; almost always with fiotiv in Homer ; ttwu, Eog (to), old poetical word ; and in prose iroifjinr], »?€ (fj), flock of sheep ; cru(36(na, ojv (tc'l), herd of swine ; aliroXia, tov (to), flock of goats : Aiocek ev i)tteioio ayiXaC Toaa 7rwea olcov, rocca ovlov nvjjoaia, tog' ulwoXia 7rXaTE alywv, fionKovcn l.e~lvoi te Kal avTov jjioTOpEc avSpeg. Horn. Od. xiv. 100. — In one passage of the Iliad, ayeAij (which elsewhere refers to oxen) is used in speaking of horses : "l-mrovg c)' eIc ay eXtjv iXavav dEpairovTEg. II. xix. 281. After Homer's time it was used for herd or flock in general : "Qgitep OTav rofievg ayadbv Kvva E^y, teal ot aXXoi vouElg jjovXcovTai TrX-qaLov uvtov rag ay iXag iGTavat. Xen. Mem. ii. 9, 7. [Jlrriviov ayiXai. Soph. Aj. 168, chor.~\ Fig., a multitude, company, crowd: KaXov yt TO KTTJ/Jia, Kal 7T0XXg) KpE~tTTOV l) OIWV TE KUl fiotOV, Kal alyiOV, (piXojv dyiXnv KEKTijvdcu. Xen. Mem. iii. 11, 5. ['II dyiXi) t&v (f>vXa.Ku)i\ Plat. Pol. 5, 459, c.] pouKoXto^, ov (to), herd of oxen : 'Ev Se tovtio ra te aiiroXia Kal Tag Troijirag Kal ra (iovKoXia o Kvpog wdvra tov iraTpog avvaXiaag eg tlovto, kt\. He rod. i. 127. P6cTKT]juLa, aTog (to), and poet, pord, coy (ra), fr. 14 11. (10 j j36(TK(o 9 any animal that is fed on pastures; /3ocrKT//iara, herds of animals which pasture [cattle, herds, flocks, with reference to their supplying food, &c.] : 'Atto JjocrKn^iaTioy ydXaKn Kat rvpip teal icpiavt tpe(j>6jjlevoi. Xen. Mem. iv. 3, 10. "Odt t aphfiog, ir]v Ttavreooi (Joroicriv* II. xviii. 521. vop.e-up.0,, arog (to), fr. vofisvu), every animal that grazes ; prin- cipally in the plural, vofxevfiara, wv (r a), flocks and herds: Evttokoiq vofievfiaaiv. JEsch. Agam, 1427. jxyjXoi/, ov (to), sheep, without distinction of sex ; ram, ewe : HevrrjKovTa & evop\a nap* avrodt fxfjX 9 hpevareiv. II. xxiii. 147. More commonly in the plural, fxfjXa, mv (ra), flock of sheep, sheep: 'Plyrfaiv te ISwv, vno re airioc ?J\a<7£ )j.fl\a. II. iv. 279. Trpo|3aTw, ov (to), fr. Trpofiaivu), prop, beast that moves onward to graze, and principally, a four-footed beast, cattle ; in the Attic writers, a sheep ; whence by ext., flock, herd; in general and more commonly in the plural, Trpo(BaTa, ojv (rd), flock of sheep, sheep : TipojiaTOv fxev wc E1TLT07ro\v, 1\V KaKOJQ E^Y], TOV VOfJLECL alTKjJfJLEda. Xen* CEcOn. 3, 11. kty]^os, eog (to), according to the Etym. M., comes from KTEivw, and signifies every animal killed for food ; others derive it with more reason from KTaofxai, kteci}>ov, a posses- sion ; pi. Krr\vr\, possessions, wealth, principally in cattle, whence, generally, flocks, herds, or flocks and herds : [icTt'irEa . . . Ovaifia 7rcu'rci. Her, 1, 50; all kinds of animals that are offered in sacrifice : criCEvocpopct kt^vt], beasts of burden. Hence ra orKEvotyopa, sc. KTrjvrj — impedimenta, the baggage: e g. Thuc. 2, 79 :] "Eket hi rig r) t&v irpo- ftaTijjy XEXvxwfjiEva (f>ipu)v, r) tojv fiowv KaTaiCEKpi)}XVL(jjjLEva, t) VOGOV d>OL(TKli)r EjXTTETTTh)KEVaL TO~lQ KTl)rE(TU'. Xen. Cyr. VlH, 3,41. 11. 1 1 ayios, la, of the same family as ayvog, but of more modern formation, signifies, with ayroc, a natural and essential, or a moral purity or holiness (like the Latin sanctus), whereas upog, like the Latin sacer, signifies only that which is externally holy, to which the character of sacred- ness and inviolability is attached by the laws or by custom : "EiOa i\v 'ApTifJLihoc upbv /.la'Aa aywr. Xen. Hellen, iii. 2, 12. 15 19. 'E^ fjiifjd) fj.iv Upov dytov avroBt rrjc te KXeirovg teal '11) tov UoaeiCivroQ ajoarov cKpeHro. Plat. Crit. 116, c Oiiava kXtjCcl Ovpag lepoio cojjolo. II. vi. 89. " Ayiog is not found in Homer, nor in the Tragic writers ; it is rare even among the ancient prose writers. In the Septuagint ayiog is the epithet given to the Supreme Being: 'Eyui Kvpiog 6 Stag gov, 6 ay tog 'Irrpa//\. Isai. 43, 3. 'Eyw ei/ju Kvpiog b ay tog kv 'lapaliX. Ezek. 39, 7. It is also sometimes found for itpog, sacred, consecrated : 'H/jiepa ay La egtl rw Kvolo) 0£o> i}fiu>v. Nehem. 8, 9. [Cf. 268.] dyvosy prop, pure ; hence holy, in the poets : Ni/v jjlev yap Kara cfj/dov eopr)) row Oeow ayvrj. Od. xxi. 257. — Chaste, the special epithet of several goddesses, as Cybele, Proserpine, and Minerva : EvyjE.Gdat Sk Au ytioviu, A^/i??- rspi 0' ayvrj. Hesiod. Oper. 435. [Cf. 18.] oo-ios, a, ov, that which is in conformity with the Divine law, with religion, pious, religious ; hence, religious, pious, holy in speaking of persons [in a lower sense, just, conscientious! : Abg c' eg vTrcopEirjv v\^tKpiipvoto ^lipavrog aicoiwv fA kXdovTa (jootu/p ogicjv te Kvpijaai. Horn, Epigr. vi. 6. 'Ogicjv dvdptiv dpyJjvTuv. Plat. Epist. vii. 335. 'EOeXeiv £fjv rbv ogiov ical oikqiov fiiov. Plat. Leg. ii. 663, b. [Cf. 177. 268, and note.] 12. ayKLorpoi', ov (to), fish-hook : Aut yap KEpl vfjaov 12 a\wf.LEyoi iyjdvdaGKov yvayLirrolg dy KiGrpoiGiv. Od. iv. 368. Afterwards it was used in a more general sense for any kind of hook \_uncus~\ : ^E-n-Eih) yap rovg kv rw ?r]f.iu)Tr]piu> Oavarovpivovg dyKiGTpoig rial /JEydXotg ol cti/uLiOi kg te ti]v ayopdv di'EiXtcov, KavravO' kg tov iroTa^xov egvoov, k(pr] tov KXavCtov dyKiGTpu) ig tov ovpavbv dvEVE\6)]vai. Dio Cass. lx. 975, 92. dpTrdyT], i]g (?/), fr. ap7rafw, generally, an instrument for drawing or raising with power: an instrument [_harpago~\ made of iron, with several hooks (called also Xi>Kog, lupus), and used in drawing up the buckets from wells ; a kind of grappling-iron, used in sieges and sea-fights ; it was also a tool like our shovel, or rake, as far as can be conjec- tured from this verse of Euripides: 'Ayayrcuwc e\ci eaiotiv c 2 16 13—15. (12) crioripy rrjSe \x dpirdyn lojiovg. Cycl. 32. [Distinguished from the abstract dpirayri by its accent.] oyjcos, ov (o), iron barb of the arrow, in Homer ; barb, hook : Avtikci 3' ek ^ioaTrjpog dpyporog eKkbv o'kjtov* tov . Poll. i. 137. 13. 13 ayKupa, ac (?/), anchor, the invention of which Pliny [vii. 56] and Strabo attribute to Anacharsis : Evpij/jLard re avrov Xiyst . . . tyjv d/n(p[(3oXov dyicvpav, koX tov KEpap.EtKov rpoxov. Strab. vii. 209. curat, wv (at), large stones which served the purpose of an anchor in primitive times : 'E/c & Evvdg 'ifiaXov, Kara de TrpvfjLviiat iSyaav. II. i. 436. 14. 14 &YK.wy, ojvog (6), the elbow: 'OpOioQElg & dp' ek dyKu>- voc, KE(f)aXrjr Enaelpag. II. x. 80. It is thus described by Galen : 'Ayiciov 2' ecttlv, J tzote arrjoL^dfjiEda, (j>r)Gtv f l7T7ro- Kpdrrjg' i]Sr) Se Kal twv ogtuv avrov 6dr£pov to fxel^ov, ov fXEpOg fJLEV E(7TL TO 7Tp6g 'l7T7T0KpaT0Vg fJEV dyicwvj virb Si twv 'Attik&v tikiKpavov dvofia^ofievov* iSiK&TEpov (= more specifically) yap Syjttov tovto to ogtovv ttyjx u S KaXeTrcu. Galen, de usu part. ii. 2. To /jiev ovv oiriata pipog avrog 6 ayKiov egtiv, ov ol 'Adrjvaloi \xev wXiKpavov, ol AwpiElg ce kuPitoi> ovofxdZovai. Galen, de Muscul. ii. 3. &Yku\y], t]g (rj), curve or bend of the arm, which forms the elbow on the inside : Kcu tov dyicCjvog y Kajiirii .... to IvTog tov dy Ktuvog. Hesych. 15. 15 ayyeia, ag (?/), fr. dyvevu), purity : 'Ay vela evXdfiEia twv Trpog Tovg Qeovg afiaprr}ixdro)v. Plat. Defin. 414, a. 'AyvtLr) '^vy^fig tov awfiaTog egtl KnOapjUog. Phocyl. 215. ayv€vp.a, arog (to), another verbal from ayvevoj, signifying rather the state of purity, virginity : "12 tfkvov w aofipaKX^ Kavdvdpa 9tolg, diaig IXvaag avfiQopalg ciyvevfxa aovl Eurip. Troad. 500. 16,17. 17 dyvoTTjs, t)toq (>/), fr. ayrog, state of purity, in the (15) N. T.: \Ev dyv(')Tr)Ti[by pureness. Engl. Tr.], ev yviooei, iv fiaKpoOvfila. Corinth, ii. 6, 6. dyioTTis, ??roc (//), fr. dytog, holiness, in the N. T. : 'O $e ettI to (jvjjKpipov Elg to fJETaXafieHy riJQ dyiOTVTOg avTOv. Hebr. 12, 10. dyiwaunr), rjg (//), fr. dytow, sanctification, in the N. T. : KaOapicTwiAtv lavrovg and iravTOg jjloXvgjuLov crapKoe kcli TTvevfjiaTOQ, e7tite\ovpteq dyiwcrvvnv ev cp6[3(i) Qeov. Co- rinth, ii. 7, 1. In debased Greek, it was a title of honour used in addressing a patriarch or bishop ; e.g. as Holiness is used of the pope : T« oaiwc irpayQivTa wapd rfjc bfXETEpag dyiuxrvvrjc. Act. 3, Concil. sub Menna, p. 603. dyioreia, ag (r/), fr. dyiaTEva), religious office or cere- mony, consecration, worship : Kal -a we pi Tag Over lag te Kal Tag dyiGTEiag Tag ev toiq hpolg ETTKpaviaTEpov tGjv dXXwv E(nrovSa(TE. Isocr. Busir. 227. AiyErai £e Kal ti)v ~£pl to 7rvp dytaTEiav '¥u)/jlv\ov KUTadTrjcrai 7rpu)TOV. Pint. Rom. 22. 16. ayvit^w, Ka0aipeii>. These two verbs express the same 16 result, but as effected by means of different acts. In the Greek and Roman Liturgies, dy^ei^ was to cleanse or purify by the means of water, and Ka0aipeii>, to remove defilements by the means of fire : Am re t))v ya/jLovfiivrfy cnrTEvdai irvpog Kal vcarog keXevovgl ; ....?) Sioti to irvp Kadaipei, Kal to vdwp dyvii^Ei ; Pint. Qucest. Rom. i. 263. [Note.] 17. dyyoeu/, not to know, to be ignorant of: OJfxai ?e ge 17 7ro\\d f.itpijjLva.v OTTU)g jdij Xddyg aeavrov dyvoatv tl tCov Eig GTpaTrjyiav ^(pEXi/mov. Xen. Mem. iii. ,5, 23. To £e ayro- e'lv EavTOv, Kal a fju) oiSe So^a^Eiv te Kal oietrOai ytyvw- (tkeiv, EyyvTCLTii) fiaviag kXoyiCtTo Eivai. Xen. Mem. iii. 9, 6. dfA(f>iYvo€Li>, to be in doubt, in uncertainty on any point or fact : Kal 6 tl etzoiovv iificpiyvoovv. Xen. A nab. ii. 5, 8. c 3 IS 18, 19. 18. 18 dyyos [cf. 11], pure, with reference rather to inward and essentia], or moral purity ; in Homer, but only in the Odyssey, it is the epithet of Diana, Proserpine, and some other goddesses ; chaste : Xpveodpovog "Aprefxig dyp-ff. Od. v. 1 23. In Pindar it is the epithet of Apollo, or of the sun, the light of which was considered as the purest of all things : Zfjva Kal dyvov 'AttoWiopu, Pindar. Pyth. ix. 112. KaGapos, a, ov, pure, adds to the notion of ayvog that of external and bodily purity, which was also necessary for the due performance of the ceremonies of religious wor- ship : *Ay fxrj KaOapog $ rdg j^Eipag (f)6vov. Plat. Leg. ix. 864, e. AeT KaOapav Kal dyvy\v oia\xkvEiv tyji' yajjLrjdelaap {pure and chaste). Plut. Qucest. Rom. i. 19. 19 dyopd, ac (*/), prop, place where persons assemble, public place or square ; hence, market, principally for eatables and provisions of all sorts, and, generally, for wares of small cost and at retail prices : To twv thvlwv 7r\rjdog opwvTEQ Kal tyjv eveTrjplav rrjv Kara rrjv dyopar. Dem. Phil. 144, 12. [Cf. 20.] ejjnropioy, ov (to), emporium, particular place where wholesale maritime traffic is conducted in a sea-port, mart, factory, exchange : Ovr EfJL7roplo) -^pwfjLEvr} ovre Xifiiva KeKTrjfjiivrj. Isocr. 198, c. By ext., a commercial town, place of trade : 'YLfjLiropiov 3' i\v to ywpiov tca\ wp/jiovv avrodi 6X/ca&c TroWai. Xen. An. i. 4, 6. jjiayeipeioi', ov (to) (fjiayeipog), that part of the market- place at Athens, where cooks were hired, according to the meaning which Pollux gives to the following verse which he has preserved out of Antiphanes : 'Ek rwr fiayupeiu)v (3aBi£wv kfiftdWwv Eig rovxbov, going from the cook-market to the fish-market. Antiphan. Milit. TTb)\r]TY\piov, ov (to), generally, the place or site where things are sold : Et $e Kal dyopaloig o'lKriaeiQ te Kal TTwXrjTtipia KaKaaKEvarrOeir). Xen. de Vect. 3, 13. The place where the UojXijtul (certain magistrates) ;sat ; court of the II. at Athens. These magistrates were commission- . 20. 19 ers of public sales and taxes ; they sold for the treasury all (19) domiciled foreigners \_jjetoikoi, resident aliens'], who had not paid the tax of twelve drachms per annum, to which they were subject. It is to this custom that the following pas- sage of an advocate's speech, attributed to Demosthenes, refers : Aaficov avrog avToyEiplq wpog to 7ru)Xr]Tt)piov tov jjletolkiov a.7rr)yayav. Dem. in Aristoy. 57. TrpaTrjpioy, ov (to), fr. trpaTiipiog, place where things are sold, or rather that which is offered for sale ; hence, sale, market, under the Ionic form in Herodotus : 'Evflaura is XeifJLwv koTt, iva (T- pbfSia kciXovvtcii kv olg kiwrpdGKOVTO tcl dv^pdiroca. Poll. vii. 11. This use of the word kvkXoq (for slave-market) comes, according to Harpocration, from the custom of the buyers forming a circle in that particular part of the market- place where slaves were sold. 20. dyopd, dg (?/), fr. dyeipeiv, place where assemblies are 20 held, and, by ext., the assembly itself; in the Iliad dyopd is the assembly of the people, in opp. to pouX^, the council of the elders, chiefs : Ai/rap 6 K-npvKEaat \t.yv(p06yyoi(n keXevgev KT)pv(j(TEiv dyopijv^E KapT]KOp.6(j)VTaQ ' A^CLLOVQ. Ol fJEV EKllpVGOOV, Tol S* JjyElpOVTO (JLaX Wk'tt. BovXl) CE TTO(OTOV /jLEyadviJUov 1£e yEpovriov. II. ii. 50. At Athens dyopd was the assembly of each tribe, and eKKXiqcria was the general assembly of the people, which was held in the public place, or at the Pnyx, or in the theatre : Tov orc^a- vov kav jjlev if ftovXi) (jTE-u (TrpaTrjyojv yEvofXEvng icai irpvravnav Kui povXrJQ yiw^?/. Dem. 238, 2. Ace. to Pollux it was called Kc/raKXTjaux, a c (>/)> when those who lived in the country were also 20 20. (20) summoned : "On Kal Tovg ek tuv aypuiv KaTEKaXovv. Poll. viii. 117. €KK\if]oria, ag (//), in the N. T., the assembled body or community of the first Christians, the Church : Kdyio Se (jot Xiyio, on av el Hsrpog, Kal km tcivtt) rfj ttetdq: oIkoSo- fxi](Tit) fiov ty]v ktcK\r)Giav. Matth. 16, 18. This word is always taken metaphorically, although some commentators would explain it literally. ayupis, eojg {rf), iEolic form of the same origin as dyopd, with which it is synon. ; [avdpwv. Od. iii. 31: also vr\wv. II. xxiv. 141 ; (TTpariag. Eur. Iph. A. 753 ;] heap, in Homer: 'Enst paaikrja ldov 9 f3el3\afifjLSvov fjrop, Kiifievov kv vskvhjv ciyvpei. II. xvi. 661. 6jx-»]yupt,s, sag (r}), compound of ayvpig, assembly, ' in Homer: 'Oiu> a\p ifiEv Ov\vfi7r6vSs Oewv [it9' ofirj-yvpiv aXXwv. II. xx. 142. •nrantyupLs, Ewe, r/, prop, general assembly, great con- course of people assembled to celebrate a festival or some public solemnity, such as the Olympic games, to which spectators flocked from all parts of Greece ; the -nav- aOrji/aia, at Athens, which also attracted a great number of strangers; and other festivals of this nature ; public solemnity : Ovte yap kv iravnyvpEGi ralg Kotvalg didovTEg yipa ret voixtCofiEva, in their great public solemnities. Thuc. i. 25. dyw^, wvog (6), ace. to Eustathius dytov was in use among the Boeotians for dyopd (Eustath. 1335, 54); but it is only found twice in this sense in Homer, assembly collected to see or celebrate games : Avro 2' dycov, Xaol Sc Oodg eirl vrjag ekcmttoi itfKiovavr ievai. II. xxiv. 1. auMoyos, ov (6), prop, a meeting for the purpose of talking over and settling any matter ; deliberative assembly, conference : f O he. dcr/JiEvog aKovaac ev EvXX6ya> tCjv arpanu)- tiLv ovtljv Xiyei Tade. Xen. Expedit. v. 7, 22. [Note.] owaywyrj, *7C (^)» prop, act of convoking or assem- bling : Aoku)V Kal kv rrj Evvaywyrj rov 7roXifjLov /JciXctKog elvai, to have been slow in collecting troops for the war. Thuc. ii. 18. Among the Jews, synagogue, in the Acts of the Apostles : 'IlXOov Elg QEfraaXovltcriv, ottov r)v */ aw- ay wyi) tujv 'lovSaiutv. Act. Apost. 17> 1» owoSos, ov (//), assembly, meeting : Tafiielev te ArjXog rjv avrolg, Kal tvvoSoi kg to ispov kyiyvovro, Thuc. i. 96. 21. 21 dpxcupcaia, ciq (?/), prop, election of magistrates, hence (20) office of magistrate, the magistrates in Herod. [?] : 'E-nreav Se da^ii)(TL dyopr) Sekci ij/JLepELOv OVK ictto-tcli crept, ovc dpyaL- pealr} GwiCet, nor does any magistrate sit [more probably, nor is any meeting held for the election of magistrates. Cf. Bahr]. Herod, vi. 58. In Demosthenes, election : '£Iq £' kv dpycupeaiaiQ v/jleIq Xafipiav E7rl rov tv6Xe\xov tovtov xa-ecrnicraTe. Dem. in Aristocr. 677 , 16. At Rome, elections at the comitia ; the comitia : Ovtlo Se irdXtv dp-^aipEGiuiv yEvopiviov, vTraTog dvEDEiyQr) OvaXipiog. Plut. Publ. 100, c. auvihpiov, ov (to), place of session, sessions-hall, council- hall, council-chamber, curia : Tfj S' vcrrEoaia ol pip rpiciKovra iravv Sij tcitteivol kcu kprj/J-OL Zvt'EKuOrjvro kv t<5 IwEcpio). Xcn. Hellen. ii. 4, 14. Among the Jews the Sanhedrim, or great Sanhedrim, was the supreme tribunal at Jerusalem ; it took cognizance of all capital causes, political or ecclesiastical ; it was composed of sixty-two judges chosen out of the scribes and elders, and was pre- sided over by the high-priest: Ol ££ 'ApyjLEpE~tQ koX b'Xov to avvkdoiov kO'iTOVv Kara rov 'Irjaoit /uaoTvpiav. Mark 14, 55. There were also local sanhedrims or tribunals in each town {Matth. x. 17). 21. dyopd^eii' (dyopa), to be at or go to market, in Herod. 21 and ancient Attic writers : * Ay opaaovreq fJKOfieg. Aristoph. Acharn. 750. By ext., in more modern Attic, to buy at market, to buy : 'E/c tcivttjq ol orrpanwrat i)y6pa£ov ra ettl- Ti]CEia. Xen. Anab. i. 5, 10. o>i>€l(t0ch {ovui), prop, to put a price upon a thing with a view to buy it ; to bid for it : 'EkeOu/jvcfe ttjq x^ a " viloq, Kai avrqv Trpo(TE\Qu)i> (hiEETO* a ck XiyEi' kyto Tavrrjy ttojXeii) ovcevoq xp)]fjLa.Tog. Herod, iii. 139. [See Note.] Latterly, to buy, in general : "E£W ra jxev ek ttjq 7ro\e/itac XapfidvovTEc, ra hk ek KopivOuv (b)ov/JEiot. Xen. Hellen. vii. 2, 17. Pure Attic writers do not use this verb in all its tenses : thus the aorist oyvrjad^v is found only in later Attic, in Plutarch, Lucian, Strabo, &c. ; the older writers used for this tense the old aorist irpiaaOat : 'Ei-pca/ii?? oh (IVTU (3uvX6fJ.EVUQ GOV T t] yVl'ULKl ZoVVUL. Plllt. Ep'lSt. 13, 361, a. 22 22. (21) |X€Ta|3d\\€/, oV, synon. of aypiog, modern, and found only in the grammarians: ' Ay poriKoe (rradfiog, Eustath, ad II, w, 29. dypo^o/jLos (6, //), that feeds or dwells in the fields, rural: Tw2e 0' ti/xa NbfMpai Kovpui Atoff atyto^oio dypovofioi Tcai'Covai, Od, vi. 106. ['0 ay pov 6 /.tog, at Athens, /Ae manager of the public lands. Arist. Rep. 6, 8.] aypioeis, tcaa, ev, a modern Epic form, in Nicander, £/w£ which renders wild or fierce : *Qg 5' 671*0 r dyptofo-crav VTroOXiipai'Tsg 07rw- pr\v. Nicandr. Alex. 30. 23. dypos, ov (6), ^/£eZd, land capable of cultivation ; ager : 23 'Er yewpyia rovg KEtcrnfitvovQ dypovg, Xen. Mem. iii. 9, 11. Hence country, as opp. to darv or 7ro\ic, town : Kqi ?k*7r\i^Jiv Kara re roiff dypovg kcii iv Trj ttoXel kiro'inae. Xen, Hellen. iv. 7, 3. aXwv], i)ff (r/), fr. d\oaa>, Zawd under culture, in Homer: "Off Ka/cd 7r6W epdeaictv tOwv Oivrjog dXwrjV, did much harm to the lands of JEneas. II. ix. 540. apoupa, ag, i), fr. apoa>, land under tillage, arable land; arvum : Neioy Si (nrtipeiv In Kovcpi^ovaav dpovpav, Hesiod, Oper, ii. 81. Cultivated land, gen. : Et Si rig iatri ftporuiy oi dpovp-ng Kapirov Hovcrw, II, vi. 142. yvi\$, ov (6), a measure of land containing somewhat less than ten opyviai (= nearly 60 feet; opyvid = 6 feet, 81 of an inch. Diet. Antiqq.), ace. to the Scholiast on the Iliad (i. 57U), or two stadia, ace. to the Scholiast on the Odyss. (vii. 113) ; an acre of land; found only in composition in Homer: "EvOa piv ijptjyov reptvog 7repacaXXig tXiaOai TrtvTnKovTayvov. II, ix.578. In more modern poetry, field [as ice u*t\ his broad acres, &c.J : * Ev9ev SKpayrjcrovTCii ttote 7rorapoi TVOOff Sanrovrtg dypiaig yvdQoig ri'ig KaXXiKapirov ^iKtXiag Xtvpovg yvag. Msch, Prom, 369. T £2 top 'Apyeiiov yvrjv GTctwovrtg. Eurip. HerocL 839. veo$, ov (//), fr. viae, yfj understood, prop, land newly ploughed [after having lain a year or more untitled] : a fallow; novalis : Ei {.iiXXti dyadt) // vtdc toerrl)ui. Xen. (Econ, 10, 13. 24 24. (23) v€io$, ov (r/), Epic form of the preceding word : 'AW* u>os, £oq (to), fr. tI/jlvu), portion or piece of land : Kal fxev oi Avtcioi te/jlevoq tcLjjlov, Hjoypv aWiov, koKov v oIketmv EddiEL tov avTov dpTov, Plut. Cat. Maj. 3. 24. 24 ciYX €ll '> t° p ress > squeeze tight : "Ay%£ Si uiv 7ro\v- KEffTOQ LfXClQ CLTToXyIV V7TO SELp7]V, II. l\\. 371. d-Trayx^, to strangle : f O /ueV \ct£ vEJ3pov dirdyyuv. Od. xix. 230. ' Airdy^aadai jjle iroinffElq. Theocr. iii. 9. TTViycii', to choke : Ovno yap irvil^avTEQ kv vfiao-L tovq aVo- XvjjiIjovq. Batr. 158. ^irvlyETO octtlq u/) krvyyavEv tVi- (TTd/jLEvog veIv. Xen. Anab. v. 7, 15. [Cf. Mark v. 13.] diroTn/iyei^, to stifle, smother [e. g. with too warm cloth- ing'] : Ovt dfJi(piivvvvTai ttXelo) i) IvvavTai (ftipEtv, aVo- 7rviy£~iEv yap av. Xen. Cyr. viii. 2, 11. "06T ovtoui jjle vvv drroTrvl^ai fiovXETai. Aristoph. Vesp.Wm. Fig.: 'E/ re rijg dWng dyuviag. Plat. Alcib. ii. 145, c. dywyiajAa, arog (to), fr. dycoriZoficu, verbal subst. express- ing the effect, result of the action, exercise, exhibition of games, exhibition, essay [prize- essay~], commissio, certatio : Eort pvwadrivcu irepl dizdvTwv tOjv dywvwv tup yvjii>LKU))\ tbg baa jxev civtwv irpog noXepov egtiv dyu)ViGua.Ta eiriT-q^ev- teov. Plat. Legg. 832, e. Krfjpd Te ec del fiaXKov >/ ayw- viGfia eg tu 7rupa-^p)jfia ciKoveiv tvyKeiTca. Thuc. i. 22. dyawio-p.os, ov (o), fr. dycovl^opai, act of contesting o\: 26 26. (25) competing, emulation : lioXXrf Se r/ dvririy^vriffiQ t, ov (to), IieOXov in poetry, prize of the combat : it is only in the plural that a0Xa = dQXoi, combats, games of the circus : MZ/njp TrepucaXXe aeOXa Otjke fiifru) kv dyujvi dpKTTrjecTfnv 'A^a^i/. Od. xxiv. 58. Very seldom, and only in the Anthology, combats in war : 'A fxia /jlev /jLTiVid/Jov 'A^XXiog epya te x ei P°G '^KTopiag, Seketovc dOXa XiyeL ttoXe/jlov. Anihol. ix. 192. Antiphil. Byz. aOXyjfJia, aroc (to), fr. ddXiio, prop, the toil itself, gymnas- tic exercise : "E^?? ypajifiaTiKov rivog aVoiJcat rrjv iraXriv dpycuoTEpav ddXr\ixaTU)v TravTiov dirotyalvovTog. Plut. Qucest. sympos. ii. 4. In Theocritus, the implement used in any work : 'Eyyvdt & clvtoIv KeIto to. toIv ^Eipolv ddXrifxara, tol KciXaOlaKOL. Theocr. xxi. 8. irdXrj, r)g (r/), prop, wrestling. Some grammarians de- rive it from ttclXtj [the wrestlers 1 sand or dust], because the 27. 2? wrestlers, after having rubbed themselves with oil, rolled (20) themselves in the dust ; but it is generally derived, with more reason, from 7rci\Xw, because the two wrestlers shook each other violently, in endeavouring each to lay the other on his back : UdXa Kpariuv. Pind. 01. 8, 27. Trakaii\u)i'OQ evlica aX/ux, 7roSit)Keir)v, Slcricov, cUovra, TrdXrjv. Simonid. Fragm. 09. Ov yap r\v irivTadXov et, dXX' kef eKaaro) apyfiari keIto riXog, Pind. Isthm. i. 35. irayKpaTioi/, ov (to), the Pancratium, was a combat composed of wrestling and boxing : 'EtteI yovv viKrjtyo- pog kpovXETo tov TtayKpariov yeviffdai. Xen. Conviv. 2, 5. "Otl yap fxipLiKTaL to irayKpariov ek te irvyfirjc /ecu 7raX??c SfjXov. Plut. Sympos. qucest. 2, probl. 4, ajuXXa, rjg (rj), fr. djxa and "iXn, effort in contending for the prize or in order to prevail over any one, certamen, single combat, contest of two rivals : 'la^vog dvSpQv a/aXXcu. Pind. Nem. ix. 27. Fig. debate, dispute, rivalry, emula- tion, struggle, competition, even between friends : "A/uXXa dpErijg. Plat. Legg. v. 731, b. jxrfxT), VQ (>/)> close combat, engagement in battle, melee, battle, encounter of two armies, or of two warriors on the field of battle, proslium. See Max*?, 323. 27. aywoQerqs, ov (o), one who appoints a combat, or con- 27 test of any kind, judge of such contest or combat, be- cause originally he who appointed it, was naturally the judge of it ; Herodotus uses the word in speaking of the Olympic games : 'E^avaoTr/crae, tovq 'IlXetW dy^voQirag, avTog tov ev 'OXvfAiriri dywva eOtjke. Herod, vi. 127. In D 2 28 27. (27) later times it was the name, at Athens, of an officer chosen in each tribe to preside over games of all kinds; it appears that it was also one of the duties of this officer to make proclamation of the crowns granted to those citizens who had rendered any notable service to their country, as ap- pears from the decree quoted by Demosthenes : Tijg Se drayopevvetOQ rov (rrecjxxvov 87ri/jieXr)drfyaL jy\v TrpvTavevovaav v nXqyag zXafiev. Thuc. v. 50. They had similar duties also about the theatres at Athens : Xpfjv fiev tvwte.lv tovq pafilovyovg, e'L Ttg Kio}x2> 5 II. i. 473. Hence, with an accusative of the person, to sing, celebrate : "Aibovreg sirtaQe tclv Aide, ovpaviav "Aprepiv. Eur. Hippol. 53. yqpxieiv, fr. yrjpvg, prop, to speak loud ; hence, in lyric style, to recount, sing, in Pindar under the Doric form : Ei d* atQXa yapvtv tXbtai, (pi\ov yitoq. Find. Olymp. i. 5. K€\a8eiv, to resound, in Homer, speaking of the noise of waters: nap irorapbv KtXdbovra. II. xviii. 576. Hence, to make the air resound with cries and acclamations : "Qg "Efcrwp dyopev'* stti dk Tpioeg KeXadiyGciv. II. viii. 542. In lyric poetry, to celebrate: Tiva Oeov, tLv rjpojct, riva b' dvbpa KeXabrjvopev ; Find. Olymp. ii. 2 : passage imi- tated by Horace : Quern virum aut htroa lyrd vel acri Tibia sumes cele- hrare ? Od. i. 12, 1. Arjpqrpa Qeav eiriKoafiovvTe g ZaOsoig poXTralg KeXaSstri. Aristoph. Ran. 382. Xiyatveiv (Xiyvg), prop, to cry aloud with a sonorous voice : Krjpv- Keg b' kXiyaivov lip? riot tyaivoptvrjtyiv. II. xi. 685. In the Alex- andrine poets, to sing: X.pvesy tyoppuyyiXiyaivutv. Apoll. Rhod. Argon. i. 740. With the name of the person, to celebrate: K«t pwrag sXt- yaivt, Kal deibujv evopeve. Mosch. Id. iii. 82. \iyvpit,€iv (Xiyvpog), synonymous with Xiyaiveiv, but very rare: Lucian : Tovg epydrag Xiyvpl^ovrag ri\v Oepivrjv (pbrjv. Luc. Lexi- phan. 2. |jl€\tt€iv, fr. peXog Ei7rsTv, to sing verses or hymns in honour of the gods, in chorus and with dancing: MeX7rovTeg eKaspyov. II. i. 474. "()7roi; irtvTY)KOVTa Kopdv twv "Nrjpybwv x°9°i ptXirovaiv tyKvicXioi, Eur. Iplt. Taur. 428. KaXog y b naidv, pkX7rt pot rbvb\ w KvieXwxp. Eur. Cycl. 664. In Euripides it is more frequently found in the middle, p.eX/ir€o-6ai : HoXAai b' dv ^EXXdvwv dyopovg arova-^dg pkXirovTO bvardvuv tekbujv dXoxot. Eur. Androm. 1038. |xeXi£€iv and (JieXi^eo-0ai (peXog), to chaunt, to sing, in iEschylus, to predict, because the oracles were given in verse: Kai rig vs tiOtjgi buipwv V7rtpf3apr)g lpiriTvm> peXi&ip 7rd9rj yotpd Oararocpopa ; 29. 31 JEsch. Agam. 1185. 'A irirvg, atVoXf, rrjva a ttoti ratg 7rayaXai (28) pikiodtrai. Theocr. Id. i. 1. |j.oX/ira£€iv (ixo\7rrj) : Tqv Swmoav yevvaicog ry vy poX- 7rd£a>i>. Aristoph. Ran. 378. d|AV€iv, fr. vpvog, to sing a hymn, to celebrate in hymns : 'AttoX- \(t)va vfjLVSiov dpyvporo^ov. Horn. Hymn, in Apoll. 178. ■uSciv, found only in the Alexandrine poets for qideiv, to sing : Kal rd ptv log vdeovrai. Apoll. Rh. ii. 528. \|/d\.\€iv (tpaw), psallere, prop, to touch the string of a bow, or of an instrument of music: TlsXrag 0' oaoi irdXXovai, Kal to^ojv x s 9 l \pdXXovei vevpdg. Eur. Bacch. 783. Hence, to play on a stringed in- strument: Ok aiayyvy KaXwg ovtoj \pdXXu)V] dpKel yap y\v /3a(Tt- Xevg ciKpoaaOai \paXX6vT0Jv axoXd^y. Plut. Pericl. 1. In the N. T., to sing whilst touching the chords, whilst accompanying oneself on a stringed instrument, to sing psalms : Kai r(/7 bvopari gov \paXoj. Rom. xv. 9. 29. &&€\6s, ov (6),- in the epic poets afeXtyeog and aSeXtyeioc, 29 from a and leXcpvg, answers exactly to uterinus ; hence, espe- cially, frater uterinus : 'AfieXtyio f^arpog ek fiiag. Eur. Iph. T. 497. In general, brother, in the wide meaning of the word, and without more special designation, Homer uses it for natural brother, brother by blood : 'O ^ev vudog vtbg 'O'iXiioc Oetoio ectke MeSiov, A'iarrog aceXcpeog. II. xiii. 694. It is, however, usually accompanied by an adjective to de- termine the kind of brother ; as, yriiaiog, legitimate ; opto- Trdrpiog (poet, oirarpog), by the same father ; opiofju'irpioc, by the same mother : °Oc Kal rov optopLrjrpiov Kal 6pL07rarpiov a^e\(j)ov Kal TeOvrjKoroc. i]$ri aTrorefiijJV rrjv KE(j>aXi)y Kal rijv X*- l ? a arscTTavpioaev. Xen. An. iii. 1, 12. Kcuri'YV'nTos, ov (6), fr. K&aig and yevrjTog, prop, frater ger- manus ; it is the title which Agamemnon gives to Menelaus in Homer: Q?iXe Kaaiyvrjre, Qavarov vv roi opKi Irapvov. 11. iv. 155. Used in poetry as adeXcpog, uterine brother : Tptlg re Kaaiyvrjrovg rovg poi pia yeivaro prjrrip. II. xix. 293. Kai oi TevKpog dp.' >/£ Kaaiyvrjrog Kai O7rarpog. II xii. 371. kgLgtis (6, r)), the simple form, which is not found in Homer, only in the tragedians and Lycophron : "'Q izarip, w iroXig, u>v cnTivdaQqv aioxpGjg tov ipbv KTtivaaa ttdaiv. Eur. Med. 169. avTOKacriYvr|TO§ (6), own brother, in Homer : AvroKaaiyitjrog ptyadvpov llpwrtaiXdov. II. ii. 706. avOaifxuv, ovog, (6, >/), and av6aifxos (6, if), of the same blood =■ consanguineus : ^Q Aibg avQaipiov, w yXvKvg 'Atdag. Soph. Trach. 1041. TLavi raff avOaiuoi rpiaaol Osaav iippiva. Antipat. Anthol. vi. 14. 32 30. (29) Sjjtaijjtos and 6fi.aip.uv (6, 17) (6[i6g, alfia), of the same blood ~ con- sanguineus; hence brother, sister: "Eprjfjiov warpipov eXtireg dofxov, Qvyag a.7ro(Tra\eig oixaifiov Xw/3^. Eur. Phoen. 318. 2u t , a> TaXaiv 8juai/z£, Aiovvvov ddfiap. Eur. Hipp. 329. QiXeXv dk Kdfih roijg 6/*ai- fxovag doKSi, consider that I too love my brothers, Eur. I ph. Taur. 1402. cruvaip.09 (6, r/), prop, consanguineus ; hence brother (modern): Sot Tads, Hav QrjpEVTa, avr\pTr\aavTO avvaifioi diKTva. Zosim. Anthol. ii. 452. v, ovog (6, fi), synonyme of the preceding word, and more ancient, found only in iEschylus : Srevovaa tclv gclv Zvvofiaifjiovwv re Tifidv. Msch. Prom. 417. 6p.o*yev€Ta>p, opog (6), fr. ojuoc and ysvog, of the same race : *Aveijlwksoq eWe dpofiov VEtpkXag tcqgiv l\avvaai\ii di' aiOepog npbg kfjibv djjLoysvsropa. Eur. Phoen. 168. ■yvwTos, yviorrj, prop, known ; hence relation, and particularly brother, sister, in Homer: Ovdk vv rovye yvwroi re yvojrai re irvpbg XtXa'xwo-t OavovTa. II. xv. 350. truyyovos (6, rj), of the same race, and, in poetry, brother: KXdcj avyyovov, ov eXiwov kirifjiaGTidiov eti (3pE(j)og. Eur. Iph. Taur. 280. 30. 30 "Aicfyc, ov (6), (dtSirjs, poet.) hades or aides, lit. the invisible, the invisible god, one of the surnames of Pluto, the god of the infernal regions : Tpelg yap r U Kpovov eljiev aSeXtyeoi, ovg reicero 'Pea Zevg ical eyu), Tplrarog 3* 'AiSrjg evepoiaiv ava.(T(Tu)v. II. xv. 187. Homer also gives him the name of dicWeus : "ESSeicrev 3' vTrevepdev aval, evepiov 'Aidiovevg. II, xx. 61. In the Attic prose writers, "Aic^c, : f O Se "AiSrjg, ol 7roXXot \xev fjioi Sokovctiv vTToXafijiavEtv to aetheg 7rpo(jeipfj(Tdai T(p 6vo\xaTi tovto), kul (pofiov/ixevoL to 6vofJ,a UXovTiova KaXovaiv avTov. Plat. Cratyl. 403, a. The elliptic phrases elg or ev 'A'thao, elg or ev " Ailov, into or in the palace of Hades, to or with Pluto, into or in the infernal regions, are well known, and in constant use in prose and verse : Evte jjllv elg 'A/'^ao 7ru\ciprao 7rpoi/7T£/rJ/£i/. II. viii. 369- Tovg Se avoaiovg /cat aciKovg elg 7rr]X6v Tiva KUTOpVTTOvaiv ev^AiSov, /cat kogkIvo) vSwp avayKa^ovcn (bepetv. Plat. Rep. ii. 363, d. nXouTwi', tovog (o), Pluto, the etymology of this name is thus given by Plato : To Se UXovTwvog, tovto ytev fcara rrjp tov ttXovtov Soaiv, otl Ik Trjg yfjg kcltwOev avlezat 6 ifKovrog e-K{t)vo\xaaQr\. Plat. Cratyl. 403, a. 81, 32. 33 TdpTapos, ov (6), Tartarus (regions of), which Homer (30) thus describes : *H ptv eXiby pi\bu) eg Tuprapov rjepoevra rrjXe jjloX\ tjy/ (iadiGrov virb ^Qovog ecttl fiepeQpov* evQa (Ti^rjpeiat re TrvXat kcu -^aXKeog obdbg toooov evepd' 'Atceit), oaov obpavog knr curb yalrjg. II. viii. 13 — 16. "EpcfSos, eog (to), ace. to Bochart, comes from the Hebrew ereb, black ; ace. to the Greeks from epa ; Erebus ; in Homer, the place of darkness situated between the upper world and the infernal regions. It was, so to say, the vestibule of the mansions of Pluto ; it was here that the dog Cerberus abode : 'E£ 'Epefievg a^ovra kvvci (jrvyepov 'A'tcao. II. viii. 368. Erebus has been personified by the poets ; Hesiod makes Chaos his father : 'Ek Xdeog B* "Epeftog re fxiXaiva re Nu£ eyevovro. Hesiod. Theog. 123. ei/epoi, uy (ol), fr. kv and epa, those who are in or under the earth, the dead, inferi ; hence the infernal regions or hell : "Ara£ evepuv Kilwvevg. II. xx. 61. £oo9. ov (o), obscurity, and, specially, the darkness of the realms of Pluto, in Homer : 'Aidrjg 3' eXa^e i^ocpov yepoevra. II. xv. 191. 'HXucnoy Trefiiovy fr. eXevOoj, Elysian plain, Elysian fields, which Homer places at the end of the earth : 'AXAa d eg 'HXvawv ireZiov koX ireipara yaing aQararoi 7re fi\pov a iv 9 odi t,avdbg 'PabdfxavQvg. Od. iv. 563. 31. dSiKia, ag (//), injustice, the quality of that which is con- 31 trary to justice : Tig yap kari vbfxog rocravTTjg aditctag fiearog ; Dem. de Cor. 33. d&tKTjjxa, arog (to), unjust action, an injustice : Ob& d£i- Kelv av >//idc eKelvov ctSiKn/i av eOnxa. Id. de Class. These two words are not synon. in Greek, as is manifest by the termination of each, but differ, as the abstract, injustice, and the concrete notion, an injustice (an unjust action, a wrong). 32. &ei and aUi, adv. ever, always, used with the past, 32 present, and future : 01 aV i^ev alel yeiofievoi. Herod. iii. 142. Icrael, adv. for ever, used only with the present and 34 33, 34. (32) future, ace. to Thomas Magister : 'AW l\v re apa e£ dpxw, Kal ecrrai kaaei. Aristid, in Jov. 3. owex&s, fr. avvexvQi continuously, constantly, without any interval or interruption : fjjuup . . . owEx&g ^X? L y/P w c ravra irapix^v. Xen. Mem, i. 4, 12. [2vrex^Q aei and del (tvp£X(oq are found combined.] dSiaXeurrws, adv. (a<5mX£i7rroc), without ceasing : 'A&a- Xei7TTU)Q 7rpotj£vx^^0e. N. T. 1 Thess, v. 17. ttoVtotc, adv. (jrav), evermore, at all times: YIclvtote Bog rj/juv tov aprov tovtov. N. T. Mark vii. 6. [late ; un- Attic] €KdcrTOT€, adv. (}kcl(ttoq), each time, every time, always : "\va E7rtTe\oir} (5p7rep EVEKa ekoKeIto kkacrrore ettI to. fe^a. Xen. Conv. i. 14. SiafiLirepes, through, from one end to the other, thoroughly, entirely : *A\\d as (prjfjLi diafiirspeg cLyka'UXoOai. II. x. 331. 33. 33 aeXXa, rjg (77), fr. ar\\xi, violent wind, whirlwind: Avrap oy\ wq to TTQoaQev, sfxapvaTO Igoq dsWy. II. xii. 40. OveXXa, r]Q (rj), fr. 6 vu), furious tempest: 'Ytto de arspvoiai kovitj "igtolt deLpofievn, wcrrf vsipog t)e OveWa. II. xxiii. 365. 34. 34 &QP> € 'p°£ (^ or 6) (arjfjLi), the lower air, in Homer, the air we breathe, whereas aiQr\p, ipog (o), (aide*)) tether, the ether, is the upper air, the pure air above the clouds : Etc e\arrjv dvajjdg 7r£ptf.irjKErov, f) tot ev "I^J7 fiaKpordrr} TTEtyvvla Bl rjipog alBip' 'Itcavev. II. xiv. 287. Hence it comes that diip, in Homer, has more commonly the mean- ing of obscurity, darkness. Thus it is opp. to aiOprj, rjg (>/), clearness, serenity of air : Zev ndrEp, a'XXa av pvaai vn rjipog viae 'A^cuwj', ttoLyjgov B"* aidprjv, Bog B' 6(j)6a\iuLo"i(Tiv IBivdai. II. xvii. 645. Aristotle gives another etymology of aWrjp : AioTTEp wg Eripov Tivbg bvrog tov ttqwtov aiojiarog irapd yrjv Kal Trvp, Kal dipa Kal vBwp, aiOipa Trpoawyofxaaav top dvcoTaTio T07rov, aVo tov 0eu> aid tov d'iBiov X9^ v0v i Oe/jlepoi tyjv Eniovvjiiav avT(o. 'Ava£ay6pag Be KaTaK£XPV TCLL ry dvofiari tovtq) ov Ka\wg. ovojxd^EL yap aldipa dvrl irvpoc, Arist. de Casio, i. 3. 35. 35 35. d6\T]Trj$, ov (o), athlete, specially a combatant in gym- 35 nastic games, or in those of the stadium : 'AW wgttep ol dOXrjTCli OV"% OTCLV illtoTUV yiviOVTCLl KpElTTOPEQ TOVTO UVTOVQ evcppaivei, dXX* bray rwv dvTaywviarihv tJttovc, tovt avrovq dviy. Xen. Hier. 4, 6. By ext., a combatant in any games, and even in war : Kofjixporepag S-f] nvog d&Kti&ewQ ce~i role ttoXejullkoIq adXrjrcuQ. Plat. Pol. iii. 404, a. Fig. : 'E£ wv ttuvteq ddXnral tCjv tcaXiov kpytov iyivovro. Dem. in Aristog. 799, 16. &Ywviottjs, ov (o), prop, a combatant, has a yet more gene- ral signification than dOXrjTijg, which was properly only used in reference to the contests in the stadium : it was applied to all kinds of competition, even to that of the poets, who com- peted for the dramatic prizes : Ovc ekeivovq eyor/e eircurw OLTLVEQ dyix)VMTTCU yEVO\XEVOl K&l VEVLKl]KOTEC 1]^TJ TToXXdfClC KCU $6£av EyovTEc ovtcj (biXovEiKovaiv wctte ov irporEpov iravovrat, TTplv av l]TT7l^EVTEC TtJV CLdKr^fTLV KaTCtXv(TU)(JLV. XeU. Helleil. vi. 3, 16. Fig. champion : UoXXovg dywrioraQ e^ete ttjq dpErrjg. /Eschin. in Ctesiph. 569. do-KTjrqs, ov (o), fr. daKEw, prop, one who exercises himself, one who practises or goes through a course of training [hence used for athlete, when there is reference to the previous training] : Et tLq *ye dfTKnrrjg izoXXa irovfjaac kul u^iovikoq yEVQjiEvoq dvayuvLGTOQ (jiciteXecteiev, ov& dv ovtoc fJioi SokeI Slkciiwq dvairiog Etvat d, ov (to), prize of victory, or rather the victor's prize : T Hy Ss twuto. to. viKrjTrjpia ola $rj elg 7rXrjdog 7rp£7r£i. Xen. Cyr. ii. 1, 24. apicnelov, ov (to), fr. apiarog, prize of excellence, of bravery : To~ig Se ^vpaKoaioig Kal ^eXivovgioiq KpaTiGTOig yEvopivoig dpiaTtia kdwicctv Kal Koivrj Kal Idia woXXolg, teal oIkeIv aTiXeiav kSoaav t/), fr» ivrpiireiv, the action of turning away under a feeling of fear, shame, or respect; hence rcsp> ■ regard: 'H kcu £oke~ite tov tv(j)Xov tlv ivrpoirrjv J) (ppovrlc eieiv; Soph. (Ed. Col. 303. In the N. T., shame : Up EVTpo7T))v vp.1v Xeyto. 1 Cor. xv. 34. E 38 38, 39. (37) Kanfj+cia, ag (b), the action of casting down the eyes from confusion or humiliation : 2ol yap kyw teal tirEira Karrj- (petri Kal ovedog eaaofiai. II. xvi. 498. [late in prose : Plut.~] 38. 38 atjxa, arog (to), fr. aWw, to burn, ace. to some gram- marians, because the blood is the principle of vital heat ; blood that flows in the veins, or from a wound : IlvKval fie Cfiw^Lyyeg diet 7rXevpdg te Kal ljjulovc atficiTt (poLviKOEGtrat apiSpajdov. Horn. II. xxiii. 716. Fig. blood, for race, family: A'tfiarog elg ayadolo, (j)lXov reicog. Od. iv. 611. In the Septuagint, wine is, by a beautiful metaphor, called the blood of the grape, alfia (rratyvXrjg, Gen. xlix. 11 : a phrase which is also found in Pliny (xiv. 5). cup. a?, adog(ri); by its termination this word carries with it the notion of a mass, collection, blood which flows or spouts out abundantly [a stream of blood] : Ovde y og rdv OtpixoTarav alfidda KY)KLOfievav eXksojv evOrjpov nodbg rjirioiai (pvXXoig Karevvdcrtiev. Soph. Philoct. 696. (Spores, ov (6), fr. peto, blood which flows from a wound: 'A7ro- vi4ravT6g fikXava (3porov h% wteiXswv. Od. xxiv. 188. lx<£p, &pog (6), fr. %£w, ace. to Damm, prop., juice of food, which spreads itself throughout the body, and nourishes it ; serum, lymph, the watery part of the blood [t%wo $e lurlv aTreirjov alfxa. Aristot. Anim. 3, 14, fin. and supra : yiyverai de TrsTTOfievov 8% Lx&pog /aev a\\aa fcrX.] ; in Homer, blood of the gods : 'Pse d' dfxfipoTOv alfxa Oeolo, t%wp oloairsp te psei pLaizdpEGGi Oeolaiv* ov yap aXrov tdovG , ov irivova aWona olvov tovvek avaifjioveg «Vi, Kal aOdvaroi kclXsovtcli. 11. v. 340. [Also — pus, the discharge from a wound, cor- rupted blood, matter (Hippocr.) — It is also used of other limpid or watery juices : ttclv *yd\a ?%« lx&P a vdarwdrj. Aristot. H. A. 3, 20. '0 ruJv %\wpwi> <|>vXXa>v Kaiop,&vu)v t'x^P* Diosc. 1, 172.] Xi30pov, ov (to), ace. to commentators, who derive it from Xvio, it is the blood that collects and must be washed off, blood and dust together, perhaps lump of clotted blood, clotted blood or gore : AvQptp Ss 7raXdaaeT0 xtipag dditTovg. 11. xi. 169. 4>6vos, ov (6), murder; by a metaphor familiar to the poets it is used for the blood of a slain person or animal : Oi [jiev dp' kvvrjfiap KBaT iv (p6v, ovds Tig y\ev KaTOdibat. II. xxiv. 610. Kal Qiyyd- vovTtg X 6 9 ai Tavpeiov tyovov. JEsch. Sept. Theb. 44. 39. 39 aivelv, to approve, to praise : Tvfcidr}, fjLrjr dp' fie fiaX' aivet juitTE tl veikel. II. X. 249. 2ivpaKocrlav TpcnrE^ay Kal StfCf- Xikyjv 7rouaXiav 6\pov, wg Eoucag, ovk alvE~ig. Plat. Pol. iii. 404, d. i-naivtlv, to praise publicly, collaudare : Kal cltto tov- _ 40. 39 TOV TOV ToXfXTIflCtTOQ ITOWTOQ TU)V KCLTCL TOV TToXejXOV £7rY]vidr) (39) kv S7raj07r/. Thuc. ii. 25. Xdpiv yovv rfjg atyohpa -KpoQv^xiag alveiadio' eav he iroXv (deXtiwv ijiceiv ho^rj 7ro\v eiraLvticrdd) /udXXov. Plat. Legg. xii. 952, c. €YKG)jjud£€ii>, to pronounce encomiums upon ; to extol : 'Qq he tovt i]KOV(rav itdvreg fjev eiryjvovv, iravrec c' eveKiofxia^ov. Xen. Cyr. v. 3, 2. TraiT]Yupi£€iK, prop, to speak in a general or public assembly, to pronounce a panegyric upon ; to panegyrize : Aft Tovg ftovXofievovg /x?) ^xarnv os, ov (6), prop, net, griphus, a kind of riddle in the form of a question involving a double solution, propounded at table for the amusement of the guests : Ovcev doa ypi rj tXatyov Ktpaov, ?} aypiov alya. II. iii. 24. Tore de ol fiev rovg ctlyag rovg appevag eSeSoLKsaav fxr) 7dvd)oiv enro rfjg Nf^ac. Pausan. iv. 20, 2. Tpdyos, ov (6), fr. rpwyw, he-goat, found first in the Odyssey : Ta ft apcreva Xe~nre Ovprjtyi}', appewvg re, 7pa- yovg re. Od. ix. 239. epi<})os, ov (o, r)), young of the goat, kid, male or female, to three or four years old, ace. to the Scholiast on Theo- critus {Id. i. 6): 'Apv&v r)d' epi(piov kinlij^iOL ap7ra.KTfjpeg. IL xxiv. 262. Xip/), in Attic and Doric writers, young she- goat, a year old, which has not yet borne young : A'ka S* aly a Xafiri rTivog yepag, eg re Karappe.1 a y^tfjuapog' ^c/icipw uaXoy xprjc, kare k a/jLeX^rig' Theocr. Id. i. 6. 43, 44. 41 XLfxcupa, a^ (»i), for ai£, or, ace. to others, for x'lfiapoc (fj), she- (42) goat: Kal ^f'/japoi Xaaiyaiv l(pi7nrevov(Ji xifiaipaig. Opp. Cyn. i. 390. But the Scholiast on Theocritus makes a difference between these two forms : Xi/zcrpoi enl QrfXvicov, ewg eviavrov, tovt'egtiv eojg av tskojgi Kal dfieXxOijJcnv' d(f>' ov tie tsZetcli rf x'H-apog, ovketi x^ a 9°Q XkyErai, dXXd xifxaipa r\ al%. Schol. Id. i. 6. Chimcera, a fabulous monster in the Iliad : Tlpwrov fisv pa Xifxaipav a\iai\iaKkrr\v IkeXevcte 7rE(pvEfXEV t r) d' dp* trjv Oelov ykvog, oi)d' dv9p(i)7ru)v, 7rp6iXnr- 7roi>). Dem. 01. I, 11.] 8iky], t]Q (rj), action- at -law, hence, cause, suit : Ovb* bjxag airu Trjc avrrjg ciavoiag Sal rag te ISiag dtKag Kal Tag crjjjLO- aiac KpivEtv. Dem. de Coron. 60. $ico£is, Eiog (fj), fr. hwKEip, legal prosecution : 01 3e vojulol Tovruiv kiXevovgi t)]v Sioj^iv Eivai. Dem. in Everg. 1160. 46. 46 &kt^, VQ (»/)> this word, the root of many derivatives, is only found in the grammarians, and never used but in some poetical compounds, such as TaraYjKYJs (6, fi [ravatiKrjg, Spitzner]), long-pointed : El jxev kev ejjie KE~ivog eXyj rara- {)ke'l -^aXky. II. vii. 77. axis, iSog (rj), kind of dimin. of a/a/, point, generally : 46. 43 01 Se Hapdu)v {3ct(Ti\e~ic; EOt\xvv\ovTO rag adcag tCjv (ieXojy (46) yapciTTOv-EQ uvrol teal TrcipadijyovTEg. Plut. Demetr. 20. olkwkt], rig (r/), lengthened form of clkt], point of a javelin, spear, &c. : Tvdeideo) d' vwep wjxov apiartpov ijXvQ' aKujKrj iyx*0Qi ovS' £/3aX' avrov. 11. v. 16. This form has been used by some modern prose writers : Aoyxog 8k ityopeov ira^o.q^ fisytOog ujq e%a7rr}x£CiQ' clkcokti dl ovk iwriv aidrjpkr). Arrian. Ind. 24. dicjxrj, fjg (*/), another derivative of 6\ky], sometimes point in the poets : 'Y^>' alfiarripcug -^elpecrat, kui KepKicuju aKficufjiv. Soph. Antig. 975. fyaayavwv $' a K flag Evviixpa- fiev. Eur. Orest. 1482. [Cf. 47.] ^Xr 11 !? VQ (»/), point of a dart, of a spear in Homer: nipnae tf ap ogteov e'lgu) aiXM X a ^ Ke ^' ^ m ^ v " 460. Sometimes in Homer, Herodotus, and Xenophon for the dart or spear itself, hasta : YAypv .... acnriSag kcu cu^ac a/uLiKpag, Xoyycu £e kitr\aav /JiEyaXai. Herodot. vii. 77. By later writers it was sometimes used for a weapon of any kind. •YX.a>xfe, wog (r)), fr. yXu)%, point or sharp end similar to that of the ear of corn, hence, by analogy, point or barbed-head of an arrow in Homer, according to Pollux (ii. 18) ; but in this sense it is only found in the compound rptyXw^iv, an epithet of the arrow in the Iliad : "Ore fjLiv Kparspog iralg 'A/i0irot/wi>O£, dt%irepbv Kara fia^bv d'iarij) rpt- yXwxivi j3e(3Xr}icei. 1L v. 393. o-a/upcoTTjp, rjpog (6), in Homer, the iron or spike with which the butt- end of the spear was armed in order to fix it in the earth : "Eyx^a Se g a cltto- (nracru) 7rucpov tovc" aloXov Kvwdovrog ; Soph. Aj. 1044. XoyxT], VQ (>/)> prop, iron-head of spear or dart : Ta Se liKovTia ecttio TravTodcnrd Eyovra rag X6y)(ag evirXaTeig ical i;vpi'iK£ig. Xen. de Venat. 10, 3. Trcjyci)!', wvog (6), prop, beard ; hence, by ext., any thing that grows or comes to a point like the beard ; plur. irwyweg, barbed-heads of arrows in the Scholiasts on Homer (ad Iliad, iv. 153). iEschylus applies it metaph. to a flame of fire : Hi/jLTrova-t $* avhaiovTEg ckjjOovq) \xevei (pXoyog fiiyav irwywva. JEschyl. A gam. 314. orupa£, aicog (6), butt-end of the handle of the spear or dart, armed with iron, [an iron spike~\ in the historians : Toy fxiv flctKTrjpiy, tov Se to) arTvpaKL enaTa^ev. Xen. Hellen. vi. 2, 10. Plutarch uses it in speaking of the end of a dart: Tovtov /jlev y to Kpavog VTritiaive Toy otydaXjjiov, clkovtiov OTVpaKi 7ral(jjv Tig cKpeiXev. Plut. Arist. 14. [Cf. aavpiOTrjp and ovpia^og above.] oTupdKioy, ov (to), dimin. of the above, which Thucy- dides uses in speaking of the iron-head of a spear [No : the iron spike of the butt-end would serve the purpose still better] : IZrvpaKia) aKovriov clvti (jaXdvov xprjcdfjiEvog eg tov fioyXov. Thuc. ii. 4. 47. 47 &Kp,^, fjg (fj), fr. cikyi, prop, the edge of a sword, only in the proverbial saying : 'E^t frpov a.Kjxr\g, on the edge of a razor, found as early as Homer : Nvv yap St] TrdvTEarriv ett\ ^vpov iaTarai aK/jifjg f) fjidXa Xvypog oXedpog 'Ayaiolg yie fiiwvat. II. x. 175. Hence, fig. aKfxrj is used for the de- cisive moment, the crisis of affairs, the very highest degree, the flower of man's age : Mirpiog ypovog dic{.if}g to. e'ikogiv ettj yvvaiKi, avSpl ce rd TpidtcovTa. Plat. Pol. v. 461, a. oro/ia, arog (to), edge of a sword, in the Septuagint and N. T. : Kcu -KEaovvrai crTo/uart fxayaipag. Luc. 21, 24. In the ancient writers no trace is found of this meaning, but in the compound o7oto/zoc, double-edged. 48. 45 oTOjmoKns, Etog (»/), action of hardening the iron, and (47) tempering the edge to steel : "£l vTrofiXrjrov GTOfxa noWr/v eyov (jto/jhihjw. Soph. CEdip. Col. 794. orojxwjAa, arog (to), effect, result of tempering the iron ; hardness given to iron by it : "0£ei Stairvpov ailfipov to GTOfjUOfxa Karaa fiiaag, (\ei\eTO ttjv elg ra\Xa yjpeiav Kal cvvajXLv, Plut. Lye. 9. Fig. strength, reinforcement : Tovg aKfid^ovTac en Kal 7rpodvfxovg dvaXafiiov, loairtp (TTOUtofda, Tpi (Sid, aKovoj), to hear to the end, or to listen to with attention, peraudire : 'O Se SujKove izdiTa yfiitog ova kfiovXovTo XiyEiv. Xen. Cyr. iv. 4, 3. Hence to hear, in a special sense, to be a hearer of, or attendant upon the teaching of some master: " AXXoi te nveg ev HtvpaKovaatg i], ov (to), the neuter of the adj. aKpoe, is also and more frequently used elliptically as a subst., the end, in every sense, the top of a mountain : "Hprj-cie Kpanrvwg TrpooEfit'iGETo Tapyapov aKpov ' lt)rjg vx^rjXfjg. II. xiv. 292. 50. 47 Uepyafjaov re wvpl KaraiQerai repejiva Kal iroXig a.Kpa re (49) retyewv. Eur. Troad. 1296. Sometimes fig. the last, the highest degree : "Ora^ Sc rig rrjg aperijg elg aKpov 'tKrjrai. Plat. Prot. 340, d. aKpi9, toe. (»/), epic and synon. with dicpa in the Odyssey, height: Uy d' avr, w dvcrrrjve, di aKpiag tpxeai olog ; Od. x. 281. dKpwnqptoK, ov (to), summit of a mountain : 'Hwe re cietyaive /cat kyirovTO kit aKpiornpiu rov ovpeog. Herodot. vii. 217. In Thucydides and medical writers, the extremi- ties of the members of the body : Kat ei rig Lk rw> ixey'iaruv 7rFpiyivoLTO,Tuiv ye aKpurnpiuv avriXri^ig avrov eireaYipaivev. Thuc. ii. 49. dKpoTTjs, rjrog (?/), fr. a/cpoc, an excellency of the high- est degree, a pre-eminent good, in a figurative sense and in philosophic discussions : Ato /caret fiev rrjv ovaiav /cat rov \6yov rov ri i)v etvai Xeyovra fjLEaorne ioriv // apery, /caret Se to apiarov kcu to ev aKporng. Aristot. Ethic. Nicom. 11, 6. 'AKporrjg per ecrrt rrj SwclfxeL Kal rrj Troiornri. Pint, de Virt. M. 444, d. 50. &Kpo(rr6\ioi>, ov (to), acrostolium, prop, the upper ex- 50 tremity of the crroXog, i. e. of the elevated and projecting curve, that formed the prow of the ancient vessel : the curvature and projection upwards of this portion commenced [as from its base~] from what would correspond to the prow of our modern vessels [See atyXaarov, in this article : and the words aplustre and aKpoaroXiov, in the Diet, of An- tiqq.]. The gigantic and unusual proportions given to the whole prow, in the following passage, refer to the famous galley of Demetrius, the description of which Athenaeus has left us, and which may serve as a scale whereby to cal- culate by approximation the ordinary proportions of the ancient vessels. "Y\pog ce ewg aKpoaroXiov reaaapaKovra oktu) 7r?7^a7 )'* and Se t\aoToy, ov (to), fr. a and (pXatrQat, according to 48 51. (50) Eustathius, a highly-raised part at the extremity of the poop of the ancient ships, and based on it ; it was com- posed of several stages, the whole of which together formed ornaments ordinarily in the shape of plumes of feathers, or of a bird's taiL It was called in Latin aplustre, a word which Festus derives from amplius, but which Vossius, with more reason, derives from the Greek : "E/crwp Se 7rpvjjLyrjdev ettel \dj3ev, ov^l /uleOiel acpXaarov perd ^tpcrlv Eyuv. ^* xv. 716. [See Diet, of Antiqq. s. v. aplustre, where the fig. will make the explanation here given clearer : " there was a correspondence in the general appearance and effect between the aplustre which terminated the stern, and the aKpoaroXtov which advanced towards it, proceeding from the prow." IbJ] Kopup,(3os, ov (6), fr. fcapa, prop, head, summit ; in the plural Kopujjipa, the most raised and curved part at the end of the Homeric vessel ; at either end in the Iliad : Srevrat yap vrjiov clttoko-^elv aicpa Kopvjjij3a. II. ix. 241. But, according to the Etymolog. Magn., it was the ornament or beak of the prow only, which agrees with the inter- pretation of the Scholiast on Lycophron ; in this poet, in fact, this word expresses the ornaments of the prow ; hence, by ext., the prow of the vessel, in opp. to aQXaarov, which is also used poetically for the poop : " A^Xaara, icai Kopvjjifla icai /c\?y(W .dporovg. Lycophr. Alex. 295. 51. 51 clk-tt], fjg (ri) (ayvvfjii), rocky line of coast of consider- able extent on which the waves break : 'EvOevtev t6 npog ecnriprjv cucral htcpdaua KaraTEivovdi. Herod, iv. 37. Tjiwy, ovoq (r/), Ionic form, more poetic, and of the same origin as tucrr] : Avrtg 3' ijiova jjLEydXrfy xpafiddoicri KaXv\pEv. II. xii. 31. Sometimes, but in more modern poets, bank of a river : 'H'iovsg irota^xolo koL clg-ketov "uiyev dXfTOQ. Apoll. Rhod. iv. 130. [Xen. Hell. i. 1, 3.] atyiaXtfe, ov (6) {ayvvjii^ or ai£), shore flat and sandy, beach often washed by the waves : *£lg ote Kvfia TToXvtyXoLafioio OaXdaarjg aiyiaXo) fiEyaXo) ppe/jLErai. II. ii. 209. \Thuc. i. 7.] 0.711, ijg (ry), fr. dyvvfii, prop, break, fracture; in epic language KVfiaroQ ayi] appears to be the compound word KVu,ajujyri of Herodo- tus resolved, but at a later date, by the poets. Thus the Lexicons and 52. 49 the E. D. give ayi] as synon. with alyiaXog in the Ionic writers; but (51) it would seem rather to answer to our word breakers, which is used both properly of the waves themselves that break, and, improperly and loosely, the rocky part of the shore on which they break : IToXty 8' ivl KVfiarog dyy Tsyye 7rodag. Ap. Rhod. i. 554. KujiaTwyr], fjg (v), fr. fcv/xa and dyvvya, according to the grammarians, the shore, because beaten by the waves ; but it is rather that portion of the shore on which the waves dash, the beach : Kal KYipvKijiov Etydvn etti rfjg KVfjia- rioyrjg KEifjLEvov. Herodot. ix. 100. [More correctly, tcvfja- Twyr], Lob.~\ Ois, lvvq (rj), prop, heap of sand, sandy sea-bank (the French dune) ; hence, coast, shore, almost always with aX6g or daXdvcng * Br/ S* clkem wapd diva daXd&ang. II. i. 34. Sometimes alone: 0*V kv (pvKioerri. II. xxiii. 695. [Cf. 259.] 8x9*1, ng (>/), in general, elevation, rising ground, small hill ; hence, bank, steep side of a river : Uap 1 oxdrjcriv 7rora/xo7o. Od. vi. 97. Sometimes used for the sea-side : 'Ev jjle v yap XeifjLUJvEQ a.X6g woXioio nap oydag, vSprjXoL Od. ix. 130. TrXaTajuuuy, wvog (6), (nXaTvg), in general, every flat surface, platform : hence, a broad flat rock, a flat reef of rocks on the coast, or even in the sea: 'Epyujjc x a Pr l ° ( PP (JJV tlpvaaaTO irLova epya Xeta) km irXaTafxwvi. Horn. Hym. Merc. 128. ^rjYjjLiv, Xvog (6), fr. prjyvvfii, abrupt and rocky line of shore, against which the waves dash and break ; breakers ; 'Ejc Se Kal avroi fialvov £7ri prjy^Xvi QaXdaang. II. i. 437. X€iX.os, cog (to), prop, lip ; hence, bank or margin of a river in the Epic poets : Avtou irapa xtiXog tXicraofievov 7rora/xoTo. Ap. Rhod. in. 1276. 52. aKuf, ovrog (6), fr. clkj), poet., but rare in the Tragic 52 writers, dart : Ov& dpa rot ye to&v aitcag a/jK/ng \iivov, ovli T CLKOVTUV. II. XV. 709. cLKomov, ov (jo), dart, javelin : Ovtw (Tj>, ktX. 11. iii. 18. [Also in prose : eig lioparog 7rXrjyrjv, eIq dopv dtyLKveivQai, to come within the range or shot of (their) darts: ettl (wapd, eIq) Copv = to the right ; opp. ew do-xiha. dop\ kXzlv. Thucj] Cf. 186. Sopdnoi/, ov (to), dim. of Sopv, javelin, spear in the his- torians : Ovte yap ol 7t7Xol EOTEyov to. ro£evjuara, SopaTid TE EVCLTTOKEKXaGTO /3aXXojJLEVU)V. ThuC. iv. 34. dyKuXif], rjg (fj), prop, strap or thong of leather attached to the middle of a dart, and used in hurling it, amen- turn : "Eoti Si tl kos, ov (6), kind of dart carried by the v^lites or light- armed troops of the Romans, in Polybius : to Se tuv ypo- 53. 51 vtpijJv fiiXog lyjEi t(d jjev jj.fi kei to £vXov wg iir'nTav ci7rr)^y (52) T(p ce irayei haKTvXtalov, to ce kevtoov, (nridajxialov kutu toctovtov Lirl Xetttov E&XrjXajJEvov ical (rvvio^vcrjJEvov uktte K(it avayKrjv evdewQ cnro Tfjg irpwrng £ji(joXijg KajJ-fTTEadai, Kin fjLi] cvi'CMjdai tovq iroXEjiiovg avTtfiaXXEiv . Polyb. vi. 22, 4. uo-ctos, ov (6), kind of javelin or spear named pilurn by the Romans, which the heavy-armed soldiers, or has- tati, carried. Polybius has left us a description of it : Tutv $' v(tctu)v eIgiv ol jjev 7ra^e7c, ol $e XetttoL 'YGjv de 0T£p£(t)Tipti>v ol jjev (TTpoyyvXoi TtaXaiGTiaLav £yovm Tt)v didjjETpoV ol $£ T£Tpayb)voi tyjv 7r\£vpav. Ot y£ jj))v XektoI aifivVLOlQ EOIKCKJI (JVJJJJETpOig, OVQ (j)0p0V(TL JJETCt TWV 7TpOElprj- jjeviov. 'Attclvtiov £e tovtiov tov £,vXov to jjrjicog egtlv y), fr. a and Xavddvio, literally, that 53 u'hich is not hid or dissembled, true, in speaking of what is said or related, in Homer : "Eu-op, iirel jxdX' avioyag a\r)Qia jjvQyjaacrdcti. II. vi. 382. It is often opposed to J/euo/c, false, in Plato: T<3 ttote ovv rpowu) ho^a \p£vh)g te Kal aXr)d))g ijjj.lv QiXeI yiveadai. Phileb. 37, b. d\Y]0t^6s, //, 6v 9 1. legitimate, in opp. to adopted in Plato: 0*e av 7ralc£g jji) 7roirjTol, dXndtvol Se uhtlv. Plat. Legg. ix. 878, c. 2. Verax, truthful ; that tells or speaks what is true : % Act, irptoTov £X® £ Q dXrjOivwv Xoycjv i'jKovcra 7T£pl ejjcivtov. Plut, Apophth. 184, e. aTpcicrjs (o, »/), fr. a and Tp'sio l t according to the Etyrn. Magn., that which a man is not afraid to say or avow, frank, true, certain : 'Ek 8' dficpoTepoiiv arpEKtg al/j' ecraeva fiaXiov. II. v. 207- Biotov 8' ctTpe- keIq b7riT)]C£vpa CaiojuEi' i) eteov ILdXyag jjavTEVETai i)e Kal ovy^i. II. ii. 300. The derivatives ctujjios (6, ?/), and with reduplication crrJTUfAos (6, if) have the same meaning as ETEog : "Igke xLev^eu 7roXXa Xiywv etvjioktiv ojiola. Od. xix. 203. Keivu) c ovketi rovTog eti'itvjjoc. Od. iii. 241. The form trvjiog, though poetic, is used by Plato : ToD 3c \iyetv etvjioq 1 [Hardly from either rpkio or rofx w - Compare tra/io, detrecto. I' F 2 52 54. (53) riyvr\ avev tov aXtjQeiag %g av aKpifieig Owpaiceg apfxoTTOiev ; Xen. Mem. iii. 10, 15. Fig. exact, particular, speaking of persons : Wnrovrog Se tov 2iKt7rito)vog, tig ovSev Seolto Tctiiiov Xtav dicpi/jovg .... Plut. Cat. Maj. 3. [But also exact, accurate, of things ; e. g. EWHrrrifJiri, 7rcucWct, TE\vr\ : all Plat.~\ 54. 54 dXieu's, tug (6), fr. aXg, prop, he who gains his living from the sea, fisherman, in general : Kcu dvsLivriaQriv to tojv dXiEojv. Xen. OH con. 16, 7. a ETai"QX'Kig 6 ypnrtvg. Theocr. iii. 26. SiKTueus, E(og (6), fr. hUrvov, fisherman, who uses a net : Kctr' "lyvia Se uvtov Tig tVerat tyipwv S'iktvov, kcu to lieXXov OTTYI TE KCU O7T0JQ aft (XV T7] (J ETCH Cf)vXaTTEL (j)lXo7r6vU>g 6 SlKTVEVg ovTog. JElian. Hist. Animal, i. 12. SiKTufJoXos, ov (6), fr. Slktvov and fiaXXio, prop, he who casts the net, fisherman ; UoXXd kev aypaioioi tot dpi](JaiTO Oeolai diKTVpoXog. Oppian. Hal. iv. 578, _ 55. 53 liraicrqp, rjpog (6), fr. £7raya>, ordinarily hunter : "Qg Tig ts Xsujv oj (54) pet rt vr)TTi dyovTi avvavTr\Govrai Iv vXy avdpeg iiraKrriptQ. 11. xvii. 135. It is found as synon. with dXuvg in Apollonius, according to the interpretation of the Scholiast : Kai tov fisv Ig Oivoirjv ipvaavro vt) ov (6), fr. KoXafiog, specially reaper, in Theocritus : 'EpeOiadere rug KaXafievrdg. Theocr. v. 111. In the Anthology, angler: 'A/crira KaXcifjitvra, ttotl Zspbv eXQ' curb irsrpag (thou angler on these coasts, come down from the rock to the plain). Anth. vi. Phan. 304. 6p/xi€UTif]s, ov (6), fr. opjjud, line of horsehair ; a fisherman who uses such a line. According to Mceris, dcnraXiEvrriQ was used in ancient Attic, opfiuvrriQ in modern. 6pp.irjj3oX.o9, ov (6), fr. bpfiid and fiaXXu), prop, one who throws the line, for angler in the Anthology : Kai yaXrjvahjv aiev didoirjg 6pfiirjl36XoLg Olva. Anthol. vii. Apollonid. 693. craynve-us, sag (6) (aayrjvri) and vydg ipv^rjg av dX\a£,atfjied\ ov j^pvtjov fiovov (/ would redeem my children from exile, not with gold only, but with my life). Eur. Med. 968. aiieifSeiv (ajua), supposes the alternation of two objects, or the simple succession of one to the other ; to exchange : "Og wpog TySeicriv Ato/i//Sea tev^je d/jLEifjEv \pvcrea ^aXKEiiov. II. vi. 235. Principally in the middle, djieiPeo-Gcu, in Homer, to exchange ivords, to answer : Tor $* v/jleiJost kVitra yepwv TLpiafAog Oeoeih'ig. II. xxiv. 386. [Also in prose, to change : \^9 av djjLelfiov. Plat. Parm. 138, d. 7roXu' . . . ek noXEiog d/AEilDovTa (Soph. 224, B.), dpLEijoofJEvu) (Jpol. 37, !>.)]• dXXoioGV (dXXolog), to make different : 'AXX' dpa avrog ovtov fjiETaftdXXoL ai> Kai aXXoiol ; Plat. Polit. ii. 381, b. ViyviooKuv on ev Tip jjieXXeiv iroXXuKtg ring iip\ovai Kai rfjg KaXf)g Trapao-KEvijg aXXowvrai ri. Xen. Cgr. ill. 3, 9. F 3 54 55. (55) €T€poioui> (erepoc), to alter : OvSev tuv Kar MyvnTov V7rd ravra krapoioui', to metamorphose : Trjv NijjiEaiv tzoleI Siwko- jjiivrjv V7rd Aloq /cat eiq lyfivv fxeTajjiopcpoviJievrjv. Athen. viii. 334, c. jm.eTcuroieLi', to remodel ; to alter or make an alteration in ; *Og av apywv rj Idiwrng airtog y toy Qeap.ov avy\ydfjvai tov^e, ?j fXETa7roirj(Ty avrov, arifxog Earn) Kal ol nal^Eg teal rd ekelvov. Dem- in Aristocr. 640, 3. jjL€Taarpe<|>€i,i', to turn back (act.) ; to change altogether : Fig. in Homer : Et kev W^iXXEvg ek yoXov dpyaXioto fXEra- (Trpeipr) (f>iXov -fjrop. II. X. 107. Nuy Se dvrl jjlev tov ld>ra $ €i ri 'qra fiETaorpicbovcrtv (but now they change iota into el or eta). Plat. Cratyl. 418, c. fi€Tacr)(T)p.aTi£€i*', to transform : Mera<7)(??juan£W rd 7raV- ra. Plat. Legg. x. 903, e. p,€TaTi0ea0ai, prop, to transpose : "Qi€iv, to turn, found sometimes, as vertere in Latin, in the sense of to change, but never in writers of the classical ages of Greek literature : Kal k'iovaiav tyovaiv knl tCjv vSarwv, (TTpityeiv avra eIq alfxa, Apoc, 11, 6. TpcTreii' and TpeTreaOcu, to turn, that is to say, to direct another way, prop, and fig. : Ylpog Tag tvfjKpopag teat rag yvw/jLctg TpETvo^xivovg, Thuc. i. 140. 56. dXXoiwcris, £(*>g (*/), change of form, change of opinion, 56 the act of taking up another mode of thinking or acting, variation, physical or moral ; thus Plato uses it in a philo- sophic sense in speaking of the soul : Kal ovce7tote ovSa/irj ovdafiiog aXXolioaiv ovCEfxiav (vSi^erai, Plat* Phced, 78, d. 'H S 1 kv Tip avrtp elSei fXETajooXr] knl to p.aXXov Kal i\ttov aWoiwvig e action of taking another body s an-* other colour : ace. to Ammonius is only to be used physi- cally, alteration of substance in Plutarch : To SiaKptvojaepov i) Gvytcpivonevov dfia rfjg ovaiag rfj erepoiwaei ical tov totcov IxeTaWaTTtiv cvKOfpaLvofiEvog. Plut, de Def. OracuL ii. 430, c. €T€poioTY|s, tjtoq (//), fr. hepolog, state of alteration, dif- ference : OvSe jhyiv bfxoiOTrjg ye ovde- eTepoioTYjg ovte wpog avro ovte wpog TaWct eltj av cti/rw. Plat, Parm, 164, a. 57. 57 aXXos, other, used in the case of more than two per- sons or things : Mera Se tovto, aWo rpWov clpfxa E^rjyETo, Xen, Cyr. viii. 3, 6. crepos, one of the two, or of two ; other, another is used in the case of two persons or things, or again, in a sen- tence composed of two propositions : eIc, or 6 Si, or eTepoc, or sometimes even aXXog, is the correlative, either expressed or understood : Et yap /jrj olov te jjletcl tov awfiarog jultjcev icciQapwg yvwvai, Svelv darepov, r) ovSafxov tori tcnfiGavdcu to elSivai, fj TE\EVT7](Tci(ri.. Plat. Phted. 66, e. It is often found, and even in Homer, used, as aXXog, in the enumera- tion of more than two objects ^ e. g. in the following pas- sage, where it stands for $EVT£pog : T&v b* eripw^ ILapig fjpX e KaL 'AXtcaOoog . . . twv Se Tphiov "EXeroc. II, xvi. 93. Sometimes even when the precise number is given : TirapTog tolvvv ETepog vofiog egtiv, Dem. in Theocr, 1327, 18. From the notion of duality, belonging essentially to ETEpog, arises the impression of opposition, contrariety con- veyed by it ; and thence it is, that ETepog has been some- times used by euphemism in the place of Kaicog : "Eiaopwv tig wavTa Setva KcnnKivlvvdjg fipoTolg KEiTCti, 7rad£~iP fiev ev, iradelv Se Oarepa, Soph, Philoct, 502. "Otra ttwttote ttj TroXei yeyovev y\ vvv eoTiv ayada r) OaTepa, Dem, in Andro- tion. 597, 13. But as this signification has its source in the superstitious feelings of the ancients, ever anxious to avoid words with evil associations, from thinking them of bad omen, and likely to cause some misfortune or other, it would be in direct contradiction to this feeling to translate this word by bad or evil, as has been improperly done by all the commentators ; the term the contrary seems the only one that answers exactly to the notion of the original. 58, 59. 57 58. aXXos, other, has more reference to kind and species : 58 "AXXo avOpwiroQ, aXXo 'ittttoq. "£Igt ip?j£ . . . opfxrjGri 7recioio hiwKtiv bpveov aXXo, II, xiii. 64. dXXoios, different, other, refers more to quality : 'AX- Xolog ijlol, £eu£, (pavrjg veov, rje itapoiQev, Od, xvi. 181. dXXoTpios, a, that which belongs to another, another's, others 1 , not one's own, strange, alienus : 'Enel aXXorpiov /3io- tov pj]KOLvoy ecovaiv, Od, i. 160. 59. dXjxupos, d (d'Xjury), 1. salt (adj.), speaking of the sea: 59 'Eripwdi Se Sla XapvfidiQ Setvou live ppoificrjae daXcKTGTjQ aX^vpop vSwp. Od. xii. 236. 2. Salt (adj.), salted, in speaking of meat, provisions : "0\//ci ce ^oi] avveoKevaodai oaa £gt\v d£ea K'al Sptfiea Kal ctXfxvpa' tcivtci yap Inl alrov re ayei kul kiruTzXtiarov aptcei. Xen, Cyr, vi. 2, 11. a\|ii]€is, eaaa, poet, synon. of aXfjivpog, found only in iEschylus: 'Ava woXvppvrop aXfitjevra iropov. JEsch. Suppl. 84t>. dX/jLw8irjs (6, >/), salt (adj.), brackish, salsuginosus, in Hip- pocrates and in Theophrastus : 'En-el to. ye ev toIq dX//w- cevi (pvojjieva eyeiv ciXfJivpida rivii ovk aXoyov, Theophr. Cans. Plant, vi. 10, 8. Tavrn eft^ojurj aXfjiuj^eg ek tGjv otyduXfjiwi' i)XQev Scikvov SaKpvov, Hippocr, de Morb, Vulg, iv. 1134, a. dXjxupwS^s (o, r/), salt, adj. in Hippocrates, speaking of a class of fevers : Hvperol aX/uvodjceeg, Hippocr, Morb, Vulg, vi. 1165, salt-fevers, which modern physicians sup- pose to have been bilious fevers. Salt, impregnated with salt, in speaking of places {salt-marshes) : Atari (ptXel 6 0o7vi£ \iopia aXfjivpujcn, Theophr, Catis. Plant, iii. 17, 2. dXuKos (0, ?/), fr. dXc, of the sea, marine, in Aristo- phanes : Nj) roy noaeidio tgv clXvkov, Aristoph, Lys. 404. In Galen it is synon. with aXjjLvpoQ : Aiucpepei juicer a\(.iv- pov 1) clXvkov ovofxa^eiv ovriva yyfiov, Galen, de Air. BiL iii. 166, f. dXiiTaoros (0, //) («Xc, Traavu)), sprinkled, seasoned witJi salt, salted, and used of dishes or meats only : f A\i-u- arijjv Ze Kptuiv jxvr}jXort\Jei riffi KitiilvSiaQ Troiijrijc Wpiaru- 58 ! I (59) \xkvy\g h Aioyuo-w (in his [play of] Bacchus). Athen. xiv. 658. dXicnrapTOS (a\g, (nrEipo)), where salt has been sown ; salt used to be sown in the enemy's fields, and in towns intended to be destroyed ; a custom, of which in- stances of great antiquity are to be found. Thus, in the book of Judges, Abimelech, after he had taken Shechem, sowed it with salt : Kai rrjv ttoXiv KaOelXe ical egweioev clvtyiv dXag. Judic. ix. 45. Territories consecrated to the gods were thus sown with salt, so also places that had been invaded and occupied for any time by barbarians : hence, ace. to Eustathius (1827, 61), the comic writers were wont to call those that had been ill-treated, or were affected by any incurable evil, aXicnrapTovg. Taplx^pos, a, 6v, salted, salt, speaking of fish : *H t&v koKlov r]jjLiv{]pis)v (= fifiLvedpiov, half-fresh only ; i. e. half salted) rj tG)v rapier) ptiv aiXovpiov. A then, iii. 118. TapIxeuOeis, prop, salted, or pickled, embalmed. Plato uses this participle in speaking of the process followed by the Egyptians in the preservation of dead bodies : ^vjunrEvdv yap to (jGjfia tca\ rapiyevdev, &(jizep oi kv AlyvTrro) TapiytvQiv- tsq oXiyov oXov \xevel d\xy\yavov oaov yjpovor. Plat. Phcedr. 80, c. Herodotus has preserved to us a valuable detail of the course pursued by the Egyptians in embalming bodies. It appears that salt was one of the chief ingredients em- ployed for this purpose : Tavra Se iroiri&avTEg rapi-^evovcn vlrpto Kpv\\javTEQ rjjjiEpag EfihofiriKovTa. Herodot. ii. 86. Almost every ancient nation practised the art of embalming; and it is given as a proof of the skill of the Egyptians in this art, that their mummies, and those of the Guanches, ancient inhabitants of the Canary Islands, are the only ones, according to some historians of Egyptian origin, that have come down to us through a series of ages. But it maybe presumed that the influence of climate has not been the least considerable in effecting the wonderful preserva- tion of these mummies. Tdtplxos, eoc (to), ordinarily, salt or cured fish, salt meat : 'E7rt rate ttvXcliglv, ov to Taping wviov. Aristoph. Equit. 1247. It is used by Herodotus for an embalmed body, mummy : "On kol\ TtOvEiog teal Taptyog 'ewv, hvvafxiv npog 6eu>v E-fcEi tov afiiKEovTa TivEadai. Herodot. ix. 119. 60. 59 60. ctX<}>iToi>, ov (to) : few words have given more occasion 60 to etymological controversy than aXcptrov : if it is not of eastern origin, the most probable opinion is that which derives it from aXcpog, white, or from aXyeiv, primitive of uKfiaXuv, to be useful, to nourish ; ace. to the Greek gram- marians, it comes from d\(pu), to find, and signifies invention, a name applied by the ancient Greeks to barley, to which Homer gives the epithet of sacred, and which was the staple food of primitive times ; grains of barley bruised or pounded, or broken small, after having been roasted ; some- times a coarse sort of meal with which meats of different kinds were covered, and even wine and other beverages : 'Enl ft ciXcpira Xevm ttoXvvev. 11. xi. 640. By mixing water with it, it was made into a paste or flour-pudding (thick-milk, Angl.), or by drying it at the fire, into a kind of cake, originally used instead of bread. In process of time, by means of hand-mills, a finer meal was produced. We see an indication of this progress first in the Odyssey : Fukogi ci' e(TT(t) fxirpa fXvXr](pcLTOv aXcpirov atCTije. Od. ii. 355. Subsequently, and only in the plural, aXcpira, barley-meal : Qpixpovrai Is ek julep tCjv Kptdwv aX(pira aKEva£6fj.Evoi, Etc ce tCjv 7rvpwv aXEvpa. Plat. Pol. ii. 379, b. By ext., the bread made of it : "AX. Hippocr. de Affect. 632. yupis, sag (fj), fine flour, flos farince, pollen : Oi $e ek yvpEd)g dpTOt yivofiEvoi KaKo^vXtJTEpoi ri eigi, Ka\ oXiyorpo- iT(t)v. Galen. Exeg. 95, Kpifxva dXtyiTov. ovXai, wv (al), ace. to the grammarians, Ion. and poet, for oXai, fr. oXog, w T hole, by ellipse of Kpi9aL, barley ; but Buttmann derives it from d\zu), to grind, from its analogy with the Latin mola ; grains of barley whole, with merely the husk off, and mixed with grains of salt, which were thrown upon the altar, or behind the horns of the victims in sacri- fices. Ace. to Eustathius, this practice took place in commemoration of the discovery of the use of barley, the earlier food of man : 'Eripy o" i%iv ovXdg kv Kavey. Od. iii. 441. ovXox^Tai, wv (at), fr. oXog and X VT ®£i prop, grains of barley thrown ov for throwing, differing from the preceding, ovXai, but which cannot signify the act itself of sprinkling the barley, as has been pre- tended : the sacred barley in the Homeric sacrifices: Avrdp E7rei p ev£avTo Kal ovXoxvTag 7rpo(3d\ovTO. II. iii. 458. By ext. it is also used for the vessels themselves, or baskets which contained the sacred barley : Ytpuv 6" t7T7r^\ara Nsorwp %kpvifid r ovXo\VTag te Kctrrip- X*to. Od. iii. 444. 7T(1\t|, rjg (rj), finest sifted flour, flos farince, pollen, ace. i 60. 61 to Eustathius : ace. to the ancient grammarians, it was (GO) especially the finest wheat flour, but it is found several times in Hippocrates used in a more general sense: *Ii aih)v (" a peach," Pillon ; a\. a pomegranate) sj/j/acu, Kai 7TSf)l\i\j;ai KUl TO. IVCOV TplfiELV 6.V Oil U) piXui'L 1&V 7TU/\j/ /), reduplicated form of 7ra'X?/, and more common, Jlos farince, pollen, fine meal : Ma top Ae", ov \ptvaei ye. pe, KaTcnraTToperog yap TranrdXi) yeyijaoprxi. Aris- toph. Nub. 2G2. <$t/XXa pi]Ku)rog ko\ (tlIlu avv iraiirdXy Kpi- dlirj ETTLridiTL. Galen, de Remed. Parab. ii. 4. TraarraXir], rjQ (//), used only fig., the hast possible thing, the smallest thing : "Yttvov 8' bpq ti/q vvktoq ovce 7caaTta\i\v. Aristoph. Vesp. 91. irai/rraXTifjia, aroQ (to), used only fig. for that which is the finest and most subtle possible: Hvicvorarov tzivacoq, rpififia, 7raiiraXr]uJ oXov (a fellow made up of subtlety). Aristoph. A v. 430. The poet, form irdXTjjjLa, of a later period, is found only in Nicander: 'AXXort tt anspadog Kvih]Q u.v\cepyk'i p.iayujv repaaivoiQ 6p6j3oio 7ra\j)fj,ciTi. Nicandr. Alex. 551. mTupoK, ov (jo), bran : NOv dvaui -a -n-irvpa. Theocr, ii. 33. To $e nirvpoy avv 6£ei dptpE't e-^y}Qev \e7rpae aty- larqfTL KaraTrXaaaopEvov deploy. Dioscor. Mater. Med. ii. 107. aejuSaXis, ewe (?/), Vossius derives this word from the Phoenician semid, which is found in all the oriental lan- guages, as well as at the present time in some languages based upon the Latin, which have taken it from the Latin similago. This, ace. to Coray, is the origin of the French semotjle. Menage rejects this etymology; but these changes of signification for analogous words are not uncom- mon in languages. The finest meal, fine flour ; flosfari- nce. Coray thinks that with the ancients trep(Sa\ig was the finest wheat flour, and 7raindXn the finest barley flour; E'/'pjjrat on (TEpiEaXie /cat \6y^pog e(p6og l(T)(ypa Kal rp6(ptpa. Galen, de Aliment, i. 6. viXiyvis, eiog (//), a modern word, which Vossius properly considers to be of Hebrew origin, but formed immediately from the Latin siligo, which is scarcely probable; it has been unskilfully confounded, as to meaning, with (reptluXig [''fine meal of the spring-wheat {siligo), finer than the trepiSaXig, which was previously used by the Greeks." Jacubitz and Seiler. So Pape, and Liddell and Scott] : 'A\V // piv 62 61, 62. (60) (TEfxlSaXiQ 'EXXtjvikov te ml 7raXaibv bvopd egtiv, aiXiyvtg Se ov-% 'JhWrji'iicdv piv, krepiOQ fie avr\]v oyo^xd^eiv ovk ex w * Galen, de Aliment, i. 2. Xo^Spos, ov (6), prop, grain ; hence grain or groats of spelt or wheat, alica, and by ext., the kind of broth or por- ridge that was made of it : Kai prjv dpe^io y avrbv 7rapiywv oaa 7rp£(TJJVTY) livptyopa, yovfipov Xeiyeiv, yXaivav pa.Xa.Kri v. Aristoph. Vesp. 737. 'Ea^ de tl fiifioiai OiXrjg Kopififjg eveKa, cifiovat yovfipov ?/ TrTiGavr}v itvpivr\v (If you wish to give him any thing to strengthen him, give him alica [or groats] or a decoction of wheat), Hippocr. de Affection, i. 527. wfjLT] Xuctis or wfAYJXuais, ewg (?/), prop, raw, uncooked meal, the name given by Galen to barley-meal : To per ar\-K6\XEVOV avrb KaTEirXaaa c\a Koviag GTaKTrjg Kai u>jjL7Jq Xvaeiog, ovru) 3' 'iaOe jie KaXovvra to Kpldivov dXevpov. Galen, de Compos. Medic, per Gener. iii. 711. 61. 61 ajjta, adverb of time, at the same time : Ol ft dpa irdv- teq k(j> 'ittttouv pdaTiyag dsLpai'. II. xxiii. 362. Kai 6 Kvpog Xa/jcov ifiifiov re dpag Tolg natal, Kai dpa eXeyev. Xen. Cyr. i. 4, 11. Sometimes it is used as a preposition with the dative ; but there is then an ellipse of the prepo- sition avv, which is sometimes expressed : Kai ei tlveq crvv toIq irepl avrovg linrEvcriv dpa OrjpwEV, (pdovovpTEQ avrolg firjXoi fiaav. Xen. Cyrop. viii. 8, 7. ojjlou, adverb of place, at the same place, together : OvvEtcd p avri] Op£\hei> dpa ¥^TipEvr\ TavvTriirXiD . . . rfj bpov erpEtyoprjv. Od. xv. 364. 'Ejc Se tovtov ttclv bpov kyivEro to 'RXXrjviKoi', Kai eaKr\vr) fie apapTcwyg tov Katpov. Hippocr. de Affect. 528. Fig. 62. 63 to mistake, to err : " AvlpEg £ypp.ayoL dyOpuj-rrirov to yeyevr}- (62) pEVOV TTLlOoQ* TO ydp ClfMipTCLVlLV dvdpUJTTOVQ 01TCIC, OvIe)', (Hjiai, OavfiaaTov. Xen. Cyr. v. 4, 19. Sometimes it stands in connexion with a. person [or personified object] governed by a preposition, in the same fig. sense, for sinning, doing wrong (to miss one's duty, fail in it) : AiSoifievw kuI deovg kcli dvdpujTrovQ iravaaadE ajJLapTavovTEg Eig ty)v naTplca. Xen. Hellen. ii. 4, 21. [Also used absolutely in this sense : lifjLapTavELV EKovcrlcog, aKovaiujc, &c] d^afxapTci^ei^ prop, to shoot wide of the mark, to be deceived in ones calculation, plan, &c. : "Eorcu a ttoXe^oc irpog at/Spa ug typoi'i/jog jjlev ovtlj aTpaTnyog ecttlv, wg oaa Xavddreiv Kal ocra tyQdvELv Kal ocra /Sta^ec^at Eni^etpel, ov fidXa acpajxapTaveu Xen. Hellen. vi. 1, 15. SiajxapTcU'eii', prop, to miss the way, to miss reach- ing a particular point, prop. : 01 Se Kal cnriduiov diafiap- TovTeg tCjv t£o/), ace. to Hesychius, ground planted with the vine ; the vine itself in Athenaeus : 'E£ ov (iorpv oegg olvag vKoyQonov TCTOpQov avaaypjiEvr) OaXEpui ETTTV^CLTO 7r>/^et. Ion. ap. Athen. 447. our), t]q (>/), an old word, having the same meaning with the ancient Greeks as aprcXoc, vine : Tovtov $' OlvEvg kyivETO, kXtiOeIq airb twv d/jnrEXwv* ol yap 7raXawl "JLXXt)veq oivag ekAXovv rag d/j.7rkXovg. Hecatceus ap. Athen. 35. Ol $' Erpvyojv o'tvag ipEiidvag kv yEpalv EyovTEg. Hesiod. Scut. 292, olyoireoov, ov (to), neuter of the adjective olvonEcog, used substantively, ground planted with the vine, vine- yard : To jjlev ijjjaov oIvo7teSolo. II. ix. 579. 64. dcayico^cu' (dvdyKr)), to reduce to the necessity (of doing 64 any thing), to oblige, force, compel, is used only of animated beings, and principally figuratively : f 7ran)p kinfXEXovyLEvog oiTijjg avijp dyadog yEvoifxrjv rjvdyKacri jxe irdvra tcl ^Ofiripov 'iirrj nadElv. Xen. Sympos. 3, 5. Plato uses it in a philoso- phic sense, to compel assent to certain reasoning, to convince by argument : "Or* fik v toivvv dddrarov ylvyji, Kal 6 dprt Xoyog Kal ol ciXXoi dvayKavEiav dv. Plat. Pol. x. 611, b. i^avayKoX^iv, to drive away with violence, to use violence in driving away : Trjv dpyiav wXrjyalg kiavayKd^ovGiv. Xen. Memor. ii. 1, 16. [But also, and more commonly, a strengthened aVayKa£aj.] Pid^€(j0ai (/3/a), to use violence ; to drive with violence, to force, is also used in speaking of things : E* rig fiid(oiro vaiig {if any ship should be compelled to fly). Thuc. vii. 38. [Very often in mid. either with ace. : fbuxttoQal n, to force or carry by force, (iid^eadat tov tK-\ovv, to force their way out; of ships : or absol. to behave violently; also (Stafc- g 3 66 65. (64) odai, to force one's way ; e. g. e'lq ti, to or into any thing ; and (}id£ofJLai noitiv ti, I strain every nerve to accomplish any thing, — ftid^Ecrdai Spofxy, cursu contendere.'] irapa(3idjeo-0ai, compound of the preceding word, found in more modern authors only ; prop, in Polybius, to force an entrenchment : TLapafiiacrajJiEi'OL tov fiera^v %apaica t&v TToXtjJi'nav eiai(ppr](rav eig ty\v ttoXip, Polyb. xxii. 10, 7. Fig. in Plutarch : Tr)v aipEGiv avr&v kXiyyojiEv rag kolvciq EKGTpicpovaav rifiuji' ml Trapa[iia£ofjiivr)v kvvoiag. Plut. de Commun. Notit. ii. 1073, c. 65. 65 dixxiTios (6, fj), fr. a, and a'lTiog, one that is not the cause of any thing : "Efcrop* ette'l tol dvfxog dvainov alrid- aardai. II. xiii. 775. arcaicos (o, r/), one that does no evil, not evilly -dis- posed, without guile, simple, harmless : Kal irpocnroioviAEvog aicaicoQ Eivat, ^r)7rdrrj(Te tovq cWiora'e. Demosth. in Euerg. 1153, 10. In the Septuagint, innocent, gentle : 'Eyw Se d>g dpvlov clkclkov dy6p.Evov tov dueadai. Jerem. xi. 19. • ajULcp/nros (6, ?/), irreproachable : Ovk dfxifnrrovq fiovov, dX\a ical davfxaarovg vp.ag avrovc e^el^are, Dem. de Coron* 63. ajx-up-wv, ovog (6, r)), without reproach, hence perfect, accomplished, epithet given in the Iliad to heroes, and to Andromache : "Ektwo 8' wg ovk evdov dfivfiova tzt\lev cckoitiv. II. vi. 374. ajj.aJ(XT]Tos (6, i}), irreproachable : BovXy TLovXvddfiavTog afXit)p,r)Toio irLOovro. 11. xii. 109. app.os (6, rj), synon. of afjLVfiojv, but more recent, in Theocritus: Tav ovd' av rig a/jiMfjiog, ettei %' 'Eksvq, 7rapiGu)Qy. Theocr. 18, 25. d^ajjidpTYiTos (6, //), one who has not erred, offended, one who is not in the wrong : "On jjlev roivvv 6 XapiSrf/jioQ ovte rSiv dpajj,apTriT(i)v egt\ irpog vpag ovte t&v 'Ira fxri ti iraduMTi ravra EvpiGtcofiivw)', kdcru). Dem. in Aristocrat. 661, 25. (WykXtjtos (o, //), one against whom there is no com- plaint, or, whom none can accuse: T&v te ypatyivTuv Trepl 'ApwdXov p.ova tci ejuioi TTEtrpayfiEva dviyKXrjTOV 7TE7rolr]KE t))v iroXiy. Dem. Epist. 2, 1470, 22. 66, 67. 07 d^eXeyKTOs (o, >/), one who is not or cannot be con- (65) victed of wrong, free from reproach: "Ort top KaTnyo- prjaovra rwv aXXcJv Kai 7rdvTag koivovvtcl clvtov dvE^iXEyKTOv vKcipxeiv Sei. Dem. in Aristog. 782, 3. di>emTi|iT)Tos (o, ?/), who is not or cannot be taxed, censured, or blamed, blameless: Aio eel ai te tCjv iirairiov dliov eliai So^avra Kclfie rfjc arjg (friXiag dvETziTi^ir\TOv Eivai. Dem. Erotic. 1417, 12. di>€mK\T)TOs (o, r/), one who is not called into judgement, or accused: '£2c 3' avriog EKcicrra) twv dXXojv dpyjnTiov dvEiriKXnrov avrov bvra, EirifjiEXEiaQai Kai tG>v v€m\Y) titos (6, r/), irreprehensible : 01 8 av av iv to\q teXeioiq SiayiviovTai dvEiriXniTTOi, ovtol tojv yEpaiTEpiov yiyvovTai. Xen. Cyr. i. 2, 15. 66. cu>a\yr\s (6, rj), a and dXyog, prop, without pain : Ovk 66 drpioroQ egtiv ov'S dvoaog, ovft dvaXyrjg, d(poj3og Se jxevel Kai aXvwog. Plut. de Stoic. Diet. ii. 1057, d. Fig. insen- sible : 'AvaXyrjg jiev yap 6 dvaiErjg npbg to aia^pov. Plut. de Dysop. ii. 528, d. dydXynjos (6, >/), an older form than dvaXyr\g, used prop, but oftener fig., of little or no feeling, indifferent, in- sensible ; hence cruel : "£lfj.oi dvaXyi)Twv hiovibv Edpo-qcrag avavlov Epyov 'Arpacdv. Soph. Aj. 960. Trj te avrrj Znfiia d^LtoaaTE dfAvvavdai, Kai p) dvaXyrjTOTEpoi ol £ia^£u- yovTEg twv E7rifiovXev(rdvTU)v (paifjvai. Thuc. iii. 40. SuadXytijos (o, ?/), found only used fig., insensible, bar- barous : AvadXy^Tog yap av Eir)v, TOidrlE /.u) ov Karoi- KTEipijjy eSpav. Soph. (Ed. R. 12. 67. dmfjLnr]ai9, ewe (//), action of recalling to one's own mind, qj recollection : ' 11 jilv y f.iddt]crig ovk dXXo ti i) drdf-ivyaic Tvy- \dvEi ovaa. Plat. Phcedr. 72, d. Lnrofinrjcns, nog (?/), action of recalling to the mind of another; of reminding another : Ovkovv /lii >//h/c, a'XX' Ino- liviioEwg cpdpfiaKoy tvpEc. Plat. PIncdr. 275'j a. 68 68—70. 68. 6$ ayaTeXXciK, to rise, in speaking of the heavenly bodies appearing in the horizon, though used of the sun only, ace. to the grammarians ; it is found however in Plato applied to the moon : 'AvariWovTog re fjXiov kcu GEXi\vng, kcli irpbg Sv(Tjj.ag Iovtidv. Plat. Legg. x. 887, e. emTeXXcii/, to rise, is said only of the other heavenly bodies, when they appear in the horizon [especially of the cosmieal rising of the constellations that mark the seasons] : Tot dtrrrip 'Apicrovpog TrpoXnriov poov 'HkscivoIo 7rpCbrov irajj,- (j)aliiov kmriXXeTai. Hesiod. Oper. 564. The poets often disregard this distinction ; thus in an Homeric hymn, €7ri- riXXetr is used of the sun : 'HeX/oio viov kinTEXXofxivoio. Horn. Hymn. Merc. 371. And Theocritus has: 7 Af*og S' avreWovTL TLeXeiddeg. Id. 13, 24. 69. 69 dKciToX^, rjc (r)), is the rising of the sun only, accord- ing to the grammarians ; it is used however in Plato of all the heavenly bodies : Avaeug re ical draroXrjg rjXiov ml tG>v HXXiov avrpwv. Plat. Politic. 269, a. Sometimes by itself elliptically :=zthe east (as in French, le levant, V orient) : 'Att' dvaroXag tirl Svaiv. Tim. Locr. 96, d. Oftener in the plural : 'A7to twv dvaToXijjv u)q irpbg rag Svaeig. Polyb. iii. 37, 6. em-roXrj, rjg (rj), the [cosmicaT] rising of a star or constella- tion : Oi dvvvoi Kat ZityiaLoloTpwcri 7repl Kvvbg sttitoXyiv. Aris- tot. Hist. Anim. viii. 19. More elegantly in the plural : Kat iiru^ri 7ra> k^eipyacrro irepX ' 'Apicrovpov E7nroXdc. Thuc. ii. 78. This distinction, perhaps observed by the ancient writers, was disregarded by those that followed, as is shown by the quotation already given from Plato, and by that which follows from Aristotle, who also uses dvaroXf) of the constellations : Aid irepl 'Qipiwvog dvaroXiiv fxaXtcrra yivsTcu vrjv€jj.ia t Aristot. Meteorol. ii. 5, 2. According to others (Schol. Arat. 137) cuaroXr/ is the rising of a whole constel- lation, and E7riTo\ri that of the principal star in it, e. g. of Arcturus in Bootes, or of the Pleiades in Taurus ; according to others, again, kiriToXr) was used of a constellation that rose directly after the rising of another. 70. 70 dy&pcta or depict, ac (>y), fr. di>r)p, answers to the meaning of fortitudo, although its formation is analo- 7i. 69 gous to that of virtus in Latin ; masculine or manly (70) strength; hence, only fig., moral strength, courage, thus defined by Plato : 'Avlpia e&e \pv%ijg dkh rjTog viro 6(iov. Defin. 412, a. And by Aristotle: Tlepi tyoftove kcu Odppn di'lpta fjLeaorrjc. Aristot. Ethic. Nic. ii. 7. d^8p€toTT]9, vtoq (7/), fr. dpcpelog, prop, manhood, viri- litas, nature or character of man, courage : Ov yap lofyg bpCj htojiivovg vfucig Eig di>lpEioTr)~a, dWd ait)Ti]piag. Xen. A nab. vi. 5, 14. d^payaGia, ag (>/), compound of drrjp, the formation of which is more modern : according to grammarians, dvlpela is physical strength, and dvcpayaOia, moral strength. But the justice of this observation may be doubted, and the passages of such authors as have used these two words suggest other differences : dvSpayadla seems rather to indicate a good quality of a practical character, dis- position or conduct of a man of noble spirit, sometimes as shown particularly in war, in Xenophon, bravery, courage : Ov EVEKa (jjyjfXL xprj rai vvv ETriTEdfjiaL r}fj.dg Eig di^payadlay, V7TO)g TWV TE dyaOkH' 7/ ClplOTOV kUl ifilGTOV aTZoXaVOWfJlEV. Xen. Cyr. iii. 3, 55. Sometimes, in a more extended sense, the disposition of a good man, virtue generally, in Xenophon and Jsocrates : Hal ravrag 7rpoEL\6^r\v tujv ndo- vGjv ov rag ettI rolg kpyoig jjLW^EfjLiav Tifirjv kyovaag, dWd rag Enl ralg co£aig Tcug Si diSpayadiav ywofiEvag. Isocr. Nicocl. 85. It has been used in the plural by more modern authors, in a sense more resembling that of dvZpa- yaOrj/ia : Et 5' haTEpov ralg dvcpayadiatg viTEpfoakovTO rag UTifjiiag, Eig Trjv Tzpovirap^aaar Tzappnviav dnoKadivTa. Diod. Sic. i. 78. ayhpaydQruxa, arog (to), verbal of dr$paya6£w 9 and of more modern formation, courageous act, noble action, ex- ploit, great deed or achievement : 'Ef Se Talg rtfialg ~£j\> di'CpayadrjuaTiov la\pi\))g tyaivofieroQ irEpl rag Tifjiiopiug i/.u- Tpia^E Twi' afiapTrjuaTU))'. Plut. Sertor. 10. 71. aycjios, ov (o), fr. drffxi, wind, in general : E/V< ?c niEg 71 Ol yarn tov KaXovfiet ov atpa, k'U'oiifiEi o)' fit) 1 Kal piorra &v€fjLOi> tu'ut. Arist. Meteor, i. 13, 2. 70 72. (71) aupa, ag (17), fr. arjfji, prop, the morning wind or gale, soft wind : Tfjfxog B* EvtcpivEEg r avpai teal ttqvtoq d7rr}junov. Hesiod. Oper. ii. 288. It is also found in the prose writers : Kai ei jxev avpa (pepoi, OioireQ ajjia dvnravovro. Xen. Hellen. vi. 2, 17. p.a\|/avpai, atv (ai), light winds in Hesiod: At d' aWai ixaijjav- pat &7ri7rv£iov(ji OdXaaaav. Hesiod. Theog. 872. According to the Scholiast, Hesiod gives this name to the winds called by the Greeks Kauc'iag, which blows from the beginning of the summer according to Aristotle (Meteor, ii. 6), and Qpaiciag, or the Thracian wind. dTJTTjs, ov (6) (a?7fu), prop, thai which blows, in poetry : "Opaav dpyaXewv dviyaav ekI ttovtov drjTag. II. xiv. 254. By ext., or by ellipse of dvifiov or dvijuiwv, it is used for the wind itself: Ol yap 7roir)rai wov rd itvEVfxaTa di}Tag tcaXovGiv. Plat, Crat. 410, b, Eico/ce vavriuv Ovjaoq £7ro- rpvvrj Kai ETnTtVEvaojaiv dr\rai. Od. ix. 139. ai5Tp.iq, rjg (77), breath, air, wind from the bellows : Qvcai d' Iv Xoavoicriv ssikogl iraaai k di'Fpog (0), answers to the Latin ~vir, and de- signates the man of the married couple, husband : "Or 72. 71 at'Sp' EfAov mkvq ^A-^iXXevq ektelvev, iripaEV ce noXiv Oelolo (72) Mvirjroc. 11. xix. 295. a.KotTT])ae Koovov iraig, og roi aKoirng. II. xv. 91. The poet, compound irapaKoiTTjs, ov (6), is found only in Homer: 2t> ds [jloi OaXepog TrapaKoirrjg. II. vi. 430. Yafj.€TT]s, ov (6), fr. yapsoj, spouse, in the Tragic writers : 'Y/ir/v, a; vfJLi'jvaL ava%, paicdpiog 6 yapsrag paicctpLa /3acri\t/co7c. Xi- Krpoic, Kar'*Apyog a yapovpkva. Eur. Troad. 311. This poet, word has been used by Xenophon : 'Eyuj ptv d7rE7rep\pdprjv psya eg paXiar' del. Eur. Androm. 182. froais, wg (<;), according to the Sanscrit origin ascribed to it, the traces of which are still to be found in the word Trdaaadai, to possess, this word would have the meaning of possessor, and this explains the contradictions apparent in the use of irocng as the poetic synon. of aV//p, husband, spouse, in Homer and in the Tragic writers ; thus in the Iliad, Helen gives this title to Menelaus, her legiti- mate husband: r ()c. EpLog irpdrEpog irocng 7\tr. II. iii. 4*29. And further on she gives it also to Paris : T ll piv fjot woctc itrriv 'AXifavcpog OEOEih'ig, og pf ayayt Tpoiijvc. II. xxiv. 703. In Sophocles, on the contrary, where the words (72) 7t6(tiq and dirjp are found close together, the former is the legitimate husband, the husband de jure, the latter the actual husband, the husband de facto : Tarn ovv (pofiodfjiai, prj 7t6(jiq fxev 'UpafcXrjg ifiOQ KaXijrai, rfjg veoJTepag <$' dvi]p. Trachin. 550. orspwj/ ovTtg apiGTSiov Gv^vysg elfiev. Eur. Ale. 920. 73. 73 a»/0o$, eog (to), flower, prop, and fig. : BorpvSov Se tt£tovt(ii en avQtGiv elapLvolcriv, II. ii. 89. Kai (? e\ei rjfiwg dvdoc, 6 re Kpdrog egti fieyiGTOv. II. xiii. 484. cu>0€jjiig, 'dog (77), a species of camomile in Diosco- rides : 'AvOejJtig, 01 de XevKavde/Jor, 01 Se yafxaifxrfXov .... koXovgl. Dioscor. iii. 154. Poet, synon. of ardog, flower, in the Anthology : "AXvog &,' 'Apre/nt, tovto iccu av yapiTEGGi. Oeovrraig e'ir] kir dvOe^ldnov vvjufiaXa Kovcpa fiaXelv. Anthol Diotim. vi. 267. ai>0€jjioy, ov (to), flower in general, rose in Aristophanes, according to the interpretation of the Scholiast : "Eywv aTi(parov dvQijjLwv. Aristoph. Ach. 992. In Theophrastus, nigella or anthemum, a plant : Twv de icaTa pipog dvdovv- T(*)v 'ihov to irepi to dvQefxov, on .... Theophr. H. Plant. vii. 13. ay0T|, rjg (»}), according to Thomas Magister the Attic writers use this word for dvQqmg, blossoming -time : Kcu ret per Sev?pa ty\v avdr)v ddpoav 7roie~iTai. Theophr. H. Plant. vii. 9. The reading avdrjv has been changed by Schneider into apdrjmv. Kcu (hg aKprjv eyet Ttjg didrjg, ^e- (jtcitov naplyoL tov tottov. Plat. Phcedr. 230, b. It is found used for avdog, flower, in Nicander : UoXioio jjivokto- vov dpyeog avdrjv (the flower of the white polium, which destroys rats). Nicandr. Alex. 304. cu>0tj\t), rjg (rj), flower or pappous down of some plants in Dioscorides : 'Et' aKpy 7repiKeifjLevov dvdog tzvkvov kqI Una-Kirov fievov, 8 KaXoi)Giv evioi dvdi]\r\v. Dioscor. iii. 133. av0ocruvT], rjQ (17), for dv9og or dvOrjGig, used metaphorically in the Anthology : 'AXXd kol tvvriv Xevaaoig Kal tzkewv evGTa\vi> dvOoGvvrjv. Agathias, v. 270*. 74. 73 Opovov, ov {to), flower worked in tapestry in Homer : 'AW' r/y' (73) \gtov vcpaive, fAv\oj dofiov vxJjtjXoio I'nrXaKa iroptyvoirjv, Iv 8e Qpova ttoikiX* iTTaoaiv. II. x. 440. According to the Scholiast on Theocri- tus, the people of Cyprus called garments worked in flowers Opova (Theocr. Scliol. ad Id. ii. 59). k<£\u£, vkoq (77), exterior envelope of the flower, which contains the germen or seed-bud, calyx : $>spei c h.Trb'Kav- *twv j] /jleXmtocl baa kv kclXvki civOe~i. Aristot. H. Anim. v. 22. IIoAic .... tpdivovcra fie.v kciXv^lv kyKapiroLg yQovbc. Soph. (Ed. T. 25. atuTos (6) and acorov, ov (to), fr. ay/xi, prop, breath; hence, fig. that which is the finest, the most delicate possible, the flower, in Latin flos, which comes from flare, its etymology being thus analogous to that of the Greek word; in Homer: Kwea ts prjyog te Xivoio te XtiTTov catiTov. II. ix. 661. 74. ay0pa)Tro9, ov (6), man in general, and in speaking of the 74 two sexes, as homo in Latin ; it is also found absolutely for a man whom nothing distinguishes from the common herd, an ordinary person. It sometimes even conveys the notion of contempt ; thus, in Xenophon, it is found in con- trast with ati'ip : *Av re tovto avavxrjaQe 7uXXa Kat atc^v- vecrQai jjloi $oku> 9 o'lovg rj/JLlv yvwtTEoOe tovq kv rfj X^PV ovra Q avOpionovQ' v/jlov he avSpcov ovtlov, .... Xen. An. i. 7, 4. dn^jp, avlpog (6), man, male, husband; in the higher style of writing, it specially signifies a man who distin- guishes himself by great bravery, or such other qualities, as a man ought to possess; a brave, noble man : r £l tpiXoi avipEQ elite. II. V. 529. 'Hv vvv y kyco jjlev ovk av))p, avrrj S* an)p. Soph. Antig. 491. Hence, in general, it may be translated in epic poetry, warrior : YlpuroQ o 'Av-iXoxog Tpioiov eXev uvEpa Kopvarip'. II. iv. 457. Sometimes avijp, as vir in Latin, is emphatic. It is often used by the Greek orators as a simple formula of politeness, or as a mode of engaging the good-will of their hearers ; thus Demosthenes often uses it, softening the mention of disagreeable truths to the Athenians, by the flattery of the appellation, as in the following passage : AvltkoXov S' bvrog (pvatt kcxi x«X£7toD tov jiovXevEadai, eti ttoXXlo x (t ^ e7r< ^ T£ P 0l/ imiiQ avrv TrE-oii)- kcits, to aidpec 'AOqra'ioi' oi jjlev yap aXXot wavreQ tuOptoiroL 7rno tlov 7rpayfu'iT(t)i' Eitodaai ^pf/o-ftcu tlo fiuvXEveaOai, bf.iE~ig Se fjiera tci 7rpayjLinra. Dem. de Pac. 1. It is further found, thus emphatically used, even in a bad sense : y llv le tlq H 74 75. (74) sv fivrjcrrripcriv avfjp, adefjLLaria elcwg, Krr)(Ti7r7rog S' ovofx* s&ice. Od, xx. 287. [Thus ovrog drfip implies indignation or contempt, ovto(tl drrjp ov iravaerai (pXvapQr, Plat, Gorg, 489, B. So, if avrip is used, where an honorary title might be expected ; as when Philip is called by Demosth., Mafce- Sior ary\p, 157) 2.] ws, ojrog (6), fr. (pnfxl, syn. of dvrjp, man, warrior, in Homer and* the Tragic writers : 'AXXd jxer avrovg i)XQe TraXaio^ (pioTt koiKwg, 11. xiv. 136. Uovripov (pwTbg rjdoval kclkclL Eur. Iphig. A. 387. PpOTos, ov (6, r)), human, mortal, in Greek (as mortal in English) is used poetically as a subst. by the ellipse of the word 'man,' which is sometimes but far less commonly expressed : Ksivoicn d' av ovtiq twv, oi vvv fipoToi elcriv «7ri%06Viot, fxaxsoiro, II. i. 271. "Iv' dOavdroivi sveko. Ovrjrwv sptdaivsrov code. 11. i. 574. KafcoV ye OvrjroTg to vkov. Eur. Androm. 184. [In the prose writers it is found in this sense, but principally when opposed to Osog : e. g. p,era%v sari Osov rs Kal Ovrjrov. PI. Conv. 202, E : 6eov avrbv, dvri Ovrjrov iroirjvaca, Isocr. 218, C] 75. 75 arraywi/icrrqs, ov (o), antagonist, adversary in general, rival in every kind of competition : 'Eav ce array (ovigtyiv yvfjivacrTiKrjg r) /JLOVffiKfjg y\ rivog ayujvog kripov SiaKioXvrj rig fiia fir) Trapayiyveardai, Plat, Legg, xii. 955, a. dvTi|3ios (6, r)) (/3ia), poet, one who employs violence, opposes with violence ; hence, violent, hostile : Kai yap sy/) {SiKr)) 9 adverse party, adversary in a law-suit: °Qc r)v eir\ rolg tCjv avrih'iKwv 7rpayfAaaiv. De- mosth. in Theocrin. 1327, 24. drriiraXos (o, /y) (cirri, 7raXr)), prop, adversary in wrestling. By ext., enemy in war : ^aXXovreg avrovg /cat ro^evorreg /jidXa KciKtog kiroiovv ol yvjjLvrjreg ribr arrnrd\o)r, Xen. Hell, iv. 2, 14. Opa) yap i/fiti' arrnraXovg irpoGiorrag olg yjue'lg, el wee GTparevffofxeQa, ov fivrrjcrofieda fxa^eadai. Xen, Cyr. vi. 1, 13. drnTexyos (o, ?;), fr. rex*"*), competitor in every kind of 76. 75 art or profession, and specially one who employs the same (75) means, arts, and artifices as his competitor, to defeat him : Uotrjral fxev ovv v/jleIq, 7roir)TCii Se Km ij/jleiq EtTfiey tlov civtwv, avririyj'oi re. kcu avTaycovuTTai rov KaWiarov SpujjtUTOg, Plat. Legg. vii. 817, b. drriTinros (b, //) (tv-xtm), that which beats back, gives back blow for blow, hard ; that receives and retains the impression of whatever comes into contact with it; that reproduces its shape; passively, repeated by the echo : Wap to gtovov IlvtI- tvttov inroK\avjq dvTpov atyLKOjAeff ovSe jiiv evdov evpofjiev. Od. ix. 216. o"ir€05, tog (to), Eustathius and the Etym. Magn. derive this word from ofiko), on account of the darkness that reigns there, and the modern writers from <77raw, as if it had the meaning of rupture, fissure in a mountain ; hence, grotto, cavern, specus, artificial cavity made by man, and to serve for a dwelling ; thus Homer uses it in speaking of the abodes of the nymphs and marine deities, and particularly of the grotto which was the retreat of the goddess Calypso : Tbv 8' olov vvfxtprj 7i6tvi tpvKS KaXv-ipoj, diet Osaiov, kv crrso'O'i yXatpvpoXtrt. Od. i. 14. Further on, he describes the wonders which nature and art had brought together to embellish this grotto, and to make it a palace worthy of a goddess. It may be observed, that, in the Odyssey, in speaking of the cave of Polyphemus, the poet uses the word gtt&oq very rarely, but almost always avrpov. ra, o'tor at XeTruceg Ktu at r?/o7rat. Aristot. Hist. An. v. 15. T11 Theocritus, den of a lion : "Ilrot f.dv trqpayya 7rpohi€\or taTt\ej' euj >/r. Tlwoer. Id. xxv. 222. 11 2 76 77. (76) x^F** aT °G (™)> fr« X a * rw > opening, hiatus, yawning gulf, chasm: "Ofifipov £e noXXov yevojjLevov Kal gelgjxov payrjval tl Trjg yfjg Kal yeviadai ydafia Kara tqv totzov rf zvinev. Plat Pol. ii. 359, b. (Cf. Cic. Offic. cxi. 9.) Xtipafxos, ov (6), hollow, hole in a rock : "Qctts 7re\sia 77 pa 0' vir IprjKOQ KoiXriv dus7rraT0 7T£Tpr]v, xvpapov. II. xxi. 495. [XAQ.] 77. 77 &|ia, ac (^f), feminine of dliog, used substantively by ellipse, estimate, valuation, worth : Tr)v Se St) Trjg jjXdfirjg alylav e'lte SnrXfjv sire ipLirXrjv e'lte Kal TETpaitXaaiav, oi Kara\prj(l>L(7afxevoL Succhftcli raTTOVTiov. Plat. Legg. ix. 876, d. Fig. dignity [worth, desert] : Tbv yap Xoyov hti Trjg dfyag Trjg vjuteTepaQ kyyvg eivai, fir) ttjq tov Xiyovrog, Dem. de Syntax. 171, 13. &|iwcris, ecog (//), fr. a^toco, action of judging worthy, dig- natio : TdXavrov dpyvpiov eko.(tto) Sioperjv SiScojjll ttjq d^ito- .... EVpEfTlETZljQ, TTEpLTplfJiJACl dlKU)V, KVpfiig. Aristoph. Nub. 447. Although the numerous instances quoted by the grammarians, obscure as they are, may prove the difference that existed between these two words, it is plain, from the following passage from Plutarch, that even in the time of Aristotle their meaning was confounded : 'layyv Se toIq ropotg tcclglv eIq ekcitov kviavrovg e^ijjke, kcu KaTEypci(j)rj(Tap Etg ^vXivovg at,ovag ev TtXaujioig TiEpiiyovGL CrTpEQOjJlEVOVQ' IOV ETl KClO' >/jUCl£ EV UpVTaVElQ) XeI\LcIVCL fJ-LKpU %le(ju)£eto, kcu npoonyopEvtincrciv, & E7TEL EK yjEipG)V yEOCig e'IXeTO KCII I*' U~UT7](T£V. II, IX. ii 3 78 80. (80) 344. Kal gkotteIv rig tl e^ei, ov ivvarbv a. a compound of the preceding word, and more frequently used than the simple dirarav, even in Homer's time ; with the meaning of which he associates the notion of complete success. The same remark may be made of Plato and Xenophon : Kofjiidrj apa 6 Qebg anXovv Kal aX?7- deg ev re kpyu) Kal ev Xoyco, /cat ovte avrog fiedio-TaTai ovre dXXovg klairara. Plat. Polit. ii. 382, e. 'AwEXoyE~iTO ojg E^awaTrjOeir]. Xen. Hellen. vii. 4, 39. dira4>icrK€LV, synon., poet, and Epic, of the same family as aitaTav, to deceive, cheat : Ovrt as Uepffscpovsia, Aibg Qvyarrjp, aira^laKU. Od. xi. 217. The compound €$aira<|>urK€iv associates with its simple the notion of success, to succeed in imposing upon another : M£pjj,r)pi%E d' tTTSLTa fiouJiriQ TroV^ta "Hpt;, 07r7rw£ s^a7rci^oiTO Aibg voov aiyio^oio. 11. xiv. 160. d\anr€Ki£€ii>, to imitate the fox, to act the fox : Qvk egtlv aXioTTEKi^Eiv^ ovd\\€ii/, prop, to cause to fall ; hence sometimes fig., to cause to fall into crrour : Tovq ii fit) elioraQ uvctv tt]Xow (atydXXeiv), to mislead, deceive: EiV, oveipciTiov diicrjv, TepTTvov rod' &X6bv pei>a7raTdy, prop, to impose upon the understanding ; hence to impose upon, to deceive, in the N. T. ; El yap SokeI tlq eIvcli tl, jjltjSev wv, kavrbv (ppEvcuraroL, Galat* vi. 3. \|/eu&€ii/ and iJ/euSecrOat, to deceive by falsehoods, lies : f H 3e xpEvaajJiErrj Upolrov ficuriXfja Trpoarjvcict. II. vi. 163. 'Ea?/ ovv, E(f)r], ETrCXLirri avrov fj ()airdvYi, i) kcu ekiov ^Evarrjrai, ttu)q vol e^el ret rfjg arpanag ; Xen. Cyr. i. 6, 9. The active xpEvcEiv is very rare : 'AXXa 7tl(ttev(jj tol rrj irEtpq. rrj r/fJiETEpa, kcu rrj vfiiov eiq e/jle evvolol . . . /Jir) \^Evcr£Ly jie ravrag rag ayadug £\7rifiag, Xen. Cyr. i. 5, 13. 81. 81 aTrf\vr), rjg (>/), a vehicle with four wheels, waggon, to which horses or mules were harnessed, and which carried baggage, heavy goods, &c, in Homer : UpoodE ^xev fifxtovot eXkov TErpciKvKXov ctTrijvrjv, rag 'iSalog eXcivve ia'icppiov. II. xxiv. 324. In Pindar ct7n)vr] is specially the team, and by ext., the car drawn by mules, and used at the games : 'AKctjuavTOTTOCog r air{]vag Sekev ^avpiog te dwpa. Pind. 01. v. 6 ; and, by ext., pair, couple ; fig. marriage-tie : f O Se Trpicrfivg ojjLuarocTTEprig, cnrtjrag 6jui07rT£pov woOor afjicpidaicpv- rov ciel kute^jjjv. Eur, Phcen. 340. ajia£a, r\g (?/), vehicle or waggon drawn by oxen. This observation of Thomas Magister is contradicted by Eusta- thius ; and, in fact, little difference is made in the Iliad between these two kinds of carriages, both having four wheels, and used for carrying heavy loads ; they were drawn indifferently, either by oxen or by mules : Ol S' vcp c\\xair\aiv ftoag i)/jii()i>ovg te ^Evyvvtrav. II. xxiv. 782. But in the Odyssey anala is sometimes found with the epithet rjjXiovEirij drawn by mules ; which would seem to prove that 81. 81 it was more commonly drawn by oxen. Afterward afia|a (81) was used, in ordinary language, for transport waggon : gene- rally, vehicle drawn by oxen : Kcu afid^ag ce oirov 7roo- i7T€fi7re. Xen. Cyr. ii. 4, 14. avTu£, vyog (//), fr. clve^lo, plur. avrvyeg, two semicircles, forming the arm, or rail of the two sides of the Homeric chariot : Aoiai de 7TEpidpofioi avTvyzg eiai. II. v. 728. By synecdoche, it is used for the whole chariot in poets posterior to Homer : 'ImriKUfV t% dvTvytov iyvaitTiT alsv, egt cnzk-^v^EV fliov. Soph. Aj. 1049. ap/xa, arog (to), war-chariot, always drawn by horses, and mounted with warriors ready for the fight ; or by those who contended for the prize in the public games : To fxey apjmciTi Ttdpiinva) yepag. Pind. Isthm. i. 18. [Common in prose. Thuc. Xen. Plato, &c] dpfxdfxa^a, rjg (rj), waggon or carriage for travelling, chiefly in use among the Persians : 'Avafiavreg eki rag ao^afJiaL,ag nvv Talg yvvaityv, a7n)\avvov. Xen. Cyr. i ii - 1, 22. Sipos, ov (a), for Sicpopoc, fr. cvo, cpepsLy, carrying two persons ; in the Iliad, prop, seat of the war-chariot (dpfxa) on which two persons sat, the driver (yi'Lo\og) and the war- rior on his right (7rapaj3a.Trjg), who had only to fight : Ylag Ylpiajmoio . . . cvio Acijfif ely hv\ ci iovrag. II. V. 159. Hence by a synecdoche in constant use, the chariot itself: UzvTi)Kovra o e\ov cicppovg. II. xi. 748. In the Odyssey, carriage for travelling : Et c kQiXeig ire^og, irdpa rot ct(ppog re Kctl 'Imroi. Od. iii. 324. ^euyos, sog (to), prop, yoke ; hence, by ext., two or more beasts of any kind under harness together; yoke of oxen, where more than two, team of oxen, of horses ; hence, by a natural synecdoche, the carriage itself: Uorepov eTna-ci- fJLEvov in'ioyelv ett\ i^Evyog \afit~tv KpeiTTOv Tj jjirj knia-a- fjLeroy. Xen. Mem. i. 1, 9. That it may be applied to four horses is plain from the context in the following passage of Plato : IloXv ye fidWoy y el rig vfjuov linra), ?/ tvvtocici, ?} fevyEi VEviKrjKEv ' Q\v [nr Lav Ly . Plat. Apol. 36, d. tirirot (ol), and oftener feminine (at), mares, which the ancients considered the fittest for driving, and for war. This word is sometimes synonymous with liapa in the Hind, and by synecdoche is used, 1. for the carriage and horses together (acivOov 7r\f/ro poog Kt\dcioy trri- /ii^ iVttojv te ical dvSp&V. II. xxl. H>) ; — 2. for the carriage alone: Avrdp oy' ijpujg, WV 'i-xiriov kTTijScig, t\a/3' >)yia. II. f. 328. 82 82. (81) °X°S» eo Q 0"6), scarcely found but in the plural, war-chariot : 'E% 6%£wv a\ro xajjiaZe. II. iv. 419. The form o\os, ov (6), is also found in an Homeric hymn, and in the Tragic writers. [Also Hdt. 8, 124.] iEschylus uses it in speaking of the waggons of the Scythian nomade hordes : Ot 7r\tKrdg GTsyag 7reddpaioi vaiova Itt' evtcvicXoig oxoig. Mschxjl. Prom. 710. ox^p-a, arog (to), fr. oyiu, in general every thing which serves to transport, to carry from one place to another, conveyance, carriage, vehiculum : Twv ye linziuyv iro\v fj/uislg kir avcjMxXeaTepov dyjqfiarog ioyztV. Xen, An. iii. 2, 19. pe'Sa or pe'Sif], rjg (?/), synon. of an^w), carriage with four wheels, rheda in the N. T. : Kal iTnrojv Kal pelwv. Apoc. xviii. 13. crarlvr), r)g (r/), fr. (Tclttsiv, carriage in the Homeric hymns: Tlpwrr) TSKTOvag dvdpag 87rix0oviovg idida^sv tzoiyigcli aarivag re Kal dpfiara 7roiicl\a %aXK(^. Hymn, in Vener. 13. crvvwpis, tdog (//), fr. cvvaipziv, a pair of horses harnessed together, biga ; hence chariot drawn by two horses : T« Se aXAw krei, <3 rjy 'OXvjjnnag rplrrj Kal kvtvr\Ko(jTr\, rj 7TjOO0T£- deiaa favwplg evlica ~Evayopov 'HXe/ov. Xen. Hellen. i. 2, 1. Te0pi7mw, ov (to), neuter of the adjective Tedpnnvog, having four horses, sometimes used substantively, with ellipse of £ evyog or ap/ia, team or chariot of four horses : Kal viKag TLvOol Kal 'ladfiol. Kal Nefiia TtdpiiVnOig te Kal KeXrjm. Plat. Lys. 205, c. [So Xen., e. g. An.\v. 3, 21.] T€Tpaopia, ag (»/), four-horse chariot: Qripcova ce TSTpaopiag 'iveica viKatpopov yeyu)vr)T£ov ottl. Pind. Olymp. 2, 8. 82. 82 diroiKia, ag (//), fr. awoiKog, the leaving the natural home for some other, emigration ; the term applied to the ancient Greek colonies : "Clare kal eg 'lioviav varepov wg ov^ tKavfjg rfjg 'Attikyjc, dizOLKiag e^iiren'^av. Thucyd. i. 2. KXrjpouxia, ag (//), division by lot, portion obtained by lot, allotment, distribution of lands made to those who were sent to the colonies ; hence, by ext., the colonies themselves, the colonists, whom the republics of Greece settled in countries they wished to retain possession of, or 83. 83 with a view to repeople the towns which they had destroyed. (82) It was thus, that the Athenians, having made themselves masters of Melos after a long siege, 416 B.C., put to the sword all who were capable of bearing arms ; an act which no political consideration can possibly justify, although Isocrates has endeavoured to place it in a different light : Y7Tfp wv 7rpo(T^K£L tovq tv tppovovvraq fXEydXriv X u P ty t X eiv ttoXv fiaWov ?/ rag KXrjpov^tag ijjjup ovelILCeiv, o\q iijjleIq etc rag ip-qjjLovnivaQ twv ttoXelov cpvXaKrjg eve tea twv ^ioplujy, a'AV ov Clcl 7r\eoie^lav i^EniixiiOfXEV. Isocr. Paneg. 31. 83. ct-nroiKos (6, >/), prop, emigrant, the name given to the an- 83 cient Greek colonists : T H<7cu' ()e lioplpdtot £v/jnrpodvfiovfjiEvoi fidXiara rolg 'AfiirpaKiwraig, dwoiKoig oven. Thucyd. ii. 80. peToiKos (o, fj), domiciled foreigner, resident alien, one who, having taken up his abode in a particular city, [is allowed to settle and trade there, but] has [not] been admitted to the rights of citizenship in it. At Athens, they paid a tax (uetoikiov) of 10 drachmas per annum, and were sub- ject to certain duties, such as carrying the sacred vessels (arxdcpri) in solemn processions, whence they were called aurw to ektov fJLEpOQ EicT(f)EpELV fXETCL TUV /.lETOtKLOV. Ddll. ttl Androt. 612, 4. ' cttoikos (o, ?/), prop, one sent in addition to, or in the place of the native inhabitants of a place, colonist sent to a city to replace the inhabitants that have been driven from it, and to repeople it, such colonists as the Athenians sent to iEgina and Potidaea : Kcu vvrEpov ettoikovq iavrwp ETrcuipav tig YloriSaiar, kcu KarwKierav. Thucyd. ii. 70. It is also used of foreigners invited to reside in any city, and admitted to the same rights with the other citizens, in order to increase the population : 'AjroXAiriPtcircu, ol iv t<7> V/vi.tijo) ttuvtu), ewoIkovq ivay ay 6 fJievot ioraaiaaav. Aristot. Pol it. v. 3. 84 84, 85. (83) kXyjpouxos, ov (6), prop, who draws or gains a 'portion by lot ; a colonist to whom lands were given for cultivation in conquered countries. Demosthenes uses this word of the colonists whom the Athenians had sent into the Cherso- nesus under Dioplthes, b.c 341. These colonists, driven out by the Cardians and supported by Philip, were the occasion of new attempts on his part. It is the subject of the speech of Demosthenes on the affairs of the Cherso- nesus : Holy Ato7TEi0r)P EKwXEvarcu ical tovq KXr)povyovg ovg vvp airiwvTai ttetto itjkepcil top -k6Xe\xqv. Dem. de Reb. in Cher son. 91, 15. 84. 84 cbroK^puKTOs (6, rj), ace. to Ammonius and Hesychius, is applied to a son driven from his home for bad conduct. €kttoiy]tos (6, rj), son emancipated or given away by his father to another person, who adopts him (Eio-rroirjTog) ; 'Eoro/z/roc eIq top oikop top 'imr oXo-^liov. Is. 65, 41. Fig.: 'Ear it: (pavXov yevrjTat xprjaroc, uhttteo EVEKTiKog ek pog&)- SoVQ, dtyelTCtl TTjQ TOV yil'OVQ TTOLPrjCfOlOP EKTTOtrjTOg TYJQ KUKICIQ yEvofJLEroQ. Plut. de Sera Num. Vindict. 21. d-rroKXirjpos (6, r/), a disinherited son, but found only in the Pandects and Institutes of the emperor Theophilus : "E JJ.OV 6 $Eil>uJ/acr8ai, to wash the hands after eating ; g^ KaTot x €t P°S vS(»)p 9 or Kara ytipog, or Kara yeiowv alone, water for the hands, i. e. to wash the hands, was one of the phrases used only before eating; a custom, which, according to the remark of Athena3us, was peculiar to the ancient Athenians: 'ApiaTocpdvng 6 ypafifxaTiKog y\ivd'£eL tovq ovk elcorag ti)i> ciacpopdv tov re Kara yeipog, KCU tov dirovi^aadaL. Ilapa yap rolg 7ra\aio~ig, to jxev irpb dpiarov kcu ^eiirvov, Xeyeadai Kara x €t pos* to is /j.etci ravra cnro- vtyao-Qai. "Eotk£ & 6 ypafj/xaTLKog tovto Tre/)> fr- a an d fjLnxavit, prop, without means, without device or expedient ; and by ext., embarrassed, per- plexed, uneasy, in despair, in speaking of persons : "llfiot iyu) rrio, tekjov, d^iiyavog. Od. xix. 363. It is oftener, however, used passively, in speaking of things, that which means cannot be found to effect, difficult or impossible to do or say : y Afir)\avov oaov yporov {an inconceivable length of time : i. e. one cannot say how long). Plat. Phced. 80, c. [Also of persons in the sense of difficult to deal with; un- manageable.^ dSuVaTos (o, //), fr. a and huvapai, speaking of persons : one who has not the power to do a thing, icho cannot, is not able, powerless : 'A^vraro/ lmjiv t7ri/.ie\f7c taecrdai. Xen. (Econ. 12, 12 [also absolutely = disabled^, infirm. [Thus the dlvraToi are opposed to the IvraTvl or Svya/tewi, the able-bodied. Cf. Lys. 24, 12.] More often passively, in 86 88. (87) speaking of things; what cannot be done, impossible: Tijg yewpytKrjg ret irXelGTa egtlv dydpu)7ra) dhvvara 7rpovorjcrai. Xen. CEcon. 5, 18. 88. 88 aTTpe-rrqs (6, rj), fr. a and irpiwio, unbecoming, improper : 'ILTrLyapiAQv Ss rbv K(*)p(*)(Jo7roi6v, on rrjg yvvaLKog avrov irapovGng eiiri tl twv dTrpzTt&v, k^npiioae. Plut, Apophth. &j>apju,68ios (o, ?/), fr. d and ap/io£a», prop, that which does not fit, which does not square, dispropor Honed : 'Httov tu> j3dptt tzie^ovgiv ol apporrovreg [OwpaKeg"] tCov dvappoGrwv, tov avrov GraOpov e^ovreg. Xen. Memor. iii. 10, 13. — Fig. of an unsociable character, disagreeable, difficult to deal with : Tvcpoyepwv el Kuvappo- Grog. Aristoph. Nub. 900. [See Note.] aKoajmos (6, fj), fr. a and KOGpog, prop, without order ; fig. disorderly, lawless, disgraceful: OvSevog diztiyovro rwv aKOGpordrwv ical fiiaiordr(x)v. Plut. Crass. 15. ctToiros (o, rj), fr. a and tottoc, fig. out of place, absurd, strange :"Aro7ra Xeyeig /cat ovSap&g rrpog gov. Xen. Memor. ii. 3, 15. [Hence, so strange as to be unnatural: dronov iruevpa. Th. 2, 49.] aKcupos (6, ri), fr. a and Kaipog, unseasonable, mala- propos, useless, empty : Ol Se pi] OiXovreg fiia to kwlwovov hSdaKecrdaL dWd kv fjdovalg dicaipoig Sidyeiv, (pvGei ovtol kcikigtoi. Xen. Cyn. 12, 15. [Of persons = importunate, troublesome.^ deiKt]? (6, rj), fr. a and elicwg, unbecoming, disgraceful, shameful: T(£ icai draaOaXiycnv deiKsa tz6t\jlov tTrkairov. Od. xxii. 412. aeiKeXios (6, if), — deiKrjg, when spoken of things ; sometimes in speaking of persons, ugly, vile, contemptible : UpocrQev fiev yap drj jxot deiKsXiog Soar slvai, vvv de Oeolviv eolke. Od. vi. 242. doxnpjy (o, v)i &• d and Gyjipa, without form, shapeless, deformed; more commonly fig. shameful, unseemly ; unbe- coming, indecent : "Orav yap aG\npov pev prjdiv, pnSk cvG^Epkg kv ralg yvwpaig r&v irapovrwv KaraXet7rrjrai. Xen. Apol. 1. aXoyog (o, ?/) fr. a and Xoyog, prop, without reason, irra- tional : *H £e (f)i\oTipia ovr' kv rolg dXoyotg i^woig kjutcpvErai, ovt kv ttolglv dvdpioiroig. Xen. Hier. 7. Fig. unreasonable, absurd: No^u£W dXoyov Etvairovgkc, lepwv KXiirrovrag lepo- GvXovg KaXtiv. Xen. Ages. 11, 1. 89, 90. 87 89. Spyupos. ov (6), fr. apyog, silver, the metal : XoXkop c 89 kv wvpl fictWey areipia KaaaiTtpov re /cat y^pvabv rifxiievra Ka\ apyvpov. II. xviii. 474. dpyupio*', ov (to), 1. sometimes silver, as metal: 'E/cetro pivTOi olSa on /cat ^pvaioy brav ttoXv 7rapa(j)arrj, avrb piv aTijJLOTEpov ylyvtTcii, to (He apyvpiov TifJiiuTEpo)' noiE~i. Xen. de Vectig. 4, 10. 2. More frequently silver coined, made into money, money , pecunia : 'JLvravda ol o-rpariwrat i'i^ovto otl oiiic Eiypv apyvpiov e7TLGLTi^e(7dai eIq ty\v 7ropelai\ Xen. Anab. vii. 1, 7. Kc'pjma, arog (to) [fr. KEipeiv], piece of money, [small] coin : To GTOfJL kirifivaaQ Kippaatv tu>v prjTopwy. Aristoph. Plut. 379. "EtteiQev ypdg SiSovg KEppara. Bern, in Mid. 549, 27. yojjuojxa, arog (to), fr. vopi^w, silver or gold coined, numisma, money : ''Ayopa Srf ypiv /cat vopivpa IvpfioXov rfjg aWayrjg evekci yEyi](TETcu ek tovtov. Plat. Polit. ii. 371, b. Hence, gold or silver piece, or coin : Nojutoy-mrd te avrov K07rrjv at EirirpE-^E. Herodian. ii. 15, 9. Aristotle gives this etymology of the word : Olov 3' vndWaypa rfjg %pEiag to voptapa yiyoyE K'ara avv%y\\:r\v, /cat Sia tovto Toivopa e^ei ^ojLLtajuia, on ov (f)V(7Ei, a\\a vop.(o egti. Aristot. Eth. v. 5. v6p,os, ov (6). According to Photius and Suidas, the Dorians used vopog for vopiapa, piece of money. An instance may be found in the Tables of Heraclea (1, 75), and it was from vopog that the Latins derived their num- mus, or, according to the more ancient orthography, numus. Xprjp.aTa, aTioy (rd), prop, things of use, goods, riches, sums of money, sometimes money : Ol Se /cat dvpoig /cat xP } 'l m fjutaiy aran eSojjlevoC woWa yap /cat Tavra i)y civtu). Xen. Cyr. i. 5, 3. 90. dpeo-Kci^ (apa>), prop, to arrange, to adjust, to make 90 agree ; hence, to appease, in Homer : *A\p eOeXlj apioat hofXEyai t aizEpELGi airoiya. II. ix. 120. After Homer's time, in constant use, especially in prose, and construed in a neuter sense with nominative of the thing, to be or seem suitable, appropriate, &c, to satisfy, to please: EI j.iev qpEGKE t'l pot twv V7TO tovtwv piiQevTwr , ijavy^iay a v ijyov. Dem. Phil i pp. i. 1. i 2 88 91. (90) avSaveiv (adrjv)j to satisfy, to be agreeable, to please: *AXX ovk 'ArpeiSy 'Aya/jLSfivovi rjvdavs Qvfi(j). II. i. 24. IIoXXoi \i k[xvd>ovTO, voov 8' efibv ovtiq iads. Theocr. xxvii. 22. [Also in HdtJ] SokcTm. This verb was often used, principally in the aorist and perfect passive, as the usual formula in ancient decrees, declaring that it had seemed good to the legislative body to pass such and such a decree : "ESofc toIq IlvXayo- paig Kal toIq (TvviSpoLQ twv , Ajji(j>iicTv6i'(t)v. Dem. de Coron. 51. €uapeoT€u> (evapEoroQ [t v. apeoxw] ), a verb of modern formation, to be agreeable, to be approved, to please : Qopv- j3ov Se £7r\ rfj yvwfjirj yevofxevov hta to fxrf Tract Tolg nipeatv avrfjg evapeffrelp a^oTEpovg. Dion. Hal. A. R. xi. 60. Mf^pt TOVTOV TOIQ ETTLElKEGTaTOlQ T&V TCoXlT&V £VTf}pi(TT£L TO. ytvofjieva. Diod. Sic. xiv. 4. 91. 91 dpcnq, fjg (Ji), fr. apu>, or, according to others, from" Aprjg, in Homer, physical excellence of every kind : UoScjv dpe- ty\v dvatyaivuv. II. XX. 411. *H la^vv rj aXXrjv tlvci ap£- tyjv tov (TwfjiaTOQ. Plat. Gorg. 499, d. Hence, fig. valour in war, courage : 'Ec Xo^ov, ZvOa fiaXtar dpETr) StaeiSarai dvhpdjv. II. xiii. 277. HavTEg \aaoiv ol Trap 9 ekeiv^) l>ivoi otl r) TToXejuiiKr] avTOig dpETr) EVTijxoTaTOv te fiiov kol\ dipdovw- tcltov 7rapi")(£Tai. Xen. Hellen. vi. 1, 4. [Cf. 92.] a\Kr\, fjg (jj), indicates more especially defensive strength, hence strength, valour that defends, protects, valour : 'Ap- y£~ioi 9 fj,Yi7T(t) ti iieQiete dovptSog dXtcrjg. II. iv '. 234. Ovk £(tti (ilrf (ppEcrlv, ovSe tlq a\/c/y. II. iii. 45. Personified in the Iliad. 'Ej/ 3' "Epic, kv I' WXki). II. v. 740. This poet, word has been sometimes used by prose writers. Thus Xenophon uses it fig. : OlSa yap Tvavrag Tovg ekei dvdpw- 7rovQ, TrXijv evoq' jxoXXov SovXEiav rj dXicrjv fXE/jLEXETrjicoTag. Xen. Hellen. vi. 1, 4. [See example from Th. under Ev\pvxia.~] dr8paya0ia, ac (/?), fr. dvrjp and dyadog, the quality of a brave man, bravery : Harra tov yjsovov dXXr\Xoig nEpl dvSpayadlag dvTETroiovvTO. Xen. Anab. v. 2, 11. dr&peia, ac (r)) 9 formed from dvrip, on the same principle as virtus in Latin from vir ; but conveying with it more of the meaning of fortitudo, courage in war. 'According to 91. 89 the definition of Plato : Qdpaog ttoXeixikov* eyicpareia '^vyfig (91) wpog ra (pojiepd ko.1 Zelvcl* toX/ulu virnpETiK)) (ppovi)crEU)g (bold- ness subordinated to prudence [or, in attendance on pru- dence"] ). Opp. to dctXta, cowardice, in Xenophon : 'Aet SuXiyero otowwv . . . . ri drcpeia, ri cetXia. Xen. Memor, i. 1, 16. [Cf. 92.] d^BpeloK, ov (to), neuter of dvdpeloc, which, with many of these neuter adjectives, Thucydides employs substantively in an abstract sense, in a manner peculiarly his own : Kcu kv tvuq 7raL^slaiQ ol fiev iiriirovtp d(Ticrj(T€i Evdvg vioi ovreg 9 to drSpelov fLerepy^ovrai. Thuc. ii. 38. XyjfjLa, arog (70), prop, will [fr. AAO, Xu>, volo~\ ; charac- ter, in a gen. sense, which can be determined only by the context ; e. g. in the following passage of Herodotus, the earliest author in whom the word occurs : 'Y71-0 XrjfjLarog re ( = intrepidity of will) teat avlpqi-qg karpaTEVETO ovcejiirig eovarng ol a^ayKairjg. Herodot. vii. 99. [Here it is in a. good sense, = resolution, spirit, intrepidity. In a bad sense it is insolence, &c. The word is poetic (in Soph, always in a bad sense) except in Ionic prose, and late writers ; e. g. Lucian.] dpioreia, ag (7/), bravery : Ef fwv 'A^XXevg twv ottXwv tCjv (vv 7ripi Kpiveiv ejueXXe Kaprog dpHJTEiag tlvL Soph. Ajac. 443. It expresses rather the action itself, the deed of bravery, in the following passage of Plutarch : Kai icaX&g £*X £ *' EL Kai ?di fxr)()EV aXXo, Trj yovv aXwvEi ku\ (pOopcj Tijg iroXEiog EKELiiELV to dvdcayaQrj fia tovto kcli ti]V dpiaTEiay. Plut. de Herodot. Mai. 24. €u\J/uxta, ag (//), literally, the good quality or disposition of the soul : Ta Ce [ladi'incira ttov htrra, wg y eltteIv, -^piicra- gQcu Zvppaivoi civ, rd fiiv oaa 7TEpi to (Tiofxa yvf.ivct(TTiK)]g, ra c Ev-^vyjiug \apiv novGiKijg. Plat. Leyg. vii. 795, d. Hence, stout-heartedness, spirit, courage: " Avev Ze ev\Lv- \ictg QVOEfiia riyv-q irpbg Tovg Ktvlvvovg lay^vet. <&()fiog ydp /j.y))firjy ek7tX)i(T(tel, te^vi) Ie civev dXtcrjg ovcev CotptXEl. Thucyd. ii. 87. €uv(/uxo^, ov (to), neuter adjective, used for €v\fwxla by Thucydides [see avSpeiov, above] : UtcrTEvorTtg ov rcug 7rapa(TKEvcug to 7tXeov klu aTraTcug, ?i rw ct^' lifiujv avTwv ig rd tpya ev^v^u). Thuc. ii. 38. 6up.os, ov (o), the heart, the seat of the passions, in 1 3 90 91. (91) Homer; hence, fig. heart for courage, as in French [En- glish], spirit : Udcnv £e napal ttogI KairTzeae Ovpog. II. xv. 280 ; the heart of all them fell into their feet, i. e. as the Scholiast explains it, they had no strength left but for flight, and no hope of safety but in flight. [So in Att. : pupn Kal Ovfiu), Xen. Cyr. 4, 2, 21.] Tjvopect, ag (rj), fr. avrjp, Epic from avdpia, but more ancient, manly vigour : 'Kvopsy ttigvvoi Kai Kaprei %6ipw^. II. xi. 9. aynvopiY|, rjg (rj), fr. ayrjvwp, more particularly, excess of courage, audacity : Toy d* ovttots KvddXifAOv Krjp rap/3cX ovdk tyofiiirav ayqvo- pirj de p,iv £ktcl. 11. xii. 45. Odpaos, eog (to), prop, the fervour or ardour of courage ; hence, glowing courage, boldness : "E^fr' av TvEeicji Aio/x^c'i IlaXXac 'AOrivrj Sljke pivog koX Oapaoc. II. v. 2. [Cf. 252 and note.] p.evos, eog (to), although of eastern origin, this is one of the words, the origin of which the Greeks, ever jealously refusing to admit any claim of superiority, would fain find in their own language; they derive it from fxkveiv ; a derivation not to be lost sight of, and, according to which the primary sense of the word is that of strength, valour, accord- ing to the Greeks : 'AXXd 7roAt> TrpoOeecKe, to ov fxkvog ovSevi UKtov. 11. xxii. 459. According to the Venetian Scholia, fxsvog refers to the body, and Odpcrog to the soul ; fikvog is the strength which renders a person capable of enduring toil and danger ; Qdpvog, the boldness which leads him to dare and undertake ; it is in the union of these two quali- ties, that the courage of the warrior consists. [Of prose writers, Xen. uses this word (t>7rd TrpoQvixiag Kai psvovg, Cyr. 3, 3, 61 : fisvog Kai Odpvog, Hell. 7, 1, 10), and Arist. Eth. 3, 8; PI. Tim. 70: to tov Qvijlov fisvog — vis.'] pT|!Y|vopiT|, tfg (rf), fr. pr)%r]v(op, epithet of Achilles, one who breaks or overthrows the line of warriors, impetuous force : ^H p.ev Srj Qdpaog fxoi" Kpr\g t edoaav Kai 'AQrjvrj Kai pn^vopirjv. Od. xiv. 217. roXjjia, rig (//), fr. TXrjvai, is prop, that quality of the soul, which makes man endure, disposition to dare to do, reso- lution, hardihood, boldness, in a good sense : ToXpa [consi- dered as an excess of daring ; over-boldness] is opp. to ceiXia, timidity, and avSpeia is the mean between these two dispositions : Qvte yap tywvriv eaypv iKavrjv, ovte roXpav cvvajjLEvr]v b\X(o xp>'/ craven (that could manage a multitude). Tsocr. Ep. ad Philipp. 34. Ol iroXepioi rrjv ToXpav ISopreg i/ptiv, p&XXop (poflriOfjGoi'Tai. Xen. Cyr. iii. 3, 18. €UToX|xia, ac (//), fr. evroXjjiog, noble daring : Ovtol dpcurog roc Lut'lv, ohS' evToXpia. Eurip. Med. 469. [In Pol. and Plut. ; and of horses in Xenoph.] 92. 91 92. dp€T^, rjg (//), fig. and in a philosophical sense of wide 92 extent, the quality of moral excellence, virtue, thus defined by Aristotle : "YjGtiv apa ?/ dperrj e£,iq 7rpoatpETLK)i, iv \iego~ tyjtl ovaa rrj irpbg i]jjlo.q topHjfJLEvn Xoyu), Kal wg av 6 (f>p6vL- jjloq opiaeie, /jLEaorng ce Ivo kukwv. Tfjg jjlev ko.6' v7TEpftoXi]v, rfjg ce dvlpEiav tl OwfXEv ; irorEpov airXujg ovrivg Eivai. irpbg (pofiovg Kal Xvirag diafjid'xrjv \xbvov, r\ Kal irpbg iroOovg te Kal ijSovdg ; Legg. i. 633, d. dySpayaOia, ag (//), quality, virtue of the good and brave man [manly virtue'] : KaXoj> &v jjlol Soke!. >/ 9 Ay naiXdov dpErrj irapdhEiyi-ia yEviadai rolg dpdpayaQiav daKEiv (3ov\o- fXEioig. Xen. Agesil. 10, 2. KaXoKayaGia, ag (//), union of the good and the beau- tiful, moral perfection, virtue, opp. to Kcucia in a general sense : UXovrog Se kclkicig /JcaXXov t) KaXoKayadiag virnpirng koriv. Isocr. ad Demon. 6. &ya06y, oif (to), neuter adj. used substantively in an ab- stract sense, the good, with the associated notion of the use- ful, the profitable: 'AeI hev ovv ettej-ieXeto 6 Kvpog ottote avaKip'dliv, oTtwg EvyapiOTOTaToi te ctjua Xoyoi Efjij3Xr]d7i- (ToiTai, Kal 7rapopf.i£jvTEg Elg TayaOov. Xen. Cyr. ii. 2, 1. ica\6i>, ov (to), neuter adj. used in an abstract sense as the above, the beautiful, the good, the honorable, virtue : "Oc- Tig ye fj.})y cparEpog egtl tov fXEv ttXeovekteIv ttei ettl^leXoiie- j or, tov £e KaXov Kal tHjv (piXojy f-in^Ev EvrpEizof-iErog, Xen. Ilellen. ii. 3, 17. Tot KaXd, fine qualities , virtues: *0 irarijp flip Eoiya tU ad KaXa, ?} oXiya tCjv kOlKQv tXtyEv, vttotttevuv lid to liiyt- dog Tijg dpETng t))\> wapd r//c rv^g iviiptiav (being afraid of a reverse of fortune on account of the greatness of your virtue). Ilimcr. Oral. 23, G. 92 93. (92) XP*] "™ 1 " 1 !^ rjTOQ (fj), fr. xprjarog, quality of the good man, carrying with it the accessory notion of usefulness ; good' ness : Tco Ce 'Pwjwa/w tyjv SiKaiotrvvng mi XprjGTOTrjTog aVo- £lS6vt£q ov VTl Xdpty OpvlQl koiKWQ, VT]GTT]g, dXXoTplUJV IV eldioQ £Ei7rvoGvvdu)v {well versed in the art of supping out ; or, at other men's tables), A then. iv. 5. Sop-iro^, ov (jo), the evening meal, from tov Soparog ttcive- odai, to cease from the labours of the spear, because it was taken as refreshment after the labours of war : "A/ia o' yeXia) Karacvvri, TEv^Eodai fjieya hopirov. II. xix, 208. The Scholiast on Homer, who gives these etymologies, more ingenious than true, and to which others equally improbable might be added from the grammarians, adds, that in his time dptarroy, dinner, was the name of the morning meal, and leiirvov, supper, that of the evening meal. This is con- firmed by Athenagus, who thus enumerates the order of meals in the heroic age : Kat apiarov ^lev egtl to viro ti)v f'w Xafijiarofxevov' IeIttvov Ze pEcrrififtpivov, o iifiElg apiarov' CupTTOV CE TO ECTTTEpU'OV. Atlieil. 1. 10. Sopirqoros, ov (o), an Ionic lengthening of Sopizov, is found for the first time in Hippocrates, where it signifies, accord- ing to the commentators, supper, or the hour of supper. But at a certain period, if we may believe Athenaeus, this word must have had the sense of dinner, or the hour of din- ner : To 8* ciptaTov lopiznGTov eXejov. Athen. i. 10. In this passage Athenaeus quotes the testimony of the grammarian Philemon, the author of several collections of Attic words, which makes it probable that the word had been adopted by the Attics in the meaning afterwards given to apioror. Thus it must be understood in the two following passages 94 94. (93) of Xenophon and Aristophanes :"ILc)o!;ev ovv avrciig diruvac Kal dojiKvovvr ai dfityl Sop7rr}orr6i f kirl tclq ffKTjvag. Xen. Anab. i. 10, 17. JLvdvg S* ct7ro Sop7rrjffTov KEKpayev EfAfiaSag. Aris- toph. Vesp. 103. emSopms, i?og (r/), name of supper among the ancient Greeks, according to Athenseus : "EXeyov to ceIttvov imoop- wlSa. Athen. i. 10. SeiXi^oi/, ov (to), meal between dinner and supper, a sort of afternoon collation, of which mention is made as early as the Odyssey : Su B' epx E0 BeieXififfag. Od. xvii. 599. O koXovgl Tiveg SelXlvov, 6 koT i jaetclZv Toif v(f rjjJiCJv Acyo/u- vov doLGTov Kal Belttvov. Athen, i. 9. Sianfjorio-fjios, ov (6), was at an ancient period, and perhaps especially among the Athenians, the name of break- fast : Tov \xev ovv dKpaTMTfJLdv SiavrjGTifffJiov eXeyov* Athen. i. 10. eorirepio-juia, citoq (to), evening meal, evening collation, merenda : Tpotyalg kyjp&vTO ol 7raXaiol dicpaT iff pari, dpi, ken Epic pari, Seljtvm, Athen. i. 10. 94. 94 dpKcip, fr. apw, prop, to form a compacted substance sufficiently strong to resist ; thus Homer uses it in speak- ing of the cuirass or buckler, that is sufficiently strong to resist darts, arrows, &c. : UvKivog Se ol IjpKEffE O&prjZ, tov p Epopee yvaXotffiv dprjpoTa. II. xv. 529. Hence the more modern meaning of to be sufficient, to be enough or a match for, strong enough, &c. both in the Tragic and prose writers : Kav \piXbg dpKEffaijii ffoi y' 7rXifffjiEve V noXig dpKEffEi iirl TOffavrr\v 7rapa- ffKEvrjr, Plat. Polit. ii. 369, d. a\e|eiv, fr. aX'eyoj or fr. aXicf], prop, to keep off or at a distance, to ward off: &pd%ev 07TW£ AavaoTviv aXt%r)ffeig Kaicbv tffjiap. II. ix. 251. Xenophon has employed this Homeric verb prop, and fig. [in Mid.~\ : 'AXX* lav 7roirJTe KaK&g rfjv rifierkpav x&pav, o>£ woXe- fxiovg aXeZofisQa 1 . Xen. Anab. vii. 7> 3. [But cf. Buttm. Lexil. p. 548, who says : " it is well known that strength, aXicr}, and to assist, is the ground-idea." It is used absol. II. £. 109.1 1 [The fut. aXeZojJiai is not given even in the third edition of Liddell and Scott.] 94. 95 djxumi', prop, to defend by keeping off, to ward off, (94) protect : NiiEomr djJLvvEjjEvat Srj'iov irvp. II. x. G70. Also in prose : E'i ere 7reidoLjjii iyw tovq 7roXEfj.lovg dpvvEiv. Plat. Phced. 260, b. airekavueiv, prop, to repel with violence, to drive out of a place, to put to flight, principally applied to enemies : "E7rf(ra 5e eXe^E Tolg XaXhdoig ore ijKoi ovre direXaoai ewi- dvfitbv etceivovg, ovre iroXEfiElv Seo/jLei'og, a'XX' elpt)vrjv ftovXo- iiEvog 7roirj(jcu 'Ap/Jtevioic teal XaXSaioig. Xen. Cyr. iii. 2, 7. Fig. to exclude : Tovtvjv ft ovSelg aVfX/fXarcu io/jh*) tl/j.u>v teal dp^Luv. Xen. Cyr. i. 2, 15. diroo-oPei^, prop, to shake, agitate, to shake any thing in order to drive away flies or other insects : Av^elv 3e~i rag rpi- %ag rag jjlev ev rfj ovpg., oircog etti ttXeIgtov E^LKVOv/jiEt'og ctVo- oofiiJTai 6 'i-Kirog tcl Xvtzovvtci. Xen. Hippiatr. 5, 6. Hence, applied to enemies : Oug Se firj hvvaivro XafxftdvEiv aVoco- fiovvTEg clp EfjLirocwp yiyvoivTO tov /jlyj bpq.v avrovg to oXov (TTpdrEvpd aov. Xen. Cyr. ii. 4, 17. &tt(»)0€U', to repulse an enemy, in Homer: 'AXXo. piv otypa yipovrog aTrwcropEP ciypiov dvSpa. II. viii. 96. To try to put away, to remove or push back without violence : 'AxfjajjiErog £' cipa ^Eipog aVtocraro rjKa yipovra. II. xxiv. 508. Fig. : TipoaijiCEi t>)v v7rdp\ov(7ap al^vvnp etc rovg alriovg aVwo-ttcflcu. Dem. de Fals. Legat. 408, 22. ctpyciy, to prevent approaching ; hence, to keep off, to drive away : "Ore pn'rrjp 7railog kipyEi pvlav ud' ffcii Xel,etcii vwru). II. iv. 130. £pvK€iv, prop, and fig. to stop, to keep off, to hold back, so as to pre- vent from approaching or entering: UXdyx^V $' < ^ 7ro X«^ko0i x a X<6g ovd' 'iKero \P^ a xaXov tpvKaice yap rpv(pd\eia. Jl.xi. 352. The word occurs once in Xenophon : Ovdev 7rpo0a<7(£o/zat ti)v r)XiKiav, dXXd kcii (iKfid'^eiv //yot'juai ipvKtiv air* tfiavTov rd Kaicd. Xen. Anab. iii. 1, 25. ipveaBai, prop, to draw to oneself, found in Homer as synon. with the preceding word : 'AXX' ovic oiojvolaiv epvaaaro Ktjoa ixiXaivav. It. ii. 859. XpatdVcu, in dialogues, to answer in the negative, to say no, or it is not, there is not : Kal iyib elttov' OvSev dpa Early tCjv rrjg dpETrjg jiopiwv dWo olov kirMTTiifxri ov$ olov SiKaiorrvvr) ovF olov dvEpeia ovfr olov awtypofrvvi] ovc' olov ugwttiq ; Ovk £d€peiv, literally, to drive away and carry off, that is to say, to pillage, plunder, to ravage an enemy's country : Ei7rd>!/ rw $>dpaKi wg on okvoitj /jli) 6 TiGvatyipvng Ka\ b $>apvafia£og Eprjfj,r}v obaav KaraOeovreg (pipwat. Kal ay ujcri ti)v yupav. Xen. Hellen. iii. 2, 14. This peri- phrasis is generally construed with the names of towns or countries ; it is found, however, with persons (and that with reference to a naval expedition) in the following passage of Demosthenes :" Ay wv Kal atp€i^, to take away, to take off: Kal h) jjloi yipag avTor a(pa to/'/ a sad cu (nrsiXelg v ra dydea, avipcuQ eV avrdg dii- firiGE iTrirdca aroX))y EVEaraXfiEvavg. Herodot. i. 80. airavpicTK€iv, synon. with the above, used only in the Aorists : 'A\X' dfHpu) Ovfidv airtjvpa. II. vi. 17. oXvvoQai, rare and defective, to take i TuUpvnvXog 5* t-onovce wal a'lvvro rci'»xc' ^ <5/igj)\ II. xi. 680. K€pat£€iv, fr, Ktpag, an Ionic verb used properly of the attack of a horned animal ; Homer, however, uses it in speaking of the lion j heme, fig. to pillage, ravage [Ep. and Trag. and in 11,'t.Jll, &c.]: IltirooicV K 98 96. 96) »J irov tyrjcrQa iroXiv Kepai&fxev dfirjv. II. xvii. 830. M&tcl 8k Itti- arpcKpeig te Kal Idofievog Toig Hepaag to t&v Avd&v darv KEpcdZov- Tag. Herodot. i. 88. kX^tttcij', prop, to hide (oneself), to do evil in secret, in which it differs from apirafciv, with which it is often joined: "Oca tiq clv erepog aWov Trrjfxrjvr) kXetttwv rj /3ia- Za/jevog. Plat. Legg. xi. 933, e. Hence, to carry off fur- tively, to steal cunningly, with dexterity : Ovk egti XyaTalg vrvevfji' kvavTiovfJLEvov otclv 7raprj icXi^ai re tf apiraaai (iiq. Soph. Phil. 644. XcKfwpaYwyeu', prop, to carry off the spoils, the booty : Kal rci fi£v TaXctTiov, otuv v-Troytipioi yeviovTai, XaQvpuyw- yrjyvyio^, ia > l0v > &• 'QyvynQ, Ogyges, one of the first kings of Greece ; of or belonging to Ogyges, of the time of Ogyges ; the Greeks thus described whatever was of great antiquity : 2e d\ d> t'skvov, t68' e\rj\v9ev ttclv Kpdrog ojyvyiov. Soph. Phil. 141. Apvg wyvyirj. Phocyl. 1^09, rj, fr. zvog, a year, of the past year ; hence, past, completed : Al 'ivoi apyai. Dem. 775, 25. This word of rare occurrence was, however, familiarly used in the phrase evrj Kal via, Dem. 1229, 7, where creXrjvrj must be understood, the old and new moon, = the last day of the month. 99. apyeiv, prop, to commence ; hence, to be the first, to 99 command, to have authority ; it is used of all kinds of com- mand, or simply of a post, or office of authority, and gene- rally of a power exercised with a view to the public benefit and welfare [e. g. of filling a magistracy or public office'] : ApyjE.LV iKavoi, Kal wtyiXijioi rolg re dXXoig dvQpwiroig Kal iavTolg. Xen. Memor. iv. 2, 11. Kp7e (?/), [beginning, hence origin, originating'] prin- 100 ciple : 'RKOvvia de XiyeraL, otl // dpyfi tujv avi / aXXayf.idrix)v tovtujv kkovaioc. Aristot. Ethic. Nicom. v. 5. chtux, etc (>/), cause : f ilg dpa irdcn iravnoi' aurij opdCJv rt ■bi KaXwv aWia. Plat. Polit. vii. 517, c. K 3 102 101. 101. 101 apxhi % 00 9 authority, in general : Ov~it) ^37 wfxrjv tywye vvv Zr\ dvayKalov tlvai f]}xiv bfxoXoyElv Ttaaav dpyjiv, fcaO' orrov dp)(i], jJLYjSevi dXXa) to (5eXtkttov gkott uadai rj ekeivo) to) dpypfjLEVto te Kal depaTTSvofiivo), ev te 7roXiTiKrj Kal IShjjtiktj apXV* Plat. Pol. i. 345, d. ala-ufxi/Y]T€ia, ag (Jj), one of the four kinds of royal dig- nity established in primitive times, and which, according to Aristotle, were elective : Tplrrj S* fjv axGv\xvr\TEiav irpoa- ayopevovffLv {avrr) (? karlv alperri rvpavvig). Aristot. Polit, iii. 14, 14. Pao-iXcia, ag (?/), 1. regal power, the dignity of king : Kai Toy te <$>i\i7r7rov vlbv 'AfxvvTav &g km fiacriXeiq. t&v MaKeSo- vb)v fiye. Thuc. ii. 95. 2. Sometimes kingdom : "Ore. jjlev fo) kciWigtt] Kal /j,eyi(TTrj twv ev tyJ 'Aaiq, fj Kvpov flamXeia kyivETo aWri kavTrj fxapTvpEl. Xen. Cyr. viii. 8, 1. 3. In more modern authors, reign : A£y etcu Se tl ko.1 ETEpov km TYJQ TapKVVlOV ficMTtXElClQ TtaVV OaVfjLaCTTOV EVTV^jia TJj 'P(0- fxaiiov v7rdpt,ai koXel. Dion. Halic. A. R. iv. 62. BecriTOTeia, ag (fj) 9 prop, power of the master over the slave, dominion, despotic or absolute power, such as that of the king of Persia : Trjv flaaiXiwQ rod /XEydXov SEcnroTEtav. Isocr. A r chid. 8ir)jjioKpaTia, ag (//), democracy : Kal ovofia fxkv Sia to fiff kg oXiyovg aXX kg TrXEtovag rjKEiv SrjfJLOKpaTia KEKXrjTai. Thuc. ii. 37. 8ioiKY]g drJT kfjtol Tvpawlg j]hiu>v k^Etv, dpxfjg dXvnov Kal SvyaffTEiag E(f>v ; Soph. (Ed. R. 593. 101. 103 TjycfjLCH'ia, ag (>/), is specially used of the precedency in (10 1) dignity or supremacy , which certain cities of Greece [e. g. Sparta and Athens] exercised over all the rest at certain periods [for which the term Hegemony is beginning to be naturalized] : "Eort 3e tovto ovk kXayjLGTov irpbg iiyepoviap* irpbg yap to 7rpwrov la^ypbv ysvopEvov ry'Siora iravTEg gv\- Xiyovrai. Xen. Hellen. vii. 1, 4. In recent historians, power, kingdom : YlapaXafiwy tyiv E7TLTpo7rrjv rfjg ijyEpoviac 6 TvXXloq. Dion. Halic. A. R. iv. 8. KuP€pnf](ns, £wc (//), prop, the action of steering a vessel ; whence, fig. administration, government, in Pindar : 'Ey c dyadolfft keivtul 7rarpu)'iai kecvoi ttoXIwv yvjjEpvacjtEg. Pind. Pyth. 10, 112. fxoyapxia, ag (?/), authority of one alone, monarchy, of which Aristotle recognises two kinds : Movap^ia & ectti Kara rovvopa, kv rj slg a-Kavrwv Kvptog egtlv % tovtuv Si r; per Kara, ra^iv rtvd fiaatXEia, rj h' dopiarog rvpavvig. Aris- • tot. Rhetor, i. 8. oXtyapxta, ac (r/), authority or government of a small number of persons, oligarchy: 'llplv psv yap rj noXig tots i-vyyjivzv ovte Kar oXiyap^lav laovopov TroXiTEvovaa, ovte fcarct SrjpoKpariav. Thuc. iii. 62. TroXiT€ta, ag (rj), constitution of a state, form of govern- ment : XpwpEda yap izoXiTEiq. ov ^rjXovarj Toiig tu>v iriXag vopovg. Thuc. ii. 37. iroXvicoipaviT], rjg (ij). authority of several chiefs, in war only : Ovk ayaObv 7roXvKoipavirj' tig Koipavog Iotw. II. ii. 204. irpwreioy, ov (to), first rank, primacy : HCog yap egtlv "lOOV .... TY)\> TToXlV . . . . f] npOELOTYlKLl TWl' a\X(i)V 'EaA?/- < v office, magistracy : 'Eyw yap, w 'Adrjvalot, aXXrjv fiev ap^?)j/ ovSefxiav ttuttote i\pl,a kv rr\ ttoXu, e(5ov- Xevva £e. Plat. Apol. 32, b. Xeuoupyia, ac (*/), public and onerous charges, to which the richest citizens in the Grecian cities were subjected ; these charges were, e. g. that of choregus, which obliged them to furnish and entertain at their expense the chorus that was to compete in the feasts of Bacchus [Diony- sus] ; that of trierarch, which obliged them in time of war to furnish a galley and support the crew, the state fur- nishing nothing but the hull and rigging. At Athens, those upon whom these burdens fell, were chosen by lot from among the citizens whose property was rated at three talents: Kat tovtiov kyio obhtfxtav irpocpamv Troir}uap.zvog, ovre on Tpir)papyG> kcu ovk av SvvaifjLr)v Svo Xeirovpyiag Xei-ovpye7v, ovde ol vojjlol kaiaiv. Dem. in Polyclet. 1209, 2. Liturgy, form or office of Divine worship, in the Septuagint and N. T. : Kai7ravra 7a gkevy) rfjg Xeirovpyiag tu> alfian b/Jioiwg kppavTicre. Hebr. ix. 21. tcXos, eog (to), function of a post of honour, or public office, i. e. the duty or duties proper to it : Aoyt£6fxetog B* 6 VLuvoaviag kc\\ clXXol ol kv reXei AaKeSaifioviuv Xen. Cyr. vii. 5, 70. acnajfjia, cltoq (to), the end, the particular art, &c, to attain which is the object of the exercise : 'AW avrovg hi tovtoiq toIq aaKiifxaoi 7t\eoi'ekte1v. Xen. Cyr, vii. 5, 26. yufjimaia, ag (//), the action of exercising, principally in gymnastic exercises ; hence, exercise : Tag Se o\6v Tivag fiEL^ovg yvfivaaiag jjlti eXcittov r) Kara [ir\va ekclgtov wole!.- adai 7rpocrTa^£i. Plat. Legg. viii. S30, d. Fig. applied to the art of logic, in Aristotle : T?)v Si yvjivaaiav clttoDoteov TU)V fJLEV ETTdKTlKU)}' Wpog VEOV. AHstot. Topic. 8, 5. Yufjwdcriov, ov (jo), gymnastic exercise only ; in this sense good writers only use it in the plural : " Agkel twv tte^l to crw/Aa yvfjLvcKjiiov fju) tci -rrpog tijv pwfirjv a\Xa ra irpog T))v vyiEiav (TVficpipovTa. Isocr. ad Demon. 14. It is found however in the singular in Plutarch : SwK-parct yvpraaiov i)y ovk cincEQ ?/ bpxrjvig. Plut. de Sanit. 124, e. In this number it signifies, ordinarily, in good writers, the place of exercise itself, the gymnasium. yujjLi/ao-jjLa, arog (to), is only found in modern authors, object of exercise, end proposed in it ; it is found in Athe- naeus, and in Lucian applied to bodily exercises, and to exercises in rhetoric in "Dionysius of Halicarnassus : Yvjj.- vaafjictTa te Kai daKJifiara rijg p7)TopiKijg. Dio){. Hal. Art. Rh. ii. 1. yujjii/aoTiKTJ, ijg (if), fem. of yvfjivaariKog, used as a subst. with ellipse of TEx*ih the gymnastic (art) : Metcl a) }.iov- 106 104. (103) criKrjv yvfjivaffTiKrj dpenrioL oi veaviai. Plat, Polit. iii. 403, c. fjieXerr], r\g (fj), is used chiefly of exercises that require reflection, and the application of the intellectual faculties, as the study of the arts and sciences : No^ufw jjIvtol iraaav v(jiv fjiadfjarei fccu jueXery npog dvhpdav avfeaQai, Xen. Mem. iii. 9, 2. crwjjLacrKia, ag (rj), exercise of the body only : Kat kv cw- IxaaKiq. roitg aiOfxaaKovvrag. Xen. Mem. iii. 9, 11. 104. 104 dams, i$0Q (fj), great round shield, in use in ancient times. It was ordinarily made of wicker-work (of willows or osiers), covered with ox-hides, and over them with plates of metal. Sometimes it was entirely made of brass or some other metal, as that of Achilles (77. xviii. 478). It was often large enough to cover the whole man, whence the poet, epithet woSriv.eicfig, in prose, 7roErjptjg 9 reaching down to the feet : Avtikci & dawiha fiev irpoaff kayj.ro rrdvTOcre \rsr\v, KaXr/r, yaXKti-qv, k^rfXarov, y\v dpa yaXKevg rjXaaev, kvroadav fie ftoelag pd\j;£ dafietdg ^pvcreioig pdjiSotcrt fiirjve- Kiaiv irepl kvkXov. II. xii. 294. avruf , vyog (rj), fr. avTex *, prop, part rising out, up, or beyond another, a semicircular rod or rods of wood or metal which made the circumference (Irvg) of the round shield (aairig) ; forming a raised edge, in which the word differs from 'irvg : hence, generally, rim or border of the shield, in the Iliad and the Tragic writers, where some translators have given the word the too exact signification of shield: 'AvtvIZ rj Trypan?) OUv avTridog. II. vi. 118. (Sous, oog (//), ox, and by ext., skin of the ox, or dressed hide, with which the shields were covered ; hence, the shield itself in Homer : Boag avag vipoa dvad\6iievoi. II. xii. 138. yeppo^, ov (to), a wicker-shield, having the shape of a tall oblong. This shield, which was in use among the Persians, was of different heights, and served equally both for cavalry and infantry. Sometimes it was thick laid with ox-hides : Uepaai u\ov, clvti d7r\7rcu : "07r\a eiroiovvro, ol pev ^vXua, ol ce olaviva. Xen. Hell.W. 4, 16. Trdpp/r). rjc (//), shield, carried by the light-armed troops of the Romans, parma : f H £e -rrdppr) icai hvvajj.iv eyei ttj KaTaahtevrj, jccm ptytdog apKovv irpog avtyaXeiav* Trepupeptjg yap ovaa t(3 ayJ)jiaTi, Tpiirelov eyei rrjv hidperpov. Polyb. vi. 22, 2. TreXTT), 7)g (//), fr. 7raXXu), pelta, small light shield without rim, and covered with a single skin. It was in use among the Thracians, and was introduced among the Greeks by Iphicrates, about the year b. c. 400 : Peltam pro parma fecit, a qua postea peltastce pedites appellantur (Corn. Nep. Iph. i.). Iphicrates armed with it the troops called on this account ireXTacTai (targeteers), a body ranging between the heavy-armed infantry (o7rA7rcu), and the light-armed (\piXoi). The shape of this shield was that of a half-moon, according to Yirgil : Ducit Amazonidum Junatis agmina peltis (Virg. /En. i. 494). Pollux gives it a somewhat 108 105, 106. (104) different shape: HeXty} 'Ajjia£oviKrj irapeoiKvIa kittov werdXh). Poll, i. 134. pivds, ov (6 and f]), flayed skin of a beast, particularly dressed ox- hide, and by ext. in poetry, shield with coverings of leather : 'Evv p sf3a\ov pivovg, gvv d' iyx sa ^al fievs' dvdpojv %a\KEo9wpr]Kit)V. II. iv. 447. ordicos, eoq (to), according to Damm, fr. add), to preserve [more pro- bably fr. cam*)'], poet, word for aairig, or large round shield of the heroic ages:"Oc. 01 Eiroir]GEV adtcog aioXov, ETTTafioEiov ravpiov Zarpt- (pswv, ettI d* oydoov rjXaaE xoXkov. II. vii. 222. 'A^Oo/xg^oi golk'eegoi f3pax't-ovag iteivoigiv. Theocr. Id. xvi. 79. 105. 105 doriKos or doru^os (6, fj) (acrru), of or belonging to the city, citizen, one who lives in the city, lives in town ; used only prop., in opp. to dypolicog : Avrai dl (nrovlal eyevovro reXevriovTOQ rov yEifiGjvog dfia rjpi ek Alovvcjicov evdvg t&v aaTVK&v. Thuc, V. 20. Ov fX£^idQr]Ka dy oikcjq (ptXieiv, aXX' ci(TTVKa x^ l ^ a OXijjeiv. Theocr. Id. xx. 4. &ot€igs (6, fj), urbanus, used only fig. civil, polished by residence in the city, full of urbanity, witty, agreeable, entertaining : Uujg ov% ovroi aarreloi av teal Evyapirec SiKaio- Tepov 6rofj.d'CoivTO jJiaXXor, fj dXa^oveg ; Xen. Cyr. ii. 2, 12. cIotos, dor//, one born in the town, a native of it, citizen, bourgeois, in opp. to kivog, According to Eustathius this word was used only by the Attics : Tavra Km veuripu), Kal 7Tp£(r[ivT£pG) ova) ay kvTvyydvw 7roLY](ra), Kal ^ivto Kal a'orw. Flal. Apol. 30, a. 106. 106 dorrjp, ipog (6), star, one of the heavenly bodies : ? Ekto- piCrjy dyairriTOv, dXiyKiov dcrript k*a\w. II. vi. 401. Ql yap dcrripEQ iskv el fiei^ovc kclv eXdrrovc (palvtovrat, dXX' OfJLojg dSiai parol ye /cafl' eavrovg Etvat SoKovrrty. Aristot. Meteor. i. 6. aaTpoi/, ov (to), according to the grammarians, the assem- blage of several stars forming a constellation, as the Bear, Orion, &c, sidus, while dvTrjp is a single star. The differ- ence which the grammarians have observed between duTrjp and a(TTpov is found only in the use made of the words. In fact, the form avrpov is more used, in the plural only, in Homer, and the ancient Attic writers : "Aorpa kv ttj vvkti 107, 108. 109 avitynvav a vfjuv rag wpag rrjg vvktoq EfA^avi^Ei. Xen. Mem. (106) iv. 3, 4. Aristotle is the first in whom the difference in meaning is to be remarked. ["Aarpov, sing., is especially the Dog-star, Sirius : e. g. Xen. Cyn. 4, 6, tov aaroov ETTl6vTOQ.~\ irXdnr)9, tjtoq (6), and irXan^rqs, ov (6), prop, wandering, taken substantively with ellipse of dvrrjn, wandering star, planet : "Haioc jccu cteXi]vt] Kal ttevte dXXa atrrpa ejtUXijv eypi'Ta izXd^nTEQ. Plat. Tim. 38, c. [n\avr]Ta, Bait.~\ Tipbg %e TOVTOig Kal ol AlyvTVTtoL (f)a.(Ti, Kal twv irXavrjTwv Kal 7rp6g avrovc, Kal irpog tovq drrXapelg yivecrdai avvolovg. Aristot. Meteor, i. 6. 107. dorpo^OjjLia, ac (r)\ ASTRONOMY : 'En-iorr/ jjltj irEpl Acrrpo)y 107 re (popag Kal kviavTwv wpaq dvTpovofJLia KaXelrat. Plat. Conv. 188, b. dorpoXoYia, ac (>/), in Xenophon, where it is first found, this word has been improperly translated by astronomy : 'EkeXeve ce Kal aarpoXoyiaq EfJ.7rEipovQ yiyvEvdat. Kal ravrng fJEVTOL HE-%01 TOV VVKTOQ TE (jjpav Kal flTJlOQ Kal EVtaVTOV IvvaoQai yiyyojcTKEiv. Xen. Mem. iv. 7. Critics have en- deavoured to substitute in this passage the reading dorpo- vojxia, a correction which appears useless, since the word is found also in Aristotle. It would appear then, that there existed as early as the time of Xenophon a sort of appli- cation of astronomy to the art of divination, or astrology in fact, although the word itself is not found till a later date in Greek writers, in the precise sense which it holds in modern languages, astrology :"A\acu Se aaTpoXoyiav a\pEv- £ea jjlev, dvuxpEXia S' Eivai Xiyovaiv. Lucian. de Astrolog. [Surely in the passage of Xenophon, astronomy is the right translation. No divination is spoken of but that of divining the hour of the day or night.] 108. au, adverb of place, prop, bach, backward, a meaning of 108 which no trace is found even in the Iliad, except in the phrase av kpvEiv, which the best critics write in one word, avEpvEiv : Avtpvaav jjlev irpioTa. II. i. 459 [the heads of the victims]. Thus there remains no other use of this L 110 108. (108) adverb but the figurative one ; and it answers to rursus and the particle re, which both in Latin and English is affixed to a great number of verbs : 1 . in transitions, as rursus, in Latin, on the contrary, on the other hand, but again, hut, Still : 'Apypvg av vrjwv epia) vijag re irpOTraaag. II. ii. 493. — 2. In narrations and enumerations, again, once more, then again, after that : AEvrspov av HoXvfAoiai fxa^rjaaro. II. vi. 184. — 3. In dialogues, replies, and repartees [= in return ; in his turn] ; but this use of av appears to be more frequent in the Odyssey than in the Iliad : Tov & av Tr/At/ia^oe 7re7rvv fiivog avr'iov rjvda, Od, iv. 496. a\>T€, compound and poet, synom. of av, and with the same mean- ings. Hence the Latin autem. It is principally used in replies, a use which belongs to it more particularly in the Iliad: Tov d' avre 7rpocreai7re Ota yXavK&7rig 'AQrjvrj. II. i. 206. au0i$ (or with the Ionians, who rejected aspirated words, aims), derived from and synon. with av, and preserving be-^ sides the primitive sense, backward ; hence the notion of return, repetition. It answers to the inseparable particle re, in Latin and English, and is used with verbs of motion. Thus avriQ in Homer, with livai, expresses the notion, 1. to go bach, to retrace one's steps : Tw cT avrtg 'Ltyjv irapa vfjag 'AyaiCjv. II. i. 347- — 2. To come again to a place where one had already been : M17 (re, yepov, tcoiXycriv eyw irapa vrjval KiyjEiu), rj vvv Srjdvvovra, rj varepov avrtg 'iovra. II. i. 27. 7 &> t,ivoi, 'iXOer e7rriXvdeg avdig. Soph. Phil. 1190. Hence the significations, very common in prose, of anew, presently, again, on another occasion, by-and-by : Kal eav re vvv kavTE avdig Cr)TYi(jr)TE ravra, ovriog evpriarerE. Plat. Afol. 10. In Plato av is sometimes found joined to avdig, and the grammarians improperly consider the one or the other redundant : "Orav .... Kal atidig av Xiyr)TE on yiyvaxTKiov 6 avdpwtrog rayada izpaTTEiv ovk eOeXei .... Plat. Prot. 355, b. a\|/, almost always an adverb of place, prop. ; in Homer it is some- times used fig. in the sense of ttolXiv : *A\js i6s\(o apkaai. Il.xix. 138. ir&Xiv, in a contrary manner to the preceding particles, has preserved its proper meaning, back, backward, which is always the prevalent one ; it does indeed indicate also repetition, but exclusively in reference to a single fact, in which it differs from the preceding particles ; 109. Ill with the verbs to go, to come, to give, it also answers to (108) the Latin and English particle re, expressive of the repe- tition of the action ; hence, fig. again, anew, rursus, re : 'AXXa Kal &g eOeXw Sofxevai ira\iv, it Toy cl/jlelvov. II. i. 116. 'JLTrEpLJTrjOelg Se iraXiv vtto t9}q fxr)rpog dia ri ; Xen. Cyr. i. 3, 13. Kcu orav av iraXiv ainu)v yivrjrai, kvOa kcu r\iuv ErjXov knriv on el irpoGU)TEpu) airEicnv a7T07rayrj(76/j.eda V7r6 tov '^vyovg, ttclKlv av TpiiTEcrQai Kai irpoaywpElv. Xen. Mem. iv. 3, 8. In this remarkable passage we see the two particles av and ttoXlv used together, a combination of frequent occurrence, and which the grammarians accused of pleonasm, only because they had lost sight of the funda- mental and customary significations of these particles. This may be observed of the following passage, in which the three particles are used together by the poet, and may be rendered in French by their equivalents : AvQic av iraXiv EKJEtfii Trpog ge x^iXoq, ovk e^jujv Tpo(j)fiv, Soph. Phil. 940, je reviens done encore vers toi, sans armes, sans nourriture. 109. auTtKa, adverb, according to Buttmann, is formed of avrog 109 and Sm, accusative of the old form «£, whence the Latins took their vix, vicis, in the very instant, at the instant, at the present, at the same instant, sometimes, at the same time, directly : "A/m r aortica Kal ixETE-KEtra. Od. xiv. 403. Mr} tyofirjOEVTEQ to avTiKa Selvov {not fearing the present danger). Thuc. i. 124. irapauTiKa, adverb, compound and synon. of the above ; almost always found with the article : 'Eyw to 7rapavTiKa /jlev ovk E(ju)(pp6)'Eov, Herodot. vii. 15. irapaxprifAa, adverb, for 7rapa to yjprifia, immediately, instantly, at once : Ov yap av ^ttov, etye (ppovi/j-ov $ei yevi- adai Toy /J.£XXovTa (js (evQvq), adverb, directly, straightway : T. o 112 110. (109) ^ETreiSaKjjTTrjQrj, evdvg 7Tf7rat/rcu rrjg cKfrpoervvrjg. Xen. Cyr. iii. 1, 10. at\|/a and aap, adverbs, formed, according to Damm, the first from the future a^/cu, and the second from rjfya, perfect of a7rru>, imme- diately, at once, forthwith : " A(j>ap /c£ roi avriica dovvai poyXoifinVc 11. xxiii.593. Atya 8k vrjag t7ri]Ze. II. ii. 665. [Pape suggests alipvrjg for a'iipa, and mentions that some refer avir]S, in Homer and the more modern poets : Uvp bpfi'svov s%ai(j)vr]Q- H* xxi. 14. Also in the prose writers : Nojui^ovct Tiveg avsv TrapaffKevrjg icai e7rifie\tiag avrSfictTOi sZa'Kpvrjg dvvaTov ravra ttouXv laeaQai. Xen, Mem. iv. 2, 6. aicj>vT]5, acpvco and a4>va>s, simple forms, which according to the more general opinion come by syncope from dcpapCjg, but which may be with greater probability also derived, by interchange of letters, from the old adjective airivog. cu<|>vt}s is found at the close of the Iphigenia in Aulis of Euripides, a part of the play which the critics agree in assigning to a more modern hand : Qavfjia 8' r)v a"i(pvr}g bpq,v. Eur. Iph. A. 1563. 'E7Tiir]8(£, according to the grammarians, were peculiar to the Alexandrine writers : they are no where found in ancient authors. 110. 110 &<|>pos, ov (6), fr. a for ario and ^ipeiv [Cf. Sanscrit, abhra. a cloud, and ofxfipog, imber. Liddell and Scott], because foam swims on the top, foam in general : *A(ppa) fj,opjjLvpoi>ra llu)v, aid r t^pa^x owlcraio. II. v. 599. IJepi t a(f)pdg 686vrag yiyverai. II. XX. 168. axvrj, rjg (rj), fr. a and e%o> [No. co ^vooq, Xdxvrj, lanugo. Pape, Liddell and Scott], prop, means a thing without consistence, and 111. 113 is used of every light object that floats and hovers about, as straw or (110) chaff, particles of water, minute drops of moisture dispersed about the air, &c. It is in this last sense, and not of the sea-foam as the com- mentators explain it, that we must understand the word in the fol- lowing admirable Homeric picture: Kvfxa QaXaaang Xtpay pnyvv- fjLfvov fjisydXa ]8p£/x€t, djU0t ts r aKpag Kvprbv Vov Kopvtyovrai ano- tttvu d' dXbg d%vy)v. II. iv. 426. Xvoos, ov (6), uncleanly matter, or such as collects on the surface and is wiped away ; Homer uses it in speaking of the sea : 'E/c Ke(paXi)g 6* ecrfjLrjx ev dXbg xvoov. Od. vi. 226. 111. a^paw, ovoq (6, */), fr. (pprjv, one who is deficient in sense, 111 or good sense, senseless, imprudent, imprudens, amens : OvTE ydp EGT CKppiOV, OVT CLGKOTTOC, OVT aKlTrj fJOOV . II. Xxiv. 157. Opp. to (j>p6vLjjLog in Plato : ^vxw ov rijy pkv fiiicaiav, rriv Se aliKov (pacnv Eivai, kcu rrjv jjlev (ppovifjLOv, rr\v Se d&pova ; Plat. Soph. 247, a. a<|>paSi]s (6, rj), one who does not reason, senseless: T^T vvv \ivr\- (TTjjputv fitv la fiovXriv re voov re dcppadsuv. Od. ii. 282. a<|>pd8p,a>v (6, rj), more recent form : Nrj'iSeg dvOpwtroi Kal atppa- SfMoveg. Hymn, in Cerer. 257. a€cri(j>p(ov (6, jj), one whose head is injured, whose intellects are damaged: Elffiv ydp oi iraldsg, 6 8' ifi7redog ovd' deai(ppu)v. II. xx. 183. [aacai, (pprjv. Butt.'] eK$pw (6, f]), out of his mind, out of his senses, demens : Ovtwq EKpoi>wi>, ovvrog (6), one who is deranged [is not him- self; opp. ev typov&v~\ : *£lg dpyaXiov izpayp egtLv, a; Zev Kal OeoI, dovXov yEviadat TrapafypavovvTog ^£(77t6tuv. Aris- toph. Plut. 2. [oca Si ijdovijg av fiEdvakovra Trapatypovm; iroul. PI. Legg. 649, d.] dpeXrepos (6, >/), silly, helpless : Kal ydp av d^f.XrEpw- rarog eltj iravruyy dvdpwwwv, eI. Dem. Philipp. iii. 1 1. dPouXos (6, ?/), without consideration, inconsiderate, ill- advised, rash, inconsultus, in the Tragic writers: 'Err//. l 3 114 111. (Ill) a/jidprrj, Keivog ovk er ear dvtjp afiovXoQ ov& dvoXftog, ocTig eg Kcucdy 7r£cd' oniOev Kaicbg ttaatai ovS' dvorjfi(oi/. Od. ii. 270. dyoTiTOs (6, fj), fr. a and voiio, passively, incomprehensible : "ArppcHJT fj& dvonra SiewXeKe Qavfxard epya. Horn. Hymn. Merc. 80. [So Plat. Phced. 80, b. opp. vonTog.] Actively in Plato :H'iv dr^pdmv ovriog dvo^roig, wcTrep ol Trcildeg. Plat. Gorg. 464, d. [Not only in Plato ; usually of per- sons (especially children) ; unreflecting, thoughtless, fool- ish : also opp. 7rpovor)TiK()c, Xen. Mem. i. 3, 9 ; and to crwcbpiov, aotypovioy, Dem. 1383, 12. of things : dv^ai, £X7rL- Seg, senseless, irrational, PL ; ctiorjror, dementias est, Th. vi. 11.] d ri dyaObg eivai. Xen. Mem. iv. 1, «5. [Cf. y)X6g in (ppivag r)Xi, IL XV. 128 : ~ aXdo/Jiai, &c] jxcopos, pa (/idu), ?), one who is carried away or blinded by his desires ; hence, mad, fig. ; foolish : Aiyiov Sn p- poc fxev eit) ei Tig oierat jdt) fiadiov rci te (bcpeXijua kcii ra ftXaflepd riov 7rpayfjdT(*)v hayvuxreadai. Xen. Mem. iv. 1, 5. 112. 115 viqirios (6, /)), fr. vr\ and tlrreTv, one who does not speak, epithet of (l 1 1) iraig to designate the age of infancy, infans : TJald' i.7zl tzoXirij) t^ova' draXd Td\r]dij 7rpog v/jdg. Dem. ad Pantcenet. 982, 18. paSiajAos, ov (6), another verbal which, according to some grammarians, was equivalent in the new Attic to jidhiaig in the old. This form is found as early as Plato : OVTE EV lDClh(Tfi OVTE EV Xe^EL OVTE ClXXodi OvSufJLOV. Plat, Charm. 160, c. pdcrig, ewg (rj) (/JatVw), act or power of walking: Ovk Eywv fidair. Soph. Phil. 686. paO/jLos, ov (o), a verbal of the Ionic form according to Phrynichus ; prop, step of a stair: Up&rov //tr tXnroy ttevte (iaOfAwv eXf/iaca. Luc. Tragopod. 220. Hence (in 116 113. (112) N. Test.) fig. grade, degree : Of ydp koXCjq hiaKovriaavTeg, fiaOfibv eavrolg koXop TrepiTcotovvraL, Timoth, 3, 13. l0jacl, arog (to), motion in order to go, manner of going, gait: At Se pdrrjv rpijpwffi irtXuaaiv WfiaO' ofiolai. II. v. 773. 113. 113 fiatvtw (fiaco), prop, to set oneself in order to walk, go ; to put oneself in motion, to commence walking, although it is translated by the more general terms, to go, to walk, in a very wide sense : OvpavS earripi^e Kap-q Kal enl ^Oovl fiaivei. II. iv. 443. The first aorist has the transitive sig- nification, to put in movement, to cause to go or pass on : (jjraQ eeiKoai firjcrev cup f L7nro)y, II. xvi. 810. (3dcnc€iv, used only in the imperative : BaoTc' Wi, T Ipt ra%«a. //. viii. 399. (3clgk£t, sirs'iyere Tzaaag icaO' bdovg. Aristoph. Thesmoplu 783. The grammarians have found nothing but useless repetition, in the many instances of this union of the verb fiaivu), with another verb of motion ; but against this criticism, which, to say no more, is seldom that of good taste, it may be objected, that there are shades of difference in the meaning of these verbs sufficiently well defined to give proper expression to the gradation of ideas involved in them, without weaken- ing the thought itself. Va, pars! Racine (Iph. act. i. sc. 1). Go, begone ! Angl. fic&i'Lzw (fr. jjdio, fidSrjv), prop, to step, walk, in opp. to run, leap : 'H/jleiq Se ye ev fxeydXoic (poprioig Kal (iaSi^etv Kal rpeyeiv rjvayKa^ojxeda. Xen. Cyr. ii. 3, 5. Il^gf (6 Xaywg), (iahi^ovra Se ovSelg ewpaKe. Xen. Cyneg. 5, 31. pt(5do-0o>v, kind of frequentative, of which only this participle is in use: A'iag dk ttq&toq irpoKakkaaaTo fiaicpa PifiaaOwv. II. xiii. 809. djxcipeiy, to change place, to pass from one place to another, to pass : 'H Se Iprjirj e^avaarava Ik tov Opovov Tvplv rj rag Ovpag avrbv afjie~i\pai. Herodot. v. 72. eXawcii/, is in frequent use in narrations, in speaking of a march, an expedition, or even a passing from one place to another by sea. It is almost always used elliptically, its object having to be supplied according to the context ; prop, to urge forward a horse or carriage, an army, a vessel ; hence, to journey, to march, make a march, to pass from one place to another [to ride']. To preserve the lite- ral meaning, it may be construed by to push on, in speaking of moving forward an army, riding forward, &c. : Tavr eliruv rfkavve cl opovc bSov rtva Xafiojv. Xen. Anab.'wii. 3, 42. 113. 117 epx€(70ai, in general, to go, come: Aev(T(tete yap roye (113) wavreg, 6 julol yipag tpyeTcu dXXr\. II. i. 120. [Often (like our to go) = to go away J] \ivai, to go, in the wide sense of the word : Nuv S' eJ/jli $6irjvS\ kireiri ttoXv (piprepoy iariv. II. i. 169. It may be remarked, that in many passages the present of this verb has, as early as Homer, that future signification which it retained ever after in the Attic writers, principally in the first person. kiciv, to go, come : 'H S' dsKova afia toXctl yvvr\ Kiev. 11. i. 348. KojAiJecrOcu, prop, to be conveyed ; hence, to go from one 'place to another in a vessel, to go by sea : 'E/c KepcKrovvrog de. Kara OdXarray jaev EKOfXL^ovro o't-rrep /ecu TrpoaQEV, ol $' dXXot Kara yr\v kiropevovTo, Xen. Anab. v. 4, 1. u-oXetv, second aorist, connected with jxeXio, and of the same family as the Latin molere, mola [!], indicates hurried and rapid motion, like that of the mill-stone turning, to go with eagerness, or haste: Ovyl ^eairory rod' d>£ rdxog fioXovva XeZeig ; Soph. (Ed. R. 946. [co pXcjcncio, /zXo/- gk(o ; as SQopov to OpiocrKio. Cf. Liddell and Scott.'] oheuew, a verb of modern formation, prop, to go by roads and known ways; hence, to go on {a travel, march, &c.) : "Ottwc £6i£ii)VTai gkotovq Kal vvKToq evQapffuJg Kal aSewg vSeveiv. Plut. Lycurg. 12. oSoiTTopeu/, to journey, travel : 'SllonropELg ck irpbg tl toihtBe tovq tottovc; Soph. (Ed. R. 1014. oixeaOai, to go away, abire : 'O de avrbv ETriaizaTcu, Kal ajjityoTEpoL toyovro Kurd twv itETpwv (j)Epo/JiEroL Kal airiQavov. Xen. Anab. iv. 7, 14. [ot^o/zcn = abH.] oixveiv, kind of frequentative of the above: Ovd'siroTE Tp&eg irpb nvXdiov Aapdavidwv olxvtGKov. II. v. 790. ttcitcu', derived from (odd), as the form (iariio shows, which, according to Plutarch (ii. 292, e), was in use among the people of Delphi ; prop, to trample under foot, to ivalk upon ; "AW uXXute TzarEwv o^olg aKoXiaHg. Pind. Pyth. 2, 156. [From the Sanscrit, pad, to go. Cf. path, Sec. Liddell and Scott. ] TTcpuraTeu', to walk, go about, around, to take a tvalk : Kcti eke~mj£ 7TOpEv6fjiEvog 7T£pnraT))(jctg upi, to throw in general, speaking of every kind of projectile, or missile weapon ; dKorri£€ii>, to hurl a dart ; To£€ueii>, to draw the bow, to shoot arrows ; v$£v%ova.v, to sling, to hurl stones with the sling. All these words are found together in the following passage of Xeno- phon : Kcu ol jiev xpiXol Evdvg EKSpa/jiovTEg yic6i>Ti£ov, kfta\- Xov, ETofcvov, Erest. 992. 115, 116. 119 iivai, to let go, let loose, let fly, shoot: r H*£ o eV (114) 'ApyeioMTi kcikov fiiXog, IL i. 382. ia\X.€iv, derivative and synonymous of the above, to shoot: T H pa Kal aXXov olarbv d-rrb vtvprjcptv laXXev. IL viii. 300. KpaScuveiv, to brandish: Kpaddwv doXixoviciov ty\og. H- Vll > 214. •jrdXXciy, to shake, agitate ; hence, to brandish : Avrdp 6 Sovps £vu) KeKopyBfiipa ^nX/cw 7rdXX(oi\ IL iii. 18. piirreiv, to cast down, fling down [in pr. and impf. pnrrtiv also ; with no difference of meaning] : Ol jiev pnrTovvTEg eavrovQy ol de airayyoixEvot, Xen. Cyr, iii. 1, 14. piirraX^w, frequentative of the above, to throw, fling here and there, to overturn, to turn upside down : f O 2' fcVeypo- fxevog yjuXiiraivev pnTrd^uv Kara S(jjjj,a deovg. IL xiv. 257. [In prose, Hippocr. Plut.~\ 115. pdXXeiv, to hit or wound with any missile or projectile ; 115 outcI^, to wound from near, to strike by a hand-stroke. Homer establishes the meaning of both in one verse : 'Ev vnvalv Ksarat /3e fiXrj pivot, obrd/jierol te, 72. xvi. 26. TiTpwo-jcciy (retpw), prop, to bore, pierce ; hence, generally, to wound : Mi]7nog r i7nrovg re Tpwcrng. IL xxiii. 341. And by ext., to injure, hurt : Mrj-n-wg olvwdivreg, Epiv GTy)aavTEg iv vffiv, aXXi)\ovg Tpwanre. Od. xvi. 293. TpaujJLaTi^eiy, to make a wound : 'JLvravda cnrodv{](jKov(n TvXig .... Kal ol iravreg g oKTCJKalSeKa twv (TTparnjjrijjv, ol fj.e.v KaraXevaOivTeg, ol Se icai TpavfjiaricrdEVTEg, Xen, Hellen. iv. 3, 26. pXdwreiv, prop, to injure, to hurt, and sometimes, in historical narrations, implies wounding, although it should never be rendered by that word : Kal Xidovg slg rov 7rora- fJLOV EppiTTTOVV, E^LKlOVl'TO £e OV, OvS' EfiXcLTTTOV OVC^EV, XdU. Anab. iv. 8, 3. vi3o-ciKp<£ vv%, IL v. 46. 116. |3dpo5, Eog (to), weight, heaviness: Kal Sta t))v ijXiKiav \\q kq\ £ia to fiapog rfjc aroXijg, Xen, Cyr. iii. 3, 22. Fig. 120 117. (116) weight, burden : Ka/xcpOelg v7rb (Zapovg. Plat. Legg. xii. 915, b. (3apuTT]9, r}Toc (r\), condition or quality of that which is burdensome, character or behaviour hard to be borne ; fig. in Plutarch : Avtov Se TzapEyuv toIq kvrvyylivovai toiovtov, >E KCLl TCLQ EKElVitiV 7r\eOV£^taQ KCll fiapVTTJTaQ EVKoXdJg VTTOJXEVELV. Plut. Pomp. 39. axOos, € °c (to), burden, with the notion of excess and difficulty attached to it, insupportable weight, prop, and more commonly fig. 'AW avrwg ayQog apovprjg. Od. xx. 379. yofjios, ov (6), that which fills, specially, freight of a vessel, cargo : To. p-iyiara avru>r fccu tte VTaKiGyiXiuv ra- Xavrcov yo\iov iyEt. Herodot. i. 194. oyKos, ov (6), from the old verb Eyicu), to carry, prop, that which is carried, considered with reference to the bulk, mass, moles: Tovrcov yap 6 jiev oytcog fxiKpoTUTog. Xen. Cyr.\\.2,ll. o-dyjma, arog (to), pack-saddle of a beast of burden : Tot o-ayfiara t&v v7ro£vyLii)v crvfjityoprjaavTsg ig vx^og E^fjpay. Plut. Pomp. 41. oraOfJiog, ov (6), that which weighs a thing, a weight : 7 Hrrov r<5 fiapEi ttle^ovctlv ol apjioTTOVTEc, tojv avapp,6arit)V, tov avrbv aradjjLbv 'iyovTEQ. Xen. Mem. iii. 10, 13. <|>opTOs, ov (o), from (pipio, freight of a vessel, lading, cargo : "Iva ol avv tyoprov ayot/M. Od. xiv. 296. <|>opTioy, ov (to), is a diminutive in form only, burden, load, prop, and fig. onus : 'JLkeivov ja£~i£ov (popriov rj icad' avrbv apcifXEvov. Dem. in Epistol. 156. 6pY]jxa, arog (to), that which is carried, any thing car- ried: 'OXiyov ZeIv ov (poprffxari a\\a wpoadfi/uaTi EOiKacrw. Xen. Memor. iii. 10, 13. 117. 117 PaaiXeus, iiog (6), from (ialvEiv and Xaog, according to the grammarians, stay, support of the people, or perhaps, one who makes the people move, go, at command ; king, by the right of succession, according to Plato's definition : Bn<7iAev£ apx^v Ka Ta vojjlovq clvvwevOvvoq. Dejin. 415, b. 117. 121 ayos, ov (6), sometimes civil or political head of a place, in the (117) ancient poets : 'Eyuj de irpog a£, a/croc (o), principally in poetry, in general, prince, king, sovereign: KXiatrjv fjv Mvpjjicoveg icoinaav &vaicri, II. xxiv. 449. Sometimes it is a title of honour specially addressed to the gods: Zev ava. II. iii. 351. It is the title which the chorus gives to CEdipus, and Creon, in Sophocles : Uavoraad' avatcreg. (Ed. R- 620. [In the time of Isocrates it seems to answer exactly to our prince = member of a royal house: tCjv e£ avrov yeyovorojv ovciva kclteXiitev lSiu)riko~ig ovofiaai 7rpoarayopEv6jj.Erov, aXXu rov jjlev j3cifft\ia kciXov^levov, rovg ft ayaieras, rag c avaavag. Evag. 72.] apX'nY 6 ' 71 ^ an ^ dpxayeTas, ov (6), prop, head of a house or family, or original head ; the title given by the Lace- daemonians to Hercules, and to their kings, as his descend- ants : 'Apyayircu he oi ficKTiXelg Xiyovrai, Plut. Lycurg. 6. apxoS; ov (6), commander, in general, chief: Elg ds rig dp%bg dvrjp povXncpopog ecrruj. II. i. 144. apxwy, ovrog (6), Archon, the supreme magistrate at Athens. This magistracy was elective ; at first there was only one Archon, and he a perpetual one. Afterwards (b.c. 683) the Archons were made annual, and increased to the number of nine : the first was surnamed ettuvv- jjiog, because he gave his name to the year ; the second flaaiXevg, king ; the third TroXifiapyog ; the six last decTfjio- Oirai, legislators : 6 apywv is the first archon, or fVw- rv/jiog ; o ficiffiXevg, is sometimes specially the archon king ; their peculiar duties are pointed out in the following passage of Demosthenes: 'A\\a irov y^pri Xafitiv otKrjv; .... irapa rw apyovn ; ovkovv emk'Xiipwv Kal opOaviov Kal tGjv tokewv T(h ap^ovTt TTpOGTETCiKT at E7rifj.E\e~icr0cu ; a\\a n) A/a 7rapa 7w fiaaiXel,' a\\' ovk kefier yvf-ivaviaoyot, ovEe aaEJit'iag ohliva ypoxpojiEda 9 aXX 6 TroXEj.iap^og e(Va£ct, Dem, in Lacrit. 940, 10. auTOKpdrwp, opog (6, ?/)> master of himself, absolute Ifl 122 118. [117) master, independent; plenipotentiary, when speaking of ambassadors : 'Hipidrj TrpEajjEvrrig tig AaxeSaifjiova ai/ro- Kparcop Sekcitoc clvtoq. Xen. Hellen. ii. 2, 17. In Plutarch, Lucian, and the writers of Roman history, \_Imperator\ emperor : AvroKparwp te vko 7tclvtiov itcewog avayopeverai, Herodian. vi. 9, 9. fiyepuv, ovog (6), fr. fiyovfiai, leader, chief in war, officer: Avrap ette\ KocrfjnyOev afx fiyejJtdveaaLV ckckttoi, II. iii. 1. Koipa^og, ov (6), chief, invested for a time [?] with all the authority of a king, as Achilles was before the quarrel : Oitiveq fjyefxoveg Aavawv /cat Koipavoi rjcrav. IL ii. 487. jmoyapxos, ov (6), monarch : f Y7ro Qrjpiovog 'A/cpayar- tivwv ^xovvapyov i^eXadelg c£ 'Ijutiprjg. HerodoL vii. 165. iroi[ir\v, ivog (6), prop, one who tends the grazing of animals, shepherd, is often taken fig. in the Iliad, as the designation of princes, and of Agamemnon, whom even the other kings obeyed : Ol S 9 STravicrTTjuav, ireidovTO re ttoljievl \au)V cncrj7TTOvxot fiaauXfJEg, IL ii. 85. Tupam>s, ov (6), one who has obtained the crown with- out any hereditary right, usurper. This word, unknown to Homer, comes, according to some grammarians, from the TvpprjvoL, a pirate people ; but it is better to consider it, as others do, analogous to tcolpavog. It is often used both in poetry and history for (5a(ji\Evg. It is the title given by Xenophon to Hiero, although this prince had legitimately succeeded his brother Gelo : Siixwvifirjg 6 7roir)rr)g cuptKEro 7roT£*trp6g 'lipcova tov rvpavvov. Xen. Hier, 1, 1. Very frequently it has the meaning of our word Tyrant, as, for instance, in the following striking passage : Ol yap 7ro\7rcu V 'ioTCLGClV. Od. VH. 100. Oep-eXios, ov (6), and Oep.e'Xioy, ov (to), foundation : 01 OefxeXtoL iravToiuv Xidiov vttokelvtcli. Thuc. i. 93. The neuter QejjieXiov is found in Xenophon ; but both words occur in the plural only, in good authors ; the singular is only to be met with in the grammarians and Fathers. 0€(jl€0Xov, ov (to), synon. of the above : Tbv toO* vtt' 6aXrj9 (6, //), fr. a and acpaXXw, prop, where one cannot slip or fall [who or which does not slip or fall~\ ; by ext. where one is in safety ; hence, safe, sure [secure~\ : 2wto- fjaoTciTn te kcu ciff(paXE(TTaTr] 6Sog. Xen. Mem. ii. 6, 39. Fig. when speaking of persons, [safe = ] prudent, circumspect : 'Aar(paX))g yap kcrr a/dEiviov, rj dpacvg orparr/Xctr^c. Eur. Phoen. 607. [So PI. Soph. 231, a : more commonly sure, trusty.^ eucnaQr)? (o, >/), fr. ev and tor^u, w ^ell-established, well- settled, solid : 'E/crog kvvTadiog OaXauov tov p avTog e7toiei. Od. xxiii. 178. Fig. firm: 'Ev olg 6£,vg ajxa ko.1 irap' fjXiKiav Ev(TTad))g (paLvofAErog. Plut. Pomp. 4. [A term of the Epicureans ; healthy, sound in body and mind.] ordSios, ia (IcrTrjfii), 1. that ivhich remains in its place, stationary : 'Eradirj vap,ivn. IL xiii. 314. ffTadia pa%n i° Thucydides, who affects poetic language. 2. tliat which keeps itself straight or upright, which cannot bend, stiff: Kal tot' dp' AirfTrjQ Trepi ptv Gri'iOeavii' Ucto Owprjica aradiov. Ap. Rhod. iii. 1225. [So ctt&S. xltwv.] oraGepos, a (7or?;/it), stable, stationary, stagnant ; hence, by ext. not agitated, calm, tranquil, both prop, and f\g. : "£lv7rEp is aipog evSiov Kal crTadepov iroXvg 6.V€jAOQ tarafipa- M 2 124 120, 121. (119) y^e* D. Hal. de Bern. 7. Fig.: f H V apery oradepov n seal arpoirov. Anthol. Paul. Sil. 71. ordo-ifios (b, fj) ('/oTT/jut), prop, staid, stationary, stag- nant, fixed ; hence, by ext., composed, tranquil: 'By vSan araai/jLa) (in stagnant water). Xen. CEcon. 20, 11. It has also an active signification, that which stags or stops any thing : ^raaifioQ alfuarog (having the power of staunching blood ; styptic). Hipp. 638. [Of persons, it refers to bottom; having strength and firmness to hold out. Polyb.~] orepeos, a, ov (iarrjfii), prop, firm, hard, prop, and fig. : To) & IdifQ fir'jTriv, j3oerjg eiXvfievii) w/jlovq divert crrepsrjai. II. xvii. 493. \_Plat. : also solid, as geometrical technical term. Aristot."] 120. 120 PeXos, eoq (to) (j3aXXio), the dart cast, the action of casting it, any weapon that is cast or shot, both the act of hitting and the wound occasioned by it [Cf. 121]. Homer employs it to explain the sharp pangs of child-birth : r £2e c orav (bcivovaav eyy (iiXog 6E,it yvvaiKa. II. xi. 269. P0X17, fjg (?/), action of casting, throwing, cast, range of any missile weapon : Miypi Xldov /ecu aKovriov (ioXfjg kyu prjerav. Thuc. v. 65. P6X09, ov (6), cast, chiefly used of the cast of a net, of dice, and of shedding or casting the teeth in Aristotle : Ovtol yap Xiyovrai dvai wpaioi fioXot. Aristot. H. An. viii. 19. 121. 121 peXos, eog (rd), the generic name for every missile wea- pon, whether shot, or darted, or thrown as stones, &c. : Kal ra j3£Xrj bjioae e(j)ipero, Xoyyai, ro&vfjiaTa, crcpevdovai, TrXelaroi S* lie t&v yeipibv XiQoi. Xen. Anab. v. 2, 14. PeXejxvov, ov (to), synon. of fieXog, only in the plural : Ovd' la Uixevai £7ri "Efcropt iriKpa j3sXe^va. II. xxii. 206. SoVa£, koq (if), reed, of which the shaft of the arrow is made ; and by ext., arrow : Kal jilv (3aXe p.npbv olarto heUov* EKXavdr] Se Sovat,, II. xi. 583. los, ov (6), what is shot with the bow, arrow : Ovk dp roi X9 ai " 07x370-1 flibg Kal rap(j)EEQ loi. 11. xi. 387. ktjXov, ov (to), prop, split wood of which darts or arrows were made ; hence, poet, dart, arrow : 'Evvrjfxap jxhv ava arpaTOv (pX tT0 K *lXa Otolo. 11. i. 53. [fcaiw. co /cai>Ao£.] 122, 123. 125 6'toTos, ov (o), poet, and rare in the historians, arrow: (121) Atyls fitog, vevprj Se piy 'iayjEv, ciXto o' oiarog u^vfiiXnc. Ik iv. 125. To^eujuta, arog (to), 1. range of the bow: 'Eveim) eic To^evjjLa ye acpiKoivro (within bow-shot). Xen. Cyr. i. 4, 23. 2. arrow : Kat aireKreivav tivclq /cat Xidoig /cat ro^ev/JLafTL K-aTETpioaav. Xen. Anab. iv. 1, 7. 122. Prjjxa, ciTOQ (to), step: Kat ro fiiv wptiTOV oX'tya /3///zara 122 TrpoiovTEc, /bLerefidWovTO ettI acnrila. Xen. Cyr. vii. 5, 3. lx^os, eog (to), trace of the feet or steps, track : 'Ens! c atyiKETO elg y^iova Tro\\y)v, EdKexparo el ein i\vr\ arBpujiruji'. Xen. Anab. vii. 3, 42. iX^to^, ov (to), dimin. in form only, of the preceding, and more poetical : 'O £' kVetra jjlet "ix via ficuve OeoIo. Od. ii. 406. [Removed by Kriiger from Xen. An. i. 6, 1.] ori{3os, ov (6), print of the feet, or steps : EIkcl^eto c ft vat 6 (TTiflog wg SiaxiXitJi' l-mriov. Xen. An. i. 6, 1. 123. pios, ov (6), related to (Ha, prop, vital strength or mo- 123 tion ; hence, life, in the wide extent of the word, prop, and fig., principally used of man, and with reference to the duration of it, and what Aristotle calls Aoyt/o) £a>?/, rational life ; hence, business of life, kind of life, course of life. If the grammarians are to be believed, (iiog should only be used of man ; thus Xenophon must have expressed himself improperly in applying it to animals : Ovk avhp&v ayaflwi' ctAAa dnpiojp tujv aadEVEdrdr^v fiiov jLttaouaeror. Xen. Ages. 9, 5. [Also living, livelihood : (iior and nvog iropi- ^EcrOat 7rot£ to-flat, crvXXiyEaOai, &c] aluy, wvog (6 or >/) (fr. clel), prop. Eternity, Time, cevum ; in a more contracted sense, duration of life, exist- ence : MivuvOcISloq Si ol alibv ekXe& . II. iv. 478. [Xen. Arist. Lycurg.~\ (3toT€ta, ac (>/), kind of life, way of life : 'EHkel Sea Tcivra Kal EvSo&TaTn Eivai npog tCov iroXEiov avrrj ?/ ptorcca. Xen. CEcon. 6, 10. PioTnj, iJQ (?/), synon. with (3iog, used also [rz fiioTtia] by Xeno- phon: "Hi/ aXKoi fiaKaoicjTCLTJjv kvofjaZov tivai fiioriii'. Xen. Cyr. vii. 3, 27. If 3 126 124. (123) pioTTjs, rjrog (?/), in the Homeric hymns: Uprjv fcaraerr/A/3a>v asXag vipoOep eg PiorrjTa y)fierspriv. Hym. vii. 10. Piotos, ov (6), sometimes for fiiog, life, existence : At ke Oavyg Kal fiolpav avci7r\r](Tyg f3i6roio. 11. iv. 170. More often, that which serves for the maintenance of life, subsistence, means of living, goods, fortune, victus: 'E7T£t aWoTpwv j3iorov vr}7roivov tdovaiv. Od. i. 160. StaiTa, tjg (^), order of life, or rule of living, principally as regards foodr^H ty\v ciaudv \xov (j)av\i£etg breath ; hence, vital principle, life, in Homer and in the poets : '£lg sldrjg dlav aiw (pd/jiav irepl adg \\svyag. Eur. Hec. 172. 124. 124 pioGV, to live, in reference to the duration of life ; accord- ing to the grammarians, it is only used of man : 'AvdyKrj kyivs.ro avrio /jletci rriv Kpioiv TpiaKovra fffiipag (St&vai. Xen. Mem. Iv. 8, 2. £rjV, prop, to breathe ; hence, to live, exist [to be alive~], said of man, beasts, and even the vegetable world, and principally in opp. to Qviimcziv : Ov £#, a\\' iv rrj fJidj^ airidavev. Xen. Cyr. vii. 3, 2. pioTeueiK, to live, in reference to subsistence, to have or procure the means of living, the necessaries of life, to gain a livelihood, to subsist : Kal qgov yiXttl^ov avrodev noXe- fxovvra (crrparois) /3ior£v<7£U'. Thuc. i. 11. The same his- torian uses it also for (jlovv : Kal ovkItl -qlvvaro ev rJ KaOearwrt Tpowo) fiiOTeveiv. Thuc. i. 130. pXeireii', with ellipse of ev- ysiv Kar a\nr oyrag avrag, a\/V afxvrai Kal tekiolq Kal eavralg nal atyiaiv avTolg. Xen. Cyr. iii. 3, 33. ap-rJYciv (dp-qg), to aid in war: Kai re ps (pijGi /xa%y TpweGo-iv dpj'j- yeiv. II. i. 521. PorjSpofxeiv, synon. with fionOtfv, and perhaps more ancient ; it is found in the Orestes of Euripides and in the Rhesus, erroneously attri- buted to the same author : )y' kiriKoypqaovTa fiera llotapoV re Kal viae. 11. v. 613. In a more general sense prop, and fig. [to aid, help, &c] : 'Eyw 8* kiripyofiai v/iiv kniKovpiiGijJv. Xen. Cyr. vii. 1,21. emjAaxciy, to go to the assistance of another nation, to 128 126. (I25)bear, succour, beyond one's own frontiers, in speaking of two nations who have made an offensive and defensive alliance together : Upog 'Apyetovg Zvpfjiaxiav 7roLeladcu, >e rrj aXXf)Xu)v kirifxa'yElv. Thuc. v. 27. crufjLjxaxet^, to fight in company, to be in league or alliance against a common enemy, said of separate nations of the same country allied together : HeipcHrojjiai rw 7ra7T7rw, aya- Qwv ittttewv KparicTTOQ &v Itcttevq, GV^fxay/iv avrh). Xen. Cyr. i. 3, 13. <7U{j/rro\€jji€u>, to make war with, in conjunction with others : "!L7rE[x\pav Se Kal kg Tvparjvlav, eartv wv woXewv E7rayye\\ofi£vu)v kul clvtujv ^vfjuruXefxelv. Thuc, vi. 88. virepixayeiv, to defend, to protect with arms one unable to defend himself, to fight for the defence of any one : Ni/i> TroXeuyg vTCEpixayeig, Eur. Phoen. 1258. [Late in prose. Pint."] 126. 126 |36aK€ii/, fr. the primitives /3aoj and 7raw : hence, the Latin pasco, to put cattle to their browsing or eating : hence, to lead to pasture : r O B 9 ofpa p.kv ElXiwoSac (iovg fioaK kv liEpKojrrj. II. xv. 548. (3oukoX€ik, to tend cattle : ^Acppodlrrj i^ijrrjp, fj \xiv vw 'Ay- yiar) teke ftovKoXiovTi. II. v. 313. Applied also by cata- chresis to every other kind of beast, as to horses, &c. : Tov TpMr)(iXiaL r L7nroi ZXog Kara (5ovkoXeovto. II. XX. 222. v£\keiv, to put to pasture ; hence, to feed, tend at feeding : Tlai()£g jjiev ovv \xoi kXitvuv kv kayaroig vi\xovai \xr\Xa. Eur. Cycl. 28. vejjieOeiv, synon. of vsfjieiv, in the passive only in Homer : Aolai de 7rs\tiddeg a/japlg ekcigtov %pvauai vtfisOovro. II. xi. 634. yojieueiv (yofiEvg), to be shepherd ; hence, to tend flocks and herds : Aoiovg k^yparo fiiadovg, tov jjlev fiovKoXiwv, tov S 1 dpyvcpa fifjXa vofXEvuv. Od. x. 85. iroijjiau'cii', prop, to be shepherd; hence, to tend, take care of a flock, principally of sheep : "Oc pa te fifjXa olog 7roLjjiaivE(TKEv airoiTpodEv. Od. ix. 188. XtXeueiK, to give fodder, pascere : TovTOig yap Sri Kal rovg fiovg Kal tcl v7ro£vyia )(t\£t>oi/crt. Theophr. C.'Pl. ii. 17,6. 127, 128. 129 Sometimes to be at pasture, pasci : 'Aepyoi 'Liriroi yjXtvovcn. (126) Nicandr. Ther. 635. XiXouy (x^°^)> t° l ea d or l a ^ e t° f°dder : Aia yap tov (f>6fiov rag [jlev rifiipag kyJXov rovg lirirovg. Xen. Anab. vii. 2, 21. yppTatfiiv, to feed with hay : A?) tote x°P Ta £ ELV eXikclq fioiig Ivlov kovrag. Hesiod. Oper. ii. 70. And every other kind of fodder : Et Se vu/v ttoXlv KarEGKEva^Ec, tl av avrbg aXXo ij Tavra ixopra^Eg ; Plat. Pol. ii. 372, d. 127. poTarr], rjg (rj), herb on which beasts feed, pasture : 'E7rrjv 127 fioravng Kopiaojvrai. Od. x. 411. To, S* ett^XvOe irlova fJifjXa ek poravng avLovra jxet avXta te (ttjkovq te. Theocr. Id. xxv. 86. Kpaorts, e(jjq (Ji), green fodder, farrago : f H ce Kpaarlg XELOTptX^y 7T0LE~l, OTCLV EyKVOQ 7/. AHst. H. A. Y\\\. 8, 1. \6.\a£, aKog (//), fr. cbfiog, every kind of fruit not yet ripe, the grape especially in the Odyssey, green, sour grapes, verjuice : UdpoidE ££ t o/itpaKEQ eiaiv dvdug a(pie~icrai, ETEpai 2' VTTOTZEpKa^OVGlV. Od. vii. 125. 130 129, 130. (128) pcx|, ayog (fj), Attic, and pw£, in the Ionic, stone of every kind of fruit, acinus; gravestone, in Theophrastus : 2v/x- jjaivet yap kv tovtm to fioGTpvyiov av^tGdai, Slcl to /jtrj-n-a) GvveGTavcu tclq pdyag. Theophr. C. Plant, iii. 16. (Tracts, iSog (rj), raisin ; uva passa, in Dioscorides : Trjg Se (TTCKpidog cFTV7TTLK(i)Tepa IgtIv fj XevKf). Dioscor. V. 4, 3. ora<|>u\^, rjg (fj), grape, in general, bunch of grapes, in Homer, and in the Tewirovuca : 'Er 2' etlOsl GTacpvXrJGi jxeya fipLQovGav aXiorjv .... fieXaveg S 9 dva fioTpveg -fjcrav. II. xviii. 561. Ovto) yap xal r/ GTacpvXrj avTrjg 7rpbg (5pu>Giv yj^Lgty) koX reKTapwSrjg eGTiv. Geopon. v. 2, 10. 129. 129 PouXeaOcu, fr. jjovXrj, to wish, to be willing, said only of a being endowed with reason. It carries with it the notion of choice and of preference after deliberation. iOiXeiv, to wish, with more reference to natural instinct. It is used not only of man, but also of the irrational animal creation, and even of inanimate things. According to Buttmann, it is rather fiovXeadai, that expresses the desire, the inclination, and kOeXeiv, the decided intention to do a thing. The definition of the grammarians seems the best, and established by the use of the words ; thus Homer applies kQiXeiv to the water of a river : Zee S 9 vSwp* ovft edeXe npopeeiv, dXX 9 Ig^to. ^* xx *' 36*6\ The difference in the two words shows itself in the following passage, where they refer to an assembly of people : "Qfe toivvv tovO* ovTiog e^ei, wpoGrjKeL irpodvjAwg kdeXeiv dicoveiv t&v (HoyXofieviov GVfifiovXeveiv, Dem. Olynih. i. 1. Oikeiv, form considered more modern, and which Hermann wished to remove from the Homeric poems ; it is used indifferently, as well as ediXeiv, in Attic poetry and prose. 130. 130 $ou\r\, rjg (rj), prop, deliberation, consultation; hence, decision, resolution, determined will : Aidg $* kreXeieTO (3ovXr). II. i. 5. PouXyjfjia, aTog (to), verbal, which rather indicates the 131. 131 result, or act of the will, the thing willed; it has been con- (130) founded with jSovXrjcng, will : Kcu to jjlev ftovXrjfxa 7ravTog volwQetov tovt egtlv. Aristot. Ethic. Nic. 2, 1. PouXyjo-is, ewe (rj), will, pleasure, volition : Xpi) kul ejje EirofiEi'Ov to) volx<*) 7reipa(j6aL vjjiojy rrjc ekcmjtov fiovXijaewg re /cat £o£r/c Tvyelv wg ETnirXElcrTOV. Thuc. ii. 35. HovXrjvtg, in philosophy, is the will of the instinct or volition, which, according to the definition of Aristotle, can aim at impossi- bilities, but without being followed by any act, and may be used both of man and beast. 7rpoatp€(ns, eiog (rj), purpose, intention, is the application of the will to a thing possible, and to the means of effect- ing it. Aristotle thus distinguishes it from fiovXnvig : "Etl S 9 rj jjlev jJovXrjvig rov reXovg karl lioXXov, r\ Se itpoaipEaig twv npdg to TeXog. Aristot. Eth. Nic. iii. 4. 0€\y)ctis, eujg (rj), will, in the N. T. : Kara ri)v avrov 6iXi)(jiv. Hebr. 2, 4. 0eXT]jxa, arog (to), effect or object of the will, has been confounded with the above in the N. T. : TevnQi]Tu to diXn^d gov. Matth. 26, 42. 131. PouXt], fjg (rj), fr. (iovXofjLai, counsel, taken or given in 131 deliberating, advice : Nf'orwp, ov ko.1 irpoddev apiGTn (pat- veto fiovXrj. II. ix. 94. Y^wjuiT], rjg (rj), opinion formed upon inquiry and after deliberation, fixed design : Ei S' vluv yvojLiri egtl kwXvelv te rj/jiag E7rl KipKvpav itXeIv. Thuc. i. 53. Srjvos, sag (to), always in the plural, S^vea, sentiments that are in unison with the habits and character of a person: TLdvTa ds toi fplcj 6\o(pwia Srjvea KipKijg. Od. x. 289. SiriVoia, ac (»/), thought, and sometimes for design, inten- tion : 9 EiSe\etul yap Tag ^v/jfopag tlov TTpayixaTU)v oir^ i)(joov dfj-adwc xwoj/crcu 1) /ecu Tag ciavoiag tov drdpd)7rov. Thuc. i. 140. p,€voivrj, i]g (1)), Epic synon. of f3ovX)}> according to the Scholiast on Apollonius Rhodiua : El fxkv $?) ircajycnv etpavSiivei ijce f.itvoii , t). , A poll. Rhod. i. 700. 132 132. (131) p.TJ8oSt eog (to), fr. nrjdofiai ; care, but used in the plural only : 'Ev 7rvpi 6t] (SovXal ts yevolaTo firjded r avdp&v ; IL ii. 340. p.T]Tis, tog (r/), of the same family as the above, wisdom or ability in the council ; hence, by ext., wise counsel or design ; Et tivcl ol avv firjrip dfivfjiova TSKTtjvaiTO. II. x. 19. i/orjfjia, aroQ (to), thought and intent of the mind, view (fig.) : "H ol a.7rayy£\\e(TKe Aide, fxeyaXoto vorjfxa. II. xvii. 406. [In prose, Plato : Parmen. often ; Polit. 260, Zslve, (ppahj rivbg evQad* iicavaig. Theocr. xxv. 52. 4>pa8fxocruvT], rjg (*/), design, indicating a deeper and more secret will : MivvOovai 3t oIkoi Zrjvbg (ppadfioovvyviv. Hesiod. Oper. 243. 132. 132 pouXiq, rjg (r}), council or deliberative assembly ; council of five hundred or senate, at Athens : 'O/io^ud/carc xprjtyiel- odai mra Tovg vo\xovg kcu tcl tl/^/c/iara rd tov drjjuov Kai Trjg fiovXrjg twv 7revTaK0fflu)r 9 Dem. de Legat. 397, 16. Used also of the tribunal of the Areopagus at Athens : r H $e kv 'Apg/w 7rdya) fiovXr) ovk ek tujv ^ESoKLfxacrfxiviov Kadi- (TTaTai ; Xen. Mem. iii. 5, 20. PouXelov, ov (to), fr. (iovXrj, place or hall of session of the council or senate, is only found in the life of Homer, erro- neously attributed to Herodotus : Kai fiovXrjg cvXXeyojuf- vrjg kXOibv km to (dovXeIov. Fit. Homer. 12. pouXcuTiqpio^, ov (to), place or hall of consultation ; hence, council- chamber, senate- house : 'Erai jievtol /carf£/w£av eig to fiZTaZv tov fiovXevTrjpiov Kai tov Tfjg r E(TTiag lepov. Xen. Hellen. vii. 4, 33. Trj & varTspala, afjia rrj r]fxepa ol jj.ev 7rpvTdreig tijv j3ovXr)v EKaXovv elg to fiovXevTrjpLOv. Dem, de Cor. 53. yepouaia, ag (»j) (yipiov), assembly of (yepovreg) elders, senate : Kai irXEioTaKig kv avTaic (ttoXegiv) at te yepovciai 133, 134. 133 Kai ol apiGTQi avSpEQ TrapaKE\e.vovTat rolg ttoXitciiq ojjovoeIv. (132) Xen. Mem. iv. 4, 16. o-uyk\y]tos, ov (r)) 9 in the writers of Roman history, the Senate as assembled for a sitting : f Y7ro te Tf}g (TvyK\i']Tov avTOKparup ayayopevOeig. Herodian. iii. 1, 2. 133. Pous, oog (o, ?/), fr. fioii), j36(TK'to f or, according to others, 133 formed by onomatopoeia ; ox or cow ; bos, vacca ; some- times bull, but then the word Taupos or aparjv is added: 'Hi5rf (dovq ayE\r\tyi jity* 'i^oyog ettXeto iravTOJV ravpog' 6 yap te fioEGGi jjLETa7rpE7TEL ay po/jiErr] a lv. II. ii. 480. Very often in Homer, and in the Ionic writers generally, at j36eq signifies the whole herd, males and females. 8au.dXrjs, ov (6), calf, bullock, vitulus : a masculine form already- restored by Bekker in Aristotle (H. An. ix. 50, 6), and to be found likewise in Dionysius of Halicarnassus {Ant. R. i. 36), and in the An- thology : Tbv Ktpabv §ap.dXy]v Havi (piXajpsiro: KvWrjvioj avepv- aavreg eppe^av. Anthol. vi. 96. This form, which Valckenaer would not admit in Ammonius, is thus restored after the authority of the best manuscripts. 8ap.a\is, ewe, (>)), and more usually 8au.aXr), rjg (rj), in the poets after Homer, heifer, young cow, of age to be put to the yoke : IloXXai 8' av da^idXai Kai nopTieg wdvpavTO. Theocr. Id. \. 75. pooyps, ov (6, ?/), calf of either sex: lioafjtog ra /jgXlcl jjaXa, rq poX ft a poo-yog, Theocr. Id. viii. 80. \_Hdt. Pl.~] iropTis, log (»/), and iropis in the Odyssey (x. 410), cow-calf, little heifer, but not so old as dctfidXi] : 'Qg £k Xkwv iv fiovai Qopwv i% cw\kva a%>y iroonog rjk [3o6g. II. v. 162. ir P°G (>/)> the whole arm in Homer, Hippocrates, and Galen : Trjg oXrjg j^eipog elg rpla ra fxeyaXa jJLepn refivo- fJL£VT)g 9 TO jJLEV jSpa^liOV, TO ()€, 7TYI^yg 9 70 & CLKpo^ELpOV dro/mfcrcu. Galen, de Us. Part. ii. 2. ctYKaXir], ng (r)) 9 interior curve of the arm; hence, arm in the poets later than Homer; very (?) rare in prose, particularly in the singular [P/. Legg. vii. 789] : 'TfJiug de veavidsg viv ayicdXaig fVt dkZaeOe. Eur. Iph. Aul. 615. d-yKaXis, ilog (f\), dimin. and synon. of the above, only in the plural in Homer, arm : FjvdtGK Iv XtKTpoiGiv, lv ayKa.Xide.GGi TiOrjvriQ* II. xxir. 503. d.7KoivT|, rjg (r/), fr. dyKwv, interior curve of the arm; hence, in the plural, the arms, ulna : ZrjvoQ yap tov apicrTov kv ayKOivyaiv iaveig. II. xiv. 213. wXivT}, ng (r)), arm, ulna: Uspi d' uXevag dspq: fyiXTCLTa (3dXoifii. Eur. Phcen. 169. [In prose, Luc.'] 135. 135 (BuPXos, ov (rj) 9 name given by Herodotus to the plant called papyrus by the Egyptians. These two words are identical, regard being had to the pronunciation of letters of the same organ, as p and b 9 I and r, letters, which in all languages, are often interchanged : Tr)v £e fivfiXov Trjv kirETZiov yevo\xevr\v 9 eirehv avaaircMTwaL etc twv eXewv, to. jutey aru) abrfjg aizoTafxvovTeg 9 eg aXXo tl Tpanovcri' to Se KctTh) XeXeifJ-ixevov oaov re eirl TtY\yyv 9 Tpwyovcri kcii TruiXeovcri. Herodot. ii. 92. Paper made of the stalk of this plant, and prepared for writing ; hence, by ext. booh : Mera Se tovtov, KaTeXeyov ol Ipieg etc fivfiXcor, aXXcov (DaaiXeuyv Tpirjicoaiiov Te Kal TpujKOPTa ovvofiaTa. Herodot. ii. 100. PipXos, ov (*/), Attic form of (3vj3Xoc 9 papyrus : 'EvTavOa evpiGKovrai 7roXXa\ fiev tcXlvai, iroXXa he Kifiuma, 7roXXcu de filftXoi (much papyrus). Xen. Anab. vii. 5, 8. In Plato, paper, book : Udvv (nrovcfj Xajjajy rag (jifiXovg, wg ra^iGTa oiog t rjp aveylyvwGKov. Plat. Phced. 98, b. pupXioi> and Pi|3Xioi/, ov (to), are given in all the lexicons as the diminutive of fiifiXog ; but it would perhaps be better to consider it as the neuter of the adjective j3vj3Xiog 9 or (iiftXiog (which we find again in the plural BvfiXioi, inha- bitants of the town of Bu|3Xos), taken substantively with YV1LU 135. 135 ellipse of avyypappa, prop, written on papyrus, roll of (135) papyrus; hence, book: Aafie to fiiftXiov teal \£ye. Plat. Thecet. 143, b. Hence our word Bible, from the plural (lifiXia, ojy (ra), specially signifying the Holy Books, the Holy Scriptures. 8uJ>0€pcu, wv (oe), fr. Si, ov (tq) 9 the part of the altar where the victim was burnt ; hence, the altar, in the O. T. and N. T. : 'EaV ouv 7rpoc0£jOj7f to Swpov aov kirl to QvaiacrT^piov, Matth. v. 23. 137, 138. 13] r. 137. ydy/paiya, ?/c (>'/), fr. ypa'w, gangrene. Hippocrates 137 gives this name to the inflammation of a part of the body, in which absolute and incurable mortification has not yet taken place ; o-dK€- \ov di'Ofid^ovGi, Mera^u yap tovtov tov acpaKeXov kciI ttjq fjteydXrjc (pXey ■fj.ovfjg ianv ?/ yayypau'a. Gal. in Hipp. 7. In modern medicine, on the contrary, these two terms de- note precisely the same morbid affection, but serve to dis- tinguish the degree of intensity in which it exists ; thus the word gangrene is applied only to the parts affected within certain limits, or to the organs, which are the seat of the evil, and by sphacelus is meant the entire mortifica- tion of a member, or of one of its divisions. 138. yaXe'a, oc [y«Xf/] (>/), weasel, in Aristotle and Elian : 'H 13S he yaXrj otciv ocpei /ua^iyrai eiieadiei to vrjyavoy, Aristot. H. A. ix. 6. It appears that the ancients tamed them, if we may so judge from the following passage of Theocritus : At yukiai paXctKug -^pjjcrcoiTt KadevSev. Theoer. Id. xv. 28. It is this common saying (which has in effect the meaning of the French proverb, Ne rcveillcz pas le chat qui dort), that has induced some learned men to suppose that yaXia had the signification of cat in more modern writers. [ynX. aypla or A ay lyyvijarj enl ciKaiotg cdfuapra thai y 7rnri]p ?) aceX(pog o/i07rarwp, fj •Ka.'K'Kog 6 7rpog iraTpog. Dem. in Stephan. ii. 1134. In the middle, speaking of the betrothed man, to betroth (the woman) for himself, and in his own name, to contract marriage with : Kai eyyvarai 6 nari)p ti)v fjiyrepa rrjy ejjl))v napa tov aceXtyov avrfjc. Dem, in Eubul. 1311. e8v<$€iv, to betroth a daughter in receiving the customary presents, in the middle in Homer, speaking of the father: "Qg k avrbg iecvwaaiTO GuyciTpa. Od. ii. 53. The active is not found till later in Theocritus (Id, xxii. 147). l±vr\uji<|>€uW, to give a daughter in marriage, to betroth : Ov yap ae fJ.i)rrip ovte ivjul^evgel ttote. Eur. Ale. 314. (Tvt,evyvuvai, to join together, to unite, to marry (i. e. give in marriage), is used equally of either sex : Al6 rag jliev apfjLOTTtL wEpl rrjv tCjv OKTWKaiCEKa etCjv fjXiKiav (jv^evyvv- rai, Tovg fr etttcl Kai TpiaKovra. Aristot. Polit. vii. 16. owoiKi^eiy, to make marry, to marry : Ti)v jjlev euoI gvv- oiKiaag, ri]c, ?£ vlov jjle EiG7roi7]Gag. Isocr. JEgin. 16. 140. yajxos, ov (6), marriage : 'Hye 2e rai ri]v dvyaripa n)v 140 fiaaiXtuQ ettI ya^io). Xen. Anab. ii. 4, 8. yapiXia, ag (>/), at Athens, wedding present or victim, which the bridegroom sent to the members of his ward (typarpia), for a sacrifice to be followed by a feast : Kai yap on Kara rovg vopovg 6 7rar/)p kyn^E' Kai yajn7]Xiar rolg (bparopatv Elafjveyice fiEfA.apTvpr)Tai. Don. in llieocr. 1320^ 13. *ya|jL"r]\€vu.a, arog (to), synon. of ydpiog, in /Eschylus ; AvaLc). Aristot. Polit. i. 3, 2. jxvqo-TeujJta, cltoq (to), suing in marriage, betrothals, sponsalia : ^O koikcl fiv7](TTevfjiaTa } 'AdpacrTe,7rpo(76eig. Eur. Phoen. 583. vu|i.eia, iov (rd), betrothals; hence, wedding : "Ottoi W[Acv\ia, arog (to), thatwhich one has betrothed, or married: 2v d' kg to. firjTpbg /x>) of3ov vvfJLjuoi fxoi ! ovk, dXXci XetCTpiov a/eoria vvjjKptvTrjpia. Eur. Tro. 252. au£eu£is, etog (rj), prop, conjunction ; hence, conjugal union : Hepl fxiv ovv tov ttote Set Troieladai tyiv gv^ev^lv EiprjTai. Aristot. Polit. vii. 16. tjjj^vouos, ov (6), hymeneal or marriage song: "Otciv %vv vfisvaioi' civ e%ayu> tcoprjv. Eur. Iph. Aul. 686. 141. 141 yaonqp, Epog (rj), belly : Olvofxaov /3o.Xe yaGTEpa fXEcrnv. II. xiii. 506. Sometimes, bowels, intestines : Taaripsg a'ift atyibv keclt ev irvpL' Tag S* E7rl hopiTU) KardEfjiEdrA, Kviaarjg te /ecu alfjiaTOG EjjiTr\y]GavTEc. Od. xviii. 44. From this passage some commentators have carried the invention of the black-pudding as far back as Homer's days. In Galen it signifies more particularly the stomach : Taarpbg rj jxev (pvGLKrj EvipyEia ttettel tt\v TrpoGEVEy%EiGav avTrj Tpo(j)7jP, Gal. Introd. 717. KoiXia, ag (jj), fr. KolXog, cavity, hollow, in general ; all that portion of the body which extends from the dia- phragm as far as the pelvis; the whole capacity of the belly or abdomen, and its contents, that is to say, the in- testine machinery for digestion ; abdomen, belly : KoiXia egtl vEvpwlrig viroioyEiov Tpo(f>ijg vypag kcu Irjpcig irpbg to 7TETTE(j6ai TTjV TpO(j)rjy KaTEGKEVClff/JLEl'T). Gal. DeJlU. 361. Sometimes more particularly the stomach in Galen : To GTojxa Trjg icoiXiag oi iraXawl Kap^iav Cjvbfia^O)'. Gal. Loc. Affect, v. 6. 142. 141 R€Kpu<|>a\os, ov (6), fr. Kpij-irrw, second stomach in rumi- (141) nating animals ; so called from its net-like appearance, K£k'pv(f)a\oQ being the name of a caul or coif of net-work worn by women on the head. cX^os, ov (o), fr. Eyu, third stomach of ruminating animals : 'II yaarrip rf]g vrpovdoit {of the ostrich) avnprj- fj-imig EvpidKErai Xidovg i^ovaa ovairepoup Kara-tovrja iv rw f-yj-Vio (j)v\aTTEL Kal ttettel 7 KaXtovcni> Uijyag ciyxiyvoi Trtpivaurai. Jpoll. Rliorf. i. 1223." ayxiTep[k. cyY u 'S) adv. with the article 6, //, = one who is near, close: 142 142. (142) Tovg fiev kyyvg kol opwvrag rutv 'AOrfvaliov eXvky]ge fidXXov ?} E(p6l3rj(Te. Thuc. iv. 115. e6pio9 (6, //), one who is on the border, on the frontier (of) : M(/v*pa fJLttv kiriKaXibv avTolg, ort, 'Piofjialtov Kal Ilap- OvaiWV OVTEQ E(j)6ptOt, EQ EKCtTEpOVQ ETZlSe^IWQ EtyOV. Afptdn* Bell. Civil, v. 9. juieGopios (o, >/), that which is on the confines, on the frontiers (of) [with ref. to the countries it separates^ : f H Ce QvpEartc yf\ [lEdopta rrjg 'Apyeiag ttat AaKwvtKfjg egtIv, Thuc. ii. 27. ojutopos (o, //), bordering upon : Kal x^opav ofiopov kcu Si yctfj.lv rtva KEicrrjfjEvovg. Dem. 01. ii. 1. ofJiovpios (6, rj), epic form of the preceding : "EvOev (pang 'Opxo- fitvoXo dq ttots JZaSfieioiaiv bfiovpiov clgtv 7roXiaGai. Ap. Rhod. iii. 1094. irpoo-ojuiopos (o, //), that which touches on the frontiers, under the Ionic form in Herodotus : Nacrafjuxn Se irpoa- ojLtovpol eIctl tyiWot. Herod, iv. 173. owopos (6, //), more modern compound, that which is on the confines : QrjBalovg ir po g ay ay egO at rrj GVfJfjayla, ytopav te aivopov rrjg 'ArrtKfjg Kal hivafjtv kvaymnov 'iyovrag* Plut. Demosth. 17. ojuioTeppdi/, ovog (6, //), having a common boundary ; situated on the frontier : M>) KtvElrcj yrjg opta fjrj^Elg fjifTE oIkeIov ttoXitov yElrovog fJijTE ofjorEpfiovog. Plat. Legg. viii. 842, e. opioToixos (o, r/), having a party-wall : Nocog yap yuroiv bfio~ roixog Ipeidei. jEsch. Agam. 974. 6p./) : Uapari]pur\ e(prj, tovtov, ol nXnaiov. Xen. Mem. iii. (142) 13, 4. In the N, T., neighbour : 'Aya-n-^Geig rhv ttXt]glov gov wg aeavrov. Matth. xix. 19. irXiqo-ioxGJpos (o, ?/), one who dwells in the country or suburbs of a town : 'EXtrjfrov Kai gwgov vvvi rb\> aavrov TrXiiaioywpov. Aristoph. Vesp. 393. Thomas Magister dis- approves the use which Xenophon (Cyr. iv. 5, 13) has made of this adjective, perhaps because it specially be- longed to the poets. Trp6(j\(t)pos (o, //), synon. with the above : Kai -navreg ol TroXlrai, Kai ol Trpoayjwpoi avFpsg cat yuvaktf, ixertlypy rrjg eoprrjg. Xen. Anab. v. 3, 10. irpoaoiKos (6, ??), prop, that which is near the house : Xlaoe- olkoc yap OaXarra yjopq to jdev nap* e.KaaTT]v i]p.ipav ijSv. Plat. Legg. iv. 705, a. 143. yekav, fr. yaoj, to unfold, open, or, according to others, 143 fr. cXiy, heat ; hence, prop, in the poets, in speaking of inanimate things, to spread open, to shine with light, to glitter with a soft and pleasing light: TeXaaae £e wdaa irepl \Bi)\' yciXxov viro Grepo-Tjg. II. xix. 362. Hence, to laugh, in general : 'AptIpooq cT idvg yeXacag Kte TrfXefia^oio, Od. ii. 301. By ext. to laugh at, to ridicule : Kai 6 Sw/v-pa- ty)q fJiaXa ivirovcaKoTL tu> 7rpoGu)7T(p* TeXare, £(pn, £7r' e/jioi ; Xen. Conv. 2, 17. "YeXoidciv, epic, synon. of the above : AH7rvov fitv yap roiye yeXoi- iovreg tztvkovto. Od. xx. 390. Kayxo-Xdeiv, to laugh with bursts of laughter, to giggle : T H 7rov Kay- XaXoujat KapjjKOfioojvreQ 'Axaiol. II. iii. 43. jxciSi&i', and poet. fxeiSdj/, according to some grammarians, comes fr. ur\ avlar [no], to laugh lightly, to smile, and applies only to grave and morose persons. Homer prefers it in describing the smile that smoothed the majestic brow of Jove, or that of the fierce Ajax : Tolov ap A'tag cooro tteXuj- piog, jjlelIl(')loi' fiXoavpolGi irpocrioTrcHTi. II. vii. 211. [Cf. Sanscrit s-mi, and our s-mile. L. and *S\] Kayx^^ €LV » all( l P" ct - Kaxd^civ (\'«w, piiw), to burst with laughing, oaehinnari: Vepwv Kaxd^wv fitO* trspov vtaviov. Jristoph. ficclffc 849. 144 144. (143) vaipeiv signifies ordinarily to sweep, but particularly in the perfect ata^pivai, to open the mouth in setting the teeth, to show the teeth in growling like a dog : 'Eweih) lyvuxrav vfjtag rjypiwjjiivovQ en aXXrfXoKn Kal crecrripoTag, Aristoph, Pac. 620. Hence, by ext., to laugh with a forced laugh only, and as Eustathius says {ad Od. xx. 301), in speaking of those who endeavour to dissemble their pain or some great annoyance : ^we(3rf cT ahrov t&v typevwv kt,(o yevo- lievov dpd^acrdai Tivbg fiayaipiov, Kal avrbv avaTE^xEiv, cnrb TU)P (HpVptOV ElOC Ewl TOVQ KCltptOVQ TOTTOVg, KCU OVTWQ EKXnrE~LV top (diov yeXCovra Kal creffrjoora, Plut, Lacon, Apophth, vi. 834. It is also used of an ironical, disdainful, mocking laugh : Kal ti oEaapbg Kal vofiapov p kyiXa&v. Theocr, Id, xx. 15. Yet Theocritus uses it of a pleasant smile: Kal [A arpefiaq eItte GEvapiog ofifJiaTL [A£lSl6, name of the island of Sardinia, because in this island a herb grew, a species of wild celery, the juice of which caused a convulsive grin, followed shortly by death. crapSdJeiK, to laugh a sardonic laugh. This verb, derived fr. Sapcw (Sardinia), is only used by the grammarians. 144. 144 yekolos, oia (is used actively and passively of men and things) ; that which provokes laugh, or at which one laughs, ridiculous [also laughable in a good sense : vid. irarayc- \ao~Tog~\ : 'AAAa fxi]v ipyov yE ovSapov XniTTEOv rj evdiig eXeyxOri ctet at yEXolog &v. Xen, Mem, i. 7, 2. The gram- marians have been desirous to distinguish by different accents the two meanings of this word. According to them yekoioq signifies, that at which one laughs, and yiXotog, that which causes laughter. This erroneous system had its source no doubt in the change which the ancient and legitimate form yEXolog underwent into yiXoiog in new Attic, a change disapproved by the Etym. Magn., and which had no influence upon the meaning of the word. 144. 145 ysXcUrijuios (6, >/), ridiculous, speaking of things said in (144) discourse, a -word which Phrynichus attributes to the comic poet Strattis, and to the use of which he objects ; it is found only in Lucian : M.i\pi hev a) tovtojv yEXdm/ua kcu /jLEipctKiujcrj rd EtprijUEva. Luc. Somn. 5. yeXaoros, r), and in prose KaTtryeXaoTos . laughable ; ridiculous : AevQ' Iva tpya yeXaaTa icai ovk iiruiKra idrjaOe. Od. viii. 307. "*Ap' ovk dv, TTtipav diCovg, a\ia re /3Xa(3epbg eir]Q, icai KarayiXaarog 0at- voio ; Xen. Mem. ii. 6', 38. [Contrasted with ytXolog, laughable, humo- rous, comic, in PL Conv. 189, b: 3>o/3o£/xai . . . ov n p.i) ■ycXoia H7ru>, tovto fjiev yap av Kepiog eItj . . . dXXa p.?) KaTa^XacrTa. Aristophanes is speaking]. ycXaoriKos, ?/, one who can laugh, endowed with the faculty of laughing : Kat wc avdpwirog jjlev ytkaoTiicov, orog Se ov yeXatrnicov. Lucian. Vit, Auct. 26. YeXuTcnroios (6, r/), one who causes laughter, buffoon : Yloppio $' iv vcrrdroLg ISeiv rr)v rov ye\u)T07roiov Qepairov TzidnKov irSvofxivqv, Plat. Pol. x. 620, c. &ot€io9 (6, ?/), fig. one who has the refined intellect of the city, the French spirituel [Lat. urbanus. In English we sometimes render it polite, polished ; sometimes witty, pleasant, &c, according to the context] : "E-eito. ovk av TTpiaio yE 7rajui7r6X\ov, uxtte aot ravra Eiprjcrdat, Kat ciVay- yaXOriiai 7rap' 7) evEukij.le7v jjovXel, otl darElog el ; Xen. Cyr. viii. 4, 23.' PojjaoXoxos, ov (6), buffoon : 'O Ce (JcofjoXo^og ijrriov karl TOV yEXoiOV KCII OVTE EO.VT0V OVTE TWV aXXbJV dlTE^OfJiElOg EL yiXiora ttolijgel. Aristot. Ethic. Nic. iv. 8, 10. euTpdircXog (6, ?/), one of ready, agreeable wit and manners [easily turning to adapt himself to circumstances and persons, ev rptTrfO'] : Ot c ejujueXwc irai^ovTEg cuTpd- ireXoi TrpoaayopEvmrai, oiov euTpoiroi {well turned, as it were). Aristot. Eth. Nic. iv. 14, 3. [He makes EvrpauEXin ±= 7rE7ratcEVfjLEt j) vppig, the mean between /3w^oXo^/a and aypouda. From Magn. Mcr. i. 31, it appears that the EvrpaiTEXog must be able to take as well as give a joke, cn:u)\pcu Ef.ifiEXu)g, and virofiivEtv tFKtoircofXtvor* Both words are sometimes found in a ivorse sense : e. g. Plat. Pep. viii. « r )63 (where, however, thrpairtXia is only spoken of as unbecoming to the aged), and Isocr. vii. 49.] Xctpicis, Lava, graceful, pleasing, used sometimes substan- o 146 145, 146. ne- mi rs (144) tively, o yapUtg, gentleman, man of good taste or refine- ment : Kal roiavra Xiyiov wv ovdev dv eiiroi 6 ^apisic, ivia / KaraaraGiQ twv yEpovrtov. Plut. Lye. 5. ycpaios, o, of or belonging to an old man ; old : often used substantively, with ellipse of avfip or yvvy : IloWa c E7TELT airavEvdE kllov rjpaif 6 yEpaioq. II. i. 35. yrjpaXcos, ea, old: SvpfiovXoi Xoyov tovo's pot ysveff9e, Uipaai, ynpaXia TUGTuJfiaTa (old and faithful friends). JEschyl. Pers. 171. ypaus (J)), old woman: "Evioi Se twv Xoyoizouov Xiyovviv, tog tt\v rfjg fjcnrpog aoEXfprjv kynpiEv' a\\a ypavg av kul TravTcncamv ijv rj iruig. Xen. Cyr. viii. 5, 13. Ypaia, ag (>J), poet, form of the preceding: Kai tov piv ypaing 7rvKiprjdeog tfifiaXe %spcrij/. Od. i. 458. pa0vyr)pa>s (6, 1)), one who is extremely old : 'H paQvyjjpcog Aiffiovrj. Anthol. Philipp. vi. 247. ccrxaToyrjpws (o), one who has arrived at the last stage of decrepit old age, exceedingly old : 'IIXOe £e kul Tihoc 2,EL,riog Ecr-^aroylipijjg uvijo. Plut. Pomp. 64. TVOY€pu)v, ovrog (o), old fool, senseless old fellow, in Aristophanes: Tvcpoyspiov ti. Aristoph. Nub. 900. wpoyiptov, ovtoq (o), one in a green old age; at the age that Virgil calls, by the same metaphor, cruda senectus (/En. vi. 304) : 'Qpoye- povTa ds piv 0a(T* tppwai. 11. xxiii. 791. irpeaPus, eujq (o), advanced in age, aged, found only in the comparative and superlative in the prose writers : Kal yiip TrpEvlivTEpog evtlv 1) iyco. Dem. inNeccr. 1350. Some- o 2 148 148. (147) times it is use d substantively, oZd wara, in the Tragic wri- ters : Kcu jx o irpiapvg wg bpq. oypv Trapciarel^ovra. Soph. (Ed. R. 794. TTpeo-purqs, ov (6), old man, one more advanced in years than yepwv and yepatog : MaXa ^j) Trpurfivrrig utv o Kvpog cKpiKreTrcu elg tHpcrag. Xen. Cyr. viii. 7, 1. Trpo(3ePT)Kcjs> otoq (6), a man advanced in years, who has reached the age which follows on maturity, or better, who has passed the fixed age [for military service] : 'RvayKacrdrj icai tovq ovk kv &pq. twv ttoXitGjv a\\' i]orj TrpoflefirjKOTag KaQoirXiaai. Plut. Camill. 34. 148. 148 ycwpyos, ov (6), one who works at the ground, agricul- turist, husbandman : Olov el rig yeijjpyog ayaQog Trpodv/j-rj- Oelg yevitrdm ical ev aTreipior, Ka\ ev /), landed proprietor ; owner of some land : "Qg S 9 av Kirtiar), firji/veru) fxev o (iovXoixevog toIq yeu>fj,6potg, ol Se elg to SiKCHTTiiptov ayovrwv. Plat. Legg. viii. 843, b. yijiroVos (6, rj), one who works at the ground: Yairovog S' avr/p Tihvrig, it kcli ysvoiro urj dfiaOrjg^ epycjv V7ro ovk av hvvairo irpbg tcl Koiv ci7rof3\s7reiv. Eur. Suppl. 420. yeo)ir6voq, a more recent form of the preceding word : "Airaipk fiov r'svovTog, co yeiDTTovs., XsTradva. Anth. Pal. ix. 742. •y€G>T<$|j.os (6, r)), one who cuts the ground with the ploughshare; hence, plougher f in the Anthology : Xa'Ajccoc, ijg, iizl vol Sk yswrSfiog sIXkev aporpov. Anth. Pal. ix. 741. apoTir]p, rjpog (6), plougher; ploughman : Hoifirlv ovd' dporrjp ele kg ttoXiv. II. xxiii. 836. apoTpcvs, sujg (6), more recent form : Tbv 8' 6 ykpojp l%avTig djxu- fitTO, Slog dporpevg. Theocr. Id. xxv. 51. cpyacritoy, ojvog (6), husbandman, according ^to the inter- pretation of the Scholiast ; but it is of the vine-dresser 149. 149 specially, that the word is used in the passage in Am- (148) tophanes : "Or kpyaoiuvvg yapaxag v^eiXo/jLrjv, Aristoph. Vesp. 1201. 149. yrj, fjg (rj), from the primitive yaw, to contain, to pro- 149 duce, by contraction fr. yea, earthy in all the meanings of the word. It answers to terra and tellus in Latin. More specially, the land we dwell in ; hence, in general, country : "O^p' ev £t£u> Tig yfj, tlq crjfiog, riveg avipeg kyyeydaaiv. Od. xiii. 233. Sometimes personified in Homer : Outers C Upv\ ETEpOV XeVKOV, ETEpVV Be fxiXatvaV, Tjj TE Kill 'HeXlU). II. iii. 104. •yata, by aphseresis, ala, ag (rj), both poetic forms of yr\ : 'E7r' a7ra- pova yaiav. 11. vii. 446. TrjXs iirl fyprjv or epwStog ov Kara koct/jlov £'£, dXog ep^rjrai, Arat. Dios. 913. HeptdyeTE rrjy ddXaoaav kcu ty\v Inpdv. N. T. Matth. 23, 15. oiKoujULeVy], rjg (Jj), passive participle fem. of olkew, taken substantively with ellipse of yfj, the inhabited earth : "SIote Tovg e£ a7ra(TrjQ rfjg olKovfiivrig .... etc iva tottov cnrofiXi- tteiv. Plat. Ep. 4. Hence the adjective oecumenical, of or from all the earth, universal, used of councils of the Church. ireSov, ov (to), fr. ttovq, that which is trodden underfoot, ground, land : "Ettsito: 7rsdop8e KvXivdero Xdag. Od. xi. 597- The tragic writers use it sometimes, by periphrasis, with yrjg or x0oi/o£: T Q yrjg ispbv 7redov. Soph. Aj. 859. Tpacpa, dg (r)), feminine adjective, compact, firm, taken substan- tively by the poets with ellipse of yfj, terra firma, the land, in opp. to vyprj : 'E7Ti rpa ov (6, or oftener rj), in Attic, x € 'pP° 5 > substantive formed from the adjective yipaog for ayepog, dry, arid, with ellipse of roizog or yfj, prop, spot or land which is not cul- tivated, arid, like the shore ; hence, shore, continent, only in opp. to OdXaaaa : Tor 2' e/c/3a\e kv/jl ettl yipaov. Od. xix. 278. [In prose, Hdt. ; Theophr.~] xOtov, ovog (r)), by some said to be of the dialect of the island of Cyprus, the earth, in general, humus ; yrj is more especially the earth considered as an inhabited and cultivated surface, and %0wV the earth, with reference to its bulk and depth : Avrap vtto ^Qmv CfxepdaXeov K0vd[3i& ttoCojv avrwv Tt Kal "nriruv. II. ii. 465. 150, 151. 151 Xwpa, ag (rj), prop, room, space, specially, I. portion 0/(149) land destined for cultivation, lands: TcJ /JouXo^tYw v^lCjv fj.£vEiv irap Efuoi yjopav te ctoato, Kai 7r6\eig, Xen. Cyr. vii. 1,43. 2. Territory , country situated round a town: Kcu OL7TO TOVTOV TEl\)}OS.lQ TE fJLaXXoV )) 150 & Eyio ov Xvgoj, ivpiv jj.iv teal yfjpag ewemtlv. II. i. 29. ynpaaig, or better yripa^ais, Etog (?/), the growing old, pro- gress or approach of old age, senescentia : Kcu acpwaig kcu y{]pav aiordr)(Tig i]v yXvKEwv, Kai Spifjiiiov, kcu ttclvtiov twv cia oro- fxarog jjSeojv, el fxrj yXcorra tovtlov yvtofjLiov kvEipyaodr]', Xen. Mem. i. 4, 5. Sometimes, fig. sweet: 'EXwiSag yXvKEiag TrapiyEiv. Xen. Symp. 4, 25. y\vK€pos. pd, synon. of yXvKvg : Olcri dk tskvcov eanv iv oiKOig yXvKtpbv fi\d(TTr]iJL , k fxeXsry Kararpvxofikvovg tov dizavTa Xpovov. Eur. Med. 1099. pa£, Ecaiio. II. xiv. 171. cmetKrjs (o, //), is sometimes synon. with np^og, fig. in 152 151. (151) modern writers, owe that yields, easy : Ilpyog l\v Kal eiruacrig. jElian. Far. H. xiii. 2. [So in Plato and Aristotle. See 1 and 177.] yjSus, ela, fr. ifiu), prop, that which gives pleasure, agree- able in a very wide sense : 'H&)e atcovvai (Xoyog). Plat. Men. 81, d. Sometimes in a more restricted sense for yXvKvg, agreeable to the taste : Kpyvrj fjSiog vdarog. Xen. An. vi, 4, 3. Fig. in opp. to XvTrrjpog or aXyeivog : UoXv CicKpepei to Trapa^pfjjjLa ijSv tov elg top varepov ypovov Kal r/Siog Kal Xvirrjpov. Plat. Protag. 356. TJ8vp.os and vfjSvp,08 (o, r)), poetic forms of rj8vg, are always, in Homer, the epithets of sleep: IlpoKa\e{tfievog tfdvfiov vitvov. Hymn. Mercur. 240. Ala 8' ovk €%e vfjdvfiog virvog. II. ii. 2. The form vrjSvfjiog is one of those words which have exercised the sagacity of commentators. The ancient Greek grammarians, who were sufficiently indifferent etymologists, have given themselves considerable trouble in explaining it. Some of them derive it from vndvg. Eustathius forms it from the negative particle vr\, and from Svto, sleep one cannot come out of, i. e. deep sleep. He comes nearer the truth, when he says afterwards vrjdvfiog is for ijdvfiog. It is, in fact, the same word dis- guised by the copyists, who, in many passages of Homer, have prefixed this v to the adjective jjdvfiog, deceived by the marks left of the iEolic digamma. In all the passages where vrjdvfiog is found, it may be cor- rected into rjdvfjiog. In the lines in which the word that precedes vrjdv- /xog ends with a vowel, the digamma, which was sufficient to prevent the hiatus, being no longer expressed, the v may be thrown back to the preceding word, and the verse quoted above, for instance, be read thus: Ala d* ovk ix 6v yfivpoQ virvog. rjjuLepos (o, r/), according to Damm, comes fr. ijjtepog, de- sire ; according to Lennep, fr. ?y/xcu, to be seated or tran- quil ; tame ; hence, domestic, speaking of animals, opp. to aypiog, wild, as in Latin, mansuetus to ferus: ZGjcl i\fiepa ml aypia rpi&ovcra. Plat. Crit. 114, e. It is also used by ext., of trees and plants, refined by cultivation, cultivated ; salivus : Kal tCjv SevSpiiov ret tyvXXa tcaTahpiitovreg kcit- ilcrOiov, ofjioiijjg t&v re rjuiptov Kal tGov aypiiov. Herodot. viii. 115. tjirios (o, r/), according to some, fr. gVw, to follow ; according to others, with less probability, fr. fjdvg [prob. related to *£7ra>, Ittoc, uirtiv. L. and S~\ ; facile, indulgent, gentle, good : 'Eicvpog 8e 7rar//p iog v\TZiog alei. It. xxiv. 775. Sometimes in an active sense, that which softens, softening : 'E7m I8ev eXtcog oO' efnreas. 7rucpbg oiarog, a\\i tK[jLv^r]aag, ire* dp* fjiria ^cipfiaica eidtog Trdaffs. 11. iv. 218. This word is also found in Plato, who is fond of poetical forms of words : 'E7rei8rj Kal to irvXyog riiritoTepov ysyovev(has become milder). Phadr. 279, b. 152. 153 Xeipiocis, sacra, like the lily, tender or white as the lily; hence, deli- (15l) cate, in Horner, in speaking of the skin and the voice: Alice riXioong fxtlvai sfibv dopv fxaicpov, o tol X9° a Xtipwevra ddipti. 11. xiii. 830. (jteiXiXLos (o, >/), fr. fJLtXi, prop, sweet as honey, often, in Homer, the epithet of words and discourse : Toi de xapkvrtg dtliiy r)O7ra%0VT0, litiaai re [ia\ixioiu)v apaprn/jLa- tiov, Isocr. ad Nic. Sometimes it comes near to the mean- ing of rjfjiepoc : Oi 'iTr-trot rrvfUTrovovyreg aXXfjXuie, irpaorepot (jvvegti'ikckti. Xen. Cyr \ ii.. 1, 14. Sometimes in speaking of the voice : Kat ri]v ^lovrjy irp^oripav iroiovvTai. Xen. Symp. 1,10. irpaus, poet, is the more ancient form, it is found as early as the Homeric hymns : KXiidi fipo-LJv im- Kovpe, irony KaTtiGTiXjoijJV aiXag ii^odev eg ftLorrjra iijueriprjr. Hymn. Mart. 10. TrpooTrjnfe (o, ?/), according to Damm, is a compound of evg, like evnfjg, and their opposite airr}vi}g, Passow, after Lennep, derives this family of words from i)i'ioi>, bridle ; prop, good for any thing or purpose : Ovokr tjggov iov kXaiov rui XvyrtD earl irpoanvig. Herodot. ii. 94. Fig. kind, gentle : 'E^t rag 7rpoar)re"ig Kai cnraXag a-KOvrpityovTEg cfuXlag tu u>ra. Plut. de Audiend. 16. XeipoT^s (6, rj), fr. x sl P anc * y9og, prop, accustomed to the hand, tractable, manageable, principally in speaking of horses, mansnetus : Hpqloe Kai x u 9°*)QnQ 6 7ru>Xog. Xen. Hipp. 2, 3. Sometimes fig. speak- ing of things, supple, flexible : Ta 07r\a rolg cojfxaaiv iyivtro xtipoijOr) (yielding to the body) Kai Kovtpa. Plut. Philop. 9. 152. YXu4>€i^, fr. yXa(j)io, to cut or engrave in the material (as 152 intaglio-work), to cut in relievo (as cameo-work), to do sculptor's work) : AaKrvXiovg yXvtyetv (to engrave or cut rings). Plat. Hip. Min. 368, c. Y\d€ii/, fr. ypa, as scalper e, would mean to cut, engrave, in general, speaking of some simple and coarse work ; whereas yXvcpELv, as sculpere, would be said of a work more highly wrought, a regular piece of sculpture. Salmasius (ad Justin. 15, 14) would have sculpere used for cutting in relievo, or sculpture in every kind of stone or metal, and scalpere for intaglio-work in precious stones only. This distinction is based upon no authority, and there is as little certainty of its existence in the Latin words as in the Greek. In fact, some ancient grammarians have not scru- pled to reject altogether the form sculpo, and every where to read scalpo in its place. 153. 153 yj/dOos, ov (r{), lower jaw, in Herodotus : 'E^ctyr? Se ml yvadoQ, kcll to av(o tyjq yvadov, kyovcra olovraq [JiovvotyviaQ, it, evoq oariov iravTag tovq re ddovrag fccu tovq yofityiovg. Herod, ix. 83. •yvaGjJids, ov (6), jaw, speaking of the inside: Xa/xcu ds kb TravraQ oddpTag yvaOfiwv s^eXdaatfii. Od. xviii. 28. yeVus, voq (*/), jaw, in Homer, Aristotle, and Galen : Qrjytoi* Xevkov ohovra fxera ypajjL7TTrj(Ti yivvaaiv. II. xi. 416. yap,, ovoq (*/), generical term for the whole jaw : "En (Tiayoveg Svo, tovtiov to TrpoaOioy yivEiov, to 2' otticfQiov yivvq. Kwe~i Se iravTa to. fwa ti)u Karwdev yivvv, ttXriv tov 7roTajjlov KpoKoSeiXov' ovtoq Se tyjv aVw fiorog. Aristot. Hist. An. 1,11. 154. 154 YpdfAfxa, citoq (to), the written letter, the figure traced representing the letter ; for instance, in the Greek alphabet, the mark A is the figure (ypafjifia) of the letter diXTa, which is the GTOiyCtov : 'ESiSugkeq ypa\x\xara, lyco 3' eQoitiov. Dem. de Coron. 80. TpufjfxaTa is used also as oup word letters. 155. 155 sometimes in the sense of belles-lettres: Kal out avrovq (154) awelpovc ypcijjfjidTwy elvat, uhtte ovk Eicivat on . . . . ; Plat, Apolog. 26. otoix€lo*', ov (ro), fr. orotic, letter of the alphabet, prop, it is the letter pronounced according to the name and place which it has in the alphabet : 'PJ> to gtol-^eIov, Plat. Crat. 426, d, the letter pw. crrjfia, arog (to), mark, sign : Hooey o b'ye arffiara \vypa, ypd\bag ev itivaKi 7ttvktu> dvjxocpOopa -iroXXa. II. vi. 168. XapaKTYjp, yjooc (6), sign traced or cut, mark, character: 'AXX' 'ihog tlq 6 tvttoq Kal (3ap{3apiKOQ tG)V \apaKTi)pu)v, ejbi(j)ep€crTaTog AiyvirTioiQ. Plat, de Gen. Socr. 5. 155. yufjwdo-ioy, ov (jo), gymnasium, place set apart for the 155 training of youth in bodily exercises, applied to the actual place where the exercises took place, and to the building : Ilpan te yap elc; rovg TTEpnraTovg Kal to. yvfivdoia rjei. Xen. Mem. i. 1, 10. At Athens there were three principal gym- nasiums : the 'AKaSrifiia, the Avkelov, and the KvvovapyEg ; all three were situated outside the town. dKaSrjjxia, ag (?*/), the academia, one of the most cele- brated gymnasiums at Athens ; besides the ordinary gym- nastic exercises, races and horse-exercises of different kinds took place there : 'E7rft 3' airavTEg y'ldpolaOrjvav, avaXafiwv aVTOVQ TTpOQ TYJV TToXlV EGTpaTOTrEltVGEV EV Ttj 'AKacrjflio- T(5 KaXovfjLEvaj yvfxvaaiio. Xen. Hellen. ii. 2, 4. XuKcioy, ov (to), the lyceum, one of the gymnasiums at Athens, celebrated for the lessons given there by Aristotle in his walks with his disciples, whence their name of Peri- patetics \jr£pnraTE~iy, to walk about] : 'EwlSei^el to. t ev 'AKaSrjjuitq: Kal to. ev Avkeiu). Xen. Hipparch. 3, 1. Kuyoaapycs, Eog (to), the Cynosarges, name of a gymnasium at Athens : TGjv vodwv Eig KvvocrapyEg gvvteXovvtu)v, tovto 3* eotiv tEio 7rvXwv yvpvdaiov 'HpaKXiovg, ettel kIlkeIvoq ovk i)v yvi](noQ ev dEolg. Pint. Themist. 1. £uotos, ov (o), xystus ; in the ancient gymnasiums was 156 156. (155) a sort of circular gallery or causeway, set apart for races and the exercises of the athletis. Pausanias thus describes that at Olympia : nXararoi fxev v\prjXal Sia tojv Spofjuov 7re(j)VKa ^/)> P ro P« naked; hence, particularly in the historians, without defensive arms, without defence : 'E-n-l re rfJQ KecpaXfJQ rh onXa el rig tyepoi, yvjxvoi kyiyvovro 7rpog ret, ro^evjxara kcli raXXa piXr]. Xen. Anab. iv. 3, 6. Yujj.vy|s, fjrog (6), form preferred by the best critics to yufjL^TTis, ov (6), which is found in the ancient texts ; light- armed soldier in Xenophon, not having the oirXov (large shield) ; opp. to b7rXirr)Q : 'JL£,rjecrav noXXol \iev owXIrai 7ro\- \ol Se yvfxvrjreg. Xen. Hellen. ii. 4, 25. The word is much more restricted in its meaning in another passage of Xeno- phon, where it is applied solely to slingers : Kcu rovg yv/Jt- vrjrag Xidiov eyeiv fjiearag tag Sitydepag. Xen. Anab. v. 2, 12. rujuLrrjs is synon. with yv\xvbg in Lucian : Kcu y]\xi (TTparLLjrrjv aXXov £cu yvfJLvrjrag op-^rja-rdg. Luc. Bacch. 3. ayoirXos and aoirXos (o, fj), without arms : Miopov yap to Kparelv (iovXojJievovg ra rvtyXa rov aiofxarog Kai ao7r\a fca a-^eipa ravra evavria rdrreiv rolg TroXefxioig tyevyovrag Xen. Cyr. iii. 3, 23. aorjeeuos (o, fj), prop, without armour: ol avKevoi, synon with xbiXol in Pausanias, light troops : Tii'ofxevrjg he irpbg M.avTLvela fj.dyj]c, Aaxeh aifxoviMV jjier ol \pi\oi rovg daicevovg tCjv 'Ayaiwv vtKwcri. Pausan. viii. 50. dxiTow (o, */), one who has no tunic : " 'Afacrrov kftovXovro icpocrievai Kal dyfruva rolg iroXiraig rbv heo/Jievoi' avrioi\ Plut. Coriol. 14. 157, 158. 157 Ypoa<|>op.(Jixo$, ov (6), light-armed soldier, among the (150) Romans : AtaXeyovai tojp avcpibv tovq \xev vewtcltovq Kal TTEVlXPOTaTOVQ EIQ TOVQ ypOfftyOfiaXOVQ. Potyb. vi. 21, 7. I^ottXos (6, rj), without arms, without defence : Aet tvv fJLeWovra viKqv ovvQewptiv ttwq SvvaTOV ECpiKEaQat tov oko- 7tov Kal ti yvjjirov i) e'£owXov fiipog (paiverai rwv avraywvi- (jtCjv. Polyb. iii. 81, 2. irpoKwiros (o, r)), out of the sheath, naked, in speaking of a sword, in Euripides: '0 de %i(pog 7rpoK(07rov Iv %epoXv £%oi>j>. Eur. Orest. 1483. \|a\6s, ?/, prop, bare, without hair ; hence, bald. In the Greek armies, ol \btXoi, light-armed, was the name of those troops who fought from a distance, because they had neither cuirasses nor shields, such as were the bow-men, the slingers, and those who threw the dart : Kal ol fjtev \LiXol evSvq EfcdpufiovTEQ rjKovn^ov, efiaXXov, eto^evov, iatyEvhovwv. Xen. Hellen. ii. 4, 33. 157. yuirf\, atKog (rj), woman: Tvn) Se X9 n(7r ^ irtf&Xiov ectt 157 oiKiag. Menandr. Fragm. yuyaioy, ov (to), diminutive, little woman; muliercula, with some feeling of contempt in the term as regards the person or character of the woman [see under avdpwxoQ~\ ; in Aristophanes, a bit, morsel, mite of a woman : Kav E^iXdrj to yvvaiov iroi. Aristoph. Thesm. 792. [The other diminutives yvvaiK -apiov, -igklov, yvva'iKiov, are all late.~\ cu>0p(tfTros, ov (//), in the feminine, is sometimes used with a feeling of contempt : Ok kiravzTo r/ avQpwTroQ, a\\ct yvvaiov irpayfx e7Toiel Kal irpuQ tovq yvwpijiovQ Trpoaiovva evek/iXei. Dem. in Aristog. 787, 25. OyjXeia, ac (//), feminine of OijXvg, used sometimes abso- lutely for the individual of the feminine sex, the female : "A^atc Se appirwv te Kal OtjXeiujv, Plat. Legg. xi. 925, c. 0t]\u, eoq (to), neuter, in an abstract sense, the feminine, the feminine sex; hence, the woman : 'Ato tov ^Evyvviat tu OijXv T

vK]T€ipa, ag (»/), one who shares the bed; hence, wife: Qeov fiev tvvrjreipa YlepvuJv, Oeov de tcai fjirjrrjp t€iov, ov (to), bridal bed. The plural vup.<(>€ia is in one pas- sage used for vv\x§r) by Sophocles : 'AXXd KreveTg vvfi^eTa tov aavrov Tticvov; Soph. Ant. 564. vvjxcj)r|, rjg (r)), young girl betrothed, bride : Aia fiiag vvfMprjg ydfiov a7rwX6jU6cr0a. Eur. PJicen. 581. vv6$, ov*(r)), daughter-in-law, son's wife, in Homer, nurus ; in Theo- critus, wife : ¥Lyg trog it, tTeog, MevsXae, Tea vvbg lids. Theocr. xviii. 15. The Latins have made the same use of nurus for young wife (Cf. Ovid. Met. ii. 364). 159, 160. 159 6ap, oapog (r/) (dpoj), companion, wife, in Homer: Mapvdfxevog (158) odpiijv sveica ofytrtpduv. II. ix. 327. crvEvyos, (o, ri), joined with; conjux ; taken substantively in Euri- pides, companion, wife : ^Apd fxoi arkveiv irdpa roidad' d\x.aprdvovTi v irapEGyov. Eur. Rhes. 410. kt](jlou^, to put a muzzle on a horse : Kcu del Si, oVct av ayaXLvwTOv ayn, Kr\\kovv Ze\. Xen. Hipp. 5, 3. Ti&aacreueiv, to make tame : TidvrEg Se ridaavEvovTEg Ktxl dafjia^ovTEQ ret ^piicrtjja T &v (wwj' Etg te 7t6Xejiov kc\\ eiq aAXci iroXXd avvEpyolg ^pwrrat. Xen. Mem. iv. 3, 10. Xeipouy, and more often x €t P°uo-0ai, prop, to handle, to manage ; hence, fig. to reduce, by force : ^tte^eXeto oh /Ltoror tov filq, XEipovadcu rovg Evavrlovg^aXXd kcll tov Trpau- ttjtl irpoadyEffOai. Xen. Agesil. i. 20. 160. fceT may belong to two verbs of very different significa- 160 tion, Sew, to want, need, and Sew, whence the Latin liijo. p 2 160 161. (160) to bind ; this distinction discovers itself in the different syntactical construction of hel, it being sometimes found with the accusative, sometimes with the dative ; in the first case, as coming from heto, to bind, it has the notion of obligation ; hence, of necessity, constraining power, duty, it is necessary [must, ought] : &ei tovq jxev elvai hvaTv^elg, tovq B* evTvx^Q* Menandr. Fragm. In the con- struction with the dative, on the contrary, the notion of want, need is predominant, there is need : Hot re yap iraiSwv tL £e~i ; Eur* Med. 565. It is true, however, that in very many passages Sei is competently rendered by the French il faut ; and perhaps it has gone through the same changes of meaning as il faut, the primary notions of want and need having become blended in process of time with those of necessity and obligation. drayKcuoy cori, it is necessary : Yiorepov on toIc jjlev Xafx- (iavovaiv apyvpiov avayKa~iov kariv cnrepya£eadai. tovto k(f J av iiiadbv Xafxfiavwatv ; Xen. Mem. i. 6, 5. eoiice, it seems fitting, it is proper, seemly : "Q, ovrtjjg ekXi7te~lv to Zfjv. Polyb. Hist. ii. 60, 7. 8t]\oui>, to make evident, to make plain or known, to mani- fest : 7 £li' S* evekcl avrog te ovk clkuv Eig toIe to TEXog kut- ecttyjv, Kal vfiag irapEKakEoa, SrjXaKTat v^xiv (oovXojxai. Xen. Cyr. i. 5, 7. \m\vvziv, to give information of, to denounce : MrjvvQEt'Tog rod £7rij3ou\£u/iaroc vko NiKo/za^ov. Thuc. iv. 89. irapexei^, to place close or before, to exhibit, show ; fig. in speaking of the affections : Eelvocokov kokcl piE>ai, o kev (piXoTYjTa Trapaa\ri. II. iii. 354. According to Ammonius, the middle Trape'xeaOcu ought to be used in speaking of the affections, or mental faculties ; but this must be limited to some such words as irpoQvjxia, Evvoia, &c, expressing an affection entertained by the subject of the verb : Kal ttoV to irpodv^ov wapEyoixEvoi. Thuc. iv. 85. But in this sense the active is sometimes found, even in prose. (r(]\i.aivew, to show or manifest by sign or signal, to point out, to give notice of: 'Apdpovv te ti)v (pojvrjv Kal (nj^airsty iravTa aXXijXoig a ftovXofjLEda. Xen. Memor. i. 4, 12. fyaivew, to make to appear, to cause to be seen : 4?a7i'e ^£ fjijpovg KaXovg te pEyaXovg te. Od. xviii. 67. fywepovv ((parEpog), to make manifest, to manifest, in the N. T. : Kat (pavEpuoEi Tag fiovXag twv Kapciiov. 1 Cor. iv. 5. 162. helv, to bind, to tie fast: Kal tov f/ytfjiova cijaaiTEg irapa- j(j.> Sifioaaiv avTolg. Xen. Anab. iv. 2, 1. $€(jjj.€u€ii>, to bind with chains or bonds: Tayra cai icaOv- E 3 162 163, 164. (162) (3 pur avrov, otl jjle ^e(tjieveiv Eokwv, ovt k'Qiyev ovO 9 ?J^a6 fjfjtiov. Eur. Bacch. 616. $€, later form of the above in the N. T. : Kal eh- fffisiro clXvgegl Kal Trioaig tyvXatjerojjLevoQ, Luc. viii. 29. a-n-Teiv, to attach , fix one thing to another, very rare ir the active : Ovte ogtovv Early avro KaO' avro ovdiv, a\V r) [Xoqkov ibg GWEyEQ ri aizrojiEVOv Kal TrpoolEhEfiEVOV. Aristot. de Pari. Anim. ii. 9. ijuiqGi> [to muzzle, is only fig. in the sense of] to strangle, to squeeze tight: Elra (jnfJLwtr-rjre tovtov tid ^v\a> rhv avyiva (fasten his neck in the pillory). Aristoph. Nub. 592. 163. 1 63 SeySpoi/, ov (to), and under the Ionic form, SivSpEoi', tree : Ov yap i\v avtyaXEQ ev toIq SivSpoig Earavai ttXeJov i) tov iva \6ypv. Xen. An. iv. 7, 9. Spus, vog (?/), prop, oak, appears to have been originally a generic term for every kind of tree, if we are to believe Hesychius and the Scholiast on Homer (II. A'. 86), ir whom no trace of this meaning is to be found, except ir the compounds cpvTOfxog, &c. This general sense is giver to it in the following passage of Euripides : Apvbg o.(jketov ipvog. Eur. Cycl. 615. Sopv, arog (to), wood, standing, growing tree, in the Odyssey: 'Ens! ovtto) rolov avrjXvOev Ik dopv yairjg* Od. vi. 165. |u\oi>, ov (to), wood, sometimes for standing tree in Cal- limachus and the N. T. : "HmjOeto Aa/udTrjp oti ol £v\ov hpbv aXyEl. Callim. in Cerer. 41. 164. 164 8^pp,a, arog (to), fr. Sipu), generic term for every kind of flayed skin, even that of man : Avrog B* ctfjKpl irohEooiv kolg apapi(TK£ 7rici\a TEfxi'iov Sipfj-a fioEiov Evxpoig. Od. xiv. 24. According to some critics this word was no't admitted in 164. 163 tragedy. \_Aepfia Se navrcov Xetttotcxtov uvdpioiroQ e^ei(i64) Kara \6yov too fieyeOovg. Aristot. iii. 9, 3.] fcepos, eog (to), Ionic and poet, skin : AeovTog cepog eywv en aa-Ki^i x f " T V KtcppiKOQ. Eur. Phcen. 1120. Seppis, ecog (»/), dried skin, which has lost its animal moisture, but not its hair, hide : UpoKciXvjUfjLciTci dye Sippeig teal SitpQepag. Thuc, ii. 75. [See ct^dipa below.] Sopa, ag (//), flayed skin, not only of a beast, but also of man : Kcu ti)v Sopctv clvtov Kara tl Xoytov vtto tlop fiatriXicov 0e'pa, ag (//), skin of a lion, or rather the generic term for the skin of every kind of beast, although Ammonius and others give it the special meaning of goat- skin. There is also reason to think, that it was the word the most in use to signify a dressed skin, from the following passage in Hero- dotus : 'ExpeWro SitpOepntri aiyeirjtri re ical oiencri. Herodot, v. 58. [And so Kriiger explains it in the passage of Thuc. quoted under leppig.~] In Aristophanes, skin which shepherds wore, the French rheno : "Cltnrep 6 irarrip gov htcpbepav evn\x\xivog (with a goat-skin fastened round you). Aristoph. Nub. 72. Kwas, eog (to), sheep-skin with the fleece, fleece with which beds and seats were covered, in Homer : Evpvvofirj, (f)ipe Si) Slcppov Kal taoag eir avTto. Od. xix. 97. [In prose, IIdt.~] KoSStoy, ov (to), diminutive, subsequently more in use in the same sense : Twv tie XvKojipioTcov irpofiaTcor, to. kwoux, K'at tci tpia kcu tU It, avTwv l/mciTia ipdetpwSecTTepa yivtrat (are more apt to grow lousy) noXv juaXXov tlov iiXXiov. Aris- tot. H. An. viii. 10. p.Y]\amj, )~iq (//), sheep-skin. According to the gramma- rian Aristophanes, quoted by Eustathius (ad Od. p, 472), fUjXiOT)) is also goat-skin. According to others, skin icith its wool or hair, speaking of all kinds of animals. 164 165. (164) voLkt], ng (r/), and vcikos, eog (to), goat-skin with its hair, in th Odyssey : "Av Sh v&kt]V s\st alybg svrpeos, eog (to), prop, hard envelope ; hence, in the Alexandrine poets, hide, skin : ^repcpeo'iv aiyeioig g£o> c^evai. Apollon. Rhod. iv. 1348. Xpws, (*>Tog (o), outer covering of the human body, skin : 'AicpoTaTOv £' ap olcrrog eiriypa-ipe XP° a ty^Tog. II. iv. 139. [xpoiY] (Ep.), X9 0l( *9 Xl° oa ' ( rovvEicog Tfjg eipKrrjc ^aX£7ra)£ rw XoyKTfxv (1 ooj (pepwv. Bern. E pistol. 2, 1471, 16. Ke'pajxos, ov (6), dungeon, jail, in the dialect of Cyprus, according to the Scholiast on Homer : XaXicfy 2* ev KEpa^u) Sicero TpioKaicEKa fifjvag, 11. v. 387. KiyKXts, iSoq (?/), a kind of open-work enclosure formed by bars, or barrier securing the entrance to the senate, and the court of Areopagus, at Athens ; our own word * bar 1 is to be traced to a similar custom : To rijv fiovXiiv, Tovg irevraKocTiovc; a7ro rrjr aa^EVOvg Tavrrjai KiyKXicog Tijjv tnrop- pi\Tu)v KVpiav elvai, Kal fit) tovq iSiuTag eireHTiivai. Dern. in A r is tog it. 778, 11. KoXaon^pioy, ov (to), house of correction, in Synesius? 'E<£' olg Trpujrjy icTTevo^iopiidr} tcl /coXaorZ/pia. Synes. de Insomn. 145, a. ouojjJLa, cltoc (to), dungeon, prison : El cs prj KaTEOTiqvEv, elc to oiK-qixa av rjsi, Dem. in Zenothem. 890, 13. 166. Seapjnrjs, ov (6), bound ; hence, prisoner, one confined 1 66 in prison : f £2c £e a\>iidi,E, tovtov jjlev EvOvg air iter eivav, tovq Se IsajuLOJTag 'iXvaav. Xen. Hellen. v. 4, 8. alxfJ-dXcoTos (6, ?/), taken with the spear, or in war, used of men, and generally, captive : '£lg ce ties izaTEpa, Kal ^77- ripa, Kal aSeXtyaQ, Kal ti)\> euvtov yvvalxa aijQxaXujTovc yEyEvrjuEvovg, kcaKpvcEv. Xen. Cyr. iii. 1, 4. SopidXorros (6, >)), synon. of the above : Asy*, Ikei as, Xix°C Sovpid- Xmtov orepZaQ ctvexti Oovpiog A'iag. Soph. Aj. 211. SopiOTJpaTOS (6, ?)) [worn by the spear~} t conquered by the spear: llciptdpog xuXmoiq "EicTopog 07tXolq gkvXoiq te Qpvyutv dopiOnpd- Toig. Eur. Troad. 570. So-upiicrrjTos (6, »/), obtained, conquered by the spear : 'Qg Kal iyu TTJV U OvflOlf QiXeOV, COVpiKTi]TT]V 7T€p IQVGCIV. II. IX. 343 8opiXf]'n-T09 (o, if), taken in war: 'OXtvai Aavaujv flora Kal \tiai> TJ7Tip COpiXlj7TTOg It 1)V Xoinij. Soph. Aj. 14(>. 8€ott6tt]s, ov (6), master, in reference to the slave: Zjjc 1<>7 yovv ovTcvc wr ovS 1 av tig couXog 'uno Cta-ory CtcuTuftti 166 168, 169. (167) iieiveie. Xen, Mem. i. 6, 2. Used also of the father of a family, and in the political sense, absolute master, despot : Ovtoq fxe.v yap tojv kv Myjcolq 7rdvT(*)v Se(nr6rr}v kavrov TT£7roirjK£p. Xen, Cyr. i. 3, 15. Kupios, la (lord, master), prop, and fig., used of every kind of empire and authority, as that of a father over his children, a husband over his wife : Elra tov \xiv 'EXXrjo-- ttovtov Slci T$v£avTi(i)v eytcparriQ Kadearijice, Kal Trig gitqko\x- 7reiag rfjg twv 'ILWyjvwv icvpiog yiyove, Dem. de Coron. 71. oIkoScowtyjs, ov (6), master of the house, father of a family, in the N. T. : Kcu epelre r« oiKoSecnroTri rfjg otKiag. Luc, xxii. 11. The feminine oiKoBiairoiva is found in Plutarch (ii. 612, f). 168. 168 Siqfuos, ov (6), with ellipse of BovXog, slave who put into execution sentences of death, public executioner, our com- mon hangman : r O rfjg iroXeiog Kotvbg Br)fiiog, ayiov irpbg to fxvrjjjia tov airodavovTog .... Plat, Legg, ix. 872, b. 8y]jjl6koii/os, ov (6), the composition of this word seems to have originated in the phrase used by Plato in the quota- tion just given ; public executioner, who had no other office than that of putting to the torture in public or private trials : QvTog B' ov Brj/noKolvovg ecpacricev kXicrdai avTovc. Isocr, Trapez. 361, d. Eustathius tells us that it was used also fig. as a term of scoffing and abuse, much as the French use their word bourreau, Paaai/urnrjs, ov (6), fr. fiaaavog, kind of arbiter or com- missioner named by mutual consent of the parties engaged in private law-suits. When the judge had condemned the slave of one of the parties to be put to the torture, it w T as the business of the (5aGavi(jTr)g to be present, take down the statements of the sufferer, regulate the mode and duration of the torture, and if the slave should become useless to his master, in consequence of the injuries received by him, assess the sum to be paid his master for the loss of his services : 'Eweicr/ $' rjicofjiEi' irpbg tov jjacrav lgtiiv, Dem, in Pentcenet, 978, 11. 169. 1C9 fctjfxos, ov (o), fr. Beit), to bind, people, considered as a body politic, and [by the same abuse of the term by which 170. 167 1 the people' is used with us to signify the people exclu- (169) sively of the upper ranks] in opp. to the words fiovXrj, senate, apyai, authorities, &c. : 'Eweic)) avt\vEyKav rove Xoyovg eg re rue lioyag Kal top cfjuov, I'huc. v. 28. [See example under 7rXfjdog.'] €0yos, tog (to), nation ; gens : Kal roivvv tovtwv twv kdrwv ilp&v ovff kavrcu buoyXtoTTWV ovtljv, ovte uWyjXatg. Xen. Cyr. i. 1, 5. Xaos, ov (o), in Attic Greek, Xewe, copia, a mass of men assembled together for any object whatever, and principally for war, people, considered with regard to the mass and multitude of them ; hence, and chiefly in the plural, Xaol, army, troops, men armed, soldiers, in Homer : Kcu ue keXevei Svc-kXeci " Apyoq iKEaQai ettbI ttoXvv wXecra Xa6i\ II, ii. 115. In Homer sometimes in the singular (vii. 342), infantry, in opposition to itrnoL This word is very rare in the Attic prose writers. ttXtjOos, eog (to), the greater part of the people, the mul- titude : Toif ce fo'ijjiov evioi ravra etti^vovv, to ce 7rXrj6og ejSoa Ceivov Ei vat el \xi) Tig eugel tov Zr\\xov TrpaTTEiv o av /3ou- Xtjtui, Xen. Hellen. i. 7, 12. ttoXXoi, u>v (ol), is taken sometimes for the multitude, the people, in a political sense, in opp. to SXiyoi : Aeivov 7/you- fjievoi Tovg 7roXXovg vno Tolg oXiyoig Eivat, Isocr. Panegyr. 30. oxXos, ov (6), multitude in disorder or confused, crowd : 'YtTTEdopvfi-qve ttoXlv 6 b^Xoc, Kal 7]yayKacrdi](7av uyiivai Tag KXrjaEig, Xen. Hellen. i. 7, 13. <(>uXi], fjg (>/), tribe : Aw&ca yap Kal HEpautv cpvXal ^t?f- prjVTai. Xen. Cyr. i. 2, 5. 170. 8iaf3oT]Tos (6, //), noised abroad ; hence, rendered famous, 170 taken in a good or bad sense : TCjv k

/), decried, spoken ill of, of ill name, for his conduct: Kae p kiriptarov Kara yeirorac —(jiija-tir. Anacr. lib. ii. According to other grammarians it is used in the same sense as the preceding. ir€piPoTf]Tos (6, //), renowned, famous, or ill-reported of, 168 171. (170) nfamous, notorious: TavTrjg tolvvv Trjg ovtwq alcr^pag Kal TrEpifiorjTov (TvcrrdaewQ Kal Kcudag. Dem. Cor. 92. Accord- ing to some it is used equally in a good or bad sense ; but it seems certain that the ancient writers most commonly used it in a bad sense. \_Utpifj6nTov elvai, to be talked about ; to be the common talk. Lys.~] Plutarch employs it in a good sense. 171. 171 8id8if]jJLa, a-oq (to), head-band, diadem : El^c Se Kal SidSrjfjia 7repl rfj ridpa. Xen. Cyr. viii. 3, 13. Fig. for empire in the Sept., as with us sometimes, as crown is also used: Kal irepiiQETO Siddrjfxa Trjg 'Aaiag. 1 Machab. xiii. 32. KiSapis, sojq (yj), or better Ktrapis, which comes nearer the Hebrew and Chaldee etymology, cidaris, head-dress prin- cipally in use among the ancient Persians ; it was a head- band or turban of white and blue. This word appears to have been confounded with ridpa by Plutarch and Quintus Curtius (iii. 3), both of whom make it the distinguishing head-dress of the king of Persia : Aeywv mq ovfiev 6v'ivr)(m> fj KLTapig EffTtoaa irepl rrj KstyaXrj tovq v-it clvtov. Plut. Artax. 28. The Sept. translators have also used ddaptg in speaking of the head-dress of the high-priest of the Jews. jxiTpa, ag (£/), fr. jdiTog, a linen band or fillet ; Herodotus gives this name to the head-dress or turban worn by the Babylonians and Assyrians : Tag KetyaXdg jjiiTprjmv dvaleov- rau Herodot. i. 195. ore<|)a^o9, ov (6), fr. crf^w, in Homer, circle ; later, crown. It was not peculiar to royalty in ancient times as it is in modern, but was the distinctive badge of certain offices ; it was also the reward given to citizens who had rendered signal service to their country, as also the prize of the victors in public games; at festive entertainments the guests wore crowns of flowers: "Otl artcpavoT 6 Sijfxog Arffjio- adti'Y)v X9 va $ GT£(j)dv(t) dperrjg evetca. Dem. de Coron. 17. ore'fjijjLa, arog (to), more common in poetry, according to Eustathius, crown, encircled with little wreaths of wool consecrated to a god, and carried by a suppliant, such as that of Chryses, in the Iliad : Sri^ar' iyuv kv'yjEpvlv I/ct/- ftoXov 'A7roA\w rog. 11. i. 14. 172. 109 o*T€o§, (og (to), crown of suppliants: Tls7r\(t)v Kal GT6ava)jAa, arog (to), what one crowns himself (or, is crowned) with, or of which a crown is made : 'O KaXXiporpvg vdpKiaaog /jteydXaiv Qiaiv a.Qx ai0V GTecpdviOfxa. Soph. (Ed. Col. 684. oTpotjuoy, ov (to), fr. arpotyog, narrow band or fillet, a kind of head- dress, head-band, turlan, in Athenaeus: 'E0o- pet Se V7r<) tovcojjq iroptyvpiEa Kal GTpocpiov Xevkov iwl rfjg KE(f)a\}}g. A then, 543, f. [More commonly worn by women round the breast.~\ raivia, ag (>/), fr. teiveiv, tissue (woven-work), long and narrow, used for making crowns or garlands, head- bands, girdles, band, narrow band, ribband; by ext., crown, in Xenophon : O Si. ^u)KpaTrjg liiirpaTTE toj vlkiiguvtl jjd) rcu- viag, aXXct (piXr/fiaTa irapa twv KpiTwv yeviadcu. Xen. Conv. 5, 9. Tidpa, ag (?/), tiara, cap of felt, and pointed at the top, head-dress of the great Persian lords, and of the king, who alone had the right of carrying the point of the cap upright : Trjy iiev yap ettI tyj KE(f>aXfj Tiapav j3a, to make known, to explain : *0 ££ jjlol cokeI evce- errrepou >/ wc ^XP^ V di]\u>(rai, tovto kyw TrEipa.Gop.ai rovg pi) dSorag lild^ai. Xen. Cyr. viii. 1,1. iraioevew, to bring up, to form the mind and manners of a child, to instruct a child : 'El c eit\ reXevrrj ruv jjiov yev6- jjlevol jJovXoipEdd ru) EiriTpE^ai r) 7rcilcag nailEvaai i) Xl° ? '/~ [lara Etaffiucrai, dp* o^io-kiotov elg raiira rjyrjcropEda rov ak-pari] ; Xen. Mem. i. 5, 2. [_To bring up and instruct, (tK-)TpE(pEiv Kiii -Kadtveiv. Pl.~] TratSaycjyeLi/, to educate a child; hence, to direct as a child : r O ao(pio~Trig rovg ir ail Evopi rovg oi/rw evvdpEvog 7rcu- cuyuyElv, Plat, Theceth, 167, c. 175. SiBoVcu, prop, to distribute ; hence, to give, in a very 175 wide sense, dare, prop, and fig. : Kal 6 Kvpog XaJDcjy ri]v rov 'Xgtilo-kov Ie£,iciv eSw/ce rw Tiofipva, 6 ^' icE^aro. Xen. Cyr. viii. 4, 26. [In Pres. and Impf. often == to offer (to give).'] Scoped, rare in the active, and more used in the middle ScjpciorOat, to present, or to make a present : Tw 2e 'Ypicavif 'i-irov Kat a\\a iroXXa Kat KaXd icojpijaaro. Xen. Cyr. viii. 4, 24. 8u>pvTT€ X E ~ l 9 a< z] t ae hand ; hence, to offer or give, prop, and fig. : Kara Se tttoXlv clvtoq avdyKrj 7c\dyt,ojiai, ai Key tlq kotvXtjv kcl! izvpvov opi^rj. Od. xv. 312. [Also in prose : topE^E TYjV KvXlKCt T(d 2iii)KpCLTEL. PI. Ph&d. 117, b.] irapiy^w [and -eaQai with little difference], to produce ; prcebere ; hence, to procure, prop, and fig. [to provide, supply, &C.J : "ETretra to7q jiev aXXotg kpirETOig 7roSag keco- tcav hi to 7rop£verrdai [xovov Trapiyovaiv {which only 'pro- cure for them the power of walking). Xen. Mem. i. 4, 8. iropetv, used only in the second aorist, to pass, trans. Fr. passer ; hence, to procure, to give : "Hv did pavTOGvvnv rrjv 01 nops $oZ/3ot; 'AttSXXujv. 11. i. 72. itop'dtiv (wopog), to give the means ; hence, to furnish : Ovkovv tovto jjlev ayaOoy, ei ys rolg (TTpaTiwraig ikcipoq karat tcl eTTLTi^eia 7ropi£eiv ; Xen. Mem. iii. 4, 2. iropoTJveiv, to prepare, to procure : 'Ey cV//iw BiKaia jjlep cl^lovvtl. Pint. Tib. Gracchi 11. XopYjyeu/, prop, to be x°P r i7^9 or to provide for the ex- penses of the chorus ; hence, by ext., to provide, to fur- nish : 17 ovv kloXvel Xiyeiv Evhaljjova top kolt apeTrjv TtXeiav kvepyovvra, Kal Tolg eicrog dyadolg iKaicog KEypprjyr}- [xivov ; Aristot. Eth. Nic. iv. 10. 176,177. 173 176. Sii^o'is, £<*>e (>/), narration in prose or verse, of a con- 176 siderable extent, and forming a whole : 'AW' lav irep cii r yrjaiQ fj, tuv yerofxivioy kWcti, iV avafJLr-qcrdivTEQ eKeuojy fitXriov fiovXevcriovT at 7repl twv baripiov, Aristot. Rhet, iii. 16. SiTJyTjjxa, arog (to), shorter narration, detached piece, episode, narrative, relation, limited to the relation of a single fact or matter connected with a single person, in the rhetoricians ; thus, according to Hermogenes, cniyrjaig might be applied to a great work, such as the history of Herodotus or Thucydides, and htriynfj-a is a simple narra- tive, such as that of the adventures of Orion or Alcmaeon : Kai naXiv lu'iyrjcTLQ p.tv ?/ laropia 'Hpocorov, // avyypa(p)) QovkvEicov' cujynfia ce to kutcl 'Apioia, to Kara 'AA- K/JLaiwva. Hermog. Progymn. cap. 2. 177. fciKcuos, cuci, in conformity with what is right, just ; 177 Justus : ' Ap* ovv, e(prj, tocnrep ol tektoveq Eyovai tu kavrutv 'ipya ivioei^aif ovtloq ol cikcuoi to. kavrCjv iyoiey av SiE^nyt]- (racrdat ; Xen. Mem. iv. 2, 12. evSiKos (6, ?/), just ; poetic, but found also in Plato: Kovttot u: y' tfiou ti firjv irpok^ova ol tcaicoi twv ivdiicujy. Suph. Ant. 206. atcrifxos (6, »/), proper, good, just : 'A\\a diicrjv tiovgi Kai alaif.ia tpy' avOpibmov. Od. xiv. 84. clkcijs, otoq (6), fr. toiicct, reasonable : UpoKaXEcrafUEroi yap TroXXa g&i eiKora, ov rvy)(cirofjtei\ Thuc. ii. 74. €iri€tKi]s (o, //), fair, moderate : Toy Tpoirov ettielkijq kn cUatoc. Diod. Sic. i. 106. [Of persons, especially of one who gives up something of his strict right ; so TameiKf) -KpuaOer iiyovrrai 8ikt]s. Eur. — Of things, fair, reasonable : bpLoXoyiq tlv\ ettleikeI. Th. iii. 4. 2. Cf. 1, 155.] i'aos, fig., 1. equal, equitable; cequus : M^'fipc' ovre yap StKotoi', ovt \(to\> e/), fr. TtQivat, prop, that which is established or instituted, and consecrated by long use, custom ; hence, established order or right, in Homer, who uses it in this sense in the singular only [in PI. difjuareQ = ordinances, laws. Hom.~\, and also for the place itself where justice is dispensed, the seat of justice : "Ira acf ay op)) te Qe- fitg te i)nv. II. xi. 807. In Plato : Bwoiici&iv ce -ai>- Tag EKEivoic kclt ayyiareiav Kal diptv. Plat. Legg. xi. 925, d. According to the grammarians, difAig is the divine justice, but this is contradicted by the following passage from Demosthenes, where it is opposed to oaior : 'AXXci tovtwv y ovO' bawv ovte Qifiig T(J fJi-apu) tovtid fiEracovvai. Arisiogit. i. 794, 13. ©e'jjus personified is but an inferior deity in Homer, whose office it was to convoke the assem- blies, whether of the gods, on Olympus, or of men, on the earth, and maintain order there : ZEvg Se QEpiara keXlvge dEovg ay oniirlE KaXErraat. II. xx. 4. It was only later that Themis became the Goddess of Justice. So-io^, ov (to), that which is permitted by religion, divine right; fas: To oaiov pipog tov hiKaiov. Plat. Euthijplir. 12, e. 179. 8ikt), -ng (?/), action- at-laiv, in general ; very often at 179 Athens cikj] alone, with ellipse of tBia, signified suit-at-laic between private individuals, especially when opposed to ypacpi). ypac|)TJ, ijg (//), public action ; accusation, or criminal in- 176 180. (179) dictment for a capital offence against the laws of the State. Socrates, in the Euthyphron of Plato, speaking of the accusation brought against him by Melitus, uses the word ypacpt], which he distinguishes from SiKrj in these terms : Ov £f]TTov 'AOrivaioi y£, w ILhOvtypov, Siky)}' avrrjv koXovgiv, aXXd yparprjv. Euthyphr. 2, a. SiaSiKacua, ag (rj), action in claim of a right or a privi- lege [trial to decide between adverse claims ; e. g. to an inheritance ; of creditors to a confiscated estate, &c] : "Eort yap 6 /jlev aywv ovtogl icXrjpov (jiaSticacria. Dem. in Leochar. 1082, 16. eyK\Y]juia, arog (to), complaint, charge, or accusation in a private matter, in a suit between private persons, applied both to the complaint or charge itself, and to the deed of declaration containing it [libellus accusatorius] : 'Akovete yeypajjcfxevov kv tuJ eytcXrifxaTi. Dem. in Nausim. 988. Ka-nryopia, ag (Ji), accusation, charge preferred in a matter of State: Tag jjlev yap dUag vwep tmv ISliop kyKXrifxaTUiy Xayydvovai, rag M Karrjyoplag virep tojv rfjg iroXewg irpa- yjudrwv iroiovvTai. Isocr. de Big. 603. 180. 180 Siktuop, ov (to), fr. SiKelr, to cast, net, in general; accord- ing to its etymology, it ought at first to have been used for fishing : "£Igt lydvag ovg 0' aXtrjeg koTXov eg alyiaXov 7ro- Xtrjg eKToaQe OaXdvarjg Siktvu) kI;£pv ttoXvuttm. Od. xxii. 386. In Xenophon it is the net with meshes made of flax of the largest size for taking game, hunting-net, toils ; plagce : Ta £e diiCTva telvetu) kv a7r£Soig. Xen. Cyneg. 6, 9. d[x£pXir)crTpo^, ov (to), great net for fishing, casting-net or sweep-net, verriculum : Aafieiv dfjififiXriGTpov teal 7repi- jiaXeiv te irXrjdog noXXov twv tydvutv Kal kfcipvcrai. Herodot. i. 141. apKus, og (»/), a smaller net than the two preceding ones, rete ; it was used in taking the boar and the hare ; it was set about holes and openings of the ground, in forests, near ponds and streams : &iu)KOfX£vov Se tov \ctyw elg Tag apKvg Elg to 7rp6(rdEV irpotEvdit). Xen. Cyneg. 6, 10. dpirefconr), ng (*/), noose, net : TV Se kXdfpovg izohdypaig Kal apTTECoraig ; Xen. Cyr. i. 6, 28. 181. 177 Yayvajuioy, ov (ro), small net for taking oysters : Tdyya/ud (180) r jjfr viro^al 7repiriyeeQ. Opp. Hal. iii. 81. ypi(f>os, ov (o), fishing-net [exact form and use un- known] : TCjv rd fj,ep ajuKplftXtjarpa rd oe ypl(poi KaXeorrai. Opp. Hal. iii. 80. [Related to pl\p, pnrog, scirp-us. Pott.'] iv6%ia, wv (rd), fr. tv and bcog, lit. road-nets, nets of the smallest size for taking game ; snares, casses : 9 'EjjL(iaXX£rio Ce rd evohia elg rag ocovg. Xen. Cyneg. 6, 9. KupTos, ov (6), sort of round basket of twisted rush, used in taking fish, bow-net, in Plato and Theocritus : e Op- HEial, Kvproi te, Kal ek G^OLvwrXaiivpivdot. Theocr. xxi. 11. Kivov, ov (ro), prop, flax, and the various things made of it, as fishing -net, in Homer : Mywiog, ljq d\p~i 28. iropKos, ov (6), sort of round net for fishing : Kvprovg h) teal ciKrva Kal fipoyovg Kal iropKovg. Plat. Sophist. 220, c. o-ayqnf], ijg (//), according to Hesychius was a kind of basket of twisted rush, used in fishing, a seine ; sagena ; according to some it was the bottom of the net, into which the fish falls when taken [more prob. large drag- net] : Kal tol fioXov l^dvivv irpiaodal ttote synon. of the preceding word, and used by Aristotle in speaking of that which is naturally double : Kal erspov vEvpov Sl7ttv^eq, 6 riviov. Aristot. H. An. iii. 5. Siaaos, 77, that which is of the number of two, double, speaking of number; sometimes the plural fWcot is used for Svo both in prose and poetry, bini : Trjg Se Tridavovo- yiiciJQ Sittci Xiyofiev yivn. Plat. Soph. 222, d. 182. 182 Sickos, ov (6), disc, a species of quoit made of a round stone, flattened and having a hole through the centre ; through this hole a leather thong was passed, which was used in throwing it: AivKOHrir ripitovTo. II. ii. 774. Discs were also made of wood and iron, as we learn from Eusta- thius. doXos, ov (6), solid spherical mass of iron, or ball, thrown as the disc, but differing from it in matter, and specially in shape : UrjXeidrjQ drjicev ooXov ov TTplv jjlev pinraaKE \xiya cOevoq y H.£Tiu)voQ. II. xxiii. 826. 183. Igg 8ok€u>, to be believed, to appear, but only as regards the opinion formed, which may be either true or false, to pass for : 'EjvOv/jujJiJLEda yap, k(j>r}, ei tic /mr) wv ayadoc avXrj- rife c)oke1v (dovXoito, tI av avrto Troinriov £Lrf ; Xen. Mem. i. 7,1. <|>aii/€cr0ai, to appear, said of objects, the existence of 184. 179 which is real, whatever be the form under which they show (183) themselves to our eyes, or the notion that we conceive of them ; or again, of a fact, of which no doubt is entertained by the party mentioning it. Thus Demosthenes in the following passage conceals the most refined irony under the word (baiverai; the Athenians might be flattered by his use of (paivercu, whereas SokeI would have been considered by them as an affront : Ok airiarujv vplv, ojg ye pot 56]. eUeiv, principally in the perfect, eotKa, to resemble, in a moral and intellectual view ; sometimes to seem, in a case of conjecture or probable inference : "EoiKac, <3 *AvTt^tav t T))v Evlaiporiav olopiru) rpvtyrjv kcil 7ro\vr£\eiav euai (you seem to think, &c). Xen. Mem. i. 6, 10. 184. 86£a, 7/c (?/), fr. Sokeu), opinion entertained, judgement 184 passed according to the appearances of things ; in Plato it is opposed to iiritXTifp n, certain knowledge, and that which is alone certain : Tig yap uv kcu etl kiriari\ pn elt) ywpig Xoyov te teal 6p0)jg S6t,r)Q ; Plat. Theceth. 202, d. S^ktjctis, eojc (//), belief [persuasion ; also expectation~\ : Xa\t7rdi> yap to pETpiwg eItteIv, ev uj poXig kul // coKn&tg Tijg aXrjdEtag ffefiaiovrai. Thuc. ii. 35. SoKTjjjia, arog (to) that which one believes, that which seems; hence, expectation: Aofcq/iarwi' ektoc 7j\6ev eX-ic. Eur. Here. Fur. 771. [Also appearance in a vision, vision : SoK. VVKTEpOJTTOV EVVVyjUJV OVEipWV. EuT. HeTC. Fur. 111.] 86|ao-[xa, aTog (to), effect, result of the opinion held : "£20T£ TO) aVTUJ 1/7TO CLTZCIVTWV /tVtt loZ,(KTp(lTL X(ll'0(lVEll' TO Koivov adpoov cf)0Eip6f.ieroy. Thuc. i. 141. Y^cjjjlt], ng (//) (yiyvu)(TK(o) 9 opinion formed upon know- ledge of the matter, and under a conviction entertained about it: Ttjg pEi> yr/), supposition, rotion, peculiar mode of view ing a matter, opinatio : 'Eay 7rep fitlyy ijde r/ o'irjeig to apfio- viav juky elrai avvderov Trpayfxa. Plat. Phced. 92, a. 185. 1 85 Sofa, r]Q (Ji), opinion that others have of us ; hence, 1 . reputation in general, good or bad, according to the epi- thet used, or the context : "Avtl S* aperrJQ Kal dofyg ayaOrjg otl ovfr ay ra Itvpwy irpbg rolg crolg Kal 'Aaravpiiov iravra TrpoiXoLvro. Xen. Cyr. v. 2, 12. 2. Without epithet, good name, reputation, glory : Mrjre rjfxioy avrwv rfjg dofyg kv- deecrrepovg. Thuc.li. 11. 86£a arwTripiav, T(o 'laparjX etc co^aafia. Isa. 46, 13. eufcofia, ac (rj), good reputation : 'EvSofya scttI to vwb 7raV- T(ov (nrovlalov v7roXajnj3aveadaL rj tolovtov tl iyeiv ov Travreg ecpUvTut rj ol 7toWol fj ol ayadol i) ol (ppovifxoi, Aristot. Rhet. i. 5. cuicXcia, ac (//), good reputation ; hence, glory ; poet, although used by Plato and Xenophon : Toy Kal rrfKod' koyra kvKXelrjg kTrifirjvoy. II, viii. 285. eu<|>T]fua, ac (//), good report, renown, modern : Kal rfjg aSiaXeiirrov irpbg Toy ail y^poyov eh(pr}jxiag. Plut, Consol. ad Ap. 37. €v»xos, eog (to), that which is the object of vows ; hence, glory : ITo- GEiddbjvL de vitcrjv -iraaav EirsTptipag jieXeov ds ol tvxog 'idojKag ; 11. xxi. 473. kXcos (to), fr. kXvcj, that which one hears spoken of, tra- dition, popular report ; fama, always with a distinctive epithet in Homer : f H/xe7c Se KXeog oloy aKovofier, ovSe tl 'idfjiey. II. ii. 486. Without any determining adjunct in the poets after Homer, and often also in prose : To Sioy evOa Sofa tyepei KXeog ayripaToy fiioTa. Eur. Iphig. A. 567. kXtjSwv, ovog (r/), report, reputation, fama: Tt SrJTci do%r]g ?) tl kXjjOovoq KaXrjg \kaTK\y ptovar\g o)$kXr\\ia yiyverctL ; Soph. (Ed. Col. 258. 186, 187. 181 u8os, tog (to), fr. KViO, prop, eminence ; hence, excellence, superiority, (185) .nent or glorious advantage, and not glory [?] as it is usually ren- ted: 'HpajJitQa fxsya kvSoq, t7rs(pvo[Jiev"Eicropa clov. II. xxii. 393. 186. $6pu, aroQ (to), wood or shaft of the dart or spear ; hence, 186 by ext., javelin, longer than the clkujp, in the Iliad ; spear, used both in close fighting [as a pike~\, and from a distance ; spear, pike, in the historians : Upoiei £6pv. II. xxiii. 438. aixpi, rJQ (»/), fr. aKrj, prop, point of the iron head of the spear ; hence, by ext., in Homer, Herodotus, and the Tra- gedians, but rarely in prose, pike, spear : Al^n ciafjL7rtpeg 7]\0e. II. v. 658. tyXps, e °Q ( r °), pike, lance, long and heavy spear, which was sometimes thrown, but only in near fight, on account of its weight: Oi 8' ore h) GX*dbv r\aav ew' aXXrjXoicnv iovteq &ijyevg pa 7rpOTepog irpoiti coXi- Xogkiov eyx oc .- M- v - 15. Although there is little difference in Homer, generally speaking, between dopv and tyx°G> yet this latter kind of spear seems to have been longer and heavier, as may be gathered from the following verse : "Eyxog o' ovx s\er olov a\xv\x.ovog AictKicao, fipi9v, /xeya, GTifiapov to fiev ov dvvar dXXog 'Axaiwv traXXeiv. II. xvi. 140. Xoyx*)) VQ (>/)> tne won head of the spear, and similar weapons : Aoou fiiav Xoy-^rjv 'i\ov. Xen. An. v. 4, 16. Spear, lance, in the Batrachomyomachy : f H H vv \6yyj) evjj,{]icr]Q jJtXoprj. Batr. 129. adpiaaa, rjg (>/), spear used by the Macedonian infantry, in Polybius : Twv 7ro\.£/i/(i>*> opdag avaayfn'Totv Tag (Tixpia- crag' o-rrep tdoc kari iroieiv Tolg MaKefiocriv, otciv TrapaStdojaiv avTovg .... Polyb. xviii. 9, 9. 187. Sotikos, // (cilwjjLi), one who likes to give; inclined to 157 give, in Aristotle : Ot yap ttoWol Sotikol jdaWov i) $1X0- Xpi]fAaToi. Aristot. Eth. Nic. \v. 3. jieTafcoTiKos, //, prop, ready to impart, who shares what he has, or gives voluntarily : "En ce. a\ltvh)g xa\ pcro&rtroc twv ayad&v. Diod. Sic. i. 70. [Also, in Arist. Anal. Pr. ii. 30, 3, of the lion.'] According to Ammonius, /jlctcxSotikos a 182 188. (187) is properly said of the man who gives of his own accord to his friends, and emBoTiKos, r/, of him who gives liberally to those that ask of him ; there is no other authority for the last adjective. $ci\|u\y]s (o, r)), sometimes liberal : OvSe yvvai^l Sav|/i\»)c Xop-qyoQ* Plut. Pericl. 16. [Proprie, abundant, plentiful.'] ScoprjTiKog, i] (Su)pi(jj), adapted for making presents, or which consists in making gifts or presents : Tfjg roivvv dX- XctKTitcrJQ dvo eicir} XiyiojiEv, to jjlev hii)pr\TiKov {the one by way of gift), to Se tTspov ayopacTiKov; Plat. Soph. 223, c. SwpYjjuiaTiKos, rj (Suprjfjia), inclined to make gifts, liberal : Meya\6(ppiov re kul hwpnixaTiicoQ. Dion. H. Ant. R. viii. 60. juLeyaXoSwpos (6, //), magnificent, munificent : ? £2 (ptXavdpw- TTOTctTE Koi fjLEyaXoSwpoTCiTE Saifiovojv ! Aristoph. Pac, 393. [In prose, Pol. Luc.'] irpoeTiKos, //, lavish: Tov arpaTYjyov elvcu ^pr) .... fcai 7rpoETiKov Kal ap7raya. Xen. Mem. iii. 1, 6. iX68copos (o, ?/), one who loves giving, liberal, bountiful : Kat (piXohwpov Ken itXeovektyiv. Xen. Mem. iii. 1, 6. SouXeia, ac (r/), condition of the slave, slavery, servitude : 'Ey etcelro) Se rw mipaJ, ots Trdcn EovXeiciv E7ri(j)EpEy 6 joap- fictpog. Thuc. iii. 56. SouXoowt], rjQ (//), state of servitude, habitual state of the slave, slavery : M.i]ttote tcivS\ to worvid., xP v(7£0 f^ 0(TT P v X oy & Aiog Epvoq" ApTE/Ju, hovXovvvav TXalrjy. Eur. Phoen. 190. SouXcocjis, eioq (Ji)> the action of enslaving, enslavement : 'Eireih) EwptifXEv avTOvg riiv /jlev tov Mrjdov tydpav aviivTag, Ti]i> 3e tiov h,vjXfxayu)v SovXo)(Tiv LirayofAEvovQ. Thuc. iii. 10. alxfictXcjaia, ac (//), captivity, state or condition of one who is taken in war : Eire Sr) vraOwv tl npoQ ti)v alxp a " Xioffiav tov araOviiJiaTOQ. Plut. Themist. 31. €ip€pos, ov (6), captivity, in the Odyssey : E'ipepov eisravdyovci ttovov t iyk\itv Kal 6'it>vv. Od. viii. 529. 189. 183 189. SouXos, ov (6), fr. celj, properly, bound [a bond-man], en- 189 slaved, servus ; hence, by ellipse, used substantively, serf, slave, in general ; applied equally to one under the autho- rity of a master, to a [despotic] king's subjects, and fig. to him whose passions are his master: Etc kor\ covXoc oIkIgq 6 SeawoTriQ. Menandr. Fragm. orpa- ri)yov rolg OTpciTiuTatQ' Ka\ IXnicwv ce ayadwr ovcev ))rrov at covXot tu))' tXevdipwj' ceovrai, aAXct Kai f^iaXXov, ottujq f.iire.iv iOeXcjcnr. Xen. CEcon. v. 16. Gepcvnw, orroc (o), fr. dipu), one who serves, in general ; and specially, in Homer, one who serves voluntarily and out of friendship, as Patroclus served Achilles : 'Hperepog depenrwy. II. xvi. 244. ' One who attaches himself to the service of a prince, courtier, minister, servant at arms, not unlike the squire of the middle ages. Homer fig. calls warriors QtpanovTeq "Aprjog. II. ii. 110. Later, depdicw 1 The original has ' en parlant de pcrsonnes et de chose*,' which the author cannot have intended. R 2 184 189. (189) was used for ohirrig, slave, body -servant, valet : *llv yap rci fieXTivd' 6 Oepdwijov Xifag tv^t}. Aristoph. Plut. 3. XciTpis, idoQ (6, r/), fr. Xdo), to take, one who serves, a servant. According to Ammonius Xdrpig was a person, free-born, whom war or its consequences had reduced to slavery ; it seems better to understand it, with Hesychius, of one who, though a free-man, submits to any kind of ser- vice voluntarily, but not without an interested motive ; and this notion prevails in many passages, principally in the poets, by whom this word was always confounded with SovXoq: OiSd a bvr eyco waXaiov Siofidrcov ejjlwv Xdrpiv, Eur. Iph. A. 868. fjio0a§, aicog, and jji60oji>, tovog (6), a Lacedaemonian word ; a slave brought up in his master's house; verna, according to -ZElian : "Ovofxa Se r)v dpa tovtg toIq tCjv evtzoow ttcuSwv SovXoLQ, OVQ GVVEIGETTEJJLTT0V aVT(UQ Ol TTCLTEpEQ GVVayb)VlOVp,E' vovg kv to~iq yvfjLvacrioic. AElian. V. H. xii. 43. [Miiller thinks they were brought up as their foster-brother s.^\ Fig. in Aristophanes, impudent rascal, good-for-nothing fellow : AtappayEiqQ* wg /nvdcor el, kcu Qvgei KofidXog, OGTtg (pevaici- %Etg. Aristoph. Plut. 279. olk€ty]s, ov (6), fr. ohog, domestic, household slave : ' Ay^prjcrrot' jac*' y«p crjirov iccti oiKerrjg /cat trr^rtrsvLia. cnrciBeQ. Xen. Hipp. 3, 6. According to Chrysippus, quoted by Athenaeus (vi. 93), lovXog is used even of a slave who has been made free, whereas olKErrjg was the slave only so long as he was under the power and in the house of his master. oiKoye^s (o, */), sometimes by ellipse of SovXog, slave born in the house of his master, verna : "£Igitep ovv oi"EXXrj- vEg ttj E/canj kciI Trj Teveitt) Kvva f Pwjua7ot Ouovgiv vrrsp twp oltcoyEvuv. Plut. Qucest. Rom. 277, b. oiKOTpixJf, ifiog (6, //), in Attic writers, slave born and brought up in the house of his master [verna] : N£y &, c5 civ^pEg ' 'Adrjvaioi, (j)66povg dvdptoirovg olKorpifliov olKorpifing nixriv u>(j7rEp liXXov rov T<*)V wviiov Xa^ijidvovTEg, ttoielgQe TToXirag. Dem. de Syntax. 173, 16. ttcus, 7ra/£oc (o, ?/), slave, without distinction of age, not- withstanding the primary meaning of the word, from which it takes the notion of moral inferiority only, or of contempt, 190, 191. 1S5 frequently attached to it, man-servant, valet, French, garc^on : (189) Tij ovv tovovto) y\TTOv Tov 7rai$oe cvvaadai ttoveIv wwc ijaKr}- \.iivov cokeI ), scythe : "EvQa d' ipiQoi ijfjiojv 6£tiag dpe- 190 iravag tv x^P^ v txovreg. ^- xv "i. 551. bpeiravov, ov (to), less ancient form, and more common in prose ; Xenophon uses it for the scythes with which the war chariots were armed in the East : ApcVai'a te aicrjoti Trepl toIq alovi 7rpoo-?/p/JooTcu. Xen. Cyr. vi. 2, 17. apTTT], 77c (rj), sickle, scythe, in Hesiod : 'AW apirag te ^apaGaiiiEvai kclI Sfxujctg EyEipEir. Hesiod. Oper. 571. JdyKXo^, ov (to), scythe, in the Sicilian tongue : To coi- iravov 01 SuceXoi £ayK\ov Kakovai. Thuc. vi. 4. JdyKXif], ng ())), another form of the above in Nicander, a poet of Alexandria : 'Wo ZayxXym TtEpifipidovuav O7iiopr)v KEipovTEQ. Nic. AL 180. 191. SiWjxis, Eioc (?/), Homer uses it for bodily strength only: 191 Hap' cviafjLLw II. xiii. 787- Afterwards it was used fig., physical and moral power, ability, talent, weight, and influence of every kind ; in the singular and the plural, military force, army ; in this meaning, we use the plural word, forces : 17/ 1' oIkeiciv cvvci/jiiv tyjn'TEc, oXiyoi npog 7ro\\ag fuvpiacac. Isocr. Paneg. 24. dXicrj, ijc (//), poet, defensive, strength, valour (i.e. strength and courage) necessary for self-defence, and for repelling an attack [e'c a\ic^ Tpiireadcu. Th. 2, 84. Cf. 91]; by ext., succour, defence : 'Ea^ yap v(.ielg, w livoi, OeXijte j.iov a\K))v TToiElatiai. Soph. (Ed. Col. 4G0. Pia, «g (//), seems to come from /3/oc, and signifies prop. vital strength : Ovce 01 %v /c, ov£e fiii}. Od. xviii. S. More particularly strength in action, the using of strength ; r 3 186 191. (191) hence, violence: "Og ol xPW a Tct ttoXXci eJx^ /3o?. Od. xv. 230. ivepyeia, ag (7/), fr. kvepyog, action, operation, efficacious action, active strength, effect, energy. The words hvvafxig and kvipyeta are opp. to each other in the following pas- sage of Aristotle : Kal to (pug ttoleI tci hwajxEL bvra XP^" jjiara evepyeia xP^paTa. Aristot. H. Anim. iii. 5. eup&xjTia, ac (rj), vigour, strength ; robur, prop, and fig. : 'AvSpeiav Kal (ppovrjaiy, rrjv fxev oivrnra tlvcl, rrjv $' evpw- oriav x^vxnQ TidijJLevot. Plut. Cat. Min. 44. is, Ivoq (ji), prop, muscle, fibre ; hence, in poetry, mus- cular strength, vigour of the nerves : t Ij>' airiXedpov exovTag. II. v. 245. "TXu's, vog (fj), is found first in the Homeric hymns and Hesiod, and seems to signify strength to hold, retain, or stop (<<7)(to) : Ter^vc r fjBe /3/r?. Hesiod. Theog. 146. The two words are compared in meaning in the Protagoras of Plato : Ov yap ravrov eivat (0r;jut) cvvafxiv re Kal \oyy v * cxXKa to /aev, Kal cnro iiriar t'lfirjg yiyi'sadai t)\v hvvaiAtv, Kal cnro iiavlag ye Kal cnro Ovljlov* layyv ce cnro tyvaewg Kal evTpo(j)iag tu>v (jwiiaTuv. Plat. Protag. 851. Ammonhis, who quotes this passage, seems to have lost sight of the fact, that the philosopher puts this definition into the mouth of a sophist, whose reasonings he is ridiculing. KapTepia, ag (?/), fr. Kaprepog, strength to bear, firmness, fortitude, prop, and fig., ace. to the definition of Plato : KapTepia v7rojjLorri \v7tyjQ EVEKa tov KaXov' vizoixovii irovuv evtKa tov KaXov, Plat. Defin. 567- KpdtTos, Eog (to), and Epic ic^p-ros, strength, considered with regard to the use of it, to its effects, and its success ; hence the strength that masters, the power, swag, obtained by strength, prop, and fig. : To^ AvKoopyog eirecpre S6Xa>, ovri KpcLTe'i ye. II. vii. 142. [Kara KpaTog, with might and main, vigorously, &c. ; e. g. cpevyeiv, £Xavveii'.^\ kiicus, vog (r)), fr. klio, rare, signifies more particularly strength to move: 'AW' ov yap ol It rjv lg tfX7rtdog, ovds ti KLKvg, oh) Trep Trapog tGKtv ivi yvanTTTolai fikXevGi. Od. xi. 392. ficvos, eog (to), vital force : Kal fxtv t&v v7T6\vge Lievog Kal ^aidifia yvla. 11. vi. 27. [Also in Plat, and Xen.] 192. 187 £wpj, r?e (r/), fr. piovvvjxi, physical strength, robur, in (191) general, and often fig. ; strength of soul or mind, in oppo- sition to layyq* 'H fxev tov crw/iaroc i&X v £ ynpci(TKEL, tj ce Ttjg ipvxrJG fJOJ/Jin uyi'iparog kariy. Xen. Ages, 11, 14. aGeVos, soq (to), fr. 7orr?/zt, ace. to some grammarians, strength in action, effort ; hence, fig., moral strength, active or passive, firmness, constancy : 'AW oho wg dvrarai adivog "Ektoooq 'tVxet''. H* ix. 351. [Also in Att. prose; e.g. irai'TL g3evel.~\ 192. 8uo or Sua), two : UapulxnKEv Ss) tcXecj^ vv£ twv Ivo jxai- 192 patov. II. x. 252. Soioi, at, plural and dual, two, the two: Achjj S' ov dvvafxai loseiv KOfffxrjTope \au>v. II. iii. 236. Siaaoi, at, two, in prose and verse, as hint, gemini, in Latin: Aiaaol yipovrog Olci7rov veavicu. Eur. Phcen. 1259. SiSujjioi, two, or twins in speaking of two brothers : 01 fr ap 1 itrav lilvjjLOi. II. xxiii. 641. Ace. to a distinction more subtle than true, Aristarchus and Apollonius would have hihvfxoi used in Homer of twins joined together natu- rally, as the fabulous sons of Actor. SiSvfxaoves, b)v {pi), with or without Traldsg in Homer, twin children: 'H d' VTroKvaaafikvq Sidvp-dovs ytivaro Treads. 11. vi. 26. apfxo, both, used with words in the dual : 'AXXa tt'Seg&* a/jK/HO Se rewripu) egtov ejjleIo. II. i. 259. du,6T€poi, a', both the one and the other, both ; found only in the dual and plural, and used of two persons occupied at the same moment with one and the same thing : "£lg ol y kvda kcii kvda vekvv oXiyn ill X^PV *Xkeov ctfuporspoi. II. xvii. 395. [Both, generally, of things as well as of men.] €KaT€pos, pa, the one and the other, each ; uterque, in addition to its being used in the singular, it differs further from ajjL euvtov icaicid eklov ovSeIq XanfiavEL. Xen. Cyr. i. 6, 21. 86jjta, aTog^To), a verbal of more recent date, that which is given, gift, which Philo the Jew thus distinguishes from ctopov : AtaTYjorjcTEig otl Swpa Eo/jicltlov hiatyipovaC to. jjlev yap Efj.(j)a(TLv fieyiQovQ teXeilov dyaOwv lr)XovGiv, a toIq teXeioiq yapi^Erat 6 Oeoq* to. ft eiq fipayyTaTOV toraArcu, LOV pETEyOVfJiV Ol £V(pVE~lQ aGKYjTai 01 TTpOKOTTTOVTEQ. PhUoU. Jud. ii. 172, 15. d-nro&ofjia, aTog (to), gift received, used only when speak- ing of the receiver, according to Philo : Aofxa Xiyiov rat Socteiq aXV ovk airocoLia, ovk cnroSoGeiQ' raiJra jxev yap 'ima Ttov XafiftavovTiov, EKElva Se tlov yapi^ofiEViov. Phil. Jud. i. 154, 14. Soais, ewq (//), action of giving, donation :'Kcu 6 Ge/jll- 194. 189 gtokXyjq ekeIvov te EdEpcnrevaE \pr)fJLar(ov docrEi. TIluc. i. (194) 137. Scoped, ac (r/), liberal present or gratuity, honorary recom- pense, prize, implies more importance than hibpov : thus Isocrates uses it in speaking of the prizes at the public games : HoWaKig kdavfiaaa twv rag iravnyvpEig avrayayov- Tujy, Kal tovq yvfJLviKovQ ayuivag Karaarnaavrujv , on rag \xev twv GiOficLTwv Evefyag ovrio fjLEyoXwv SiopEiov ?/s«'w(7aj\ Isocr. Panegyr. 1. 8wpir]fjia, arog (to), thing given : 'Ey €pnrj, ?7c (//), fr. , ov (to) (kv icixifu*)), elogy. originally a composi- tion in verse in honour of a man, in which respect it dif- fered from vfivog : "Hot' sIq kfiavTov teal tov vlov tovtovi kir evTvyjaiGLv chtteov povyKWfjLiov. Aristoph. Nub. 1205. Later, 1. public and solemn eulogy spoken or written, set speech in prose, laudatory discourse, panegyric : 2o0ioroi> Si tlvoq fiiWovTOQ dvayivwvKEiv kyKcojjuov 'HpaicXiovQ' Tig yap clvtov, ecprj, tyiyei ; Plat. Apophth. Lac. ii. 217, d. 2. Subject or matter of praise : Kat rot rpta kv ekeivyj ttj f]fxkpct 7ra.Giv dvdpiiiroig kSeL^av kyKiifita Qr)(3cuoL m6' v\xH)V ra KaWiGTa. Dem. de Cor. 63. cdVos, ov (6), praise, in the poets [and Hdt.] : Ov jjlev toi fiiXeoQ elpfoerai alvog. II. xxiii. 795. eiraipos, ov (b), more used in prose than the simple form, praise, in general, but with reference to particular facts : YWeiGTiov fiEv ovv dyadd)v alrtovg /ecu fjLEyl olg vvv Xiyw, (f>avEpav Gy]UEioig icaQiGTag. Thuc. ii. 42. 2. In the N. T., blessing (pronounced), benediction : 'E/c tov avrov oTOfiaTog k&pyETai evXoyia kciI fcara'pa. Jacob, iii. 10. iranrjYupi-Kos Xoyog (iravi^yvpig), set speech composed in order to be delivered at the ILavnyvpetg or solemn festivals, such as the famous HavrjyvptKog of Isocrates, composed in honour of the city of Athens, panegyric : "Anep kv rw Uavr}- yvpiicuj Xoyo) Tvyyavu) (TVfjL[iEJ3ovXevKwg. Isocr. Philipp. 84, b.' ujAi/os, ov (6), song in honour of the gods- only, hymn : 196. 191 ILlSivai $e on oaov fiovov iifxi'ovQ Qeolg /cat eyKiofiia role (195) dyadolg Tcoiiivewg irapaitKriov elg 7tgXli>. Plat. Pol. x. 607, a. [Not of the gods only ; cf. Lid. and Scott sub voc] 196. cOos, eog (to), habit, in general, speaking of individuals, 196 and of nations, prop, and fig., custom, usage: "laws c//, eiirov, irapa to eOog yeXoia av (pau'oiTO -iroXXa irepi tcl vvv Xeyojuieva, el 7r£7rpai;£rat tJ Xeyerai. Plat. Pol. V. 452, a. ^Oos, eog (to), Ionic form of edoc, found in the proper sense only in Homer and Herodotus, who use it only in the plural, Y]9ea, haunt, abode, usual home : 'Fi/dtia e yovva tyepei fjLeTa r ijdea /cat vop.ov tinvwv. II. vi. 511. Although the two words, 7]6og and edoc, are identical in their origin, usage has given them very different significations. Tims the form ^8os was adopted by the Attic writers, and used by pre- ference in the fig. sense, to express moral habit, character, moral disposition, the result of habit ; as we learn from Aristotle : To yap i)dog airb tov edovg e^eL ti)v eiriovv filar. i)6lk)) yap KaXelrat diet to eOi^eadai. Aristot. Eth. Nic. i. 6. The grammarians have noticed a difference in the use of the singular and plural; ace. to Phrynichus, with adjectives usage requires the singular ?]6og in preference to the plural •//077, ana * this rule is generally confirmed by good writers : TlpcLog to i\doc, Plat. Phcedr. 243, c, of a gentle character. In the plural y]0tj, moral habits, character ', manners : BXe- nii)v elg ijOn /cat Tpowovg. Plat. Leg. xi. 924, d. eGiojxa, arog (to), that to which one accustoms oneself, habit or custom : To ce [xr\ ttote gvv opyrj t<1> 'iinru) npocr- (bipevQai ev tovto kcu SlSayfia /cat edifffjia -trpog 'lttttov apiaror. Xen. Hipp. 6, 13. eOtajjios, ov (6), accustoming, habituation ; the old French accoutumance [hence habit, custom] : T&v apx&v £e at pe v £7rayix)yfj OeiopovvTai, at ce aladtjaei' at %e edicr/jo) Tin (by a kind of tact, the result of practice). Aristot. Eth. Xic. i.7. ayuyr), ijg (//), conduct, mode of life in the N. T. : 2i) le TraprjKoXovOriKag fiov Ttj SidaaKaXta, rfj ayioytj. Timotli. ii. 3, 10. 192 196. (196) amaivEiv Tiva kinyEipi]GEi ty\v Zvva\xivr\v avdpu)7roig iraat top j3iov evdaijjLOva irapi^Etv. Plat. Phileb. 11, d. e|is, ewc (r/), habit, principally of the body, and some- times moral habit, habitus: Tavrnv yap ri]v zIjlv vytiivi[v te iKavujg elvai Kai ttjv rfjg y^vyjig ETrijiiXeiav ovk kf.nro^l^Eiy k'tyn. Xen. Mem. i. 2, 4. emTTjfceup-a, arog (to), institution, national custom : Tfjg te TLEpGidog yXwGGrjg ova rjEvvaTO KaTEvorjGE, Kai tCjv £7Ttr/?- ^EVfJiaTUJV Tijg yupag. Thuc. 1. 138. \T)p.a, arog (to), will, desire, in Herodotus and the poets after Homer, among whom it is generally used for the principle of all the various sentiments which the poet wishes to call into play ; hence it has been generally rendered by animus, heart ; it seems to approach the notion of the natural character or disposition in the following passage of Euripides: "Hfciora tovjaov Xrjfi' e(pv TvoavviKOv. Eur. Med. 348. opY*i> VQ (*})> i n Pindar and Theognis, inclination, instinct: Tiyvio- gicojv opyrjv, r\v tiv bkclgtoq £%£i. Theogn. 312. pu0fj.o<5, ov (6), disposition, way, humour: Mr) ttot siraivrjGyg 7rolv av tidyc, dvdpa acKprjv&g, opyrjv /cat pvOfibv Kai Tpoirov OGTig av y. Theogn. 956-7- owrjOeia, ag (rj), habit, with reference to the whole of a man's actions, and the result, to physical acts, and the rale of life : f H yap GvvrjdEia rod Epyov irapi^Ei avTolg ttXeov tl elcivat. Xen. Cyneg. 12, 4. Tpo-iros, ov (6), fr. Tpiirii), expresses the notion of change in actions or things, and their present relative state, consequent upon the change. It is the modification of the usual state, the turn which it takes under such and such circumstances; hence, fig., mode, manner of being or conducting oneself, character (and conduct): Iikottei ci baai fiETafioXal yeyoiaGiv Eig r)0og avhpibv teal (jiov* r\ Kai Tpoirog (bto/jiaadrj to fjLETa- (jaXXoy avrov Kai rjdog, tjg ttXeIgtov avrov kvhuErai to edog, Kai KparEl fxaXiGra KadaTrTOjjiEvov. Plut. de sera Num. Find. 6. "Ogoi k-KiTiiieioi irpog rr)v Tfjg (pvXaKrjg u(ns, eu)Q (//), nature, natural constitution : "Ofioiov yap rt to idog rrj (TEi' kyyvg yap /cat to ttoWcikiq rw aei, egtl 3' ij fjLEv (pvaiQ tov aet, to Se edog tov 7roXXaKig. Aristot. Rhet- i. 11. XcxpaKrqp, fjpog (o), fr. yapaGGio, mark traced out, sign, character, as we use the word, and most commonly fig. : f H tlov Tpoirwv aperi] tvXlkovtov Evcotyag ^apaKrfjpa TO~tg epyoiQ ETifoaXev. Isocr. ad Dem. 4. In the Sept., customs: Kat ti)q apyfiQ KpuTi]Gag, Evdeiog irpog tov f EAA?7 yt/cov )(apa- KTrjpa tovq bfiotyvXovg jjletegty)ge. Mach. ii. 4, 10. There are no instances of yapaKTiip being used fig., as our word, for moral character. 197. el'0e, poetic al'Ge, adverb, from el or at, si, and Oe, particle 197 of motion from one place to another ; hence used to express desire, if, if it might or could be, would that : AWe OeoIgl (ptXog toggovIe yivoiTO oggov ejj.o'l 9 rdya kev e KvvEg /cat yvirEg iiovrai. II. xxii. 41 , w^eXoy, second aorist of the verb 6(pEiXio, I owe ; it is used in construction with €\ov, improperly termed an adverb by the grammarians, is only the Ionic form of w^eXov, which in the later writers came to be used in an irregular manner, without distinction of person. It is scarcely found but in the Scriptures and the writings of the Fathers: Kou o to irepiaabv HKOviafjia tov Kwfxtydoye-. XwTog loTaa. Anthol. Pal. Phalcec. xiii. 6. ayaXfjia, uTog (to), fr. ayaXXw, at first a work of art of great value, from the material used and the execution of it, or perhaps also from the perfection that was aimed at in it, in order to make it worthy of being offered to the gods ; hence it was used generally of things consecrated in temples. Later, statue, but of gods and demi-gods only, and as an ideal representation, such as the Minerva of Phidias at Athens : <&rjfil yap Sr) bjioioTaTov avrov dvat Tolg 2,EiXrjro~ie TOVTOig Tolg kv TO~ig EpfioyXviptimg Kadri^iiroig . . . . , ol ciyjct ^wiyfiEVTEg aivovTcu evIoQev ayaXfMiTa lyj)VTEg Btwv. Plat. Conrj. 215, b. It is used for the statue of a man in debased Greek. 199. 195 cuspids, dvroc (6), fr. avyp, statue of a man only, and (198) without restriction to any particular kind of material : Et ric arSpiavTCiQ kpyoXafioir] yu?) fxejJLadrjKWQ dv^piavTonoieiv. Xen. Mem. iii. 1, 12. PpeTas (to), fr. ftporoc, representation or statue of a god under the figure of a man, in the tragedians and Aristo- phanes: Uorepa drjr 9 eyio 7roTi7ri(TU) fyptTrj caifjLovijJv', JEschyl. Sept. 94. [In late prose, Strabo.] €i8o>\o^, ov (to), 1. figure, resemblance, signifies, in general, a simple appearance made to deceive : TvraiKog eiSwXov ypuatov Tpiwiiyy to AsXcpol rfjg dproKo-rrov Trjr Kpol- (tov eiKova Xkyovaiv dvai* Herodot. i. 51. 2. idol, figure representing the false gods of the heathens, in the O. and N. T. : (yiiafiEv on ovhev eilwXov kv koo-jjk*), Kal otl ovdelg Qeoq erepog it fji) elg. 1 Cor. viii. 4. locu/oy, ov (to), fr. iiio, a figure carved in wood ; the first word in use to denote a statue, which was afterwards ap- plied to statues of all kinds of material, and to works of art : Kal to £6avov eoiK'ev u€iy, in the perfect iretyvKa, and the second aorist s(pvv (in which tense it takes the signification of the present), to be born; hence, to be after its nature, according to its natural constitution, to be natural : Kcu yap to eldiafxivov wanrep TTE/), fr. dviyu), suspension of arms, truce : Tivi £' av jjtaWov 7roXifALOL TVMJTEVGztav rj avoyag rj cnrorcag y avvdiitcag irepl eiprjyrjg ; Xen. Mem. iv. 4, 17. avaKuyj), rjg (//), a form to which many grammarians, with reason, prefer avoKuyjl* It is found only in Thucydides : 201. 197 KopivdloLQ fjier ye ivfffrovSdi tare, Keptcvpaloig ce ovce et' (200) ai'UKuiyfiQ ttuttot ey treads (never had so much as a truce). Thuc. i. 40. It is one of the words which Dionysius of Halicarnassus criticizes (ad Amm. de Thuc), and considers obsolete and unintelligible. 8iok(i>xy], vq (>/), interruption, cessation ; hence truce, in speaking of an epidemic : f H voaog to hevrepov eirerreae rolg 'AdnvLtioLCteKXiTTovaa ^.ev ovceva y^povov to iravrairaaip, iye- veTo ce tlq o/jlujq BioKtoxi), Thuc, iii. 87- \_Truce in Dio Cass.'] iKeyreipia, ag (//), armistice : Tou o* uvtov Oepovg ev ItiKeXla Ka/Jiaptvaioic ku\ TeXwoig eKeyeipia yiyveTcu irpibrov irpog aWijXovc. Thuc. iv. 58. opKiov, ov (to), fr. opKog, victim over which oaths were taken ; hence the Epic phrase, opKia t'i\ivuv, to sacrifice the victims, which, even in its proper sense, as the Latin fcedus icere, is equivalent, in Homeric language, to to swear, or make a truce, an agreement : ^iXoTrjTa Kai oqkici ttkjto. rafiovreg. 11. iii. 256. 6pi*)7rog, and not ekchttoq, which word only indicates a particularity of the individual ; whereas nag indicates that which is particular to the individual in common to the species in general. Thus it is found in the Iliad, in speak- ing of a swarm of wasps : Tovg <)' e "ltteq irapa rig re kiwv avdp(t)7TOQ bSirrig Kirrjar) clekwv, ol S 9 clXkijiov i\rop tyovTEg, wpocraii) nag TrireTai Kal ajjcvvsi olat tekeggi. II. xvi. 264. eKdh-epos, ipa, each one of two, the one or the other, in speaking of two persons, of two towns, &c. : Ov [xi]v ovce TU)V 7Tp6 TOV TZoXejAOV TOVTOV yEyEVTjfXEVliJV, KCLl SvPCKTTEVCFaV- T(t)V EV EKCLTEpCf. TO.1v IZoXeOLV, SlKaiOV a\XVr\\lOVEVELV . IsOCT. Paneg. 22. 202. 202 * K€ ^ adverb, there, in speaking of a place at a distance, or apart from that where one happens to be, illic : 'EtteI S* eke! kyivovro, ttoXv ettXeovektei 6 HeXoiriSag napa tu> liipar}. Xen* Hellen. vii. I, 34. It is plain, from this instance, that the grammarians are wrong in thinking that the use of this adverb necessarily implies motion. [It is found with verbs of motion on the same principle that k v with the dat. is often employed instead of Elg with ace. (Gr. 1433 ; J elf, § 645)]. €K€i0€i/, thence, from that place, speaking of a foreign country, or one we have left : Nojuotct Tolg ekeWlv k^rj^t- afXEvovc QavE~iv. Eur. Heracl. 41. €K€i0i, there, in that place, illic : Tor E,e1vov Svgttjvov ay' kg ttoXlv, oepp 1 av ekeIQi Saira Trrojy^evrj. Od. xvii. 10. \_Hdt. 1, 182.] ai»To0i, there, in that very same place: "HXvOeg Ik 7To\e[jiovI wg (xxpeXtg avToQ' oXsaQail II. iii. 428. auTou, on the very spot ; there or here : JLItte fxoi, E(j>rj, cj 'Apf-ieriE, iroTEpa ^ovXel clvtov jjleviov rw Xijuw Kal rfj ^i\^rf fxayEdQai ; Xen. Cyr. iii. 1, 3. Seupo, hither, here, of the place where the speaker is ; with and without motion in prose and poetry : Aevp' 'idi, vvfxQa ((HXrj. II. iii. 130. [With verbs of rest there is a previous motion implied. See remark on eke!.'] Scutc, which, ace. to Buttmann, is the contraction of citi/p' \te, is only used in speaking to several persons [as a horta- 203. 199 tory particle] : Aevt ayer, ^ApyEtnv 'EXevvv Kal Krrjpad' ap* (202) avrrj iwojxev 'ArpEiclrjaiv ayetv, II. vii. 350. IV0a, there, where, is most frequently the correlative of Evda or Eiravda, expressed or understood : 'EwEicav Si KaraGTw/jiev Elg tov Zpo\xov, kvda TztpiTrarovyLEv. Xen. Cyr. ii. 3, 15. ivQ&he, here, hither, in this same place, or to this same place ; that is, with or without motion, in prose and poetry: 2e c^' t evOci^e yvirEg eSovrat. II. xvi. 83(). Tov c' avrov \vKaj3avrog eXeva-erat kvdah* 'OcvacrEvg. Od. xiv. 1 61. "E^Oa and kvddle are also adverbs of time, and are used for tote, then. evraGOa, there, here, hue, with and without motion : Me'Wovai yap a evravda ttejjL^elv, evda priwoO' t]\lov tyiyyog 7rpocr6\pei. Soph. Electr. 381. [Also of time, = then, but only with ref. to a state of things then existing. Cf. Th. i. 11, oi/cT ivTaifda, ne turn quidem."] evTavOi, here, in the Attic poets : 'H prjv v\i€ig y etl fx' kvravGi fj,ETaTT8i.i\pEa6ov. Aristoph. Plut. 608. IvravOoi, there, here, in this place, without motion, istic : 'EvTavOol vvv fjco Kvvag te ovag t cnrEpvicuv. Od. xviii. 104. [Liddell and Scott, even in their last ed., follow Elmsley and Dindorff, in banishing this word from Attic prose. Stallbaum's note on Phileb. 15, a, should have settled this point : cf. Kiihner, Xen. Mem. iv. 2, 13. It occurs without variation three times in PL Apol. Soc. ; also Dem. Lept. 106. It properly — hue, but is used with icapiivai.] 203. 6KWK, ovaa, ace. to some, from elkoj, to yield ; ace. to 203 others, from i/fca, perfect of 'itj/jii, one who acts of his own good will, or with intention, one who acts voluntarily : "Ocrrtg eir i]fiaTL tvEe ekwv fjLEdlrjdi fxa-^EaOai. II. xiii. 234. €Kou' nurw birwr Ellwg Kal uq ayvowv wpaTTr). Aristot. Eth. v. 8. Sophocles uses it, in speaking of persons, for ekljv: Gig ft' ijpapTtv ov\ EKuvcria. Soph. Trach. 1123. So, without variation, Dew. Lept. 100, fin. e9e\oiTTJ9, ov (o), and poet., eOeXorrrjp, fipog (o), fr. e6e\u), one ivho wishes, is willing, who acts voluntarily, or icith a 200 203. (203) #00^ will: 'Eya> 3' avh Srjfiov kraipovc al\jS kdeXoPTfjpag avWilojiat. Od. ii. 292. It is used also substantively, as we use volunteer : HoWol Se clvtid kui twv 7repioikwy eOe- Xovral rjKoXovdovv, Xen. Hell. v. 3, 9. eGeXirjjxos (6, r/), poet, in Hesiod : Ol $' edeXrjjjLol ijav^oi k'pya vejjlovto. Hesiod. Oper. 107. £QeXr\p.(j)v, ovog (6), one who is willing, who consents [who grants readily^ : Ata to kdeXrjfjiova elvai iSf av Tig SirjTai. Plat. Crat. 406, a. eOeXouaios (6, //), one who does a thing with a good will [of his own free will : ovk avdyi&i aXX' eOeXovgioi. Xen. Cyr. iv. 2, 6] : 'Eyw aoi, a) Kvoe, edeXova-iog v^iara^iai. Xen. Cyr. vi. 3, 12. [Also of things that one does of one's own free will : e. g. to epav. Cyr. v. 1, 10.] eGeXoupyos (o, rj), in the Fathers, one who acts from his own will : AvTOKtXsverTog teal edeXovpyog cnrovSrj. Phil. Jud. ii. 220, 38. auGaipcTos (6, ?/), fr. alpiofiai, prop, what a man chooses, or may choose himself; taken or chosen freely : "Ewe irt avdaipETog afityoTepaig ?/ EvfiovXia. Thuc. i. 78. OayaTo) avOaipeTo) a7ro0i'{}(TKei (by a voluntary death). Xen. Hellen. vi. 2, 36. Sometimes speaking of persons, self-chosen, self- elected : AvdalpeTOL (jTpaTriyoi. Xen. An. v. 7, 17. ovtoPouXos (6, r]), one who is his own counsellor, who consults nobody but himself: 'AXX* avTojSovXog 'iaO', d' tyw. Msch. Theb. 1060. auToiceXeuoTos (o, y\) (tceXevi*)), that which receives no im- ' pulse or command but its own: AvroKeXevcrTog bpjjiy]. Greg, de Horn. auToianrjTog (o, rj), fr. kiveo), self-moved : 'Avtikeitcli .... a>c ctKU'riTog k£, Eavrfjg Trpog avTOiclvrjTOV. Plut. de Prim, frigid. 17. auTOjuiaTos, 77 (/xaoftat), that which moves or acts of its own movement, or spontaneously : Kapnoy o' k'&epe ^EiSwoog apovpa avro/jLCLTr] iroXXoy te kcu acpOoyoy. Hesiod. Oper. 105. 'Ecu/ 7tov avTOfjiaToi 7rEpiTV)(ii)(7L t?\ apETrj . Plat. Prot. 320, a. Speaking of things, spontaneous, natural, without apparent cause : 'A-n-o tov avTOfidrov, Plat. Prot. 323, c, naturally, of itself, by chance as it were. In mechanics, ace. to Eusta- thius (ad II. iv. 408), those machines are called ra clvto- 204—206. 201 /jtara, which move by internal clock-work. Hence we (203) have given the name of automatons to machines which imi- tate the motions of living bodies. 204. eXauVeiy, properly to drive on, force on before ; hence to 204 drive before one, to repulse, in order to remove to a distance, or disperse: Kcu evt ettl vnvdiv iXdaaag 'ApyEtovg kteIve(tke. II. xxiv. 392. 8i€o-0ai (diu)), prop, to put in fear; hence to put to flight, to pursue a beast in hunting, or the enemy : Alice Zevg Swyaiv .... vUKog airu)- aa/jiEvovQ, drjiovg irporl ctarv cisadai. II. xii. 275. $uuk€ii>, elongated form of the preceding word (ciio), used both in prose and poetry, prop, to frighten ; hence to pursue that which flees, whether in the hunt or in battle, in order to take it or kill it : Karo7rtv rovrovg ecLwkov, kcll ovk avitvav dXX fjpovv TivciQ avTwv. Xen. Cyr. i. 4, 21. aeueiv, to rush in pursuit: 'Ottttote \iiv Gtvairo air' rfiovog 7rediovde. II. xx. 148. 205. e\a<|)os (6, rj), staff, hind: Evpwv rj z\a(pov KEpabv y dypiov 205 cuya. II. iii. 24. IXXos, ov (6), fawn; hinnulus, in the Odyssey: 'Ei/ TrpoTtpoiai ttoSeggi kvwv t%6 irouziXov kXXov. Od. xix. 228. [And Soph. fr. 105.] K€(j.as, ddog (r/),acc. to Eustathius,/aww, already larger than vefipog: ncc. to others, fallow deer [or a sort of antelope, Pape] : *H KSfidd' rjk Xayujbv kirEiytTov efifxsvhg aid. II. x. 361. yePpos, ov (6), fawn of the hind : NEJDpbv Eyovr ovvyEaai, tekoc iXd(poio ra^Eujg. IL viii. 248. 206. eXeos, £og (to), pity, compassion : "Effflw $fj kXsog* Xvirrj rig 906 E7TL (pCUVOfXEVG) KCLKQ) (pQapTIKU). AHstot. Rket. ti. 8. eX€Y]|ULocru^Tj, rjg (?/), sentiment of pity : M?) tri y e/ueIo irddng kukov elvekcl, ttjctSe dvr kXEnnoavvng. Callim. in Del. 151. In the N. T., alms: UpoaiyETE t))v kXE^fioavrriv vfiu)v jjii) ttoleIv E^nrpoadEv tCjv dvdpiowiov irpog to Oeadrjyat avrolg. Matth. vi. 1. cXctjtvs, vog (>/), inclination to pity, found only in the Odyssey: Otue oiriCa (fipovsovreg ivi typta'tv, ovd' i\ti)TV7>. Od. xiv. n2. oiKTipfxos, ov (6), pity, commiseration, compassion, in the 202 207. (206) plural in Pindar and the N. T. : Kpicrviav yap okripfiwp Qdovoe. Find. Pyth. i. 164. oiKTio-jma, arog (to), that which excites pity, miserable state: ' £h' & eg Xoyovg te ml to. tojvS" oIkt la para fiXixpag 7TETrav0rj<:. Eur. Heracl. 159. [Surely it means, lamenta- tions here.] oIktio-jxos, ov (o), fr. oikti^io, mark of pity [No] : Kpiro- fiovXog Si Kal E^EKayyaaev et:1 to) olKTLafxip avrov [not * burst out a laughing for his only mark of pity, 9 but 6 at his piteous complaint'^. Xen. Conv. i. 16. otktos, ov (6), pity that shows itself by signs, or outward proof: At7rX^ jje XPV£ £l G Sajcpva KEpdavai, yvvat, (rrjg TraiSog oU~/), not governed by a king ; having no Icing : USapfiapoi de Xctoreg ^lXiol afiarjiXtvroL. Tliuc. ii. 80. auTo^ojmos (o, ?/), one under the government of laws of his own making ; independent, speaking of a people, a state : OI he reXevrawi o'lEe iiKovreg, kul Tovg"RXXr)vag irpoa- yopevovatv avrovopovg acpievai. Thuc. i. 140. 2758. I IXkos, eog (to), fr. 1'Xkvm, rent of the flesh, ivound of long 208 standing, whether from a weapon of any kind, or formed of itself, running-sore, ulcer ; ulcus: "O0i \iiv Xiirov eXjcci fxoxOi£orTa. II. ii. 723. ouX^, 77c (*/)> scar of an old wound : OvXrjv r/)r mri \xiv avg rfXaare XevK(3 ocovtl. Od. xix. 393. [Cf. Tpavjna.~\ TT\r\yr), i}g (?/), fr. 7tX{](T(T(jj, action of striking, blow given or received from near, blow, in general ; mark, wound, or scar made by the blows, wound : AovXa) Se 7rXr)yai kcu 6 tov acojuciTog alKM/jog. Dem. de Cher son. 102, 20. '' 'Afjta Se eireSelicvvGav twv rapdrjKO(p6po)v rag irXrjyag kcu ev X £ P (TL K(XL kv rpayjjXoig. Xen. Cyr. ii. 3, 20. irXT]7|xa, arog (to), verbal from TrXr)GGU), blow struck : "OQev tcl deiva 7tXr)yiiaT i)v yeveictdiov. Eur. Iph. T. 1366. Tpaujuia, arog (to), fr. TiTpioaKio, prop, hole ; hence wound, in general : " Ap.a De Tag ovXag Tibv TpavpaTiov cnzoyvf-ivov- fjLtvog e-KeeeiKvvev. Xen. Mem. iii. 4, 1. TvfjLfxa, ciTog (to), fr. TvnTio, poet.; 1. blow given or received: "Eti t7£ x 01 ) GTSpofjiEvav (piXb)v Tvppa rj'jujuan rival. JEsch. Ag. 1440. 2. Wound or sore, which is the consequence of the blow, in later poets, and even that which has given the wound : "Oaai^ov iari to rvppa, Kal aX'iKov avSpa SapdaSei; Theocr. iv. 55. (utciXtj, ijg (?/), fr. ovtcuo, poet., recent wound; rulnus : AvtIko. one who hates, or is hated, hateful, speaking of persons, and of things ; hence enemy, but more frequently a private enemy than an enemy in war; in prose and verse, in opp. to i\og : Upog jjiev Tovg cplXovg an'KJTwg, pog Se Tovg e^dpovg avavSpwg EypvTEg. Isocr. Paneg. 41. TToXejuiios, la, enemy armed, enemy in war : TG>v jxev av\x- jiayjLov KaTacppovovvTEg, Tovg de. TroXEjuilovg dEpairtvovTEg. Isocr. Paneg. 41. [Also as adj., hostile (to) : — propr. and impropr.] dmiroXejjtos and djriiroXljxios (6, rj), enemy in war, in the 211,212. 205 historians: Tvu)fj.r)i> zyj. ra t£jv avTLTroXefxijJv fir) kiriXiytGdai (210) 7rpr)y/jLara, Herodot. vii. 236. "A ce \6yov jjLaXiara a£,ta rj fJLETa tCov 'A6rivaiu)v oi ^vfifiayoi tirpa'^av, r) irpbg tovc 'AQrj- vcilovq oi avriiroXifxioi, tovtojp fj.i'rj(j6fi for 'ivdov : At t ecrio arkyr]Q. Trachin. 204. In Euripides: Trjv r^eva) ypaiav dofiujv p,r)Tspa. Heracl. 584. [It is used with verbs of rest by the best prose writers: tcl elaio vevo- arjKora aujfjLara (PL Rep. iii. 407, d) : aVw rr)v x e ^9 a tX ovra — wl ^ 1 the hand kept within the folds of the chiton, i.e. not put forth to receive a bribe. Dein. 421. Both s'lctuj and tvrog sometimes — citra: as intra often does, eichjj tGjv 6peu>v eivai, Xen. sptoq tov -kqtcl\iov. Hdt. Th.~\ en-os, adverb, within, inwardly ; intus, intra ; sometimes with a case after it, and then it acts as a preposition, as in, within, in the inside of: Ta^oc ivrot ioireg, 11, xii. 374, [Also impr., within such a time, such a degree of consan- guinity, &c. See end of the remark on tiGoj,'] cvtodvrj, Pseudo-Plut, Apophth, Lacon. 2. According to Phrynicus {Phryn- Lobeck. p. 132), iiri^oloQ was never used in this sense but by illiterate persons. [Its meaning is : expected with probability ; thought likely, .] €uS6kijjios (6, rj), prop, approved ; hence esteemed, distin- guished : YpafjLfjLara iroWa GWEiXeyixevov ttolyitwv re Kal GoyiGTujv rwv e.vioKLp,b)Tarii)v* Xen, Mem, iv. 2, 1. €u'8o£os (6, fj), full of glory, famous : Kal dfia e\ev6ipav kcli EvioloTcirr\v iroXiv hia iravrog ve/Jto/jieda, Thuc. i. 84. [Also of good repute, of a high character, generally : e. g. vEEg, Hdt. vii. 99.] jcXeivos, r) (kXhw), in poets posterior to Homer; very rare in prose, famous, celebrated: Avrbg 6jS' eXrjXvOa 6 Tract icXeivbg Oldiirovg ica- Xov/Jtevog. Soph. (Ed. R. 8. [icXeivolg Kal 7raXaiolg dvdpdaiv. PI. Soph. 243, a.] kXcitos, r) (/cXstw), publicly spoken of, famous, celebrated, distin- guished : 'AXX' ovrig dvvaro Tpwcov kXutCjv t tniKovpajv dtiKai .... 11. iii. 451. kA/utos, t/, fr. kXvw, what is heard spoken of, known, famous, very frequent in Homer, in speaking both of men and things: "Qg eiVwi/ 6 [lev (px er> >ilTl kXvtcl (pvX' avOpojTTwv. II. xiv. 361. cukXc^s (o, jj), full of glory, famous, glorious : Tovg fitv ciyadovg Kal EVKXEElg Ev^aLixoyEarrdrovQ rw ovtl vop-i^ELV, Xen, Cyr. iii. 3, 27. icuSpcfe, r), fr. Kvdog, only in the feminine, in the Iliad and the Odys- sey, as the epithet of Juno and other goddesses, and seldom of mortal beings worthy of respect, august: "Bprj [xs 7rposrjKi Aibg Kvdp?) 7rapaK0LTig. II. xviii. 184. The superlative KV^tOTog, likewise from Kvdog, is more used. fcu8d\i|jios (t>, r)), derivative of the preceding word, honorable, noble, epithet of warriors, and of the heart, as the seat and source of courage, in the Iliad: 'AXX' ay', oigtevgov MsveXdov KvdaXifjioio. II. iv. 100. ImKuSrjs (o, ji), having glorious success, flourishing : Upoa- OijJLEvog Toig Eripoig, EiriKvlEOTEpa ret irpdy fjiura tovtiov E7roi- tjgev, Isocr, Paneg. 38. Xcijunrpos, a, prop, clear, hence brilliant, splendid ; clarus, speaking of things ; sometimes illustrious, speaking of men : Ov yap \6youri tov (jlov (nrov^dCofiEv Xa/unrpov iroiEiadai paXXov H) ro~ig ^piofjlrotg. Soph, (Ed, Col, 1144. ovo\iclai8i|xos (o, r)), illustrious ; clarus : Xowrjaav d' vno re 7rp6fj.axoi Kai (paiSifxog"EKTLop. II. iv. 505. €man^s (6, >/), illustrious : "Ottioq Ie jju) tlq (jtiriarfi, kcil oyojJLtiaai (juvXofxat tovq kit ityav eg t drove, avrujv. Xen. Ages. 3, 2. 213. e^€Ka, poet. clVeica, because of, on account of, indicates 213 the design with which a thing is done, but without any close connexion with it, and in a cause in which the feel- ings of the agent are not much interested : Xepal fiev ovtol eyojye fxayj](jo^.aL e'Ivekcl Kovpng. II. i. 298. di/Tt : from the notion of exchange proper to this prepo- sition, which signifies, 1. in the stead of in the place of arises that of causality, which it often has, both in prose and verse ; 2. for, because of: 'Av0' orov 8' ektelvcl vlv ukovgov. Eur. Hec. 1136. irpo, forth, forward, before, as in Latin, pro ; hence for, for the defence of, principally in poetry : Olov Trpoarrjaag irpo i Ayai.Giv Tpujdl /ud^eadai. II. iv. 156. uirip, prop., above, over ; hence the notion of defence, of protection, prop, and fig., in both poetry and prose, where it is sometimes used, 1. for dvri, in the place of for : 'H KOti kdiXoig dv, (jj 'E7r/<70f jeq* virEp tovtov dirodavE~iv ; Xen. An. vii. 4, 6. 2. On account of, in behalf of , for the sake of, for: o//3g> rj Uprjv EKu-o/jiljrjv pe'£cu vwEp Aaiawv. II. i. 444. Xapiy, in favour of, in order to please, indicates more particularly the intention cff the agent, a more direct con- cern on his part, and the desire felt to do an agreeable thing or to oblige : Xa'ou' "Exropog orpyravrog. II. xv. 744. 214. escort, it is permitted, more in the moral sense: "£1(tte 214 Kara! je tovto, Heart act (you are permitted = you may) Xiyeir. Xen. Mem. i. 4, 9. t 2 208 215. (214) eon, for e^ecttl or eve art : Qvic eoti tovq Qclvovtciq eg (jxxog jxoXeIv. Eur. Ale. 1079. eWori, there are the means, it is possible, more as regards physical possibility, and the man's own natural powers, whether prop, or fig. : Hwg evegtiv rj ttujq fivvardv tovtovq airavrag . . . ; Dem. in Eubulid. 1306, 2. ivi 9 often for evegtl, in prose and verse : Oik evl rw (pev- yovri irapE\dE~iv. Dem. de Cor. 3. eySe'xeTcu, it is admitted, or received, it is possible, it can be ; contingit : Uiog ovv ovtc Evhi^ETai, GutypoviiaavTa irpo- ctQev avdig fxi] ewtypovEtv ; Xen. Mem. i. 2, 23. irdpeoTi, it is easy, speaking of what is w r ithin reach, of what can be done without hindrance : UdpEcrri tovtov wElpav, w XaipE(j)LJy, XafdfidvELv. Plat. Gorg. 448, a. Oejuiis eori, 1. it is according to the common usage, accord- ing to custom, fas est: Ecu ol 6Evpojj.Evrj j3XE(pdpu)v aVo IciKpva 7T17TTEL, rj difxig ecttl yvvaiKog. Od. xiv. 130. 2, It is proper, becoming, right : Ovte difxig 7r£pl rd roiavra dvSpl (jo(f)

, adverb, without : 'Afjtyl $£ r aKpal rjiovEg fiooioariv EpEvyojjLEvrjg dXog Et,(i). II. xvii. 265. Sometimes used as a preposition with a case following it, out of, on the outside of: Et yap vvv, £(prj, etl oXiyoi eloriu- ol eZ/), 1. inscription, inscription in memory 216 of the dead, in Thucydides : Kcu ov gty)X£jv povov ev rrj oiK£ia (Trj/jLah'EL EiriypcKpfj. Thuc. ii. 43. 2. Title of a book, in Polybius : "\va pi) npog tyji> £7riypa(pi]y, aAXa 7rpoc; tci irpdypaTa jjXe7noaii\ Polyb. iii. 9, 3. emypajuijuLa, utoq (to), inscription in verse, in Thucydides: Kcu ru) fjiEv ev rrj ayopa wpocroLKoEopiifTciQ varEpov 6 crjpog 'Adrivaiwv psl^ov pfJKog rod jocopov fjcpaviGE TOV7viypappa. Thuc, vi. 54, These two words were at first nearly syno- nymous, but k-iriypappa appears to have been always used of an inscription in verse, and what proves this is the fact, that later the word is specially applied to that kind of poetical composition of several lines, generally elegiac, the collection of which bears the name of Anthology ; this kind of poem, let it be added, has no kind of connexion whatever with our epigram. 217. cmOaXdjjLioy, ov (to), composition in verse, or poem in 217 celebration of a marriage, epithalamium : 'Eyw yap vp.1v iiriQaXapiov arayvwaopai. Luc. Conviv. iii. 40, 445. yajxrjXioi', ov (to), neuter of yapi)Xioc, taken absolutely, with ellipse of aapa or avXrjpa, nuptial song ; according to Pollux (Poll, iv. 80), it was sung to two flutes, one of which was shorter than the other, as symbolic of the in- feriority of the wife to the husband. 218. emOujuLLCi, etc (?/), desire ; cupiditas : Kcu ov av »/ e-ttiOv- 218 pia Evrj ixnav yCv. Aristot. Rhet, i. 11. eXSo>p (to), under the Epic form cc'XSwp, in Homer, with, vote: ToAe fioi Kpijijvov uXdiop. 11. i. 4r>. OufjLos, ov (o), the heart, as the seat of desire and the natural appetites: fLcar, ote Qvpag arwyoi. II. iv. 263. t 3 210 219. (218) Hence, the appetite itself: Aaivvvr, ovSe ti Ovuog eSeveto Sairog eiarrjc. 11. i. 468. \fjp.a, arog (to), fr. Xaa», prop, desire, will; as the principle of the passions ; hence, inclination, propensity : 'O d' elg to Kf.pdog \rjfi tx (t>v aveifiivov. Eur. Heracl. 3. [In prose, Hdt. 5, 72.] ope£is, eiog (fj) 9 fr. opiyoj, appetite : f H yap £7ri0i/p'a tov yjSiog EVTiv ope^tg. Aristot. Rhet. i. 11. opp.17, fjc (fj), fr. opo), motion or spring of the soul towards an object, principle of violent and heedless xlesire, impe- tuous movement from impulse : 9 A\\a avv Tolg vofxoig fjvav- TiLjOn ToiavTr] opjurj tov Ciifiov, fjv ovk av olfxai aXXov ovdiva avOpwrrov vTiojJLzivai. Xen. Mem. iv. 4, 2. irpoGujJLia, ag (JJ), good-will: E'i ti jx kircxihevcrev wg av %vvaifjLr}v arpaTiq. 7rpodvfj.iai> sfifiaXeiv. Xen. Cyr. i. 6, 13. 219. 219 emic^Scios (6, r/), relative to funerals : Kal crj teal oro\// y£ 7rov toaq eTTtKrjSeioiQ wEalg (funeral chants), oh aricpavot TrpinoLev av ovh" ETriyjpvaoi Kovfioi. Plat. Legg. vii. 800, e. cmK^oeioy, ov (to), poem or composition in verse, on the death of a person, and in honour of him, in Plutarch : f O Se Tuj Hivdcipu) Trottjo-ag to ettikyiIelov . Plut. de An. procr. 33. According to others, it was a kind of funeral oration pronounced over the dead. €iriTd<|>ios (o, */), spoken at or over the tomb, and after the burial, in speaking of a discourse delivered on the occasion : Arjfxocrla racpag TTOLELade Kal Xoyovg EWtTaa^lovg, kv olg KorrfielTS tcl twv ayadoJv avSpwv kpya. Dem. in Leptin. 499. OpTJi'os, ov (6), funeral dirge by singers customarily em- ployed for that purpose, and accompanied by the relations and friends of the deceased, not only at the time of the burial, but also at certain anniversaries of the time of mourning ; a custom found as early as Homer : Ilapa & elaav aoi^ovg Oprjvwv i^ltpyovg' o'ite arovotaaav aotdrjv, ol fMEv ap' idprjveov. II. xxiv. 721. OpYjyw&ia, ag (//), funeral dirge, in general"; lameniatio : _ 220,221. 211 H £l/), tablet of deal on which letters were written ; in poetry the letter itself : Kcu icrj3i]Tr]cris, eojg (r)), altercation, dispute resulting from contradictory claims, and out of which a law-suit arises : Kal eireicr] dveKpiSncrav npog r<3 apyovri airaaai al ajjiajia- jJrjTiiffetg, Kal thai dyioyi^EGOat iv rw hiKacrrrjpiu). Dem. in Olympiod. 1173. $ia<|>op(£, dg (//), a difference between private individuals and even between two nations : Hepaiwv \iiv vvv 01 Xo- yioi €ikos, eoq (to), quarrel principally in words, abusive lan- guage : 'AXAa rirj 'ipthag Kal veiKea vuiiv avdyKr) veikeIv d\\)]\ot(TLv ivavTiov ; //. xx. 107. This word is less used in prose than cpiXovEiKia. cfuXoyeiKta, ac (//), prop, love of wrangling and disputing; hence, jealousy, or, in a good sense, spirit of rivalry, emula- tion : fyiXoveiKiav ivipaXe wpog dXXijXavg to'lq f^ier avrov c/7ro>c tKaaroi aWwv dpicrrot (jhuvoivto. Xen. Ages. ii. 8. 214 224. 224. 224 Spx^aOai, to go, but almost always in a relative sense, so as to mark either 1. the place at which the speaker is already arrived, in which case it is rendered generally by to come: Avrap ire^bg kg "IXtov elXrjXovda. IL v. 204. Or, 2. the place to which the speaker transports himself in thought, or where the action contemplated is to take place : "'Ep'XPfAai, 6(pp 9 9 A^tXfj'l Sa'i(j)povL fivOoi' kvioTrw. IL xi. 839. T]K€ii/, to come, to be come, be present [=» venisse], supposes the passing from the one place to the other over : Kcu rjicov ol ai'Spes (pipovreg tyjp kmaroXriv. Xen. Cyr. ii. 2, 7. iK€iv, to come, to arrive : Avrap oy' kg 'PocW l%sv aXwfievog. II. ii. 667. iKaveiv, elongated form of the preceding word, in Homer, Pindar, and iEschylus: Avrap tywye 7roXXa flpor&v £7rt acre* aX&fievog kvQdd' Ikclvix). Od. xv. 492. licreTo-GcH, to come, to arrive : IZreiywv h 9 iKvovfiai rovole Tovg x^povc. Soph. (Ed. R. 785. diK^€ia0at, more used than the simple tKvelcrdai, espe- cially in prose, 1. to arrive: 'Errel Si dtyUero 6 Kvpog elg MrjSovg TrpocTorKva^dprjr. Xen. Cyr. ii.l, 2. 2. Sometimes in poetry, to come bach: f E\o>v re AapMvov kXelvyiv ttoXlv dtyiKET elg roS' " Apyog. Eur. Electr. 5. Ki€iv, Epic, formed by metathesis fr. 'ikeiv [more probably related to elfii, root tj, rendered sometimes by to go, to come: Tu>v fikv rrevrr}- kovtcl vkeg k'lov. II. xi. 705. |ao\.€lv, to come, to come back : KdSfiog ffioXe rdvde yav Tvpiog. Eur. Phoen. 651. The participle p,o\tx)V, which is in common use in the poets, is not, properly speaking, pleonastic, as the grammarians say, even when found with verbs of motion, with which it is analogous to our [the French] use of venir with an infin. : *Q cata TsKiirjcaa, dva- fxopov yevoc, opa, fioXovoa rovd\ bizcTi tnt} Qpou. Soph. Aj. 772. Fr. viens entendre \_come and hear (lit. see)]. v€€o-0s, (jjtoq (6), physical need or longing for, desire, such 225 as that of eating and drinking: Avrap ewei ttoviog klu Icnrvog e£ zpov evto. II. i. 469. Hence, love : Ov yap -ku-kote \x <5Se kpcog (ppivag dfi^etcciXvibei', II. iii. 442. aydrn], tjq (//), fr. ciya/iat, friendship, affection, or rather testimony of affection consisting of respectful attentions, and marks of esteem ; it is however found applied in the O. T. to an incestuous affection : "On f^iya to jjugoq o i/iivrjaev avrt]y virep tyiv dydi:r)v fjv dydirnGEv avrY\v. 2 Reg. xiii. 15. In the N. T, love of God or our neighbour, charity : 'AW eyrwKa v/jiag on rrjv dydirnv tov Oeov ovk e\ete * v eavrolg. Joan. v. 42. In the plural dydirai, wv (at), agap^e, love- feasts, which the primitive Christians celebrated in common, the expense being borne by the rich ; a custom which was continued down to the fourth century ; when they were suppressed by the council of Laodicea. In the N. T. : Ovro'i eigiv iv nxiq dydiraiQ vpibv aTTiXddeg. Jud. i. 12. dYdTrrjais, Etog (r/), affection, love : f H tov YlepiKXiovg dyaTTrjvic yevofiivr) irpog 'AdTraaiav. Plut. Pericl. 24. dairao-jjios, ov (6), prop, embrace ; hence, desire to em- brace, affection, inclination, fig. in Plato, opposed to julaog : Kpu>i(r6w ye jxy}v vtto tgjv tci dpiarela eiXntyonov -J zkeivwv Ixlgel Koi aWaoy/w. Plat. Legg. xi. 919, e. i'jjiepos, ov (6), fr. tEfxai, inclination directed to its object by the physical need of possessing what is loved : hence, desire : Kai jjle yXvKvg Ifiepog alpE~i. II. iii. 446. Tr60os, ov (6), Socrates, in the Cratylus of Plato (Crat. 420, a), imitating the false and absurd Etymological system of the Sophists, in order to ridicule it, derives this word from nodi ; where ? and defines it as love or desire of an absent object ; but the elements of the word are to be found in Triirovda, perfect of Trdayu), and make it analogous with irii'Qog : hence it signifies rather the suffering or pain caused by the absence or loss of the loved object[, a yearning for it] ; hence, regret for the loss, or absence : AXXd /j£ aog te irodog dvfJLov aVffvpa. Od. xi. 201. irodi], i)Q ())), for iroQoq : 'H 7ror' 'AxiXXTjog iroQi) t£frai ulaj *A\aiCjv GVfjnravrag. 11. i. 240. 216 226. (225) 'n'oO'qTus, voq (77), tenderness of parents for their children, in Appian : Ovk dficpolv drdXavTov h)v fitpiaavro 7ro0r)TVv. Opp. Cyn* ii. 609. orepKTiKo*', ov (70), principle of the natural affections, disposition to love : Kal yap (^lXotekvol Kal tyiXavdpoi Kal to crrepKTLKor bXwg kv avTalg, dxnrep evtyvrjg %(t>pa Kal Sektikyj i\ia, ag (Jf) friendship : 'A XX' ojjlojq Sta tovtojv irdvrwv rj (ptXla StaSvofiivrj avvdwTEi rovg tcaXovg te Kayadovg. Xen. Mem. ii. 6, 29. 4>iXott|S, rjTog (77), 1. friendship, love, and very often, in Homer, 2. sexual love or intercourse: T(fi ds yvvr) Upoirov hireprivaTO, dV "AvTtia KpvTrraSLy (piXornri fxiyrjpevai. II. vi. 160. 4>i\Tpov, ov (to), in the plural in Euripides, amours : Td 6eu>v Sk (piXTpa Qpovda Tpoig,. Eur. Troad. 859. iXoo-Topyia, ag (77), affectionate nature or disposition : Ovtu) Kal Kvpov ek TYJc TroXvXoyiag ov dpdaog SiECpaivETO, aXX' cnrXoTTjg tic Kal (piXoo-Topyia. Xen. Cyr. i. 4, 3. 4>i\o<|>po(7uVT), rjg (77), kindliness, friendly disposition : Sv $e jiEyaXriTopa Ovjuov 'iayEiv kv arrfjOtaffL' (pCXotypocvvr) yap djjLEivijjy. IL ix. 256. [Also Plat. Xen.~\ \dpis 9 LTog (77), token of reciprocal affection, return (in gratitude), favour, caress of love : QiKTpog, dwo fjtvrjaTfjg dXo^ov KovptSirjg, rjg ovtl X a V tJ/ ^ e • • • • H* x ^ 243. 226. 226 epG)*rai>, 1. to put a question, to question, to ash for a pre- cise answer, affirmative or negative : 'AXX' kpojra, £077, w Kups, 6 tl (IovXei wg TaXiidfj kpovvTog. Xen. Cyr. iii. 1, 30. 2. To ash, request, in the sense of entreating, begging, in the N. T. : *£lg ovv i)Xdov irpog avTOv ol ^ajJiapiiTai r)pu)T(t)v avTov jiEivat nap avTolg. Joan. iv. 40. €pc, to eat, in general ; hence the Latin esse : 'E7ret Se /cat eadlovra avrov ewowv, uxrwEp /cat avrol, fjdiojg /cat KirovTa. Xen. Cyr. i. 5, 1. piPpu>crK€iv, poet, to eat with voracity, carrying with it the notion of a large quantity consumed, to devour, to feast upon; vorare : "Qgte Xsovra, oq pa ts fleflpwKUJQ flobg epx STaL aypavXoio. Od. xxii. 403. [Hdt. 1, 119 ; not in Attic prose.] PpoxOi^eiy, to put into the throat or gullet : ^j.ieIov Se to jjiri TtivsLv iroXv, ciWcl /cat (ipoydlaai, Aristot. ProbL 27,3. eSeiv, poet, and defective, and rare in prose, to eat ; hence the Latin edere, prop, and fig. : "Edoval ts 7riova /xrjXa. II, xii. 319. [sdsaQat and edeaTSov. Pl.~\ €peirT€o-0at, used of frugivorous animals, in the Iliad, to browse : Awrbv kptiTTonEvoi kXsoQpSTCTov ts aeXivov. IL ii. 776. jj.ao"dcr9ai, 1. to chew: Macwvrat yap airavTEc, ol kv Trj X^pq. tov Trenrvpov /cat tov julep ^uAoj/ KaTcnrivovoi, to Se fiaarjiJLa EKfiaXXovcri. Theophr. H. PL iv. 9. 2. Hence, to eat, in general, as in Latin, mandere: Matr oj/jievoq to Xonrbv ovtlo rw k6w(i> ^vvslvai. Aristoph. PL 320. TraTeeaOai, in Homer and Herodotus, to take food, to eat : Hdpog y£ fj,Ev ovtl 7T€7racrjLt?jv. //. xxiv. 642. [Also Soph, Antig. 202.] po<|>€iv, verb formed by onomatopy from the noise made in swallow- ing, to swallow with noise any liquid, an egg, Sic. : *Q fxaicapia /3ovX?) ov Trig Oscopiag, ogqv pO(pr)aei £wjudv 7]fJL€putv Tpiwv. Aristoph, Pac, 716. Tpwyeiy, prop. 1. to browse, and used of herbivorous ani- mals, and, by ext., of man, in speaking of vegetables, fruits, and delicacies : Ilovq ysvo/JLEvovc; kvcl^lovq ovte Tpuyovcri ovte ex^ovteq TTttTEovTai. Herodot, ii. 37. 2. to eat, if not with excess, yet with the associated notion of too much being eaten, of greediness ; in Demosthenes, speaking of a reveV Ta vtyjv to jjlev irpioTov ovtojgi iriveiv i] elvai tov avvrjSofjievop toiq ayadoUg teal crvi'aXyovvra rdlg Xvirnpolg. Aristot. Rhet. ii. 4. 230. 230 €Tep6<()0a\juLos (o, */), one who has lost an eye by accident : 'Avriyovog 6 QiXiinrov, 6 kcl\ erepoipdaXjJLog, kui £k tovtov KvkXwx^ 7rpoaayopevdeig. AZlian. Var. Hist. xii. 43. juLo^6cj>0aXjuLos (6, rj), one who naturally has only one eye % as the fabulous Cyclopes, or as the Arimaspi, a people who were miners, and whom Herodotus, speaking after the legends of his time, represents as having only one eye ; legends, however, in which he disavows his belief, notwith- standing the credulity generally, though erroneously, attri- buted to him : HeidofxaL Se ouSe rovro, oKwg fiovvotyOaXjuioi avlpeg rai. Herodot. iii. 116. 231. 231 ctos, eog (to), hence the Latin vetus ; time, epoch, or fixed point of time in the Odyssey : 'AM' ore $rj Irog 7]XQe 7repL7rXojjievo)v enavrutr. Od. i. 16. It is more commonly used in narration for year, to mark exactly the time and determine the epoch, and particularly in speaking of the age of man : T Hj/ Se 9 ore. ereXevra, ajJKpl ret 7rerTy]K0VTa trr\. Xen. Anab. ii. 6, 10. ei/iauT6s, ov (o), fr. kv kavra) or fr. evog ; hence, anus and annus. According to Eustathius it is synon. with harpij3rj f period^mh\ch comprehends a considerable portion of time, and the duration of which is not fixed, cycle : '' Airoddovrai de. Xv7rag y^poviovg r erutv waXaiwp eriavrovg. Aristoph. Man. 347. Hence a fixed period as that of a year, in the 232. 221 Iliad : 'Ervia Sri fieSaaai Aiog peydXov kviavrol. II. ii. (231) 134. This word is more often found in poetry than in prose ; Plato, however, uses it more frequently than trog, which is more common in the historians : 'Evtavrog Se OTTorav ijXiog top kavrov 7repieXdn kvkXov. Tim. 39, c. \vicdf3as, avToq (6), fr. Xvktj, poet. : Tovd' avrov XvKafiavTog IXtv- Gtrai kvOdd' 'Odvaatvg. Od. xiv. 161. 232. cJSaijmwk (o, ?/), happy : Qvnribv & oXfiiog elg reXog ovieig 232 ovb" svSaifAwi'. Eur. Iph. A. 162. cukXtjpos (o, ?/), fr. kXtjooq, having a happy lot, or portion, in the Anthology : 01 cT"Iov, ol ff kjooaaav k'vKXapov 2aAa- fjura. A nth. Plan. iv. Antipatr. 296. e3|Aoipos (6, »/), fr. fjioipa, having a happy portion: Evfioipoi S' lye- vovto Kai aicXseg ovttot ikhvoi. Call, in Del. 295. cviroTfjLOS, (6, »/), fr. iroTpLog, in the Tragedians, one of a happy for- tune, fortunate : 'Ayvad'aravcHorog avdqi irarpbg /PX f XP r 7/ xct7 * an '' ° 2* a v kvopi^e paKapiwrciTog elvai on .... Xen. Cyr. viii. 3, 19. These two forms, pdk'ap particu- larly, in verse, were often used as appellations of honour, a usage which was continued down to the middle ages : 7 £2 pc'iKcip 'ArpeiSrj. II. iii. 182. It was applied to gods, and, by ext., to men who were thought to have merited by their virtues a place after death, reserved for them in Heaven, or in certain islands called paKciowv vTiooi : Kai rol pev raiovaiv aK-qlia Ovpui' iypvT££ kv (xaKapbfv ji'jctukti. Hesiod. Oper. 169. fxaKapiTTjs, ov (o), blessed, was more specially used in speaking of the dead by euphemism [— of blessed memory']; u 3 222 233, (232) traces of this use of it may be found as early as the Persae of iEschylus : 'Hp diet fjtov piaKapiTag Ico^aipnav (5clc — , // evdv, sc. oSoq ; but usually with gen. evdv 'E^cVov, &c. ; once in PL = in direct opposition to, against : evdv rov Scll- fioviov. Theog. 129, a.] €u6us and euGecos adverbs of time, at once, forthwith : Evdvg a-iro MrfiiKwv. Thuc. i. 142. Ace. to Ammonius and Phry- nichus, evdvg and evdewg are only adverbs of time. How- ever, evdvg seems anciently to have had the same meaning as evdv. It is found in Homer and in Herodotus under the Ionic form lOus : BaV p Wvg Aavawv. II. xii. 106. 'Idvg e-n-L QecrvaXing. Herodot. v. 64. A more recent instance would seem to show, that even in Attic writers these two words have been sometimes confounded ; for the use of evdvg for evdv in the following passage of Euripides cannot be attributed, as some critics would have it, to the necessity of the metre : E'nr/j^tda Secnrurrj ti)v evdvg" Apyovg Kcnrrfav- piag 6£6v. Hipp. 1210. 235. €UTrpocnr)YopLa, iXoirpocrr)YopLa. Most dictionaries make 235 no difference between these two words, which they trans- late by affability ; but there is a great difference between them. Se Xoyo) EV7rpo(rr]yopog* egti Be (j)iXo- Trpoanyopiag \xiv, to wpoa^wPEiP tovq cnravT&VTaQ* evnpoar)- yopiag Si, to toIq Xoyoig avTolg oIkeiwq IvTvyydvEiv. Isocr. ad Demon. 24. 236. 236 ejpl(TK€w, of the same family as spew and epevvdio, to find by search ; invenire : ^AvTiXo^og S* 'A^iXifi iroSag Ta\vg dyyeXog r)XdE, tov B* evpe irpOTrdpoide vewv, II. xviii. 2. IloXt/ yap ivTavda ev pi gketo xpiajuia. Xen. An. iv. 4, 8. Fig. to find, to invent, to discover : Ol SoKovvTEg ao(j>6v tl Evpntcivai elg tcl epya (to have made clever discoveries in agriculture). Xen. CEcon. 20, 5. aveuplvKtw. Although Suidas asserts that the preposition in this compound verb is simply ornamental, a cursory attention to Plato and Xenophon will be enough to prove that the preposition gives it a special force : At tcvveg tt} o&fxrj tov Xayib avevpLoKovaiv. Xen. Cyr. i. 6, 19. In Plato, who uses it very often fig., and always in a philo- sophical sense, in speaking of intellectual researches, this verb never fails to express, not merely the result of pro- found research, but even the discovery of things hidden, or difficult to distinguish : ^ATroKEKpyfijiiv-qv Tiyvnv dvevpelv. Plat. Phcedr. 273, c. e|€upioTK€iK, another compound of evpiaKU), marks the re- sult of long researches, and principally, fig., that of medi- tation ; to discover what is sought for : IloXXa Si f dyKe eTrfjXde \xet avipog iyvC Ipevvwv, e'lttoOev efevpot. II. xviii. 321. Fig. to invent, speaking of things which did not previously exist: TlaiStag E&vpiGKEv, at ISpwTa ejjieXXov Trapix^y* Xen. Cyr. ii. 1, 14. a\aiveiv, very rare, and explained by all the commentators by tvpicTKeiv, to find ; but the Etymologicum Magnum and Hesychius give it the sense of (hcptXeiv, whence it might be presumed to be of the same family. In the Iliad and the Odyssey it is always used, when mention is made of the sale of slaves, and the price they fetch, and may be ren- dered by to be worth, to produce, to bring (in return): Kai y! inkpaa- Q6vov vrpbg vlgt&v aX rather than fr. klu), 1. to reach, hit: 'Hk fi'sv, f)k as dovpi Kix*l 7rapd vrjvoi kixiuo. 11. i. 26. K-upeiv [and kvquv, see Lexicon], to try to attain, get, &c. ; Homer uses it in speaking of the lion falling upon the prey which it prowls after, to fall upon, come upon, get hold of, attain : "Qare Xsiov ixdpn fieydXip iiri awfiari Kvpaag. II. iii. 23. In the tragic writers, to ob- tain possession of, to have, in the same sense as rvyyavuv, from which it seems to differ, merely in being used in verse only, whereas Tvyxd- veiv is equally used in prose : Biov Se Xqovog vpag KVprjvai tov (pvrevfTavTog narpog. Soph. (Ed. R. 1492. T£rp.€iv, fr. Tifivu), to come close to a person, to meet in the way, to find without searching long: *Ev9' oye Nsffrop etet\le. II. iv. 2 ( J3. Tuyxaveii/, prop, to hit, reach an object aimed at, imply- ing always a degree of chance independent of the skill of the aimer: Toy jiev ap' 'Arpeidng .... iaraor iyx** * v &$ Kara K\nTla rvyjivae. II. v. 579. Hence, fig. to find by chance, light upon, to meet with (obtain) ; reperire : E'nroip wg wapa auo rvyuv (piXornrog airciang zpypiicu. Od. xv. 157. 237. € "X 1 1' VC (4)j prayer of entreaty : Tirag ovr iv\ag vtto- 237 Xnu/juj et ev-^eadai rolg Oeolg tov €J , ij Tovg Qrjflaiovg ; Dem. de Legat. 381, 10. c-uxwX'H. i)g (v), vow: Eir' dp oy evxioXijg t7n//£//0*rai tW iica- ropiSjjg. II. i. 6*5. 226 238. (237) evyjia, cltoq (to), vow, wish: Kdfiujv clkovgclg evyfi&Twv. Msch. Sept. 246. aiTTjoris, eu)Q (ji), request, requisition or demand: UXrjv ovte Eg 'Adrjvag, ovre eg AaKeSaljJLora d7re7refX7re enl yfjg alrrjcru', rfj Se aXXrj Trdvrri. Herodot. vii. 32. dpa, dg (rj), 1. prayer: Zbvq dpdojv dicjv NrjXrj'iddao yspovTog. II. xv. 378. 2. More frequently imprecation, especially in the plural : Tag oag ctKovoJv ov fievel Toiaaff dpdg. Soph. (Ed. R. 295. ScTjcris, eojg (//), demand, request, entreaty, in general : IloWac: Se Serjcreig kcu yapirag Kal, rrj AC, ci7reikag viro- fieivag. Dem. in Mid. 515, 17. iK€<7ia, ac (Ji), fr. iKErng, prayer of the suppliant, suppli- cation : 'Ewei ge fjirirrip napOevtivag ek\i7te~iv fiidr]KE .... vrpcLTEVfi ISeIv dpyElov iK£(riai ov (o)> fr. £c«>> prop, ardent desire, desire to imi- tate the examples we set before us, desire to possess the same advantages as others; hence, in Hesiod, 1. envy: ZrjXog $' dv0pu>7roio'LV 6i£vpo~t(Tiv airaaiv ftvcnceXaSog, fcofco- yapTog o/mjorr/o-et arvyEpu)7rr)g. Hesiod. Oper. 178. 2. Jea- lousy, but in moderation, ace. to Aristotle [e'mulation\ : Aid 239. 227 k'CU ETTLElKig EGTIV 6 £ij\OQ Kal ETTlElKbJV, TO ()£ /), malevolence in words, slander, envious, malevolent discourse ; detrectatio : M?) jiiya Xiye, [xy\ Tig ijfily (icKTKcti'ia 7repirp£\bri rov Xoyov top fxiXXovra Xeyeadai. Plat. Phced. 95, b. emxcupeKaiaa, ac (?/), malicious joy felt at the suffering or misfortunes of others : NifXEcrig Se jjLeaorrjg cpOovov Kal tTnyciipeKaKiag* elcrl Se irepl Xvnr)v Kal r)%ovr)v rag kirl rolg (jv/jifjahovai rolg iriXag yivofXEi'ag' 6 /jlev yap VEfJLEG-qriKog Xv7TE7raL Enl rolg avafyiog ev irpaTTOvaiv, 6 (je (pdovEpbg vTEp- fiaXXwv Toiirov Enl Traai XvirElrai, 6 fr kiriyaipEKaKog to06rog Xv-n-i) Tig E7rl Evirpayiq. (paivo/jLEi'T) t&v Elprjfiirwy ayadtuv 7rzpl Tovg ofiolovg, jjli) 'iva tl aurw, a\\a Si EKEirovg. Aristot. Rhet. ii. 10. 239. l^relv, to seek, in general, speaking of that which is 239 wished for, or is wanting, or which we stand in need of: 228 239. (239) 'E/*£ o tloza wavrojv ^tjtel. II. xiv. 258. Hence, to ask for, have need of, require, in Herodotus : Trjy ere on v t&v rjfjiEpeijJi' Trai^ELV 'Kaaav 'Iva Si) fJirj ^nriouv (Tirla. Herodot. i. 94. The Attic writers use it with an infinitive, in the sense of to endeavour, to strive, to wish (to do something) : 'Orirj ^r}T£ic tovt avaireideiv fjfjiag, (hg hariv afieii'tov izevia wKovtov. Aristoph. Plut. 573. 8i£y]o-9av. Homer uses the word specially in speaking of the diver taking shell-fish : 'Avfjp ode T7]9ea dupiov. II. xvi. 747» ipeuvav (epe w), to search by asking ; qucerere : Ql 5' eg ftrjacrav Ikclvov eirafcrrjoeQ, irpo 2' ap* avrojv tx vt ' epevviovreg tcvveg rjivav. Od. xix. 435. Fig., to search carefully, to seek for, or search out, to endeavour to find : Tor fiiyiarov Qebv Kcii b'Xov top KOdfxov (pafXEv ovre ^nrelv Suv, ovre 7ro\v- Ttpay\xov£~iv, rag alriag kpEvvtivrag. Plat. Legg, vii. 821, a. efepeui/ai/, a compound of the preceding word, implies deeper research, resulting in success, to search and find : Havra yap elepevviovTeg viro \ajjL7raStov Kcti iruvTCtyov (j)wg £7ri(pepovT£e: Plut. Lucull. 19. GirjpeuW, fr. drjpa, prop, to hunt, to run after, is used sometimes fig. [like our to hunt for] for seeking, searching for; aucwpari : Ovk alayyvn, rnXacovrog &v, 6vo\xara On- pEvujv ; Plat. Gorg. 489. lyyzuziv, fr. , 'ix vo ^9 prop, to follow the trace, to track ; vestigare, speaking of dogs : Aixrai fxiav Kvva, rjrtg ay fj frocpioTarn \\vevew. Xen. Cyneg. 6, 13. Fig. : *\yv£vovT£g Se. nap' eavT&i' avtvpioKEiv rriv tov cr(j)£T£pov Oeov (jjvaiv. Plat. Phcedr. 2b2, e. lyyodKOTrely, to examine or search for the track : 'Ix™- (TKOTTOVVTl KXXi (TTiftEVOVTL Sid T&V EvX6yWV TO fliXXoV OjjLOlOQ Ian. Plut. de Pyth. 10. fiateo-Gai, from the primitive fidco, an Homeric verb, also used by iEscliylus and Sophocles, is used of an eager and rapid motion towards an object, to seek with eagerness : *A\V ov yap a clelkeu f^iiadav apr;rat. 11. xii. 432. In later authors, it is more common in the plural neuter: Zvyd povov ov {tantum noil) Kat aradfjd 'iywv anarra ettu)Xel. Dem. in Arist. 784, 9. Ace. to Hesychius and Pollux, arradfiog has also, by ext., been used for balance ; and it may be thus x 230 241. (240) rendered in the following verse of Aristophanes : Tovttoq vvv Xiyerov elg tov (rrad/mov. Aristoph. Ran. 1381. oraxdw), ng (rt), fr. 'Igttjjjll, Doric word, found only in the proverb quoted by Suidas : AiKuwrepog GTaydvqg. rdXavTOV, ov(to), fr. TXrjvai, scale of a balance, always in the plural in the Iliad: hence, by ext., balance: Kai tots dij %pvaua vraTrip friTaive TctXavra. II. viii. 69. iEschylus uses it in the singular in the passage lately quoted. Tpurdnr], rjg (fj), fr. rpvo), the tongue of the balance ; hence, by ext., balance, as in Latin trutina : Ei0' r/ fjtapd wvrj signifies, in the Iliad, merely that part of the body where the girdle, called by Homer %LoGTr]p, was worn ; hence the girth, the waist : Kpsitov 'Ayafxsfivwv op.\naTa Kai ice(f)a\r)v 'UeXog All TtpTtiKspavvip, ' Apii 8k Zwvrjv, aripvov 8k Uoatiddiovi. II. ii. 478- In the Odyssey, however, Ztovn is found used for the woman's girdle [it is used of Juno's girdle; II. 14, 181] : Ilspt 8k Ztovrjv j3dXsT i%vi KaXrjv, xpvoeirjv. Od. v. 231. Hence comes the phrase Xveiv Z,t6vnv, to unloose the girdle of a woman, for marrying her: Avers 8k 7rap0tvir)v Z,i6vr]v. Od. xi. 244. In modern writers ^tovrj is also used for the belt or girdle of the man, principally that in which travellers put their money : Ztovrjv %aXjcoi)c tyovuav vireZcoafJisvov diSTrjZe to vofiiGfia ttclv. Plut. Qucest. Conv. ii. 2. [The term modern is indefinite : it occurs in PI. Hipp. Min. 368, c ; and (of a soldier's belt) Xen. An. 4, 7, 16.] tfiviov, ov (to), small girdle, and principally a woman's girdle, ace. to Ammonius : MoXtc ydp evpov iv gkoto) to £wviov. Aristoph. Lysistr. 72. £wjjia or £cJor//p re 7ravaio\og, fjo' VTrevepOev £djjjid te, Kai /jLiTprjv, ty\v yaX\:r\zg Kafiov avepsg. II. iv. 185. Zidfxa, further, was the girdle or covering round the loins [subligaculum], which those who ran in the circus used anciently to wear, and which was after- 241. 231 "wards called 7npt^(jj/j.a : ZdjfjLa ce ol wpojTov 7rapaKa.(j(3a\Ev. (241) II. iv. 187. £w(rrrjp, fjpog (o), in the Iliad, a large girdle, which the warriors wore over the cuirass to keep the different parts of it fast, and to cover the belly and reins : Avrt) c' air* 'idwev odi Ziocrrfjpoc 6yf]Ec, \ov(telol avvEyor. 11. iv. 132. In the Odyssey, the girdle which fastened the robe or tunic : °Hc €i7T(jj', £u)(jTrjpi 6ou)Q avviepye yjLTwva. Od. xiv. 72. Some- times for £(x)i>rj : Teke~lv jiev ovv Atjtco tovq 7ralcag irravda ov (/jam, Xvaaodai he tov ^warrjpa wq TE&fJEvnv. Pausan. Ait. 31,1. All the translators have improperly rendered £wc ovv W a/jiiTpo- ^iriorag kraipovg X^?** vno H-cltookXoio M.EVOtriaSao Safjiivrag .... II. xvi. 419. The epithet ajjiiTpox^wv, found only in this passage of the Iliad, is characteristic, as are all the Homeric epithets, and describes the manner in which the Lycians were armed. According to the scholia of Venice, the Lycians wore the cuirass without the fxirpa. This ex- planation is the more probable, as it is supported by two passages in the same book. In verse 465, the companion of Sarpedon is wounded in the lower belly, whence it may be gathered that the Lycians had no jiiTpa. Farther on (verse 663) Patroclus spoils Sarpedon of his brazen armour, and sends it to his ships. These two passages prove the ancient scholia to be in errour, which would represent the Lycians as having neither cuirass nor fUTpa ; an expla- nation which M. Dugas-Montbel should not have adopted. The Latin translation acinctos is no happier. Mirpa is seldom used for £ojvrj in more recent writers : 7 £2< ewl /jlovvo) fjLiTprjv irpwrov eXvgcl kclI vgto.tov. Ap. Rh. i. 287. oTpocJHoy, ov (to), fr. Grp6(j)oc, narrow band or girdle, worn by women under the bosom: XciXa rax^Q, to Grpocpiov. Aristoph. Thesm. 645. 242. 233 Taenia, ag (fj), fr. teiveiv, piece of woven work of differ- (241) ent substances used for waist-bands, band, narrow band, ribband; in Pollux, narrow band which the women wore under the breast : To ce tQv jjicmttwv t&v yvvaiKEiwv (wa^a, Tcaviav TJp, whence the Latin fera; beast, principally wild beast, in Homer, speaking of the lion and the wolf: Qrjpog aKovaavrEg KparEpotypovog, ogte KaO* vXrjy EpyjiTai cY 6pEa(j>(. II. x. 184. Orjpioy, ov (to), diminutive of the preceding word, but only in form, and it is used as synonymous with it in verse, and more frequently in prose; I. game, beast that is hunted: 'AW r\v e}.ie EKTTEfJLTrr\g knl 6))pay aw to) Qekd, iojlhw una av \lu) drtpla (te /jiol ravra rpicpEiy. Xen. Cyr. i. 4, 5. 2. Beast, brute, in opp. to ardpiotrog : '() ce pu) SvvafJttvoQ Koivvteiv r\ \xk\Ie\' SeopievoQ cY avrapjeccar, ovOiv fit nog iroXcwc, wore rj deploy i] dEog. Aristot. PoL i. 2. Seldom in the diminu- x 3 234 243. (242) tive sense ; Theocritus, however, uses it of the bee : "Ottl ye tvtQov Orjpiov evrl fieXuraa. Theocr. xix. 6. ki>w$o,Xoi/, ov (to) fr. tcivziv and aXg, ace. to Eustathius, prop, sea-monster, and, by ext., used of every other kind of ferocious or dangerous beast : KvwSaX' oa rineipog 7roXXa rptyet 1jSe SaXaaffa. Hesiod. Theog. 582. [Cf. 244. Re- lated to klvCiv, but having nothing to do with aXe : it is applied to gnats, serpents, &c. in later writers in prose. PL Ax. 365, c, of worms.] kttjkos, £og (jo), ace. to the Etymologicum Magnum, from ktclu), to kill, because under this name every kind of beast was comprehended that was killed for sacrifice, or for food ; or better from Kraofxai, because the principal riches of all nomad tribe consisted in beasts ; cattle, seldom in the sin- gular, and then in a collective sense : Kal ovhev i\v Xa/jfuv el fxri vg Kal fiovg, fj aXXo tl ktyjioq to irvp ciaTrecpevyog. Xen. Anab. v. 2, 3. More frequently in the plural, KTJjvea, beasts : Ta Se KTrjvrj navTa \tXJ evlov hpecpETo. Xen. Anab. iv. 5, 19. T^pas, aroc (to), monster, of the nature of a prodigy : Avt(d Si avv kXvSljpi Kal TpiKVfxiq. kvjx e^idrjKe ravpov, ayptov repag. Eur. Hipp. 1214. uTro^uyiof, ov (to), fr. £vyov, prop, beast under the yoke, or harnessed ; draught-beast, beast of burden : 2xoXcuW yap ettolovvto ttiv vropelav TroXXa ovra ra viro£vyia. Xen. Anab. iv. 1,10. (|)opj3ds, aSog (>/), at pasture, out at grass, in opp. to Tpo- (ptac, ov, kept up in the stable [of oxen, stall-fed. Plut. JEmil. 33] : Tljp 3' 'i-mr^v al fxev (popfiafieg avoooi tCjv aXXwv appu)(TTr)fJiaT(i)v eiffl 7rXrjv irofiaypag. Aristot. Hist. An. viii. 24. H. 243. 243 tj, is very frequently used by Homer for tyrj, in the third person only, with this difference, that i\ is^placed at the head of the sentence : ' H, Kal Kvaveyoriv in otypvai vevoe 244. 235 Kpoviuv. II. i. 538. The three persons, 7\r, i\g, ft, are (243) also of constant use in Attic prose in familiar conversation ; Plato uses them often in his dialogues with a demonstrative pronoun, but always after the discourse has begun : T H teal hvvcuatf av, f] 3' bg, 7rei(Tai fxi] aKovovrag; Plat. Pol. i. 327 c. In general there is a marked use of i) in animated dialogue, in interruptions, and repetitions. €T), is always preceded by one or more words, and with- out a pronoun : *12g dp' t(prj, Tptieg Se fuaXa ay^ecbv qXvdov avTwv. II. v. 607. 'Eyu> aoi, £a<7Koy, Ionic and Attic form of €

T]cra, first aorist, and scarcely in use : it is found neither in Homer, nor the Attic writers. Pindar uses it, with the same notion of affirmation that kcpaaKov has, under the Doric form (f)d(7£ : Tov kydporarov cpaae viv Swaeiv fiopov. Pind. Nem. i. 99. 244. YjXiOios (6, ?/), fr. fjXeog, foolish, stupid : Tovg yap tol 244 pa\pa)covg ol£a ra jjiev tTtr\ ciKpipovvrag, avTOvg £e ttclvv rjXidiovg ovrag. Xen. Mem. iv. 2, 10. [See 111.] aTrXous, rj, simple, fig. : 'AirXovg Se fiyovrrcu rovg vovv ovk lyovTag. Isocr. ad Nicocl. [who is speaking of the abuse of words that properly had a good meaning. Cf. avlpa airXovv Kat yewcuov. PI. Rep. ii. 361, b: sincere, without guile.~\ pcKKcacX'qi'os (o), a comic word coined by Aristophanes, old fool, old dotard: '12 fjaUpe av, Kal Kpoviwv b£u)v teal fieKKeaiXrjre. Aristoph. Nub. 398. pXd£, Kog (6), prop. Fr. lache \_slack~\, hence weak ; hence silly fellow: Atlanta, £0//, jj)) 7rai>Ta7ra(Ti joXat, rig Kal ijXidtog yivwjiai. Xen. Cyr. i. 4, 12. [I presume that M. Pillon hints at an etymological relationship between lache and j3\a'{ (laxus, lax) ; but cf. Buttm. Lexil. and Liddell and Scott. ] pXiTO|A(£|A|Aas (o), or spinach-eater, lit. or#c/i-eater {orach, 236 245. (244) an insipid pot-herb), a comic word coined by Aristophanes to describe a silly fellow : Tolg 'iTnroKpaTovQ viiatv el^elq Kai ere KaXovart fiXtTopappav. Aristoph. Nub. 1001. €|x(3po^Tr|Tos (o, //) [prop. = attonitus~\, Fr. etourdi ; siu- pidus : Tovq & oXlyov ekarrov (who have a little less folly than the jucm' 6 pEvoi), rjXidlovQ re Kai kpfipovTYiTOVQ. Plat. Alcib. 2, 140, c. [The word seems to me much stronger than etourdi, implying moonstruck folly ; either gaping idiotcy or perverse infatuation : kpf>p6vTr\TE elra vvv Xiyeig; Dem.. 308, 5 : Zevq 3' kpfipovTrjTOvg ttolel tovq kvoiKovvTaq Kai ovtojq eaXu) (7/ ttoXlc). Xen. An. 3, 4, 1 2.] €u^0y]s (o, r/), good, simple man, simple-hearted, simple- minded : ~EvrjO£Q £ a £ (*/)> anc * P oe ^ ^p-ap, aToq (to), fr. ijpEpog, in Homer, day, in opp. to night ; dies : 'AXXa Kvvag jiev clXoXke Atog dvyaTnp 'AcppodiTr] tfpaTa Kai vxjktuq. II. xxiii. 186. More frequently for the civil day, the number of hours called a day, in the division of time r 'AXX' ote dr) /jLfjvEg te Kai ypEpat Il>eteXevvto. Od. xi. 293. Very seldom 246. 237 the light of the day : 'Ezra ^£ v/iipa virEtyaivETo. Xen. Cyrop. (245) iv. 5, 14. a ^Yn> VQ (*))> fr* aio, bright light of the sun or of a fire : 'AfMpi de X a ^£OQ tXctfnrtTO e'iictXoQ avyy r) nvpog aiOofJtkvoio, rj rjeXiov clviovtoq. 11. xxii. 134. eojs, eu) (//), Ionic tjgjs, the bright light which precedes the rising of the sun, personified by the poets under the name of Aurora, whose genealogy is thus given by Hesiod: Qeia 2' rfiXtov te jxiyav, Xajjarpdv te GEXi)vi)v, yw & ?/ irdv- TEGGIV ElTiydoi'lOLGL (JXXEIVEI yEti'ClTO. . TheOCJ , 371. rjXioi, u)v (ol), plural of rjXiog, suns. It is found in Eu- ripides, used for days: 'HXlovg Ee ixvpiovg /j,6yig £ieX0u)v. Eur. Helen. 660. The Latins have used soles in the same sense: Cantando puerum memiui me condere soles. Virg. Eel. ix. 52. 4>dos, eoq (to), light of day, for the civil day, even in the tragic writers : Kpivei cpdog to fisXXov. Eur. Phcen. 1326. <()ais, (pwTog (to), contracted from cpaog, and used in prose, light of the day, day, in opp. to night : 'E^d ce cj)ujg kyiiETO. Xen. An. vi. 3, 1. <|>auo-is, Euyg (?/), action of giving light, of shining, in the Sept. ; lucentia : Kcu earwaai' eig (pavaiv kv rw uTEpEUixaTL tov ovpavov. Genes, i. 15. 4>€yyos, eoq (to), fr. KaXXlovg e(f>avriarai> r) al Ta\eiai re ko.% la^ypai. Plat. Charm. 160, d. •qorvxaios, aia, and ^0-15x4*°$' W> poetic: 'Affu^ifiov yjispav ottots. TEXevrdaopev. Pind. Olymp. ii. 58. clkxjjjios (6, r/), synonyme of the preceding word: Aibg 6 iraXg fio- %077<7ac. top clkv^lov Oyjksv flioTov PporoTg. Eur. Here. fur. 689. aKujULwi/ (6, r/), fr. Kufxa, that which is without wave or billow ; hence calm, tranquil, prop, and fig. : f H yap da- Xacrva evdvg clkvjjuov iyei'ero. Lucian. i. 326. aKTjjjLavros (6, r/), fr. KVfiaivw, not tossed by waves, or as the waves are: ~Nvp os (o, r/), fr. fiipifiva, without care, without trouble: "Ex^C yafiov ; oi//c ajxepifivog kaaeai. Anthol. i. 13 s 3. 'Y/jtag afiepinvovg Tzoi^aofiep. N. T. Matlh. xxviii. 14. In Sophocles all the commentators [not all. Herm. adopts 6 jjLrf tyjjiv fxipijjLvav teal (pporrila tov e(prjv. Triclin.~] have ren- dered this word by neglectus, that which nobody troubles himself about, neglected ; the first interpretation of the Scholiast seems better, TroXv/dtpifivoc, and it may be thus translated : Kel/jcu ci' ajxeoifjivog ovriog. Soph. Aj. 1225. / am thus weighed down under a load of cares. do-dXcuTos (o, r/), not agitated, as the sea is, fig., in Euripides: Kal to tppoveiv dodXevrov ts p'svei icai awa^ti. dwjuara. Eur. Bacch. 390. aTpepis (b,r)), and drp€p.aios, aia, fr. d and rptjuw, that which does not tremble, which does not stir, not agitated. 'Arpeprig is only found in Homer under the adverbial form drpsfiag, or drpsfia before a conso- nant : 'Arpsfxag rjao. II. ii. 200. It is found, again, as an adjective in 248. 239 the poets posterior to Homer : Ok drptfikct Oprjvov dialers) w yspov- (247) rag. Eur. Here. fur. 1055. 'Gc. drpefxala Ktvrpa. kcu auxppova iruiXoiq fiera^spixjv IQvveil Eur. Phceniss. 182. ya\i(]*>6s (6, //), fr. yaXfjprj, calm, speaking of the sea: Kcu hfjiug, w rplriovEg, e tair opdf.i£v (rare tyiv Aqrio eg avryv, Kcti yaXrjia airavra ecttw. Luc. Dial. Mar. x. Euripides uses it fig., gentle: Hp\v p.Ev elg tiivovg yaXrjtog r)o~6a kui sound, noise, principally reflected or repeated 248 sound ; in Homer, noise of the cries of combatants, or of the tossing of waves : 'H;^} d' dfi ov (°)» more modern form, and used by some prose writers: Toioc; yap air' dairidog t^pa\Ev tfxog. Callim. in Del. 140. tjx^j VX ()0Q ('/)> f° rm l ess ancient than i)x*h and is more specially used of the repetition of sound reflected by a foreign body, ECHO : Hirpag opEiag izalg XiXaK cu a arparov i)\d), dieovaa Oopvfiov, Eur. Hec. 1099. The echo personified by the poets under the figure of a nymph of the moun- tains : Movvrj $' ijiELXOEcrcra, j3o))i> dciSaKTog kovaa, 'IcWwy 6piit)v dvTidpoog ia\Ei' H^w. Coluth. 116. apa(3os, ov (6), fr. dpdacrio, sharp and loud sound produced by the collision of two bodies, chattering of the teeth caused by terrour, in Homer: m Apa(3og dk did ar6p,a yivtr' oSovtuv. II. x. 375. 240 248. (248) pofJipos, ov (o), word formed by onomatopy ; Homer only uses the verb (io/jiftiio, which expresses the noise made by a helmet of brass falling on the ground (II. xiii. 530), by a stone flying in the air. The substantive is found only in authors posterior to Homer, buzzing or humming sound, deep dull sound, murmuring of the waves : Maivofjievwv podiivv TroXvYiyea fiofifiov aicoviov. Musce. 242. (3p6jjios, ov (o), fr. fipifxio, 1. agitated noise, roaring, crack- ling, specially used of fire, in Homer : Ovre irvpbg roaaog ye 7ri\ei fipopiog alOofjiivoLO, ovpeog kv (ifjcrorjg. II, xiv. 396. Homer uses the word (ipe/jio), in speaking of waves (//, ii. 210). 2. Sound of wind instruments, in the Homeric hymns : Kcu Ifxeposig j3p6fxog avXCJv. Horn. Hymn. Merc. 451. 3. Sound of the wind, in Aristotle: JLlXrjdev ds Trvtvixa kv ve&ei irayjEi re Kal vorspu), .... fipofxov kcu 7rdrayov cLTcatpyacraro fjiiyav. Aristot. de Mund. 4, 17. 8outtos, ov (6), word formed by onomatopy, or, ace. to others, of the same family as tv-tttid, noise of a falling body, particularly of a fall of water : f £2c S' ore x£'/ iC W 01 vorajjiol tear bpeatyt. piovreg, kg \xioydyKtiav cvfjifiaXXerov ofiptjjiov vdiop .... t6*v St te rrjXoae Sovwov kv ovpeaiv ekXve noifAfiv. II. iv. 452. Kavoyj\i fjg (?/), sound repeated with clatter, chattering of the teeth striking one against the other, noise of the gallop of mules, of brass struck, in Homer: IJepl KpordcpoicrL aeivii 7n']Xr)£, fiaXXofiEvr] Kavayjiv tye. II. xvi. 105. KofxiroS) ov (6), fr. KO'KTb), noise of two bodies striking together, as the tusks of the boar, in the Iliad : 'Y^ai & re icopnog oSovtojv yiverai. II. xi. 417- In the Odyssey, the noise of dancers' steps: 'Qoxt'io9riv drj Vctra ttoti xQovl .... noXvg d' virb KOfnrog optopei. Od. viii.380. Kovapos, ov (6), fr. kottto), sound of a thing when split or broken, ace. to Eustathius: Kaicog Kova/Sog Kara vrjag opoSpei dvdp&v oXXv- pkvuiv, vt]wv 0' cipa dyvvptvdojv. Od. x. 122. KpoTos, ov (6), fr. Koovio, noise made, the shock of two bodies driven one against the other; hence, principally, clapping of the hands, applauding : Kal Kporov y^cpCjv iroXvv. Aristoph. Ran. 157. [Also in prose.] KTU7ros, ov (6), fr. rv7rTU) f noise of steps, in Hornet: 'Y7ro 8h ktvttoq wpvvTo icoaolv dvSpiov. 11. xix. 362. 248. 241 6p-ujJLa*y8os, ov (6). Grammarians derive this word from opvoaw, for (248) dpdoau) ; in Homer, the noise of a river that has overflowed its banks, and is carrying rocks along with it, and rooting up trees ; of two armies engaged, tumultuous noise of the mass, or of the cries of the combat- ants ; in general, great noise, uproar: 'Efc 8' eggvto Xaog, 7re£oi 0' L7T7rr}sg re- noXvg 5' opvpaydbg opiopei. 11. ii. 810. 6to(3os, ov (o),a word formed, ace. to the scholiast on Sophocles, from WTuiv (Sorj, but better referred to onomatopy, noise of waves in a storm ; roaring of thunder, in Hesiod, &c. : "Orofiog d' dirXnrog opuipti. Theog. 709. It is also found used for the sound of instruments, in Sopho- cles: Ovre yXvtcvv avXCJv orofiov. Soph. A 'j. 1221. [Pape compares the Germ, toben. In prose, Luc] TnJn-ayos, ov (6), fr. TraraVrrw, 1. noise of two bodies striking against each other, chattering of teeth, in Homer: Hd-ayog Se re yirer olovriov, II, xiii. 283. 2. Noise, in general: "JLQeov t'^w, jjoy te kcli 7rardy(i> yjptwjxevoi. Herodot, iii. 79. ttitvXos, ov (6), fr. 7Tt7rra>, or, ace. to others, for rviriXog, from TV7TTix), noise produced by a repeated or measured motion, as that of oars: Kat p.qv veulg ye irirvXag evrjpng irdpa. Eur. Iph. T. 1050. Noise, plash of a liquid falling drop by drop, clang or clashing of arms, clatter of repeated blows. iEschylus, by a bold and beautiful figure, uses this word to express the blows struck on the breast in sign of grief (Theb. 860); and Euripides, exaggerating the metaphor, applies it to a torrent of tears (Hippol. 1464). [Probably onomatop. L. and S. — Pape suggests a relationship to miaow or 7ciTvg.~\ \oto-pos, ov (6), prop, noise of waters, roaring of waves, as is plain from the epithet 7roXv(pXoio/3og 9 whicii Homer gives to the sea (11. I. 34); hence, by ext., tumult of battle: 'AXX' dyer Ik (fKoiafioio GauiaofAtv kaOXbv kralpov. II, v. 469. t|/6os, ov (o), 1. noise resulting from the shock of two dry bodies, more generally noise: °H ireaovaa \p6ov eiroincre, Thuc, iii. 22. 2. Sound produced by the friction of the air, in Aristotle : O yap xpucpog, rpi\pig rov eaio Tvvtv^Larog kariv, Aristot, Hist, An, iv. 9. [The rov laio itv. relates to insects only. Aristotle there distinguishes between (piom), any sound produced by the throat; (fdpvyl); StaXetcroQ, arti- culate speech; \p6(pog any noise or sound ; in the case of insects, as made in any way ; by the friction of the air inside their bodies, the friction of the long hind legs of the locust, &c] 242 249, 250. e. 249. 249 OaXdjuLT], t}q (^), and more commonly in the plural 6a\&- /jiai, beds, haunts, principally of fishes, and of shell-fish : Nifiovrai de ol Kcipapot ret l^duSia Qrjpevoi'Tsg irapa rag OaXajJiag' Kttt yap kv roiq TvzXayeaiv kui kv Tolg tolovtoiq yivovrai towoic, olov av ibffi Tpayelg Kal XidtoSe7g' kv tolov- toiq yap TTotovvTai Tag OaXa/jiag. Aristot. Hist. An. viii. 4. IXeos, ov (6), fr. ciXito, hole of a reptile, of a serpent : 'IXeov, ovk otKr](TLv. Theocr. Id. xv. 9. [And under the form riXvog in Xen. Cyr. 5, 16, of hiding places to which hares run when frightened by dogs.] IXuos, ov (o), another form of the preceding word, in Cal- limachus : 'IXvovg kfiaXovTo icu'iowera. Callim. in Jov. 25. koitt], rjc (//), bed, "seldom bird's nest, in Euripides : Aci- irovai -ktt\voi Tiapva.Gov nofrag. Eur. Ion. 155. koitcuoi', ov {to), bed (or nest), speaking of that of the hedge-hog : To de koitcuop avTwv oirag eyei Ivo, ty\v fxev 7rpog votov, ttjv he npog fioppav fiXeirovGav. Plut. de Solert, An. 16. cjxoXeos, ov (6), cave, den of a wild beast, of the bear : "SlvTrep apkthJV (j)u)Xeo~ig i) ^eialg dpaKovTiov fj ftv^oTc Kr}Twv 9 to~iq tCjv Qewv fxeyapoig i\ avaKTopoig irpoGLovTeg. Plut. de Superst. 9. [Also in Aristot. it is especially the den, hole, &c. where they take their winter-sleep, ^wXovo-t.] X6id, ag (r/), crevice, hole, specially of serpents: 'EXtaaofxevog 7T£pt %uy. II. xxii. 95. 250. 250 0dXao-o-a, ng (//), ace. to some from aXXofxai, ace. to others from aXc, or aaXog, the sea, in general : Wpyeloi (pevtovrai lir evpea vlotu daXavang; II. ii. 159. aXs, aXog (>'/), fr. uXg (6), salt, ace. to the majority of grammarians, who consider this meaning as the most ancient ; but, although the pro- curing salt from sea-water has been known from the remotest antiquity, it seems more natural to suppose the original meaning of the word to have been that of sea; in the Iliad and the Odyssey, as often as 6a- Xctaaa, the salt-wave, the briny-wave, the sea; sal: Ni?a fikXaivav kpvcraojxtv tig aXa Slav. II. i. 141. XatTfjta (to), with aXog, gulf, abyss of the sea : Tov p\v TaX9vj3tog 250. 243 iroXirjg dXbg kg jueya Xalrfxa pty. II. xix. 267* Sometimes alone in (250) the Odyssey, and later poets : Nrjvcri Ooyaiv roiye 7ra7roi66rtg wKeiycnv, XalrfjLa. fxiy' £K7rep6oj(Ji. Od. vii. 35. XifjLVT], t)Q (i)), arc. to Eustathius, from Xiav fisveiv, to stay ever; but better, ace. to others, from \eij3eiv : stagnant water, lake, marsh ; in Homer and the tragic writers, for the sea: "EvOope fxtiXavi Trovry, i7TS(TrOVClXT}(TS fit Xl^lVT]. II. xx iv. 79. otSfia, cltoq (to), fr. olSeu), prop., swelling ; hence, wave, billow : Oi d' dvefioi 7rd\iv clvtiq efiav olKovdt vkeaOai Qprjticiov Kara, ttovtov 6 o' eotevsv o'iSjxari Ouwv. II. xxiii. 230. ireXayos, eoq (to), formed from 7r\a£, prop, the surface of the sea, the more open and extended part of the sea, the main ; in the poets, the watery plain; answers to cequor, in Latin : NOv c aXoc iv TcekayecjGL OeiJjv i&p/jiopE Ttpfjc, Od. v. 33."). In prose it is used to signify a portion of the sea, a par- ticular sea : 'Peovva $' i] OaXciTTa (pai vetch kutci Tag gtevo- TrjTag eittov Zdi T))r TiEpiiyovaav yrjv tig fiiKpov iu fxeyaXov GvvayETcu 7reXayovc, Aristot. Meteor, ii. 1. irorros, ov (o), ace. to the grammarians, from ttveu) or from ttovoc, but it is more probable that it is of the same family as ftivdog and fjvdog, prop, bottom, principally of the sea, with aXog or OaXcicrang, and sometimes alone (II. ii. 210), gulf) abyss of the sea; hence, the deep sea, in the poets, altum et pontus : Ov£i fxiv iaytv tzovtoq aXog 7roXirjc, o woXiag aEKovTag eovkel. II. xxi. 59. In a geographical sense, particularly in prose, izovTog is used with a local adjective, to denote a particular sea, as llov-og A^eivoq, in Pindar (Pyth. iv. 362), literally, the inhospitable sea, after- wards called, antiphrastically, UoiTog Evt,Etvoe, the Euxine (hospitable) Sea, now the Black Sea. UovTog alone is found in this sense in Herodotus: 'Eovvav opEtvijv te xjuptjv teal TTpOKZlfAE)'11V TO Eg U.OVTOV, VEf.l£T(XL TO TdVpiKOV kdvOQ. Herodot. iv. 99. VYpTj, rjg (r)), feminine of the adjective vypog, wet, liquid, is some- times used alone by the poets with ellipse of the substantive for OdXaacfa, in opp to Zijod, or TpaQepd, or yala, the land, the wet or watery plain : AVTIK tTTtlO' VTTO TTOdGlV t?l)(JaTO KoXd nsfilXct, dpflpOOia. \'(>l'(T5lrt, rd fiLv (ptpov rj}iiv t(p' vypi'jv, yd' ett' a7rtipova yalav. 11. xx'w. ,*>40. wKea^os, ov (o). The Greeks, who referred every thing to their own language, derived this word from oKtwc vueiv: Bochart, with more reason, considers it a derivation from the Phoenician og, the radicals of which appear again in '£2y//i', preserved bv Hesvchius. In the Homeric cos- y 2 244 251. (250) mography, the ocean is a boundless and rapid river, the waters of which surround the whole earth. Out of its bosom rise the heavenly bodies, and sink to rest in its bed: 'Ej' 8* eriOei irorafJLo'io fuiya adivog 'Qitceavolo. II. xviii. 606. It was the name of the Atlantic Sea, even in the time of Aristotle : TleXayog ce to jxev 8i;(t) tyjq oltcov/jLErng, 'ArXai/- Tocbv KuXelrai \ca\ 'QtKEavog, Treptppiov rjfxag. Aristot. de Mund. 3, 8. 251. 251 Odi/a-ros, ov (o), death, in general: Ovi) 9 av airoiva SiSovg davarov tyvyoL. Theogn. 727. Scup-wy, ovog (6), destiny, fate, for death, in Homer: UdpoQ tol Saifxova Eojau). II. viii. 166. ie»jp,po£(r/) 5 inthe Iliad, the personification of violent death, an inferior deity that ever accompanies the man predestined so to die; fate, some- times for death itself: Kf/pa d' syw tote ds%op,ca biriroTt icev dtj Zevg sO'tXy reXeaai. II. xviii. 115. jxoipa, ac (//), prop, part; hence, destiny personified, Parca, with the implied idea of death, in several passages in the poets : 'AXXa e Mo7p' eccifxaaae. II. xviii. 1 19. [In prose fate, lot: esp. deia fxolpa. In PI. Phced. 236, A. davarov poipag]^ jmopos, ov (6), fated lot or share, by euphemism for death, in Homer ; mors : KXctle \xopov ov 7rat£dc. II. xxiv. 85. Hence, in a more precise sense, in Pindar, and the poets posterior to him, d^eath : K'lQujv Se Kepawog eveokyixLev jjiopov. Pyth. iii. 1 05. [In prose very late. Diod. Zon. 9 (vii. 404.)] oitos, ov (6), fr. o'lu), to carry, that which is borne or submitted to, destiny, by euphemism for death : "Og jjloi KaXd rbv olrov dnoTfiov 7raXdog evi(T7reg. 11. xxiv. 388. o\e0pos, ov (6), loss, death: "H rig 'AxouCjv ptyu x El P°Q «Xu>v a7rd irvpyov, Xvypbv oXtOpov. II. xxiv. 735. •7tot(jlos, ov (6), destiny, sometimes death, in the poets posterior to Homer: T Qi 7rorp,ov "Aprjg epn^tv. Find. Isthm. vi. 35. Tekevrr), rjg (*/), end, with and even without fitov, end of life : ArjXov on E^iarai fioi rrj teXevttj xprjvdat, fj paicrrrj iiev V7rb tCjv tovtov ETrtixEXr]dEvri»)v KEKpiTai. Xen. AjpoL i. 7. 0opdt, dg (/;), loss, destruction, in consequence of a scourge, such as the plague : OvEe /r rov ptKriovoq Soijav a?) (pofielcrdai lid Opdcrog, tovt avro kari vyecov // worrjpd avaiayyvrLa. Legg. iii. 701, b. It is not till very much later, that this use of the word obtains distinctly. Thus Plutarch contrasts the two forms Odpcrog and Opaauc : Mia yap cnreipia kcu Opdcrog yevyq, kcu Odpcrog a0aip£/), fr. Opctcvg, character of boldness, of y 3 246 253, 254. (252) assurance : Aeov av eirj to fjteXerav wg iJKiara Eivat avai- (T\VVTOVQ TE Kal Qpa(JVT7)T0g yifJLOVTag, QofiepoVQ Se tig TO TL Tokfjav ekcuttote \iyEtv rj TtavyEiv fj Kal Spyv aloyjpbv otiovv. Plat. Legy. i. 649, c. iTajjioTrjs, titoq (rj), fr. Wafiog, character of the rash, the daring man ; hence, daring, in a good sense : AptfxvrrjTog $E Kai TLVOQ iTafJLOTYJTOQ ofclClQ Kal 7TpaKTltifJQ EvEeItCLI. Plat. Polit. 311, a. It may be rendered by temerity y recklessness, in the following passage of Plutarch : Kal tyjv -rrXEovEtiav avrov Kai t^i/ IrafJLOTrjTa Kal dpaaog bp&vTEg. Plut, Nic. 2. irajjiia, ag (rj), pride, presumption, in the Sept. : Iraju/a KapSlag crov. Jerem. xlix. 15. XajjLupia, ac (>/), fr. Xafxvpog, impudence : "Evioi cokovoiv ^EiXiag Kal fiaXaKiag a7ra>rarw TidEoQai top Tpoirov, av ly- ytaTa (paivuvTai Xajjtvplag Kal OpacrvTrjTog. Plut. de Adulat. et Am. Discr. 25. 253. 253 0aujx (Qavfia), prop, to see with astonishment, to be astonished : f HfAE~ig $* EGTaoTEg davfxa^ojjiev olov ETvyflrj. II. ii. 320. According to the grammarians, this verb used 1. with a genitive, conveys the notion of blame, reprimand, so we use admire ironically : Tqvto jjlev irpGjTov 6av /ja£t*> MeXItov oto) iroTE yvovg XiyEi. Xen. Apol. 11. 2. With the accusative, it signifies admire, in the sense of praising : 'E7ri fiEv TQivvv ettGjv irorriGE i "Ofivpov EynoyE /JLaXlGTa TtQav- fiaKa. Xen. Mem. i. 4, 2. 6i]€riTov. Plat. Conv. 202, c. 4. In the N. T., the evil spirit, the Devil, demon : Kai liappiiaaiov to. hvjjid, i)\av- veto vtto tov haijjLovog Etg rag Epi)fj.ovg. Luc. viii. 29. SaifwiOK, ov (to), neuter of fiai/jioviog, taken substan- tively, that which is of the divine nature ; that which is divine, divinity ; expresses something more vague than Sai/.aov. In a special sense, but one, in fact, equally vague, it is used by Plato and Xenophon of the genius or familiar 248 255. (255) demon, by whom Socrates professed to be inspired, and N whose voice directed all his actions : f H yap eliodvld /jlol fiavTito) ij tov haifjLOviov, ly \xiv rw wpocrOev \pbvM ttclvtI 7rdvv wvKvrj as* i\v ■. Plat, Apol. Socrat. 31. Xenophon uses it in the sense of 6 Qsog, as well as Plato : AeEoj ce 7rpu)-ov a 7TOTE avrov r/KOVcra irepl tov caijxoviov ctaXeyajdirov itpog 'Apio-rodrifjLov. Xen. Mem. i. 4, 2. In the N. T. it is the name of the false gods of the Heathen, in opp. to the true God ; sometimes devils : 'EfeXdovra cs ra Saij-iovui airo tov avdpoj7rov 9 elafjXOf.v elg tovq yoipovg. N. T. Luc, viii. 33. KpetTTwi/, ovoq (6), fr. KpaTog, prop, stronger ; hence, better. The plural, ol KpeiTroyes, is sometimes used by the Attic writers for ol Oeoi, the gods: Tatf ovv av ual aol Tig OVTOQ TWV KOELTTOVIOV GWEITOLTO. Plat. Sopk. 216, b. [jLaKap, apog (6, rj), fr. fiaKpog, according to Aristotle, a more rea- sonable etymology than that of Eustathius, who derives the word from 6 \kt] KTjpl v7TOKEifiEvoQ : one who is not subject to death ; hence, im- mortal, in opp. to OvrjTog, and the epithet of the gods, in Homer and the poets: in the Odyssey and in Pindar it is taken substantively with ellipse of Oeoi: 'AXXa KsXeaOai fiiv fiaicdpiov [Jisyav opicov Ojuocrcrai. Od. x. 299. oVup/irios (o, 77), fr. "OXvp,irog, Olympian, epithet of Jupiter, Zevg, whose name is sometimes understood in Homer: "Qg ksv oi avQi yaXa X&voi, fieya yap jjllv 'OXvfnriog ETpetye 7rrjfia Tpcoai T6 Kctt npiaju^ fjteyaXrjTopi toio te izaxaiv. 11. vi. 282. odpavicov, covog (6, rj), fr. ovpavog, prop, heavenly, one who is from heaven, or in heaven, is the epithet of the gods in Homer, and frequently used as a substantive with ellipse of OEog: Tig vv ce toiclc' epE%E, (piXov Tsicog, ovpaviujviov ; 11. v. 373. iiro-updvios (6, 77), fr. ovpavog, one who is in heaven, sometimes in the poets in the plural, ol eirovpavioi, the inhabitants of heaven, the gods : Tt 8' Ifioi tov ETCovpaviuv fiaaiXrja avraOXuv viicng Trjg kv epioTi Xaf3elv ; Anthol. Meleagr. xiv. 3. ir<57Toi (01). The Dryopes used the word 7ro7roc, for Oeog ; according to Eustathius, 7roVoi is for ettottoi ; others derive it from ir't7ro)v and 7T07ravov, which would give it the meaning of mites, boni ; very pro- bably it is but a word formed by onomatopy, similar to irdirai. In fact, the word has remained as an interjection, and most frequently ex- presses grief or indignation : T Q 7ro7rot, 'Evvoaiyau, olov Unrig ; 11. vii. 456. 256. 249 256. Oep&trcuva, rjg (>/), feminine of depd-n-wv, woman who 256 serves, maid-servant: Al depd-n-atvat XapoixraL avrijy tnrrj- yov etg T\\y apfjLdfxa^av. Xen. Cyr. vi. 4, 4. 0€pdirvT], rjg (?)), abridged and poet, form of the preceding word : Kovpai ArjXiddtg, 'EKctTrjfitXeTao Oepdirvai. Horn. Hymn. Apoll. 157. aPpa, ac (»/), young female slave, waiting-maid : Tov c)£ KXojSlov (pijoavrog tifipav TrEpifxivetv Uofjnrrj'iag. Plut. Ccesar. 10. atxp-aXcjTis, icoQ (//), feminine of al-^uaXwroc, used some- times as a substantive, with ellipse of ywij, taken in war, captive : Sc rot, tov Ik -rjg atx/xaXwn'£o£, Xiyu, Soph. Aj. 1245. dfxiTToXos, ov (6, ?/), fr. ufjicpi and TroXiw, prop, one who comes and goes about (another) ; who is in attendance, always feminine in Homer : 'H afjcpiwoXog, woman, woman in waiting, lady's-maid, femme de chambre of princesses, or wives of great people, without any other notion than that of constant attendance ; in which particular the word differs from cfjiii))], which radically involves the notion of slavery. Besides this difference inherent in the two words, others may be noticed in the use which Homer makes of them ; afuKpiTroXoQ seems to denote the highest condition of household service, and one of a very intimate nature. Sucli attendants form the retinue of Helen and Penelope, and are employed at the loom. It is the name of the female attendant on Andromache : "A/xa $* a/jtyi-rroXog k'liv avrrj, nalfr enl koXttov tyovaa. II. vi. 399. Farther on, the same person is called nurse, ndijvrj (v. 467). There is nothing in Homer to show whether they were slaves or not ; later, they were slaves, at least in the time of Herodotus, who uses the word in opposition to eXevdipa, free- woman : 'Ane^vai crtyeag 7rd(raQ opoiwg rag r eXevdipag Kal rag ajji^LiroXovg. Herod. v. 92. 8|xtoij, rjg (>)), feminine of djjiwg, prop, subdued; hence, captive, with and without ywij, female slave, reduced to slavery by the conquerors, or born of a slave. Sucli were the women who attended upon Achilles and Patroclus: Afiwai c' tig Ax^Xevg XyiaociTO UarpoKkog re. 11. xviii. 28. In the Iliad and the Odyssey, they have to do all the house- hold work of the family, such as making the beds, preparing and serving T 250 257. (256) the meals, bringing water to ordinary guests or strangers for washing; where the guests were of note and consequence, this office was per- formed for them by the daughters of their host, as a mark of distinc- tion; thus, in the Odyssey, Telemachus is washed and rubbed with oil by the hand of the beautiful Polycasta herself, the youngest of Nestor's daughters {Od. iii. 464). 8p.o>is, tdog (rj), another form more peculiar to the Tragic writers : Aau>v kv %wpoj tclggegQe, (piXcu dfiwidtg. JEschyl. Suppl. 955. 8ou\t), tjq (?/), feminine of SovXog, female slave : Etctk* a rj akoypv 7roi//<7£rcu, r) oye SovXrjv. II. iii. 409. Spacrreipa, and, under the Tonic form, 8pijo-T€ipa, ag (r/), feminine of dpaerrip, she who serves with zeal, activity : 'A/^0i7roXoi d' ago. KeSvai evi fteydpoiai tt'evovto revcrapEg, at ot Swpa Kara dprjGTEipat ecktl. Od. x. 348. iiruiris, idog (*)), fr. 67rojjiai, very rare, female attendant: Bpipw rplpopcpog Orjcrerai ff E7rio7rida. Lye. 1176. Quyarrip, arpog (//), daughter, was sometimes used in de- based Greek, as fille in French, to signify maid- servant, femme de chambre : Ilepnre de ro~ig yapioig rrj wcudi dvyariuag rirrapag opiriXiKag. Phalar. Epist. 360. Xarpis, idog (?/), poet, in Euripides in the feminine, for dovXrj : Sv S* av Xafiova' dyyelov, dpx aLa ^drpt, fidipav' tveyice dtvpo irovTiag dXog. Eur. Hecub. 609. 6ird86s (6, rj), and OTrdcov, ovog (6, fj), fr. Eizopai, one who follows, one who accompanies. Euripides uses these two forms as feminine sub- stantives, for attendant, woman, slave : 'AAA' rjd' oizadwv ek Sopojv rig epXtrai Saicpvppovcra. Eur. Ale. 137- Xwptlr' Eig dopove, onaovEg, icopi^Er' avrrjv. Eur. Troad. 886. ircus, 7raiSog (>/), young female slave, maid: liopujyrj \tipa irpoGhote KpidCbv rrj 7rcu£t rod 'AttoWwvoq, Athen. viii. 359. rajULia, ac (*/), feminine of rajulag, female slave who had the charge of the larder in the house of the rich and great, as the cellarist in convents, house-keeper, female steward. 27ror $* alcolrj rapLirj 7rapidr)Ke tyipovaa. Od, X. 371. 257. 257 ^pa, ac (h) fr. 6f)p, pursuit of wild animals, chase of game, in general ; r £lg c)' ore uap^apo^ovre Ivw tcvve eidore 6)iprjQ r) KEpu'ift r)e Xayu)6v enelyeToy. . . . II. X. 360. By ext. the game so taken, prey, prop, and fig. : 'Xwpel Si, Ot'ipq. 257. 251 SvmrorfJio) yavpovjUEpn, riiyi^v e^lo tCjvc\ Eur. Bacch. (257) 1144. ciypa, ac (?/), for the first time in the Odyssey, where it signifies game taken of all kinds, fish, &c, prey, whatever has been taken, in general : Kai Srj aypnv eojettegkou aXn- T&vor-EQ avayKn, l\dvg, bpviQaq te, (piXag b rt yjtlpac 'lkoito. Od. xii. 330. Hence, by ext., action, or manner of taking or pursuing wild animals ; hence, hunting, sporting, the chase in general : "Aypai rCJv KpoKodeiXuv iroWal Kai itavrolai. Herodot. ii. 70. d-Ypecria, ag (rj), more recent form of ay pa, in poetry : *Ek o" avr ayptcring iroWaici 7roX\a Kajxwv. . . . Call. Fragm. 21. !\aT)(3o\ia, aq (r/), stag-hunt: Mrjo* s\a. Ven. 1.] Kwn/Yia, ag (?/), management of dogs ; hence, hunting with hounds, i coursing : 'Xipirvov Ik Kvvayiag rpairi^a T7\r)or)q. Eur. Hippol. 109. The plural has been used by more modern prose writers : Tivhq piv yap tv ralq KWijyiatg tioi ToXfxrjpoi. Polyb. iv. 8, 9. Kuntyia, tov (to), plural neuter, in Polybius, for the preceding word : Htpi te tuc ev toiq Kvvnyioig KaKOTraOelag Pcai ToXfjiac. Polgb. x. 25, 4. 252 258. (257) Kvvt^Xacria, ag (77) (sXavvw), literally, action of setting or slipping dogs to the chase : Kcu 6 Kvvr)Xa.(fir]V re Kai tucrroxirjv ldida%ag. Call iii. 205. 258. 258 ^s> drjTog (0), feminine, Orjcrara, an adjective often taken substantively, as mercenary in English, free person who let himself out for a time, and served for wages : ,N H eol avrov drjrtg te SfjiweQ te. Od. iv. 644. In the plural, OrJTEs, labourers, the name of the fourth class of citizens at Athens, comprehending all the poor and labouring part, who, according to the laws of Solon, could not fill any- civil office : Qi Si Xoiirol iraiTEg ekclXovvto Oijreg, olg ovSe- fxiav apyipt eSojkev apyELv. Plut. Sol. 18. 8k£koi>os (6, r/), one who serves, servant, principally at table, and who was not a slave : KvkXlo7tl Seiitvlov clvogilov StaKovoc.. Eur, Cycl. 31. el'Xws, (jjtoq (6), or cIXwttjs, ov (6), Helot, name of the ancient inhabitants of Helos, a town of Messenia, who were conquered by the Lacedaemonians, reduced to slavery, and from that time attached to the soil : UXeiaroL Se tlov YaXlotlov kyivovTO ol tGjv TraXauov M£(j rw (258) Kapt Kircweveiv. Eur, Cycl, 650, M to brave tlie clanger in a Carian's skin ;" in other words, " to expose a hired sub- stitute to danger instead of yourself," a worthless fellow, that is, whose loss is of no consequence. fuc70ios, (6, y), fr. ptcrdog, hireling, hired servant, one who works for wages ; sometimes used as a substantive in the N. T. : Woinoov jjle wg era tCjv fiiadiu)i> gov, Luc, xv. 19. [Plut. Lye, 16]. fuaOorros, ?/ (^tadou), prop, one engaged for wages, hire- ling, sometimes used as a substantive : Miadovg piadojTolg, SovXotg . . . airorivuv. Plat, Legg, v. 742. [Also a mer- cenary soldier. Th, 5, 6, &c] jjiio-0o4>6pos (6, ?/), prop, adjective, one who receives wages, who is hired ; chiefly in speaking of soldiers, in the historians : HapaKoXovdovvTwv tCjv TreKTaarCJv, 61 fjaav fjnadocpopoL role Qqfialoig (who were in the pay of the 1'hebans). Xen, Hellen, v. 4, 54. uTrojiiaOos (o, //), fr. purdog, under engagement for wages, hired : 'Epya£o/icu rr/y yr\v, viroptaQog ojjoXwp Ttoaapw, Luc, Tim, iii. TrcyeVrrjs, ov (6), Penest, labourer, the name given by the Thessalians to their peasantry, who were the descendants of an ancient people, whose history Athenaeus has pre- served (vi. 18) ; they were conquered by their neighbours, who settled themselves on their lands, deprived them of all civil rights, and reduced them to the state of poor depend- ants, without, however, considering them absolute slaves ; in which respect they differed from the Helots : 'A\/V kv QerraXia ptra TIaoprjOewg drfpoKpariav KcirEcrKeva^e, icai tovq TitviaraQ unrXi£ev E7ri tovq Sedrorag, Xen, Hell, ii. 3, 36. 259. Ots, hog (6 and ?/), fr. Tidrjfjii, the primitive meaning of 259 the word seems to be mass, heap : TLoXvg 2' ap(f offreotpiv Oig avSpiov Trvdopivtoi'. Od, xii. 45. Hence, with the genitive appov, which is found sometimes expressed (Herod, iii. 26), and sometimes understood, heap or mass of sand ; and by ext. sand heaped on the shore, sand- DOWN : *£lg /), from dehw, to strike, is a different word, signifying particularly the shore of the sea. This observation is contradicted by many passages in the poets, and we may conclude from this, with all respect to the grammarians, that these two forms are bat one and the same word, as is the case with many others like them, such as pig and piv, aicrig and clktiv, &c. [Cf. 51.] 6t]fJia)v, wvog (6), fr. tiQijiai, heap, principally of corn, straw, stack : *Qg d' dvefiog ^affg tjiiov Orjfjiojva tivcl%u KapQaX'siov. Od. v. 368. OrjjULWKia, ac (fj), a rare synonyme of Oritur, in the Sept. and the Fathers : Koirpov drifJKovia. Chrysost. in Matih. 690. Oojjjios, ov (6), Attic for Orj/jiwv, in prose : r Eav de depi- crdelg elg Otofiovg avvredrj 6 irvpog, alporepog Kai (oeXt'hov ytverat.. Theophr. Cans. PI. 4, 15. awpds, ov (6), heap, quantity together of corn, of grain: "Ore t 'iSpig aupbv dfjiarai. Hesiod. Oper. 14. Hence, heap, pile, in general : Hwobv y^pr^fxaTuyv 'iyovra. Aristoph. Plut. 269. \_dwpol gltov, ^vXcoy, XiOiov, v£i:pu)v. Xen. Hell. iv. 4, 12.] 260. 260 Bueiv, prop, in ancient times, to burn incense in honour of the gods, or a portion of the meat prepared for the feast before commencing it : Oeo~t, to sacrifice, in general : Avrdp 6 (iovv iipev avat, djcpujy 'Aya/jLE/jivwv, 11. ii. 402. [Very rare and late in prose. Philo. 2, p. 34, 5.] Upoui/, to consecrate, to perform duly the sacred cere- monies : 'AdntaloL AnXiovg aviarnaav km A>/\oi>, $\yr\od[xt- voi, Kurd iraXaidv rivet alrlar, ov KaOapovg bvrag iepujadcu. Thuc. V. 1. UpoupY€u>, to perform a sacred work, or a sacrifice, seldom to sacrifice, to slay in sacrifice, in the middle voice in Plutarch : Avrog irpb rfjg (7K'r]yfig fxerd rov p.avruog 'Api- OTavipav hiETpifiev lepovpylag Tivag cnroppijTovg upovpyovjue- vog. Plut. Alex. 31. KaXXtcpci^, to offer a sacrifice of good omen, to have the victims favorable ; litare : 'Eirel c EKaXXupijae. Xen. Cyr. iii. 3, 11. |M)\od£eij/, to cut the throat of the victim [jugulare], after having struck it, and turned it back to let the blood flow : z 2 256 261, 262. (260) T H Kal ava't^aQ oiv apyvtyov wKvg 'A^iXXevg a(j)d^\ II. xxiv. 621. 261. 261 GuXaKoi, iov (pi), trowsers or loose pantaloons of the Persians, ace. to the Scholiast on Aristophanes : Elrci 2' etTirof-iEada dvvvd^ovTtg eig rovg OvXaKovg. Aristoph. Vesp. 1082. dva£upis, Hog (//), and principally in the plural, dya§upi- Ses, long and loose trowsers of the Persians, and of the Asiatics generally ; particularly those who dwelt in the cold countries and in the mountains : 02 crKvrirag fiiv dva- ^vpitiag, (jKvrivrjv Se tyjv aXXrjv tcrdrjra (j>opiov(Ti. Herodot. i. 71. [These and the (Spdicai were tighter than the OvXaKoi. L. and S.~] Ppdicai, wv (pi), long and loose leggings of the Gauls ; braccce ; [braies, Fr. ; trews, breeks, Sc. ; breeches, Ang.] : XpwjTtu . . . Kal dvaEypiaiv dg IkeTvol fipaicag Trpoaayo- pevovaiv. Diod. Sic. v. 30. ircpio-KeXes, eog (to), trowsers of the Levites, in the Sept. : Kai TTEpHTKeXeg Xivovv '£(jtcu kizl rov yjpiorbg avrov. Levit. xvi. 4. irepto-KeXis, iSog (rj), sort of trowsers or wide drawers worn by women: Twv <)£ TrXeiffrwp yvvaiKwv av vTTofo'ffiaTa ctd^pvara 7repuXr)e, Kal \p£XXia Kal TrepioKeXiSag Kal 7rop(j)v- pav, Kal fxapyaplrac, ivhov fiirovaiv. Plut. Conj. prccc. 262. 262 Gupa, ac (*/), the wood work which makes the door itself; hence, 1. chamber-door, house-door only ; singular and plural, in the Iliad and the Odyssey : Qvpai $' evepyieg eld SiKXidtg. Od. xvii. 269. 2. Thence, in general, open- ing, entry, outlet: Auw ££ rk oi dvpai ei. Od. xiii. 109. According to the grammarians, the singular Ovpa must be understood only of the wood-work that closes up the door-way, and the plural dvpai of the opening or door- way itself, but this subtle distinction is contradicted by the usage of the words ; on the contrary, we see dvpai j employed both in the Iliad and the Odyssey, as in the 262. 257 passage above, for the folds of the door. It may be (262) observed, however, that the Attic prose writers more com- monly use the singular in the phrases to knock at the door, to open or shut the door: Koxjsag rr\v Ovpav (Xen. Hell. v. 4, 7); 'Aveuyfjievri dupa (Plat. Conv. 174, e.) : while they used the plural only, when the sentence expressed nothing more than the general notion attached to the word doors : 'E^t TrXovoiuv Ovpag lovreg (Plat. Polit. ii. 7) ; or in the figurative sense : 'E71-1 rate dvoaig rfjg 'EXXdSog kafjLEv. Xen. Anab. vi. 5, 23. The phrase at Ovpat fictcriXiwg, in Xenophon (Anab. ii. 1, 6), signifies particularly the court of the king of Persia. We have pre- served this phrase in the title we give to the court of the Grand Signor, that of the Ottoman Porte. The very use we make of the word court, meaning thereby the king's palace, is equally remarkable. 0i5p€Tpov, ov (to), poet, for Qvpct, and only in the plural : ITpiV p.e Kara 7rprjveg j3ciXeelv TLpidpoio fxkXaQpov alQaXotv, 7rprjopi^6fievoy k(f eKCLTEpOV, TTpOGlt) [JIEV E7TL TCI GTtpvCl TE KCU TiiQ (j)p£vag E^IKVOV- jjlevop, oiritrto 3' ett\ ttjp puyiv KaTaKa/bnrTOjJLErov, airav tovto to Kvrog fdog roig larpotg egtiv ovo/ma^Eir OwpaKa. Galen, de Usu Part. vi. 2. ujipvov, ov (to), fr. o-TEpeog, is the bony part of the chest in Homer, and particularly the bone which is situated in the centre, the sternum ; speaking of men, it is the ex- ternal part of the breast, plural or singular, the breast in animals : "Oi> pa ttot aWdg vtto GTEpvoto Tv^rrag. . . II. iv. 106. Hence, more generally, in Homer (//. iii. 194) and the tragic writers for the whole breast in both sexes : TcW, TOO* el /JEV OTEpVOV 7TCU£U' 7T0O0V/Z£(, 7TCU0W. Eur . HeC, 563. In later medical writers the sternum, the breast-bone : To Sf fXETa^v tovtiov [wXEVp&v^ (TTijOoC Kai to fXEaairaTOv aVTOV (TTEpVOV, ^XP 1 T °v X^ V ^P 0V > fy' ° y ™ <77 *^/ ia T VQ KoiXlag. Galen. Introd* 264. 259 diapdpovvTUL wXevpal, o kciXoihtiv ifiiojg 01 per avrov icLTpol aripvov. Galen. Exeg. 264. 0wpa£, aKog (6), upper part of the cuirass or corslet of 264 the Homeric warriors, composed of two pieces of metal, one of which covered the breast, and the other the back-; each of these two pieces, called yvaXov, was fastened on the two sides of the body by buckles (irEpvvrf), and enclosed it completely. Upon the OwpaZ, which reached just below the navel, came another piece called ^wjuia, or girdle (Pausan. x. 26), which covered the lower stomach and the reins ; to that was attached the fxlrpa [cf. 241], or petti- coat of arms, which reached down below the knees. Most frequently 6u>pa£, is to be understood by ext. of the whole cuirass : AEVTEpov av OwprjKa Trepl GTi]dEGaiv eEvvev. II. xi. 19. £wp.a, htoq (to), prop, girdle, and specially the iron band fastened to the bottom of the OwpaZ, as we have just noticed [see plate on p. 162 of Rich]: Avae he 01 ^ujarfjoa iravaioXov ?/3' virivEp^EV ^wjau te Ka\ p.LTp-qv. II. iv. 216. In these lines, £a^ua must be understood of the whole cuirass, dwpa't, according to Aristarchus quoted by the Scholiast (ad II. iv. 216). Xnw, iovoq (0), ordinarily tunic; accompanied with many epithets, this word is sometimes a periphrasis of dwpat,, in Homer (77. xiii. 439) ; it is found sometimes, but rarely, alone, as synonymous with dojpa't, : 'Ektopeov £e XiTuva irepl oriidEGai Sdi(at \aXK(3 pwyaXkov. II. ii. 415. 260 261), 266, (264) oroXds, dlog (fj), and, in the Doric dialect, cnroXds, a sort of leather jerkin or coa£ for light-armed troops, cuirass: Tot,£vdeig Sid TTJc dairiSog Kal rrjg aroXdhog Eig Tag irXEvpdg. Xen. An. iv. 1, 18 [and iii. 3, 20. = 0a>pa£ etc iipfiarog Kara tovq tjfiovg ecpcnrToiJiEi'OQ. Poll. vii. 70]. 265. 265 iSios, la, proper and peculiar to an individual, to a spe- cies, special, private, peculiar : HprjZig S 1 ij$' idirj, oh ctiifxiog, fjp dyopevau). Od. iii. 82. It is more frequently opp. to Kotvog and SnfJioaiog, in the prose writers : Kal ra 7r\ofa Trdvra, teal ra drjfjLocria Kal ra 'iSia. Plat. Gorg. 469, e. In Attic writers it is frequently found in conjunction with the pronouns, as own in English : Ilepi twv vfierepiov illwv. Dem. Legal. 439. Hence its use as a possessive pronoun in later writers, and in modern Greek : KeXevei 6 'Aptw- vlvog T(jj iSiio (TTpaTui kirilpafXElv Kal (poveveiv rovg fiapfidpovg. Herodian. iv. 11, 8. Kupios, ia, fr. Kvpog, proper, speaking of a name : Tw re Kvpio) avrov 6v6p.art TrpoodevTeg 'AtypiKavov. Herodian. vii. 5, 19. oiK€ios, ela (olKog), of or belonging to the house, domestic, is opposed to iroXirtKog or to Koivog : "Eji te roig avrolg oikeIiov afia Kal 7toXitiku>v ETrijiiXEia. Thuc. ii. 40. Hence, belonging in particular to a species, to a family, while "idiog expresses that which belongs in particular to an individual: OiKEiOTEpog yap avrolg 6 irovog, "ihiog, dXX oh KOivog u)y juiEra rov aio/jLarog. Plat. Pol. vii. 535, b. 266. „/>/» Up€ioi>, ov (to), thing or animal dedicated to religious uses; hence, victim: Rett lepeitov 7ro\\iji> atyOovtav Ei'6fii£e yEv{](TEaQat. Xen. Cyr. i. 4, 17. Ace. to Mceris, Upiiov was the Attic term for the general word Qvixa. UpoK, ov (to), in the singular signifies sacred place, con- secrated spot ; very seldom sacrifice or victim : "Ofp 1 Ipbv 266. 261 kroifdaar crctiar 9 AO)]ir}. II. xi. 571. Ordinarily, in the plural, (266) rd Upd, in poetry and prose, 1. sacrifices, sacred ceremonies : 9 Otyp $m~iv f E*Ka£pyov l\d(T(Tsai iepd pi£,ag. II. i. 147. 2. The victims : Kai iv upolg crjXov ical iv ovpavioig aqfJ.eioig. Xen. Cyr. i. 6, 2. apYjxa, arog (to), fr. ap\u>, plural in the Odyssey, first-fruits : T H pa Kai dpyfiara Ovas Oeolq. Od. xiv. 446. dirapx^, >7c (>/), more commonly in the plural, first-fruits of the produce of the earth, which were offered to the gods, and laid upon the tombs of the dead : "Oaa re h yr\ fyiwv dvtoilov wpala, Trdvrmv dirapydg kirKpipovreg. Thuc. iii. 58. 6vn g \ , >], rjg (r)), fr. 6vu), in the Iliad, portion of the cooked meats, which were burnt in honour of the gods, before commencing the meal or feast, primitue; 'O 6* kv irvpi fidXXe QvrjXag. 11. ix. 220. Hence victim or sacrifice, in general : Qoivia ds x tl 9 cra^ei OvrjXrjg "Aptog. Soph. Electr. 1422. 6up.a, arog (to), prop., what is burnt in honour of the gods upon the altar ; whence it was subsequently applied to every kind of victim, and, in a yet wider acceptation, of offering : Ovrog S\ eTTEinep noXig avayKa^ei rdSe, Ota yEviadio ddjjia. Eur. Iph. T. 600. 8-ufAtajj.a, arog (to), perfume of the incense burnt upon the altars : HoAic, d' ofxov per OvpiapaTwv yepei. Soph. (Ed. R. 4. [Also in PL Rep. ii. 373, a.] 6vos, tog (to), fr. 6vio, that which was burnt in honour of the gods, incense, perfume : 'EttI o" dyXad ^rjpia Kaitiv, d\\oT£ Si) oirovSyGi Qvscrai rt iXdcnctaQai. Hes. Oper. 335. Oucria, ac (>/), sacrifice, victim : 'O \xiv ye IiKvdrjg, teal waaag Tag dvcriag dtyug Kai j/yr/ca/ie) og Tcnreiiag, avrovg dj0pu)7rovg ttj 'Ap-af-iiSi irapiaT^ai. Luc. de Sacrific. ad fin. oXoKauTWjia, aTog (to), fr. bXaicavTou), a verb found only in Xenophon, victim that was burnt whole, holocaust: Kai OvaeTE in avTov ra 6XoKavTU)/ja,Ta vpr. Exod. XX. 24. oXoKauTwcrts, ewg (>/), action of burning the victim whole : holocaust : LTdo-ai at jooeg elg oXoKavTioatv. Nuntcr. vii. 87. oxjxxyioi', ov (to), fr. afp/t^io, beast killed (by cutting the throat) in sacrifice ; hence victim, and particularly victim so hilled, the parts cut off, or the entrails of the victim, from 262 267. (266) which the auguries were taken : Kal Xiyetv ekeXeve 7ra(Tiv 9 on ret lepd Kal rd ortydyia KaXd eirj, Xen. Anab. i. 8, 15. Yjpi\o"rt\piov, ov (to) [poet, in this sense], prop, the sacri- fice or victim offered by the person who consulted the oracle : 'AvSpibv rd& ecttI a(pdyia Kal ^pqarrjpia deoiaiv . epheiv. Msch. Sept. 230. The more general sense of offer- ing is given it in Sophocles (Aj. 220), a line which seems to be a reminiscence of iEschylus. 267. 267 lepeus, eijjg (6), fr. lepog, priest, in general, he who offered the sacrifices, and declared the will of the gods as manifested by the victims, in poetry and prose; sacerdos : 'AW aye Srj Tiva fiai'Tiv epelofxey f) Upfja. IL i. 62. ajjKJmroXos (6, 7/), poet., one who serves; hence minister, priest, priestess : Tag tXcupoKrovov 6eag dpKb'nroXov icovpav. Eur. Iph. T. 1114. api)Tr\p, fjpog (6) [a], prop, one that prays ; hence priest : 'AW evek aprjrfjpog, ov r\rinr\(i 'Ayafxifjiviov. IL i. 94. Bidfcpyos, ov (6), prop, one who serves ; in the N. T., beacon of the primitive Church, whose office it was to dis- tribute the alms : Svv E7riaKOTroLg Kal faaKoroig. Philipp. i. 1. emo-Koiros, ov (6), prop, inspector ; in the primitive Chris- tian Church, the name of the successors of the Apostles, BISHOP : Act yap rov e7tI(tkottop aviyKXrjTOV Etvai. N, T, Tit. i. 7. Our^p, fjpog (6), fr. 6vu), one who sacrifices, a sacrificer : 013', , ovog (6). The hieromnemon at Byzantium was the chief magistrate, considered in his office of super- intendent of public worship and sacred rites, as the archon at Athens, the consul at Rome, and, like them, he gave his name to the year : 'Ett* lepofivd^ovog Bo cttt opinio. Dem. de Coron. in Byzant. decret. 27. Dionysius of Halicar- nassus gives this name to the Pontijices of the Romans : r £2c av ol lepojjivtifjLoveg e&yioiTai. Ant. R, viii. 55. Upoiroios (6, ?/), fr. 7tole(s) 9 prop, one who offers sacrifices ; used as a substantive, 6 leponoiog, master of the sacred cere- monies, was the name of ten magistrates at Athens chosen by lot ; their office was to regulate the festivals, the cere- monies, and the sacrifices, to choose the victims, and to assist at the examination which the aruspices made of the sacred entrails, in order to prevent fraud, adds the Scholiast, on the part of the diviners : Ol Xonrol rag -op.Tzdg ire fiir over l\> vfji~ii> nerd tCjv lepo7roiu>v. Dem. Philipp. i. 26. i€podmr]s, ov (o), fr. lepog and (panto, he who exhibits the sacred things, hierophant, priest of Ceres, who pre- sided at the initiations of the mysteries of Eleusis, and ex- plained the mysteries to the initiated. The Hierophant took the vow of celibacy, and was always chosen out of the family of the Kumolpidae, one of the first in Athens, in which family this dignity continued for 1200 years: 'O £e f.ieyi(TTog tHjv TrorTKpiKwi', o'lov e^yrjrov Kal irpo d' £7r' iaxdpaQovK e%o> tiri riva fxrjXoOvrrjv 7ropev9a>. Eur. Ale. 118. TTpeapurepos, ov (6), elder ; presbyter ; hence, priest ; in the primitive Christian Church, the elders or presbyters were appointed by the Apostles : XetporoyrirravTeQ Se avrolg 7rpe/3a yapiTi, tov izavTiav laTopacwTctTOV fiamXiiov. Plut. Sertor. 9. [Properly an adj. = scientific. Pi. Soph. 267, e. = historical. Plut.] loropioYpdog, ov (6), historian who writes the history of past times ; historian : Tig ovk av OavfxdaEiE rrjv diretpiav \ Ka\ Ttjv ayvoicij^ Tfjg Koirrjg kvvoiag . . . . i)v pdXiOTa Se~i irapa Tolg iGTopioypdtyoic V7rap\eiv ; Polyb. ii. 62, 2. o-uyYpaeus, iiog (6), contemporaneous writer or historian, who writes the history of his own times [this limitation is probably unfounded] : 'AXXa yap tHjv jjlev fjLEyaXwv noXewv, ei tl KaXov tirpaiav, diravTEg ol avyypa(pE~ig fj.£jjivr}vrai. Xen. Hell. vii. 2, 1. 271. 271 iTaXos, ov (o), an Italian : Ovo' av, otl "Ifinp 6 Tpa'ia- voc, aXX' ovtc 'IraXoc, ovh' 'IraXtwr^c ?*> {upt an Italian by birth, nor of a family that had afterwards settled in Italy). Dion. Cass, lxviii. 4. 272, 273. 267 u-aXuorrjs, ov (o), an Italiot, or inhabitant of Magna (271) Grsecia (not of an original Italian family) : lieu 'IraXtwrat Hvdayopav, Kal Aajj.\LaKnrol 'Ava^ayopav £,£vov ovra ida- \jsai' Kal rifuvJoiv etl kuI vvv. Aristot. Rhetor, ii. 23. K. 272. KaOapos, pa, fr. Kadatpeiv, clean, neat ; hence, pure, prop. 272 and fig, : Kadapa xpo'i z'lfiaO' eXovaa. Od. xvii. 48. dKi(38ir)\os (6, >/), not adulterated, in speaking of coined money, of good alloy : 'O £e aXXarrojUEiOQ i) vofxiafjia avrl vofiiajJiaToc ?/ Kal tG)v oXXojv i^ujiov bviovv i) Kal jju) l,wu)v aKifilrfkov trav SiSoru) Kal 3e%e(t6u) tuj vojju) ZvvEirofjEi og. Plat. Legg. xi. 916, d. [Impropr. ivithout fraud. Hdt. 9, 7,1.] aKpdTos (o, ij), unmixed, pure, in speaking of wine : " AKpnrov dtiov irorov evrog zyovTEQ. Od. ii. 341. [By no means only of wine : e. g. aKparog rovg, pure intellect. , Xen. Cyr. 8, 1, 20 ; also impropr. pure, absolute, e. g. iXevdspla. PL &c] £p rove aizronivovc kulel. Xen. Cyr. v. i 1, 5. With 7rifp, to light or kindle a fire, to make a fire : I Kal ol clWot avavTavTEQ irvp EKaiov. Xen. Anab. iv. 4, 8. aiOeiy [act. to light, kindle, irvp. Hdt. 4, 145: $a\6v, \ ASsch. Ag. 1410] in the passive; to burn, to be on fire, in the participle in Homer, epithet of a torch : "Ore f.u) avrog yE Kportioi' tfxJDaXoi aldo^iEvov haXav vijectvi Ooijaiv. II. xiii. 320. [iraflra ?/ x^P n a *^(r6at e^okel. Xen. An. G, o, 19.] Fig. : A'idEadai r\€y€ti/, to take fire, blaze, throw out flames of fire, speaking of a fire : To he (j)X£yei aKajiarov irvp. II. xxi. 13. [Also trans. cpXiyiov aKriaiv rjXiog x^ova. JEsch. Pers. 364 ; also to cause to blaze up, or fire up, propr. and ^Xe-yeOciv, poet, frequentative of the preceding word : 'Hvrt 7rvp tot 67rsffavfjiEvov ttoXiv dvdpwv op\iivov l^ai(j)VTjg (pXeyiOei. 11. xvii. 738. 4>\€y|jiau'€ii> (jfXiyfia), to be inflamed, to have inflamma- tion, speaking medically : "Oaa Se (fXEyfxaivEtv Xiyerai tov (TiOjiaTOg, cltto tov Katadai te koX (j)X£yea6ai Btu X°^ }/ y^yovE ttclvtci. Plat. Tim. 85, b. ^Xoyi^iv, poet, to set on fire, envelop in flames: Ovd' el irvpcpopog acTtpOTTnTrig j3povTag avyaZg ji dai (pXoyi^wv. Soph. Phil. 1196. 274. 274 kcikos, 7], deficient in such or such a physical or moral advantage ; hence, generally, it is opposed to ayadog in all its meanings, prop, and fig. ; bad, worthless, as being useless, unfit, not good, specially in war ; hence, cowardly : Kcu tol kywye ovSev aviawTEpov rofAiZw twv ev avOpwiroig elvai tov twv 'icrwv tov te kclkov kuyjs (6, ?/), of an evil nature, naturally bad : Tour le Kara r*jv \\jvyf]v KaxotpvElg re teal clvlcltovq avrol clttokte- vovtjiv. Plat. Pol. iii. 410, a. PXafSepos, pa (/3/\a/3r?), hurtful, in opp. to dxpiXi/uog : i Aeyioi' ore fjwpbg fxkv sir) si Tig o'Ietcil pfj /jiaOibv to. te uxpi- \ifia Kcil to. (ikajJEpa tujv irpayfiarijjv SiayvwaEcrdui. Xen. . Mem. iv. 1, 15. Xujjiecji/, uuoc (6), destroyer : Kai fiaXXov ettiQvuovvteq yyi/uoyeg i) cegtzotcu TroocrayopEVEcrOaL* tcai aiorrjpEQ, aXXa fo) \vjjleu)I'ec a.7roKa\E~i:i 270 275. (274) 4>aC\os, bad, worthless, in the sense of incapable, without talent, despicable ; vilis, in opp. to ayadog : 'Ewpwv ydp, e(f)rf 6 KpiTofiovXog, prjTopdg te (pavXovg ayadolg drjjjrjyopOLg \aupos (o, i]), bad, evil, in the sense of abusive, injurious, in speaking of a discourse : Kat jxti^ev enrrig cpXavpov avopag debovg. Aristoph. Nub, 832. 275. 275 kcikoGi>, to ill-treat, use ill : 'EXOujv yap p EicaKwcre (ilrj 'HpaKXrjelr]. II. xi. 690. KaicoTrcH€u>, to do evil to, to injure, in general: ^vvavrat 7roXXa fjLEv rrjv fiaviXiiog ywpav Karadeorreg KaicoTroiEiv. Xen. Mem. iii. 5, 26. KaKoupyeu/, /o work or &nw# #&ow£ ew'Z ; "O n V av KaKovpyrj rig rovg kvctvriovg, drjXov on Travrl tovtg) Tovg avuixdypvg Kov Eu/3otaj/. Th. 2, 32.] dSiKeiK (ack/cog), prop, to be unjust ; hence, in a wide sense, to ill-treat, to hurt, to injure, to wrong : Tovg yap hkvovg e£, ov o te ^ivvig Kal o HiKEipwv mi 6 TLpoKpovo'Trjg diridavov ovSelg etc dStKEic Xen. Mem. ii. 1, 14. pXdirrew, to hurt, principally in war : Ov jju)v ovSe dvai- (Tdf]TU)g avrovg keXevlj rovg te ^vfifidyovg rjfxwv kqv /3\a- ttteiv. Thuc. i. 82. &T]\€L(r0ai, to destroy, to injure ; Icedere : Ovci ttot ev 00/t/ ipifiojXciKi (ItOTiaveiprj tcapicbv ESrjXii&avT. II. i. 156. [In prose, Hdt. yr\v, GTpaTir\v, &c] Xufxai^caOai (Xv/jly)), used of acts of violence, of attacks upon persons and things, to attack, to injure by words or actions: \v\iaivo\iivr) ci tu> vEKpijj, kiriXEyE toSe. Herodot. i. 214. Hence, to injlict evil, i. e. to harass, to worst in war: AvjjialvEadaL rovg 7roXEfxlovg. Xen, Cyr~ vi. 3, 24. XwpdaOat (Aw/3??), to insult, to treat injuriously, to out- 27(5, 277. 271 rage : 7 11 yap dv, 'Arpeilri, vvv varara Xd) fij] actio. II. i. 232. (275) [Often in Hdt. and common in PI. : J to uclkov fiEv Xwfta- Tai, to ce ctKaiov 6vivr\aiv. Crit. 47, e ; Xu)j3wvTat tovq rEovg. Prot. 318, d.] iv(\\i.alv€.iv (7r?7/ua), to damage, to worst, to persecute, to harass: M?) St 1 Efjirjv loTrjTa HoaEiddwv ivoai^wv 7rr)fjaivei Tptiag. II. xv. 41. [In prose, Hdt. Pl.-Arist. ir-qfiaivEL to. ofjjjieLTa vypoTrjQ. Probl. 31.] 276. KaXdfXTj, tjg (i)), stubble, straw of wheat, barley, &c. ; 276 calamus, stipula : Toy £e viov gitov gvv rrj KaXd/uirj dwoKei- /jLeror. Xen. An. v. 4, 27. axvrj, rjg (r)), fr. a and t^w, an Y «t>j^ct without consistence, any thing light, hovering and driving about in the air, as chaff winnowed and set afloat in the air : 'Gc. d' dvi\iog ayyag (popkei Updg tear' aXwctc. II. x. 499. [Cf. 110.] axupoy, ov (to), stalk of the growing corn ; hence, in the plural, straw : 'EutXoV-fc; avTEiov ti)v k'oiXlrjv Kai Kadrjpar-eg ifjnwrXaffi dyypwv. Herodot. iv. 72. Fig. dung : Tovg yap /uiETOtKovg dyypa twv clgtujv Xiyuj. Aristoph. Ach. 508. [I don't know on what authority M. Pillon founds this article. The meaning usually given is chaff, husks.~] icc£p09, Eog (to), any dry and very light thing, particle of straw, chip of wood : Kdpcpog ^ajjiddiv vvv Xafiibv tov Xvyvov Trpofivaov. Aristoph. Vesp. 249. 4>puya^o^, ov (to), thin bit of dry wood, small stick, such as are collected for fuel : Kai ra'jua Kap(f>t] Kai to. 7raporTa (ppvyava. Aristoph. Av. 642. 277. KaXciy, 1. to call for the purpose of bringing to you : 977 Kai KaXivag tov Twfipvav. Xen. Cyr. v. 3, 3. 2. To call, in the sense of denoting, naming : 'EScp^oiTeu Ze T-qnKavTa tig Tovg yEpaiTEpovg ovTag te Kai KaXov/jiEiovg. Xen. Cyr. i. 2, 13. avTCiv (avTTj), to call shouting: Kai clvtei irdvTag dpivTovg. Jl. xi. 258. Tyrruciv, to call with a loud voice : Avrdp 6 KvKXioTrag fieydX' i)7rvev. Od.ix. 399. kikX-hVkciv, a kind of, Ionic and Epic, frequentative of KaXku ; 'Epxzo' kikXi'igksi as iraTr)p epog, oos (6, rj), fr. fwptyrj, beautiful in face only, formo- sus : Kcu ovtio at Evpop&oi rdg djjioptyag Kal Epirripovg e^eSi- Socrav. Herodot, i. 196. euTrpe-irrjs (6, fj), fr. vrpeVw, of beautiful appearance, seldom when speaking of persons : Yvvrj to Eidog EV7rpE7n)g, Plut, Prcec, conj. 23. euTrpocrtoTros (o, ^) (jrporrMTTov), 1. beautiful in face, hence, in general, beautiful, particularly among the Cretans, accord- ing to Aristotle : To yap EVEidsg oi KpfJTEg EVirpofjujirov haXovtrtv. De Poet. 25, 16. 2. One who has a beautiful mask ; hence, fig. one of beautiful appearance, specious : 'Y7r£itpivavT0 £V7rp6mg. In Cer. 420. wpalos, aia (wpa), that which is in its bloom, in all its 279—281. 273 vigour, full ripe, speaking of fruits, and fig. of the age of (278) man ; hence sometimes, that which has the beauty of youth, beautiful: '£hpa!og iwv Kal KaXog. Find. OL ix. 141. 279. KdjjLi^os, ov (6), furnace, oven, smelting furnace : Kal aV 279 oIklwv tteqI Tdoyvpeia SrifAotritov Kal aVo Kajjilvioy wpOGofioi ay noXXal yiyvoivro. Xen. Vect. 4, 49. Ittvos, ov (6), kitchen stove ; hence kitchen: O yap irarrtp elg top iirvov eIgeXiiXvQev. Aristoph. Vesp. 139. K\i(3a^os, ov (6), and Attic Kpifiavos, portable oven, in which bread and pastry were cooked : 'Ev Kkifiavu) hiatya- ve'l irvi^avTEQ, ovrco rpojyovfrt. Herodot. ii. 92. HapEridei. 6' f]/d~iv oXovg ek Kptfiavov fiovg. Aristoph. Acharn. 86. wiyeus, iiog (6), extinguisher (a sort of cover to put out fire, couvre-feu), oven, stove for baths : 'ErravO' evoikovg avhpEQ ol top ovpavov XiyovrEg aran elOovviv /), merchant, trader : Kal yap ol tfjuropot XP*'/" fxara GvXKiyEtv iKavoi eIglv. Xen. Mem. iii. 4, 2. 281. KopSia, ag (?'/), fr. Kiap, Epic KpaSiTj, heart: Ti)r Ee ^) 9 o, KapSiar ol/jljulu twv tyXefiibv Kal 7rrjyi)v rov TTEpKpEpofXEvov Kara izavTa ra (JtiXtj Gtyolpwg a'tfiarog. Plat. Tim. 70, b. KTJp, Krjpog (to), and Keap, in Pindar and the tragic writers, the hearty prop, and fig. ; cor : XwSfievog Krjp. It. i. 44. 8id op°Q (to), fr. aio, prop, breath, principle oflife, of motion, and of the passions, heart; animus: Ti (jtyoSiv evl (ppeal fiaiveTai r/rop ; II. viii. 413. Oujjlos, ov (6), the heart, as the principle of all the pas- sions, the seat of which Homer sometimes places in the breast : *£lg AlvEia dvjjiog kvi arifizvai yeyriOet. II. xiii. 494. And sometimes in the diaphragm : Ila^rec c^a (ppsal dvfxbv tyovTEQ. II. xiii. 487. (rripvov, ov (to), breast, in the poets, fig. for the heart : OvTio yap, a5 ttou, ^prf cia trripviov e%eiv. Soph. Ant. 639. [In pi. of one person in Xen. Cyr. Oupal; wept tcl arkpva, 219.] oTT]0os, eoq (to), breast, for the heart in the poets : Elor/y- kel jbieya nivdog ev\ gt^Qeggiv. Od. x. 329. <$>pr\v, evoq (]]), plural <|>peV€s, diaphragm ; prcecordia : 'AAA' £/3a\' evd' apa te (ppivEg Epyarai a«0' ahtvbv Kfjp. II. xvi. 481. In the singular, in poetry, for the heart : XapEirj Se (ppiva fJLijTrjp. II. vi. 481. 282. 282 KciGjjLa, arog (to), burning heat of the sun, excessive heat : M-E-^pig ov £ia Kavjjia ov hvvavTai oIkeiv ol avOpwiroi. Xen. An. i. 7, 6. alOos, ov (6), and cuOos, sog (to), heat : AlQov r aZafivvacOca 6eov. Eur. Suppl 208. OdXiros, Eog (to), heat, in general : 'AAXa ^v^r) te yEtfiG)- vog teal dakwr) dipovg eOl^el KaprEpElv. Xen. CEc. 5, 3. Oeppa^o-is, £tog (r/), the making warm or hot : "Egti Se ov% f) OEpfjLorrjg tcivrjGig, aW ij OipjiavGLg. Aristot. Metaph. X. 11. OepjjLao-ta, ac (//), Attic form, less ancient than the follow- ing ones, in Xenophon : To yap kipeTgOui Kal av$pi£Ecrdai irapEiyE dEp/Jtaalav rivd Kal vyporrjTa. Xen. An. v. 8, 6. OepfjLT], 77c (>/), fr. Qipnog, heat, prop, and fig. heat caused by fever : YlpibTOv jjlep rrjg KEtyaXijc Oipfiai layypai. Thuc. ii. 49. GepfjLonqs, vt°G (>/)> heat, warmth in general : Ov yap Oep/jiOTrjTog, ol/uai, Epyov -^vyEtv, aWd rov Ivavriov. Plat. Pol. i. 335, c. 283. 275 OcpfxwX^, ?7c (>/), Ionic, heat of fever, in Hippocrates : '£lg (282) if depfjiiijX)) avoiyQivTOQ rov (JLjparog viro tov ISpwrog E^iXdn. Hippocr. de hoc. 418. 283. KeXeucu', may be used equally, 1. of the inferior with 283 reference to the superior, to exhort, to direct by recommend- ing ; jubere : 'E7T£t ce wpa i)v oi rEray pivot irpoaiorrEc Xov- (tcktQui avrov ekeXevov. Xen. Cyr. viii. 7, 2. 2. Of the superior to the inferior, to order : Avrdo 6 KnpvKEacn Xiyv- (f)66yyoL(TL KtXEvaav .... II. vi. 324. Ke'XecrOcu, synonyme of ksXsveiv : 'A\X' eg fiev MeviXaov lyih keXo- jj.a.1 icai dvioya iXQiXv. Od. iii. 317« avarye'vcu, defective, in Homer, Herodotus, and the tragic writers, to order, to advise, urge: d' liztiTa Oeolg evxE^Oat avwyei iraaag . eyeing. II vi. 240. ivrekXecrQai, to command, to enjoin, to charge : 'ErreiXa- j jjievog ol a7ro yXwaang. Herodot. i. 123. emcrKYJ-nreii', to enjoin viva voce, to charge, recommend : Kcu Si) v/juv race £7ri(TKfj7rTix). Herodot. iii. 65. emore'XXeiv, to send word or orders by letter or messen- ger, to dispatch an order or orders ; hence, more generally, | to order: OT'E^opcu rw vavap^u) swectteiXciv. Xen. Hellen. iii. 1, 1. ciriTctaaei^, to prescribe, speaking of physicians : r Hg 7Tpodvpojg rovg ETziTat,ovTag 6 tl j^p)) ~oieiv KaXovat. Xen. '< Cyr. i. 6, 18. [Not peculiarly of physicians, but to order generally ; it denotes a command laid upon an inferior. j TaSe avTolvi kmratpv, Hdt. 1, 155; and also personally | in pass, vavg ETrErdyQnvav 7roiE~Lo6tu, were ordered to build ships. Th. 2, 7.] irapayyeXXei^, to transmit an order, or the word of com- ' mand given by the general : Kcu rJ Sevripq ekeXevcte rubra , rovro TiUpayyElXat. Xen. Cyr. ii. 4, 1. irpodyeiv, to drhe or lead forward, to cause progress to be made by others towards a point, or in any matter ; promo- vere : TEKpatpopevoi irporpi^u adat /./£)' ai Oolotzovc Err* upEriji' Kparivrov yEyorivai, izpoayayElv c ek avn)i' ov\ tmior. Xen. Mem. i. 4, 1. Trpoo-TciTTet^, to ordain, to order or direct, speaking of the 276 284, 285. (283) order established by providence, or by laws : "Eireira irpoa- Tarrovtnv avrolq lit) kXettteiv. Xen. Cyr. i. 2, 2. izporpi-n^iv, to turn in a forward direction ; hence, to urge forward, to lead on : 'E7rt0T£^/w/z£0a he el icai dXa^ovEiaq aTroTpiirw tovq avvovraq, dpETfjq enLfxeXeiadaL 7rpo£rpE7rEv. Xen. Men. i. 1. 1. 284. 284 Ke\u<|>os, ov (6), fr. koXvtttu), every kind of integument or outer covering, as bark of the tree, shell of the egg, &c. (Aristot. Gener. An. ii. 6, 20), shell of fish, shells of nuts, and other fruits of the same kind; pod of peas, beans, &c. : Ta yap irXola t)v avrolq KtXvtyr} Kapvuv. Luc. Ver. H. ii. 38. K€\uc|>cu>oi>, ov (to), according to the Scholiast on Lyco- phron, the thin shin which envelops the egg : KeXvcpaiu) vrpofiiXoi' (b(TTpaKii)f.ievr)i>. Lye. 89. ekvrpov, ov (to), every kind of envelope, as shell of the nut or oyster, follicule, capsule, or seed vessel ; bow-case, sheath or shard of lepidopterous insects, in Aristotle : "Ert Se to. jjlep e^ei tujv tttyjpuh' zXvTpov Tolq WTepolq. Aristot. H. An. iv. 7. 285. 285 Kepawog, ov (6), thunderbolt (the lightning which strikes the earth); fulmen : To Ss. dcrTpdxpav, avcnrvpuQiv, fiialioq &XP L T ^ 7*iG Suicdioi' Kepavvoq KaXeiraL. Aristot. de Mund. 4, 19. acTTpawf], rjq (fj), fr. aorr/p, lightning (the flash) ; fulgur : Kara Se ty\v tov vityovq EKpr)t>LV 7rvpwdev to irvEVLia kcli XdfJL\l>av, atrrparrt) XeyeTcu' w () h) irpoTepor rfjq fipoi'Trjq npo- ettegev, vtJTepov yEvoiiEvov. Aristot. de Mund. 4, 18. &ovq, fipofiov Kai irdrayov cnrEtpydcrctTO fiiyav, ftpov'i \v XtyoikEvov. Aristot. de Mund. 4,17. 286. 277 TrpYjorrjp, rjooQ (6), meteor, whirlwind or tornado with (285) meteoric fire ; Fr. prester : 'EaV Se \)\i'nxvpov ?) [sc. to aoTplv^av~\ vtyolpbv ce a\Xu)Q k*ai cidpoov, TrpnvTi'ip' idv ce a7rvpor tj iravTeXutc, Tvcfxov. Aristot. de Mund. 4, 19. \_Cf. Ar. Meteor. 3, 1.] o-ktjtttos, oi> (o), generic name of meteors that fall to the earth, in the treatise attributed to Aristotle : "E/caorov ce. tovtiov [sc. Kepavviov, 7rprjffTi]pcjv, tv(J)u)V(ov~\ KaTavKij\pa.v elr ttjv yrjv (TKr}7r-og 6voua£eTCii. Aristot. de Mund. 4, 19. 286. KC^aXrj, i]g (?/), head, [also fig. =] chief : "OfjfjLara teal 236 K£(pa\i]v 'LkzXoq Aa. II. ii. 478. Ppcyfxa, aroc (to), the front part of the skull, from the beginning of the hair ; sinciput: Tov-ov [sc. tov xpaviov] Se to fxev kjjLirpo&diov, jopeyfjia. Aristot. Hist. An. i. 7. [To ire pi top eyxeyaXov ogtovv. Part. An. 2, 7. 18.] Iviov, ov (to), the occiput, the hinder part of the head : ' To c oiriadiov [sc. tov Kpaviov] Iviov. Aristot. H. An. i. 7. Kapa and KapTj (to), the head, in general: 'X\pov de zap?] f%£t. //. vi. 509. KapTjvov, ov (to), Epic, in the singular in the Homeric hymns : 'H ds . . . . kaavfikvb)Q wpovvtv an' dQavaTOio icaprjvov. Hymn, in Miner v. xxviii. 8. Kopo-T], rjg (?/), in new Attic KoppTj, the two sides of the head, the part where the temples are : Tavpeav iwaraijE x ? 7 ?* yovvTa eir\ Kopprjc. Dem. in Mid. 562, 9. For the whole head in the Alexandrine poets: FLaaaova fj.ev tyopeovai Slprjv, | fxeyaXnv Se re Kopvrjv. Opp. Cyn. iii. 25. Kopucfn], i)c (rj), highest point of the skull, top of the head: i Metroi' & Iviov koa (ipeyfAarog Kopvcpi). Aristot. H. An. i. 7. , Hence top, summit of a mountain ; vertex : 'A^pordr?; Kopvtyij \ iroXvheipaloq OvXvjjnroio. II. i. 499. Kpcuaoy, ov (to), that part of the head which is covered with hair, the skull, cranium: Keos, ov (6), one of the temples: 'II & tTtpoio cui K'p'')ra0oio iriorfazv «) yaXKeirf. II. iv. 502. Bb 278 287, 288. 287. 287 KYjpuTTeiy (KrjpvCj, prop., 1, to cry abroad, to proclaim, give public notice with the voice ; call, summon, in speaking of a herald, or public crier : Aabv KnpvnoovrEg ayeipovTiov tcard vfjag. II. ii. 438. 2. To sell by proclamation, by crier s notice, or by public auction : 'EirEKnpvrTov dfia kcu rd xpi'ifjiara kcii rd doj^ara, Plut. CamiL 8. diTOKY)puTT€ii>, to prohibit or interdict by public notice, to disinherit, drive away : used of a father whom the law autho- rized to expel his son from his house, when he had reason to complain of his conduct : f O vo\xog rovg yoviag iroul KvpiovQ ov fjiovov Qicrdat rovvofxa IX apyfiQ, dXXd kclv 7ra\u' e^aXud^ciL (iovXcjvrat kul cnroKrjpv^aL, Dem. in Bceot. 1006, 21. €7riKY]puTT€iK, to cause proclamation to be made by the public crier of any public honour conferred, or penalty enacted : ^-kek^ov^e re og av aXi(TKr)rai eg rd iripav eki- (jlcittXeiov Qdvarov ty\v £r)fj.iav. Xen. Hell. i. 1, 15. €iriKT]puK€u€o-0ai, to send heralds or deputies as nego- tiators ; used of cities or armies that sent deputies to treat of peace, or of other affairs : 'YiTnKnpvKEvovTai rw nptiro) uai TretOovari tov dvdpwKOv ivcovvcu rd 7rpdyfJLad i avrolc. Dem. in Zenoih. 888. KY]puK€ueii> (kyipv£), to be a public crier or herald, to dis- I charge the duty or office of herald, to proclaim : Mrj rd 7rap ekeivujv opduig cnroTrpecrfiEvvag yivnrai avepdg rj Krjpv- KEvvag. Plat. Legg. xii. 941, a. 288. 288 KipwTos, ov (Ji), chest of wood, strong-box : 'EvfidXkETE t kg rag Kifliorovg jjErd rwv fxrjXiov. Aristoph. Vesp. 1056. KdXaOos, ov (6), small basket, corbeille of the French : <&EpETi») KaXaOov raj^v rig irrEpiov. Aristoph. Av, 1325. K6.ve.ov, ov (to), basket of reed, or twisted rush, small basket in which the sacred barley was carriea" ; canistrum : To Kavovv 7rdp£GT oXdg iyow Aristoph, Pac. 948. 289, 290. 279 Kicmrj, rjg (>/), small basket of twisted rush or osier, or (2 the bark of the lime-tree, according to Theophrastus. Ac- cording to the Scholiast, it was, particularly used for pro- visions: Ilcu, (pip et,Lj Itvpo ri}v Kiarnv ejjloi. Aristoph. Ach. 1099. [But also for clothes. ArisUph. Eq. 1211.] k6<|>ii/os, ov (6), basket for fruits or other things : 7 Ap' ovv, Ecprj, ical k6(j)ivoq KGTTpotyopoQ kclXov io-i\ Xen. Mem. iii. 8, 6. X<£pra£, okoq (?/ and 6), in Attic writers, chest, box, used of coffins, in Thucydides : Adpraicag kvk apical rag ayovtrtv ajj.a£ai . Thuc. ii. 34. TdXapos, ou (o), basket, small basket [of wicker-work] : ITXfkToTc tv raXdpoiai tyipov jUgXtr/ct'a Kapirov, II. xviii. 568. [Cf. gvkclijlLvwv TaXapoQ. Arist. Rhet. 3, 11. Often for cheeses, the whey running from it. Ar. Ran. 560, &c. ; and = hen-coop. Tim. Phlias. ap. Athen. 22, d.] X*)X6s, ov (//), chest or press, where clothes were kept : 'Etjj.ara jjlev Srj feivu ev^iarr] eil X 7 ?^* Od. xiii. 10. 289. KiOapioryjs, ov (6), he who plays on n»e harp, harper: 959 '£*: yap ^lovadiov Koi 'AiroXXidrog avSpEg ciotcoi kaviv inl ydoi\ /ecu KiSupujTai. Hymn, in Mus. xxiv. 3. KiGapwSos, ov (6), he who sings, accompanying himself on the harp : 'Apiova .... kovra Kidapiocov Tu)y tots eovtiov ovcEvog cevrepov. Herodot. i. 23. According to Aristoxenes, the KidapiGTiiQ used the Kidapig, the KidapuSog the Kiddpa. 290. kKclUw, to weep, in speaking of a deep and openly-mani- "290 fested grief: Avrdp 'A-^lWevq KXa~iE, (piXov krdpov {.ie/ji"i]- fjLEvoq. II. xxiv. 4. SaKpueiy, to shed tears, denoting the physical act only : Ti7tte ^E^aKOvaai IlarpofcXftc i)vte Kovpi] ri]7riri ; 77. xvi. 7. vodciv, to lament aloud while weeping, to weep and lament, in Homer and the Tragic writers: At [itv Iti £idqv yoov"EKTopa. 11. vi. f)00. Opt]veiy, to sing the funeral dirge called Bprjvov, hence to weep and lament one dead : ITcio-a, B*W, Opi])t~i ge kXvt)\ ycoXiQ. Mosch. Id. iii. Bh 2 280 291,292. (290) 6\ocj>up€o-0ai, to bewail, lament, weep for : 'AW ap in ovcov l£e 7ro\v, to be a stealer of clothes, to rob, as a highway- man of any class : Mt) X(07roEvTfj£Tepycriv aXovad re TrepOopsvrj re. 11. ii. 374. o-KuXeueiy (vkvXov), to take off the skin ; hence to strip or spoil an enemy of his armour or his clothes [but cf. PI. Rep. 469, c. gkvXevuv tovq reXevrrjcrarTaQ 7t\?)j/ ottXiov kireiftav viKr'jcrioGiv, i] kciXwq £% eL : ^ a * r< * ^ v 07r ^ a '^a~ (iov, tovq Si yj.Tujva.Q ovZevbg twp ttoXltwv effKvXevffav. Xen. Hellen. ii. 4, 12. 292. 292 icXicr], rjg (?/), bedstead, couch : 'AW ?ih] teal rwy kXlvwv tovq 7roSaQ eirl SairiSiov Tidiaaiv. Xen. Cyr. viii. 8, 16. cui/TJ, 7}q (fj), in the Odyssey, a sort of mattress laid upon the bedstead ; and afterwards by ext. in prose [but rarely. 293. 281 PI. Polit. 272, a], all that made up the bed: "Ei'0a oi(292] eKdeiGai irvKivov Xiypg, e/j/juXet evv\\v, Kwea Kal yXalvc^. Od. xxiii. 180. 0d\a|ULos, ov (6), bed-chamber, marriage-bed; thalamus: Avrap kv ai/rw ttei'Tiikovt EVEvav daXajiot. II. vi. 243. koitos, ov (b), and koity], rjg (//), fr. Ktlfiai, the first, poetic in the Odyssey, the second also in prose ; used of the bed-room, the bed, and the going to bed : Kal yap £?) koltolo ra-% Eatrerai ijciog ujpr). Od. xix. 510. 'E^ei eSokee ajprj riJQ KolrrjQ e1 vat. Herodot. i. 10. Kpd(3aTos, ov (6), small bed, in the N. T., grabatus : "JLyEipat Kal dpov top Kpafiarov gov. Marc. ii. 11. XeVrpoy, ov (to), couch, bed ; in the plural, nuptial couch in the Tragic writers : Ket^ucu ev\ XUrpio. Od. xix. 516. Xe'xos, eoq (to), bed, principally nuptial couch or bed, in the poets : 'larov E-KQiyo\xEvr\v teal ejj.6v Xi\og avTioojaav. II. i. 31. o-KLjunrous, olog (6), Attic word, small and sorry bed, litter to remove the sick on : 'E^* tov (TKifjnroSog laKiovai fi eUpkovteq ol Koplvdtot. Aristoph. Nub. 700. orpwjULa, aroQ (to), that which is laid down to serve as a bed ; stratum : ^rpajfiara Si voul^ete ov^ baa 7rpo/3a-a ovyava bpr\ te kul TTEcia arirjai. Xen. Cyr. v. 2, 7. orpcojjL^, TjQ (>/), fr. arpujvi'VfJLL, mattress or covering spread for sleeping, bedding, bed : Ov povov rag arpw^ivag paXaKag. Xen. Mem. ii. 1, 30. 293. KoiXia, nc (»'/), fr. koIXoq, 1. cavity of the abdomen, or 293 that particular part of the body which extends from the diaphragm to the pelvis, belly, abdomen : Kevfi rrj tcoiXty tiirSpafiiov Eig to IIpvTai'Elov, elra tto.Xlv ekOsI ~Xea. Aristoph. Eq. 280. 2. Ventricle of the heart in Aristotle (Hist. An. i. 17). yaoTTJp, poQ (?/), the region of the belly, as far as the navel, which contains the organs of digestion : NUra Si rur Owpaica, iv roTg Tzpoadloic, yavriip. Aristot. II. An. i. 13, 1. B b 3 282 294. (293) TjTpoi>, ov (to), the lower-belly, in Xenophon : El^oy Ik OwpciKcig Xivoiig i*£xP L T °v vrpov. Xen. Anab. iv. 7, 15. K€V€0)V, wvog (6), all that part of the belly which is between the thorax and the groin, in Homer : Naarov eg Ktvtwva fiaXwv. II. xi. 381. Xaywi', ovog (6 and ^f), lateral region of the lower belly situated under the navel, flank : 'Yiroppi^ov Si, to fxev Sicpveg Xaywv. Aristot. H. An. i. 13. Xairdpa, ag (r/), flank ; ilia, in Homer: Tbv de icpsiwv 'Ayafisfiviov ovra Kara Xcnrdprjv. 11. vi. 63. vtjSvs, vog (rj), belly, paunch, prop, and fig. : Tvd9ov rs dovXog, vrjdvog 0' rjcrarjfi&vog. Athen. x. 413. [In prose, Luc.~\ 294. 294 kojxy), rjg (//), hair of the head, carefully dressed and arranged : "E^en-a dfjra SoiiXog wv KojjLrjv e\eig ; Aristoph* Av.9li. $6o-Tpvxps, ov (6), curl, ringlet of hair : Kopag SiddoTe iravrq, did (3oGTpvxwv* Eur. Orest. 1267. eGeipa, ag (fj), fr. k'dog, hair of the head fashionably dressed, according to the grammarians ; in the singular in the Tragic writers, and in the plural in Homer, in speaking of man and of the mane of horses : XpvaiyaLv ide'ipycrtv ko- jjloiovte. II. viii. 42. 0pi£. Tpiyog (//), hair of man and beast : Savddg t ek KEtyaXijg oXegio Tpiyag. Od. xiii. 399. irX^Kajjios, ov (6), fr. ttXekw, tress, braid, plait of hair : Xfprrt 7rXoKcijJLOvg ettXe^e tyaEivovg. II. xiv. 176. irXoxfJ.68, ov (6), synonyme of the preceding word: IlXoxjuot 9* ot ^puc^7 re Kai dpyvpuj ka\La, citoq (to), horse-hair crest of a helmet, in ^Eschylus : (294) TpeXg KaraGKiovQ Xocpovg oziu, Kpdvovg xairw/x'. Sept. 385. 295. Kon<$. tog (//), dust of the earth: Tov^e o tatrictv ev kovl 295 hcrayvffag 7rp07rpr)via. II. xxiv. 18. Kovia, ag (*)), a synonyme of Kovig : Uodaiv o' V7rkvep9e kovltj "igtclt aupofikvr). 11. ii. 150. KoiaopTos, ov (6), dust that rises ; a cloud of dust : *Y7ro tujv TO^evfJLarxoy Kal Xldiov airo 7toXXujv av6pu)7ra\aia, ag (//), head-piece or helmet of the Ro- mans, in Polybius : IIpoc Se Tovroig vggoI cvo Kal 7T£pi- KEtyaXaia ^aA/ciy. Polyb. vi. 23, 8. tti(]Xt]|, rjKog (?/), fr. 7rdXXio, helmet : ^Qg ETSpLoa fipvae Kaprj 7rrjXrjKL (3apvvQsv. 11. viii. 307. Tp-u<|>a\€ia, ag (r)), helmet with a crest, in the Iliad : Jlspl Se Tpv(pd- Xeiav deipag KpciTi Qkro fipiapijv. 11. xix. 382. 297. KoG09, r), light, L in speaking of weight, opp. to jiapvg : 297 II orarucq tov (iapvripQV Kal Kovp6s, a, light in running, or in motion generally [not only with ref. to motion: 'Eka/), drunkenness in the day-time : 'Avrip yap kv })E'nzvoig fi 9 vTrEpirk-qadelg jn£0r)g mXet 7rap' oivu), KkaGTOg u>g etrji' iraTpL. Soph. (Ed. R. 779. u.€0ucris, ecjg (»y), action of getting drunk: Aiipa te kvcrifAEkijg, Kal [xkOvaig %a\£7r?7. Theogn. 836. 299. 299 Kpauy^, i]g (//), fr. Kpd^Eiv, cry or shout of call, cry of joy, of wail, or of alarm : lipavyrjv re evdvg kiroiovv. Xen. Cyr, iii. 1, 2. aXaXT|T<$s, ov (6), war-cn/ : 'Gc Tpwojv dkakrjrbg dvd arparbv tupvv opojnei. 11. iv. 436. [Also cry of woe. II. xxi. 10.] 299. 285 $or\, rjg (*/)> battle-cry to frighten the enemy : TepofiepTjg (299) cs rfjg fiofjg dfia rfj £7ricpo/u.rj, eK7rXr]^lg re krEireaev avdpoJTroig arjOeai TOiavrrjg na\r)g. Thuc. iv. 34. [By no means con- fined to battle-cry ; but denoting any vociferous cry or shout : 'Eiraipovpra . . . fiorj. PL Legg. 9. 876, b. "A/^ou- aot (ioal 7r\r)0ovg. lb. 3. 700, c. Ii.XavfJ.oval Kal ftoal. lb, 7. 792, a. Kpivovai (3orj Kal ov 'dsytyu). Th. i. 87, 2.] Ivoirrj, rjg (?/), war-cry, plaintive cry : r l£ev 8* Ig Hpidfjioio, klx^v 8' ivoTTrjv re yoov re. 11. xxiv. 160. Oopupos, ov (6), word of the same family as Opoog, and of the same signification, but used in prose : Qopvjjov 1'ikovge cia tujp rdtewy lovrog. Xen. Cyr. vii. 1, 5. [Often with floi). lioXXrj (3ofj Kal dopvfiu) irpocreKeivTo. Th. iv. 126, Oopvfiop Kal fiofiv. PL Tim. 70, e.] 0poos, ov (6), fr. Op'six), confused noise of a shouting multitude, of an applauding, or murmuring assembly : Ov yap irdvTUJV rjev 6p.bg Bpoog, ov8' la yrjpvg, dXXd yXaiffc' sfisfiiKTO. 11. iv. 437. 6pu\\os, ov (6), and GpOXos, the latter more used, and considered by the grammarians as more consistent with the etymology ; words of the same family as Qpoog and 66pv/3og ; noise of persons speaking, rumour, clamour : 2k-£7t- TOjuepup $' avrojp 7t6Qep r) ffrdaig, rj rig 6 OpvXXog. Ba- trachom. 13.5. lax^, VQ (*/)> cr y of combatants in the Iliad: *Qg rwv piGyopsviov y'svtro Utxv te (pofiog re. II. iv. 456. uryn-os, ov (6), cry or song of joy ; sibilus : MoXiry r ivypoj re itoai cxaipovreg sttovto. II. xviii. 572. lc*rj, rjg (r/), cry or shout of call: Top 8' alxpa 7repi (ppkvagriXvB* iui). II. x. 139. KCKpayjia, arog (to), and K€Kpa-yu.6s, ov (6) [in prose, Plut.~\, shout, clamour, in general : 'A\V ipiKUjpr]V KtKpayjJiov. Eur. Iph. A. 1343. Ttjp8e pev 8iKpolg iurOovp rrjp Oedp KEKpdyixaaiv. Aristoph. Pac. 637. Ke\a8os, ov (6), fr. ksXio, prop, cry in hunting to animate the dogs [?] ; hence, noise, in general; Ot 8' wg oui/ ettvQovto iroXvv Ks\a8ov irapa fiovaiv. II. xviii. 530. [In Horn, of the battle tumult or din. 77. ix. 547, &c] KXa/yyTJ, T\g (?)), fr. kXcl^io, shrill sound, shrill cry of certain animals, as the crane and the hog, in Homer: 'Rvte 7rtp Kkayyrj yeodviop ttsXel oupavaOt rrpo. II. iii. 3. By ext., clang or rattle of a sonorous body: Aeirn) ct icXayyij ysper' dpyvptoio /3io7o (the twang of kit silver bow). II. i. 49. Hence the Latin clangor for the sound of the trumpet. KoXoxfe, ov (o), according to some fr. keWoj, according to others fr. KaXeio ; cry of the jay, clacking of the hen, by ext., brawling, scolding, 286 300, 301. (299) noise of a dispute: Ei drj G yipovreg rjXtaarai, (pparepeg TpitofioXov. Aristoph. Equit. 255. toTwp (((T^jui), prop, one who knows, who is acquainted with ; hence, arbiter, in Homer: "laropa 8' 'Arpeldrjv 'Ayafxi^vova Oeioixev a/x0o>. II. xxiii. 486. 301. 301 Kpuirreii/, to cover, in order to secure or hide ; hence, to hide, prop, and fig. : f O S£ fxtv Gated icpvirraaKE aeLvu), II. viii. 272. KaXvTTTEw, to envelop, wrap, speaking of clothes ; hence, generally, to cover, rare in prose : Tdv Se aKorog ocrae Ka- Xv^ev. 11. iv. 503. k€tj0€iv, to keep shut up, with the intention of keeping secret; 302. 287 j hence, fig. to hide, to conceal: Mr} KevOe vooj, 'Iva tlSofxev dficpoj. (301) I //. i. 363. ! crK€Trd^€t^, to cover, speaking of a cuirass : Ta jjev ceo- I jxeva GKETrrjQ rov avdpioirov (tkettu^elv. Xen. Mem. iii. 10, 9. oreyet^, to cover so as to keep secure, to place in safety, speaking of defensive armour: Oute yap'oi tt~i\oi tareyov ra ToZevfiara, Thuc. iv. 34. [In this sense of resisting what seeks to penetrate, crreyetv = to be proof against ; of a vessel, it is to be water-tight ; absol. or to vcojo. It is, how- ever, also =: to protect, irvpyoi iroXiv ariyovaiv. Soph, (Ed. Col. 15. Thuc, uses crriyeordai = to be kept secret ; not to be divulged, 6, 72.] (rrey&leiv, a sort of frequentative of the preceding word, expressing the ordinarily doing it, to cover customarily : Kai ttclvtiov tCjv 0tveiv, to consume, destroy, undo : Aaifiovu, €p€ia, ac. (>/)» circumference, periphery : Kadi'nrep kv rfj Trepicpepeia to kvotov kcu to koIXov. Aristot, Eth, Nic. i. 13, 10. pofiPos, ov (6), any solid substance, to which a circular motion is given, which is made to turn round, as the kind of tambourine used by the bacchante's, in Euripides {Eur, Hel, 1362); a magic wheel, or circle of brass, used by ma- gicians in their enchantments, in Theocritus : Xd>c dtveid* ohe pof-iflog 6 -^ciXkeoq. Theocr, Id, ii. 30. crcjxupa, ac (>/), any round or spherical body, globe, ball, hollow r sphere, in Plato: Uepl fxkv tov kytckcpaXov avrov atyaipav irspiETOpvEVGEv OGTiivr\v, Plat, Tim, 73, e. cnreipa, ac (>/) [spira], whatever is wound or twisted round, a twist; spiral fold, such as the coil of a serpent: Ap&Korra 6' oc iray^pvaov cipcf) knur depaq oireipaiQ ev twv Tpoyfov, Xen. Cyr, vii. 1, 28. rpoxos, ov (o), race, course, revolution: Ka-urfli p)) tto\- Xovc etl Tpoyjwq apiXXrjrfipaQ ijXtov teXCji . Soph. Ant, 1065. [On the difference between this and the preceding word cf. Ellend. Lex, Soph.] 304. KwXueiy, prop, to restrain, hold back, in order to turn 304 away; hence to hinder : Kcu ti)v 6py))v kloXvelv tie to jusra- peXrjvopevoy irpdiivai. Xen, Mem, ii. 6, 23. pXairT€iv, in Homer, prop, to embarrass, entangle, stop In its progress : *0£<{j Ivi fiXacpOevTt fivpiKivy. II. vi. 39. C C 290 305, 306. (304) elpyeiv, to hinder from coming in, or going out; hence to hold back, to stop : 9 E(J)opelTO jj,)] ou Svvcilto kic ttjg yjopag k^eXQelv rrjg flacriXiug, a\\' eipyoiro ttcivtoBev vwo tlvidv vltto- piwv. Xen. Anab. iii. 1, 12. [According to Buttmann and others, e'tpyio, c. spirit, asp., = includo ; eipyu), c. spirit, len., = excludo, arceo.] ejunroSi^ciy {kfiTTo^tov), to hinder, to shackle or catch the feet or steps ; imp e dire ; hence, prop, and fig., to embarrass, be in the way of: El rw ttoSe Oeia fJ-otpa ireTroLrffxeyto 7rpog to crvvepyeiv aXXrjXoiv, ajJLe\rj(TavT£ rovrov efi7roSl^OLep aXXi]Xco. Xen. Mem. ii. 3, 18. 305. 305 KW7TT], Y]Q (?/), handle or hold of the oar ; hence oar : 'Ejjil3a\ieiv Ku)7rr)c Od. ix. 489. IXdrr], ng (r]), pine ; hence the oar made of it : *E7rf)v KStcdfiuxTiv ev^ecrryg eXdryciv ttovtov eXavvovreg. II. vii. 5. £p€T|i6s, ov (6), and lp£Tp,dv, ov (to), poet, oar : "Navv del Trapelvai KapeTfJLwv einardTag. Eur. Hellen. 1267. irXdrifj, r\g (fj), the blade of the oar; palmula ; hence, hy ext., in the poets, oar : Tiveg ttot eg yrjv rrjvde vavrLXoj TiXdry, Soph. Phil. 220. Tetpo-os, ov (o), Attic rappos, prop, hurdle ; hence, by similitude, range or rank of oars, lying along each side of the ships of the ancients : Kavravd' bpGjjjLEv 'EWaJoc vewg (TKCLfpug rapaoj KoiTTipEQ. Eur. Iph. T, 1346. [Th. vii. 40.] 306. 306 Ko>6s, //, fr. kottto), prop, blunted, obtuse ; hence dumb, in Herodotus : TCjv ovrepog \ilv Sii(p6apTo' i\v yap drj Kiotyog. Herodot. i. 34. Ktocpog has since been used for deaf, in iEschylus and Aristotle [PL Xen., &c; the prevailing Attic usage. Cf. kveog below] : "Hicovcrag i) ovk rjKovaag ; i) K(t)(j)rj Xiyu) ; Msch. Sept. 184. oiKeW, ovaa [and dual diceovTS. See Buttmann' s Lexil. on the pro- bahle formation of diceiov, from neut., dicaov, of an old adj. related to dic{]v\ silent, mute : 'AXX' diceovva icdQrjGo. II. i. 565. avavSos (6, rj), fr. avdrf, voiceless, speechless: Arjv d' dveio /cat dvavdoi eg dXXrjXovg bpowvro. Apoll. R. iii. 503. dvaTjSirjTos (o, rf), one who is without voice, in the medical Alexandrine poet, Nicander : Avdrjeaaav Wrjicev dvavSrjTov 7rep eovaav. Nic. Alex. 573. 307, 308. 291 avea), an Epic Homeric form taken for an adjective by the gram- (306] marians, but which the best critics [cf. Buttm. Lexil.~\ consider as an adverb; speechless, voiceless, from astonishment or fear: Tt7rr' aviuj eysveaOe ; //. ii. 323. iveos and Avveos, a, born dumb, deaf and dumb, in Aris- totle : "Ocroi Kuxpol yivovTdi ek yei etyjq vclvteq wvir]TOS (6, r/), one ivho has no voice : Uapscrxt tyuvqv to7q dcpujvr)' toiq Tivd. Soph. (Ed. Col. 1283. A. 307. Xayx^ci^, to obtain by lot, to have as share, after having 307 drawn lots, to have for one's lot or portion : Tuv fuira ttciXXo- fievog KXrjpo) Xa^or hddo ETTEcdai. II. xxiv. 400. k\t)poueii>, to take in one's hands, to seize; hence, in 30S general, to take, lay hold of any thing, or a part of any thing or person : Tor 2e ttipovtcl iroltbv tXafte. 11. iv. 463. alpeu/ expresses more energy and force than XutiodrEiv, to catch at or grasp, seize what is pursued ; hence to take c c 2 292 309. (308) by force, to catch or take game ; in war, to take a town, to take an enemy prisoner: " Alpnarov 3' tip' eireiTa fioyjv dyaOog MeveXaog £iodv ?A\ //. vi. 38. cupeiv, poet, aeipeiv, and aXpecrQai in the middle, prop, to lift up an object to take it, to take away; hence, fig., to carry off, gain, acquire: Kai aoTTtrov t]paro kvCoq. II. iii. 373. aiwcrOai, a syncopated form of the preceding word: AeZiTtpy d' dp* drr* ojfjiwv alvvTO r6%a. II. xxi. 490. $€xecr0ai, prop, to hold out the hand in order to receive what is offered or given, to accept : Kai rw Kiopidp^rj kSldocrav Xa/jtfidveiv art fiovXoiTO" 6 Sk dWo jikv ovSkv k^i-^eTO. Xen. An. iv. 5, 32. Spaao-eiy [usually in Mid,], poet, to take by the handful, to clutch, &c. : Koviog SeSpayjjevog alfxaroeaa^g. II. xiii. 393. [In prose, Hdt. (c. ace. koviv, 3, 13), and PL Lys. 209, e : Th)V CtXaM']. KOjutL^eaOai, to carry off ox away ; hence to gain, to receive: "Ogtiq dv v/uiiov vcrrepog eXdrj rod crnptelov to TpiwfioXov ov KOfjuelraL. Aristoph. Vesp. 690. Xa^ecrOai, an Ionic nnd Epic form of Xafj,(3dveiv : Up7]veeg kv tcovi- yaiv odaZ, Xa^oiaro ycdav. II. ii. 418. Angl. to bite the dust. |xdpTTT€iv, to seize, lay hold of, or keep hold of forcibly with the hand, to touch with the hands or feet : T H pa Kai dfxcporspag stti tcapTroj \€ipag tpLapirrev GKaiy. II. xxi. 489. [Related to apird^oj, rapio.] opeyecrOcu, to hold out the hand to take or receive as well as to give: Ov iraicbg 6ps%aro (jxxidifjiog "Efcrwp. II. vi. 466. [In prose op'synv, to reach out to. Cf. 175. And in Mid., to desire, &c] epeii>, to cafry away what has been given ; hence to receive, to obtain, speaking of soldiers' pay, of alms : Tov crjjiLKpov $* Itl fielov (j)ipovra. Soph. (Ed, Col. 5. 309. 309 Xajjnrds, dhog (>;), torch, flambeau of resinous wood : "Eyape tyXoyeag Xa^xirdhag kv X S P (7L Tivd/pac rpelg karaaav kv \xzydpoiaiv 6a.£irouv. Od. xviii. 307« 310. 293 2. Large lamp, or chandelier, in Xenophon : M6vov, taros, ov (6), fr. (pah'bj, 1. flambeau, torch: Ovce yap v7ro (baiou top etl kpeppovpov e^egtl wopEVEaOai. Xen. Lacced* 5, 7. 2. Lantern, in debased Greek. iravos, ov (6), another form of the preceding word, and used more especially by the Tragic writers, flambeau : Kai 7r'kXag dXXog avTov iravbv 7rvpi(f)XsKT0v alpei. Eur. Ion. 195. Pukt6s, ov (o), dry wood ; hence torch for signals in war: QpvKToi te ypovTo Eg rag Qi'ifiag 7roXipioi. Thuc. iii. 22. 310. \£yew, is used of every kind of oral communication, 1 . to 3 1 say, in a very wide sense ; dicere : y AXi]6ii XiyEig. Plat. Charm. 166, a. 2. To speak, in general, to express one- self : Qh(}E yap XtyEiv otog r Eipi. Xen. Cyr. i. 4, 12. 3. To speak with art, as the orator, or eloquently : AiyEiv cv ^Eivog. Soph. (Ed. R. 535. dyopeuet^ (ayopa), to speak in or address an assembly, to speak in public: hence to harangue; concionari; to say in c c 3 294 310. (310) public, or announce publicly : * Ajijjli le fiavrig ev elSibg dyo- peve. II. i. 385. [e.g. in the famous formula: rig dyo- peveiv (SovXerat; But also more generally: e.g. of the laws, considered as addressing the public: vo\xoi, ^/^'o-juara, &c. PI. Dem. al.] a-yopdecrSai, synonyme of the preceding word : 'AyoprjectTO icai [jLETEEnrev, II. i. 73. aSoXeo-xeiy, to be a prater and babbler; hence to speak at random, idly and carelessly : Ovkovv y av oifxai eiirelv nva vvv aKovGavra ovff el KOJfjL^doTTOLog eirj, mq aSoXecr^io. Plat. Phced. 70, b. a/uSav, to raise the voice, to speak and say : Kcu rjvda \idvTig dfxv- fiuv. II. i. 92. Pd^eiv. Henry Stephens derives this verb, of Sanscrit origin, from what he gives as the more ancient form of it, and itself formed by ono- matopy, viz. fiafidZeiv, from which he derived the French bavarder. According to its Eastern etymology, j3d%siv signifies to speak, in general, although the sense of speaking lightly is perceptible in it, in the following verse : "Oq % srepov fiev icevOti evl cpptoiv, d\Xo 8e j3d%ei. 11. ix. 313. YTjpv€iv (yrjpvg), to raise the voice, to speak: Ov prj irap' ox\y rdde ynpvau. Eur. Hippol. 243. StaXeyeaOai, to discourse, to converse, to discuss, used of two or more persons, to confer, to hold a parley : Kal Ee- vo(pu>y SteXeyero abrolg Si epfinveittg irepl airovdujv. Xen. Anab. iv. 2, 18. enreif, an aorist improperly attached to tydvai or Xeyeiv to complete them, but having distinct and peculiar meanings of its own ; it denotes what follows upon a conversation, or discussion ; hence to advise, to propose : tyrityta/jia elmv ev vjuuv y ApHTTo(puJv. Dem. in Timocr. 703, 11. elpeii/, to say [not in this form. Ep. pres. eipeir, Att. fut. epeh', Perf. eipnKa, e'iprjjjiai, prjOricrojuiai, eppi'idrjv, &c], 1. in order to give an answer, to express an opinion, a wish, a determination, in the sense of commanding or for- bidding, to fix, to agree, to prescribe: "EXeyev on etyicoi avr(T) o yjwvog og eiprjjjierog ))v -Kapa^xeveiv. Xen. Hellen. vii. 1, 28. 2. For to announce, give notice, inform: Kal enef-ix^e ma epovvra, bri avyyeveaOai avru) XPV^ 0L * X en * ^ n * ii. 5, 1. XaXeii>, to speak or talk without choice and without order, as in the ordinary intercourse of social life'; sometimes to 310. 295 chatter, to babble, to speak like an infant; loqui : Uaudpiov (310) ce wv Sewotcitov XaXelr k^oKovv elvai. Xen. Cyr. i. 4. 12. Opociv, to speak loud, to shout ; hence to say, to speak, in the Tragic writers: "'Q, ttoa, ri QpotTg; Eur. HippoL 213. jjL-u0€tcr0ai (fjLvOog), poet, to manifest, express one's 'thought ; hence to say, to speak, with the idea of reflection, or, better, ot^ concealing nothing: 'E7ra pdX' dvioyag dXrjOsa pvOrjcraaOat. II. vi. 382. 6api^€iv (oap), to talk, to converse, or live in intimacy and familiarity, used of the intercourse of intimate affection or love, such as that of the husband with his wife : "OOt y dapi^e yvvaiici. II. vi. 51G. iri<()avo"K€iv, an Epic and elongated form of tydvai, to declare, to mani- fest ; hence to say : Arjpoj TTKpavoizwv. 11. xviii. 500. fyavai, is of constant use in conversation and replies [like our said I, said he, &c], and carries with it, besides, the notion of affirmation, to aver, assert, affirm : Ol ce etyaaav aixoliiiGziv kef a) jju) Kaiuv rag KojfiuQ. Xen. Anab. iv. 2, 19. 4>do-K€i^, a sort of frequentative of (pdiai, formed from the Ionic imperfect enactor, and in great use with the Attic ■ writers to complete the defective verb dvai, as is the case, in all languages, with verbs the most in use ; it associates w r ith the notion of affirmation, proper to this verb, that of an allegation made which may be without foundation, to affirm too lightly; hence to pretend, to profess: Ovre yap iytaye ovr avrog tovto irwrroTE HioKparovg i)Kov to 0anf o/uror. Soph. (Ed. Col. 138. \_Hdt. v. 58-] (f)T||jLi£eiv {(pY)ixi)), to make one's voice heard ; hence to pronounce, to promise : T Hi icai Ao^iag k(prjpi(Tev. JEsch. Clioeph. 558. 4>0€Yy€cr8cu ((pdoyyog), to make a sound or one's voice heard, to cry out, exclaim: 'Ecpdeytaro crj 6 Kvpog. Xen. i Cyr. iii. 3, 31. \udpeii> ((pXvapog), to speak lightly or inconsiderately, to say frivolous, foolish things: TW av Lwv dntipuQ woWa (pXvnpietc. Herodot. vii. 103. pd£eii>, to say in plain terms, in order to explain, point out, make clear: 2u ce cppdoai el pe aauiaeic. II. i. 83. w^€ii/ ((pun)), poet, to raise the voice ; hence to speak, 296 311, 312. (310) say : *£lg dpa tyuvy'ifTaa drrejjricraTo. II. i. 428. [In prose, Hdt., Xen. Conviv. iii. 13. Arist. H. A. iv. 9: ^wmv rw (pdpvyyi.^\ 311. 311 Xeia, ac (fj), in prose, and Xyji's, in poetry, 'iSng (rj), booty taken from the enemy, which at first consisted only in the flocks and herds, &c. carried off by the conquerors : Arj'ifia 2* Ik ireSlov crvyeXd(Tv ayiXag. II. xi. 676. Afterwards it was used of every thing that became the prey of the conqueror by the rights of war : UoXXol Se ical Xeiav 7rXtiaTriv dyovreg. Xen. Cyr. v. 3, 1. evapa, u)v (rd), fr. tvaipuv, prop, armour or arms taken from an enemy after killing him, in Homer; hence, more generally, spoils: <&6QOi S' evapa flporoevra, ktsivclq drj'tov avdpa. It. vi. 480. Xdupa, lov (ra), spoils taken from an enemy yet alive, booty, rare in prose ; manubice : Advpa Srjwv covpv7rXrix6\ Msch. Sept. 278. ctkQXov, ov (to), and more commonly in the plural o-icGXa, spoils taken from a conquered enemy, in Sophocles and in Thucydides ; spolium : UepcrEtg re Tpoiav, crKvXa r kg fxiXadpa ah wifid/eig. Soph. Phil. 1426. The grammarians understand it more particularly of arms, and in Euripides (Phcen. 577) it seems to be taken specially for the shield alone. (ncuXcufJia, arog (to), a synonyme of the preceding word in Euripides : <&pvyid re GtcvXevjxaTa. Eur. Troad. 18. 312. 312 XeuKog, //, white, in general : 'AfieXyofxevai ydXa Xevkov. II. iv. 434. ap*Y€vv(fe, r] (dpyog), poet, white, speaking of the wool of sheep : Bovtjiv e 7r' ei\i7rocWcri Kal dpyevvyg oIeggiv. II. vi. 424. ap-yos, rj, [prob. glitteringly white,] white: TloXXol \ilv (36eg dpyoL It. xxiii. 30. apyu\ daXaarcrric. II. iv. 248. [Not only poet., PI , Lycurg., (312) Mschin.~\ 313. \tf3cu>os, ov (o), the tree which produces frankincense; 313 hence frankincense itself in the N. T. : Xpvaov, kcli \lj3a- vov, Kcil Gjjivpvav, Matth. ii. 11. XiPcwotos, ov (6), 1. frankincense : Karayi£ovtri Xt/3a- vujtov yjiXia raXavra kreog Ikclgtov. Herodot. i. 183. 2. Censer, in the N. T. : "E^ioy Xifiavwrov y^pvoovv. Apoc. viii. 3. 314. XtOos, ov (6), stone, in general ; Xidog (?/), feminine, pre- 314 cious stone : KvXirdovcri Xldovg V7rsp ravrng rfjg vnepe^ovGng irirpag. Xen. Anab. iv. 7. 4. XiOcts, aSog (rj), heap or shower of stones : 'AtcpojJoXojy 3' kiraX^Eiov Xidag tpyzrai. AZsch. Sept, 63. X&as, dog (6), stone: Avrdp VTrepQev ttvkvoIgiv Xdeacn KareGTope- cav. II. xxiv. 798. KpoKaXt], wg (»)), shingle or sand on the sea shore : Eldov aiyiaXolai irapd re KpoicdXaig. Eur. Iph. A. 211. ireTpa, ag (?;), rock, piece of detached rock : 'ILicvXivSovv I TTtrpcig. Xen. Anab. iv. 2, 20. The foundation s/o?ze of a huilding, in the N. T. : Kctyw ce aot Xiyu), on ov el JJerpog, kcil ewl ravrn rrj irirpqi oIkoco^liiglo flOV n)v EKKXn- giclv. Matth, xvi, 18. 7reTpos, ov (6), poet, and according to the grammarians, Attic, very large stone, rock; saxum : BaXcov fivXoeice'i irirpiD. II. vii. 270. [In prose PI. Legg. viii. 843, a. Xen. An. vii. 7, 54.] X€p|J.d8iov, ov (to), fr. \iip, stone that can be held in the hand, in the Iliad: XepfxadLoj ydo /3\i}ro napa a' It:' rt/i^i/36- Xoiglv IdTiTOvai 7ro\iraig xtpudd' oKpioeavav. JEsch. Sept. 278. \|/*r]is, \§og (//), small round stone, pebble, calculus, in Homer: 'Vtto ip7)(pldtg uTcaaai 6\\tvvTai. II. xxi. 2C0. v|/rfos, ov d)), a more modern and synonymous form of the preceding word in Pindar: Ovk ar uctiijy \tyetv iror- 298 315. (314) Tiuiv \pa(j)(i)v apidfiov. Pind. 01. xiii. 65. In prose, pebble used to calculate with, and at Athens, particularly, to vote with, whether in the public assemblies for the election of magistrates and the ratification of decrees, or in the courts of justice, in public or private trials, suffrage, vote: 'E7ret Se e£e7T£(tov al \brj(j)oi, iced kyivovTO Traaai avv KpiTofiovXto). Xen. Conviv. v. 10. Hence, fig. the result, the vote, the ballot: , F47Tl0v/Jl7](Tai'TOQ TOV Si) (JLOV TTCtpCl TOVQ VOfXOVQ kwia (TTpaTT]- yovQ fug, $ri(pu) cnroKrelvai iravrac, ovk rjOiXrjorev ETniprjipiaai* Xen. Mem. i.'l, 18. 315. 315 \6yos, ov (6), 1. what is said to give an account; hence, discourse, talk, in opp. to fact : Tovq \xt\te Xoyo) \it[te Epycp (byeXlfiovQ ovtclq. Xen. Mem. i. 2, 59. 2. Discourse, com- position in prose, often studied discourse, such as those delivered on public or private matters, from the place assigned to the public speaker, or in the courts of justice, and the length of which was determined by the clepsydra, oration, speech; oratio : Aoyo) \iev yap SinyrjcrafTdaL ovk ay tKavov jjlol yivoiro to vSujp. Dem. in Olymf. 1164. alvos, ov (6), recital, tradition ; story, common or proverbial saying : *G yspov, alvoQ fxsv rot dfivfiwv, ov KarsXe^ag. Od. xiv. 508. [Cf. 195.] 1-iros, eoq (to), poet., word, speech, discourse : 'ArpEiSr], TiOloV OE E7T0Q tyvyEV EpKOQ 6h6vTli)v\ II. W . 350. [AlsO prose, Hdt., Th., PL, Xen.; especially opp. to lpyov^\ Xe£is, £(*>g (r/), manner of speaking or expressing, diction, expression, style, form of speech : Aiyio Se Xe^lv Eivat ty\v c>ta rfjg oio/JLafflag EpfiiivEiar. Aristot. de Poet. 6, 8. fxu0os, ov (o), fr. fxiu), the thought shut up in order to mature it, and which manifests itself by words ; hence, 1. the manifestation of the thought in Homer ; thence advice, opinion, discourse, and principally, proposition : KekXvte fiEv fjivdov 'AXE&vSpoio. II. iii. 87. 2. In the prose writers, discourse, with the idea of fiction ; hence, myth, fabulous tradition or fable : Tov KEpl tov Yavvfx^n fivdov Karrjyo- povjjLEv. Plat. Legg. i. 636, d. pfjfjia, arog (to), 1. word, term, speech, in opp. to music; verbum: 'AAAa tovto y y ecft 'Iiovikov to prj^x. Aristoph. Pac. 931. 2. Verb, in grammar: 'E£ tov rtt te oro/xara ml ra prifiaru avvTi^EVTai. Plat. Crat. 425, a. 316,317. 299 pTJais, eti)Q (?/), fr. piu), conversation, proposal, in the (315) Odyssey : Avrap clkoveiq fivdojv iijueripiov kul pljaeujQ ; Od. xxi. 291. [In prose, speech, discourse: fiucpdv prjaiv airo- te'lveiv. PI. Pol. 605, d. And narrative r^ rod 'Afitylovog. PL Gorg. 506, c] pyJTpa, ciQ (?;), Doric word, action of speaking, or right of speaking, or permission to speak : 'Ek Tag (3u)Xag Xafiwv prjrpav. Dem. de Coron. 90. (jxins. tog (r)), what is said, common talk, common tradition: Et £?} (pdriQ Irvpog. Eur. Iph. A. TS6. 316. XouTpoy, ov {to), poet. XoeTpoV, fr. Xovelv, water to wash 316 with, or for bathing ; hence, bath : "0pa tteXolto "E/cro/n Oepfxa XosTpa fid^VQ i£voGTY)(javTi. II. xxiii. 44. ^ H wira Xovrpov aXndiviog KarwrrTEvdrja-ay. Xen. CEcon. 10, 7. Xourpioy, ov {to), bath-water : Ka/c tCjv [jaXaveiiov 7tUtcil to Xovrpwv. Aristoph. Equit. 1401. XouTpaii>, wvog (6), bath, speaking of the place only : "QtGTE ' hXi^ClV^pOQ 6 ficHTlXEVQ El' T(J XoVTOWVL TTVpETTWV EKadEvhv. Plut. Qucest. Conv. ii. 734, b. paXayetoy, ov (to), bath, place where the bath was, bath- room : Kcu XovaapLEvog Xinapbg j^copwy ek fiaXavziov, Xen, 1 CEcon. 9, 5. 317. Xupa, ac (>/), a word not known to Homer, lyre : "Ex<*>v 317 x£XaS0V ETTTCLTOVOV XvpCLQ, EuT, Iph. T, 1129. pdpPiTos (r/V and pdppiTov, ov (to), lyre, in Anacreon : 'A j3ap- fiiTog Se xopdalg epiora fiovvov i}%£?. Anacr. i. 3. , KiGdpa, ag {})), harp, triangular stringed instrument, but different from the modern guitar : Kcu XafiovTa ti]v kiQcl- pnv GTavTa iv toIgl eSuXiolgi. Herodot. i. 24. Kidapi?, loq (r/), JEoWc form of the preceding word, and the only one used by Homer, harp, lyre; citharis : Ovk dv rot xp a ^ (7 r t y ^^Oapig. '; //. iii. 54. Later it seems to have differed from the harp (KiOapa), and ' was played without the accompaniment of the voice. <|>6pp.i*y£, yyog (>/), lute, lyre, in Homer and Pindar: Ol) fikv $6p- fLiyyog 7rspiKa'KXkog fjv ex 'AttoXXcjv. II. i. G03. iX^Xvs, vog ()/), the lyre made of the shell of the tortoise, by Mercury; testudo : KaO' k-nrdrovov r opeiav x^Xvv. Eur. Ale. 44'J. 300 318, 319. M. 318. 318 fxdyeipos, ov (6), head-cook, master-cook, steward: Kal i'lp^aro fi£v ()rj an kfxov 6 fidyetpoc, rrfv TrpuT-qv 7T£pio$ov irepityepwy. Xen. Cyr. ii. 2, 2. apTajxos, ov (6), sort of maitre oVhotel or gentleman-car- ver; he helped those at table to their several portions [al. cook~\ : Kal 6 dprafiog olofxevoQ avrbv ovckv etl SelaOai 6\pov. . . . Xen, Cyr. ii. 2, 4. eSectTpos, ov (6), fr. edit), taster, an officer at the court of the kings of Persia, according to Athenseus : 'EkoXovv Si, §r)ai, Kal tovq TTpoyevaraq kdearpovQ, on Trporjadiov tGjv jiaaiXitov irpoQ aa&akeiav. Athen.iv. 171, b. In Athenaeus's days the ecearpog had the charge, in great houses, of the daily- service of the table, he was provision steward, or a kind of gentleman-carver, a very honorable office (Athen. iv. ibid.). eXecn-pos, ov (6), fr. eXeoq, 1. the officer who carried the invitations to guests admitted to the royal table ; vocator : 'EAictrpot de KaXovvrai, Sc (prjcn Ha/uKftiXoc, ol knl rr/v (jacn- XiKrjy KaXovrrsQ rpa7re(av. Athen. iv. 171, b. 2. Accord- ing to Ammonius, cook. 6v|/ottoios (6, f]), he who prepares the dishes for the table, cook: Kal tva [lev rjEiiog (payrjg o-Jjottolovq fir)X av(s) jJiivr]. Xen, Mem. ii. 1, 30. 319. 319 p-d£a, y)q (//), sort of bread, or rather of cake of barley- meal, made up with honey, salt, and water : Kal p-qiror avrrjg paC>av fjSiw (j>ayoi. Aristoph. Pac. 3. eo-x a pLTT]S, ov (o), fr. kcyaod, cake kneaded with honey and oil, and done in the frying-pan, a kind of fritter, or wafer- cake : Kal (ncdtyrjy Xaj3u)v riva twv kayapirwr twv KaQapwr. Athen. iii. 109, d. 320. 301 Iwity)s(I), ov (6), fr. 'i-rrvoQ, roll baked in the oven called (319) "ittvoq : Qepjutiov IttvItojv eiodLov. Timocl. ap, Athen. iii. 109. KpiPa^irr)s(l), ov (o), bread ox piece of pastry baked in the oven called Kptftavoc, or country-oven : Hod iravTuv zv'Cv- fJLOQ TE KUt KClXafQ U)KTT]fj£l>OQ 6 dpTOQ EOTai KpijoaVLT^Q OVK lirvlrrjQ. Galen, de Anlid. T. xiv. 46, 18. KoXXaPos, ov (6), small cake, a kind of roll or long bread : B0UJ> aTTYJvdpCLKlC 0X0V, 7r\aKOVl>TCtQ &TTTCL KoXXdfioVQ, Aristoph. Ran. 509. k6\\i£, ikoq (6), bread baked under the cinders among the Thessalians : KdAXti; QeacraXtKOQ aoi virapyiTU), ov koXeovgi | keIvol KoippaTtav, ol 5' aXXoi yovlpivov clotov. Athen. iii. 112, b. irefifxa, aroQ (to), in the plural, pastry, pastry- work : Ovkovv Kal 'Attikwv 7rEppaT(x)v rag hoKovaag Eivai eviraddaq; I Plat. Pol. iii. 404, d. irXaKous, ovvtoq (6), a flat, round cake ; placenta : Xcu- per, avdpeg, kclv ^vviir^adi pot irXaKovvrag eSegOe. Aristoph, Pac. 1355. iroiravov, ov (to), a thin, flat cake, small and round, which was offered to the gods : 'Ettei Se (3u)jjiaj -Koirava KaduxnojOn. Aristoph. Plut. 659. irupajjLous, ovvtoq (6), a cake of wheat and honey ; given as a prize to him who kept himself awake till day-break on a night of revelry : *Hv fr avatdeia 7rapiXdr)Q, ypETEpog 6 irvpa- Ixovq. Aristoph. Eq. 277. 320. jxajos, ov (b), pap or breast of man and woman, in 320 Homer: Nevp>)i> pkv /iafw tteXugev. II. iv. 123. jxaoro's, ov (6), a lengthened form of the preceding word, and more used in prose : " AvOpioirog piv olv Kal 6 6i~)Xvq Kal o appnv e^el paGTovq. Aristot. Part. An. iv. 10, 43. The grammarians improperly apply this word to the breast of the woman only, and particularly of one giving suck, Dd 302 321. (320) deriving it most ingeniously from utoTog ydXauTog, full of milk. OtjXtj, fjg (r)), nipple or end of the breast : Tovtojv ij 6r]Xr) dupvfjg, Si rig toIq drjXeat to ydXa Stqfetrcu. Aristot. H. An. i. 12. koXttos, ov (6), bosom, lap : f H 2' apa jjllv kyjcjEe'I Si^aro koXitio. II. vi. 483. ouOap, arog (to), dug, pap of animals only : 'Er £ totcu tci ovdaTa tG)v TrpofiaTwv iariv. Aristot. H. An. ii. 1. titGos, ov (6), teat or nipple ; hence, in general, the breast of the woman : Kat, vr) At', titOovq y uxnrep fifielg ovk £X ft# Aristoph. Thesmoph. 640. rnQiov, ov (to), teat or nipple of a woman who is suck- ling a child : Kcu ro iraiDiov e&pTrdaag fiot (j>poi>Sog awo tov tltOIov. Aristoph. Thesmoph. 690. 321. 321 p,a\aKo's, rj, soft to the touch, tender; used of things naturally soft, or such as art has made so, prop, and fig. ; mollis : Kcu tci GicXrjpa Kal tcl fiaXaicd. Xen. Mem. iii. 10, 1. |j.aX0QKoq, i), poetic form, the use of which in the fig. sense seems preferred : "Oc. to irapog Trip fxaXQaiebg aix^tJTr)g. II. xvii. 588. &|3po's, a, fig. soft, delicate, effeminate : 'Ajoporepog yvvai- kCjv. Luc. Deor. Dial. 18. dfxaXos, »?,poet. tender, speaking of the young of animals: *Ap7ra£u)v r) apv aixa\r\v. II. xxii. 310. a/rraXos, r), tender, delicate, used of animals and plants, of the heart and the cheeks, of a bed, &c. : Uapeidojv a7ra\du)v daicpv' 6jUop£a/jg- vr\v. II. xviii. 123. [Also in prose : Plat, often with vsog (e. g. Conv. 195, c), and as term of reproach, cnr. Kal avavdpog. Phcedr. 239, c] aTa\ap(x>v (6, r)), tender, epithet of the infant in arms, in the Iliad: Ilaio" iiri kSXttoj l^ova ctTaXdcppova. 11. vi. 400. TepY)i>, etva, poet, tender, prop, and fig. ; in prose T€pc£- p-coy (6, ?/), tender, speaking of vegetables fit for dressing (Theophr. C. PI. iv. 13) ; tener : Tipeva \poa yvirsg eSov- Tai. II. iv. 237. Xauyos (6, r) [or rj, ov, as in the example from Plat.]), prop, loose, lax, speaking of any thing woven, or of a 322, 323. 303 thread ; soft, speaking of the snow : "Ocra ce ye av rijv \xev (321) £,v(TTpo, ov (to), poet, elpiov, a length of wool; hence, in general, and more frequently in the plural, wool for the wool-worker : "H 01 AaKeSalpLovt vaiEraojcrn iivkeiv eipia xaXd. II. iii. 388. Xdx^os, ov (6), and Xctx^, *?c (*/), nap, down, silk, wool of animals ; lana : Adyvu) areivopievog tea) ejxoI. Od. ix. 445. r Yu)v ical Xd^rrj Sippia kutclgklov. Hesiod. Oper. 511. ttokos, ov (6), fr. 7TEKU), fleece : 'Apyfjr oiog EVEipov 7t6ku>. Soph. Track. 675. 323. jmdx*], VG (fl)* combat, battle ; Ma^cte Si croi Kai 7ro\E/uiovg 393 atpatpCj. Xen. Cyr. vii. 2, 8. aprjs, eog (6), Ares or Mars, the god of war, in the Iliad, sometimes for war itself, the fight : "Iva JZwdyupev dprja. II. ii. 381. 8 a 19, idog (>/), torch; hence flame of war, combat, in the Iliad: Oy ydp peiXixog eenze irarrip Tebg kv Scii Xvyprj. II. xiv. 739. SrjioTrjs, rJTog (r)), hostility, carnage : "Svv pev 7ravau)pecr9a pdx^Q Kai Srj'ioTiJTog arjpepov. II. vii. 290. 8-fjpis, tog (r)), quarrel, struggle, combat; certamen : Oi 7Tfpi rtdrprjg avdpdai Svapivktaai trovov Kai Sijpiv edevro. II. xvii. 158. kXovos, ov (6), tumult of the engagement, disorder, confusion : Ev H kXovov 'Apyeioiaiv rjice kcikov. 11. xvi. 729. jaoOos, ov (6), shock, charge: Olda 8' eirai^ai poOov 'lttttujv wKSidior. II. vii. 240. IfxwXos, ov (6), prop, fatigue, work, struggle of war; hence combat: Tliog t dp' loj pera pwkov ; II. xviii. 188. D d 2 304 324. (323) oy.lXos, ov (6), crowd of combatants, sometimes engagement ; the Fr. melee : Tr)v pXv dp* T lpie, kXovaa 7rodr)v£fiog e%ay' ouiXoit. II. v. 353. iroXejjios, ov (6), Epic tttoXcjjlos, engagement, the drawing near for war ; hence, 1 . battle, combat, war, in Homer : TL & 6-KiTCTtvs.ic, iroXifioio yetyvpag ; ILhr. 371. 2. War, in general, in the prose writers : Kotviovol iroXijjLov yevofxevoL. Xen. Cyr. ii. 3, 2. crraSia, ag (r/), fr. V'ot^i, feminine adjective, with ellipse of vfffjiivn, close combat, pitched battle ; stataria : 018a 8' evl cradiy drfiif) jikXite- oQai "Aprj'i. II. vii. 241. vor(JiivTi(7), rjg (r)), furious battle : % TfffiiV7jv8' isvai. II. ii. 477* cJnjXoTTis, iSoq (rj), shout or tumult of the warriors, engagement, in the Iliad : Kai Se roiovrtov ivia ov jjlovov \xipr] aXXct koX fxiXtj KciXsiTai' toiclvtu l* karlv ocra rwv fiepiov oXa ovtcl ertpa fxiprj £X eL & clvtoIq, AristoU H. An. i. 1, 2. jxepos, eog (to), a part of the body : "Evekci ko.1 kciXXovq Th)V T0V GiOfACLTOQ CtVTOV fAEXtoV KCLl fJLEpGjV . Plat. Legg. VH. 795, e. jjiopior, ov (jo), piece or part of the body of animals, in Aristotle and Galen : Twv kv rolg fwoic fxopiwv rup€i^, prop, to mix up the meal with leaven, to knead . the bread ; hence to wet, imbrue, and so spoil : AaKpvoiv elfiar k'(pvpov. II. xxiv. 162. <|>opvv€iv, to mix, to put together any how, pell-mell, with the notion of confusion, disorder, and spoiling : Sirog re icpea r otvtcl (popvvero. Od. xxii. 21. (^opvtrcmv, to besmear, defile, soil: $opv%ctQ aifiari noWf. Od. xviii. 336. 326. juKpos, pa', Attic ajjiiicpos, little, in reference to size : 326 Uolav rtvd fJLOL yvvaiKa out ovvappooEiv KctWiora ; — Hpu>- tov \iiv, keprj, at/cpaV piKpog yap avroQ eI. Xen. Cyr. viii. 4, 19. TjPatos, ata', an Ionic and Epic synonyme of oXiyoc, little j in quantity, small, in Homer, almost always in connexion I with a negative : "Evt tol typiveq ovl' ijfiaiai. Od. xxi. I 288. paios, ata, more recent form of the preceding word, and Attic, in the ! Tragic writers : Horepov ix^P £l jSatoc. ; Soph. (Ed. R. 750. ppax^s, eta, short, brief, as to extent and quantity, and i sometimes in speaking of time ; brevis : 'E^ tovtu) ci) toIq jjlev Xoyoig jopa^vripoiQ e-^prjro. Xen. Cyr. i. 4, 4. Xctttos, //, thin, slender, spare ; fig. for feeble : Ae7rrr) rig e\7riQ ear E(j> yq oyovpEda. Aristoph. Equit. 1244. oXiyos, y, small, as regards number, few, little, opposed d d 3 306 327, 328 (326) to toXvq, principally in speaking of time : 'Ev oXlya) Se Xpbvtg kykvETO to jiev fAETWiror ewl rpiaicoGriwv. Xen. Cyr. ii. 4, 2. (ttt&vios, /a, rare, scarce : "Oxov Se x'^£ tnravtog iravv e'ltj. Xen. Anab. i. 9, 27. Tairci^os, r/, low, down ; hence humble ; humilis : f H jjlev yap [x^P*?] ^ (TTL Ta7reivrj re kcii xpafxjjiujSrjg. Herodot. iv. 191. 327. 327 juLicr06s, ov (6), recompense, lawful wages or salary, pay, soldier's pay : lievreKai^eKa Se fxrjvutv rovg orpartwrac tov jjuaOdv cnrecrTEprifTEv, Isocr. Panegyr. 39. jutiaOwfjia, aror (to), wages, salary, hire, with the associated notion of a disgraceful and infamous gain, such as that of a stage -player, prostitute, or traitor : Kcu to riXog uye. to /u/o-Owjua. Dem. de Legat. 379. [In Isocr. Areopag, 29, a7ro fjLMjdwiMLTiov Oveiv is to offer sacrifices by contract.^ 328. 328 p-oTpa, ac (v), fr. fjteipu), part out of a whole, and princi- pally part the result of a division, commonly made hy lot ; hence the part or portion falling to a man by lot : At ice davng Kat fjiolpar avawXiiarig fiioToio. II. iv. 170. Hence lot in life, destiny ; fatum, in the poets and prose writers ; often personified in Homer, Molpa, Parca, the dispenser of every thing that happens to man against his will, princi- pally in evil, and, above all, in speaking of death : "Evd* 'AfjcapvyKEiSriv Aiwpea Mo~tp* ette^gev. II. iv. 517. fxe'pos, eoq (to), part, relatively to the whole, or the result, of a division ; hence portion, part, in general : AiuteXovcti to ttXe~mjtov fJLEpog rrjg rifxipag $u:a£ovTEg avrolg. Xen. Cyr. i. 2, 6. [xopoq, ov (6), poet, fatal share or portion, always with reference to death. OTcnv kiri Zevg 9tjks kclkov fiopov. 11, vi. 357. ato-a, T)Q (r/), fr. daioj, poet, the part that has fallen by lot to each person in the division of life [his allotted portion of life] : 'Enei vv toi cilaa fiivvvOd 7rsp, ovti fxdXa Sr\v. II. i. 415. ciM.apjj.^i'Y), t]q (//), participle passive feminine, taken sub- 328. 307 stantively in Plato, the part assigned ; hence, the destined (328) lot, the destiny : "On ty]\> tlfxapfikvr]v ovft av tig ktctyvyoi. Plat. Gorg. 512, e. [So Dem. de Cor. 205 : rbv rfjg eifiap- /JiEvrjQ Kal rbv avrofxarov ddvarov 7repifiivet.^\ Kijp, rjpog (rj), fatal law, and particularly that of a violent death ; in the Iliad, deity accompanying warriors, resembling the Valkyrior of the Scandinavian mythology: 'Eere ds Tzavrtg p.duTvooi ovg p.fj Krjpeg efiav Oavdroio (pepovaai. II. ii. 302. kXtjpos, ov (6), fr. K\ai Xayovreg. JEsch. Sept, 118. TrcTrpwjxenr), rjg (//), feminine participle, taken absolutely with ellipse of fxolpa, lot assigned by lot; hence, the lot, the destiny, in Herodotus and the Tragic writers : *H irenpoj- fjifyrj cT ay£t densely aBe\& kfxriv kv ?/juart. Eur. Hecub. 43. [Pscud.-Dem. 60, 23.] iroVpios, ov (6), fr. 7r'nrr(s), prop, accident ; hence lot, almost always in speaking of death, in Homer, more generally, in the poets after him, lot, destiny : Tvdevg ptv Kal toXglv deiKsa iroTfiov tipiJKtv. II. iv. 396. tuX*]* VQ (»/)* tnat which befalls a man, that which hap- pens, that which reaches (comes to or upon) a thing ; hence, 1. chance, in opposition to intelligence, design : Tavra ovru) TVporoijTLKujg Tr£7rpay /Asia airoptig Trorepa rv-^ijg 7) yiw- pqg tpya kariv ; Xen. Mem. i. 4, 9. 2. Fortune, good or 308 329, 330. (328) bad luck, according to the epithets or the context : Kcu a/xa Tavra Xsywv KaTeSaKpvae ttjp kavrov tv^p, Xen. Cyr. v. 4, 34. 329. 329 p-COos, ov (6), 1. fable : 'AW arej^vwQ Kara top AIctojitov fjivdov. Plat. Ale. i. 122, f. 2. Story of an Epic or dra- matic poem, in Aristotle: "Eort Se tyjq fisp irpdfciog 6 [avOoq ii fxljuLtiffLQ. Aristot. de Poet. 6, 8. diroXoyos, ov (6), apologue : 'AW ov \xivroi aoi, t)p cS' eyoj, 'AXidvov ye cnroXoyop £pu>. Plat. Pol. x. 614, a. N. 330. 330 yaos, ov (6), fr. vaieiv, the part of the temple where the statue of the god was ; hence, in general, temple of a god : Aiyerai yap eig top vabv elaiovra 7rpocrei7reip avrov. Xen. Apol. 15. ayioi>, ov (to), sanctuary of the temple at Jerusalem, often in the plural, in the O. T. and N. T. : Mera Se to SevTepop KaTa7rETCi(Tfia GKrjvrj r/ Xeyofxiprj ayia ayicop. Hebr. ix. 3. olSvtov, ov (to), that part of the building in temples which it was forbidden to enter, sanctuary ; adytum : Avtoq d' Alveiav fidXa Trio- vog e£ ddvToio fjice. II. v. 512. [In prose, Hdt. and improprie, P/.] avaKTopov, ov (to) (ava%), palace of princes ; hence temple, in the poets: Kai 6ewv apaKTOpa cpovuj /carappit. Eur. Troad. 15. UpoV, ov (jo), sacred enclosure, comprehending not only the temple (paog), but all its dependent parts, all the buildings appropriated to the service of the temple, the sacred woods, &c. : Tdtypop pep kvkXo> -irepl to lepov kcu tov veojp lawKTov. Thuc. iv. 90. (xe'Xa0pov ? ov (to), roof, sometimes in the plural in Tragic writers, for the house, the palace of a god, as tecta in Latin : 'Ey/), prayer, and, by metonymy, place of (330) prayer, oratory, in the N. T. ; proseucha (Juven. Sat. iii. 299) : 'EZriXOo/jiev e£w Trjg 7r6\eu)g napa 7rorajiov ov Evofii- £eto irpoGEv^) eJvai. Act. Apost. xvi. 13. oXkiok, ov (to), bark or boat towed by a large vessel : 'ILkeXevge Tovg vavrag to e^oXklov 7rapaj3aXE7v. Plut. Pomp. 73. •rrdpaXos, ov (fj), fr. aXc, the galley Paralus ; the sacred trireme of this name at Athens, which, with that called Sala- minia, was used for conveying the dEwpoi to the temple of Delphi ; these vessels were kept always ready to sail upon state occasions, and were so employed, even in time of war: HpoakXaflE Se napa t&v 'AOrivaiiov Kal A wov Tig vavg 7T£pl rrjv 'Attuctjv ettXel Kal tyjv UdpaXov Kal ty\v SaXaui- vlav. Xen. Hell. vi. 2, 8. ttXoioi>, ov (to), fr. ttXeu, vessel, transport, merchant ves- sel : Kal 7rXo7a 7rX£t kv avralg ciraycoya. Xen. Anab. i. 7, 15. irpwpa, ac (*/), prow, fore-part ; Euripides uses this word, by a beautiful metaphor, in a sense that makes it synonymous with vavg : MvSe irpoaiaTt] irpwpav (iiorov irpbg Kvpa TtXiovaa Tv^aiaiv. Eur. Troad. 104. 332. 311 creXfJia, cltoq (to), bench of the rower ; transtrum, and used by peri- (331) ohrasis for vessel in Euripides : 'Ev ~Nav7r\iq: ce aiXfiaO' aipfxicrai sewv. Eur. Or. 242. Hence ffiXfxa alone is found used for the whole vessel by the poets of the Anthology. o-icdos, eog (to), hull, carcase of the vessel ; hence, in general, in poets and historians, boat, craft of any kind : Ol KopivdiOL to. (TKci(f)r) \xkv ov\ eWkov avaCov^xevoL twv ve.G)v dg KaTadvaeiav, Thuc. i. 50. ayeS'ia, aq (>/), any craft made in haste, raft in Xenophon (Anab. i. 5, 10) ; hence, in poetry, vessel, ship, as ratis in Latin: Tae TrovToiropovg S* tax* o"X f ^ /ae * Eur. Hec. 107. Tpi^pirjs, Eog (rj), trireme, vessel of war, so called because of its three banks of rowers on each side ; or, according to others, because there were three men to each oar : Aiyovrai. Kai rpirjpeig ttqwtov ev Kopivdu) rrjg 'ILWdEog vavwrjyrjdrjvai, Thuc. i. 13. In ancient times the triremes were the ves- sels of largest size until the end of the Peloponnesian w T ar ; after that time larger were built, having twenty banks of oars, and even more ; but how these were arranged, is a question that has never yet received a satisfactory answer. 332. yeos, ia, 1. young : 'H firjv icai viog Ecr&i, ejjloq Si tee /cat 332 iraig eirjg. II. ix. 57. 2. New, as regards time, in speaking of things ; a use of the word more peculiar to poets : MrjSe fxiveiv olvov te veov . Hesiod. Oper. 672. Kcuyos, ?;, refers rather to actions, customs; 1. recent, modern : Kat kcuvcl kcu 7ra\ata TrapacpipovTEg toy a, Herodot. ix. 26. 2. Newly invented, or introduced, new, novel : f O H qvSev KcuvoTEpw EivEtyEpE Tiiiv dXXujv. Xen. Mem. i. 1, 2. yedXrjs (6, i)y, prop, that which has just been caught, said of a fish ; hence fresh, speaking of horses [opp. ex- hausted, tired\ meat, &c. : HapaKajjiftavEiv Tovg a7rEip)jKOTag f i7r7rovg Kal dWovg tte\itzeiv veclXeIc. Xen. Cyr. viii. 6, 17. [Derivation doubtful. Phryn. from aXig = adpoov : al. from aXl^Eiy, salire.~\ yeapo's, pa, fr. riog, youthful, juvenile ; juvenilis : W\X waiTEp yap ev oiofiam.v, oaoi veol ovt€Q (.liyeOog t/\a/3or, ofuvg tfifpaivirai tl uvrulg vEapuv. Xen. Cyr. i. 4, 3. 312 333, 343. (332) vcoxh-os (o, v), a synonyme of vkog: Tt d* tart Uepaaig vsoxpov tfxjSpiOeg kcikov ; JEsch. Pers, 697* TTpoaaTos (6, r/), fr. c/>aa>, prop, that which has just been killed, speaking of meat; hence, by ext., speaking of flowers, fish, blood, quite fresh, quite recent, new, prop, and fig. : Tov te yap jjlt] wfjoatyarov SeXearog ovk eOeXovglp cnrTEadai. Aristot. H. An. iv. 8, 19. [Of anger, Lys. p. 151, 5 ; Bern. 788, couples together vEaXv\g /cat irpoa^aTog, of a young and vigorous person, opp. to one TETapiyEv^Evog /cat ttoXvv x?°~ VOV f/i7r£7T7W/CWe.] 333. 333 vz$£\v\, rjg (»/), cloudy vapour, mist, cloud ; nebula : 'E7rat$ae irarpog AtO£ etc vecpeXator. II. ii. 146. vifyos, ovg (jo), dark and overspreading cloud ; nubes : f H $' si; dipog tig vciiop vi;), fog, mist : 'O/i/^Xiy Se vEcpiXrig TrcptVrwjua rrjg eig vfiwp ovyKpicEwg. Aristot. Meteor, i. 9, 4. 334. 334 po'jxos, ov (6), fr. ve/jlu), written law : 'Nojj.og Si egtiv ojJLoXoyrjiJia 7r6XEiog kolvov Sia ypafAfidriov 'Kpoardrrov 7rwg Xpi) -KpoiTTELv ekclgtcx. Aristot. Ret. ad Al. 2. €0os, Eog (jo), custom, usage, unwritten law : 'OpQ yap kv rolg avrdlg voyioig te /cat eQectl rpECpofXEvovg woXv diatyipovTag aXXyXuv. Xen. Mem. iii. 9, 1. Ocfxis, iotoc (rj), established order or usage ; Oefuores, in Homer,- ordinances, statutes, laws: 07 te Oi/jLtaTag 7rpog &iog elpvaTai. II. i. 238. 6ecrp,os, ov (6), fr. Tidrjfjii, 1. established order, natural law, conveys the notion of an immutable order, of a law not to be changed in anything : Ilapa yap rove twv Oeujv QEv/jiovg TTcivTa to. Toiavra Eivai. Xen. Cyr. i. 6, 6. 2. Institution, statute ; at Athens this was the name specially given to the laws of Draco (ML Far. Hist. viii. 10). pTjTpct, dg (//), ordinance, injunction, name given to the laws of Lycurgus at Sparta : M/a jjlev ovv twv prjrputv y)v, uxjtTEp EiprjTat, firj xpijerflat vofJioiQ kyypdcpoig.^ Plut* Lye. 13. 335, 336. 313 335. i/ou$, ov (o), poet, yoos, internal sight, intellect, under- 335 standing, mind; mens : f £2e oxbig kv 6(j)6a\fjiu), vovq kv ^vyrj. Aristot, Top. i. 14. Hence, in a more general sense, mind, idea; animus : 'Ev j/w e-^elq airiivai [== ?/ow intend to depart]. Pto. PoZ. i. 344, /), intellectual faculty ; hence mind, thought, intelligence : Kcu kv <3 ttclvteq rrjv ^icivoiav jiEtovvTai. Xen. Mem. iv. 8, 1. Gujjlos, ov (6), the heart is sometimes in Homer the seat of the intelligence ; hence mind : Abrap kyio Ovpuj voiu) Kai olSa ekcmttci. Od, xviii. 228. yoTjfia, citoq (to), the result of a mental perception ; hence thought, judgement, design, in Homer and in Plato : TijXc- fJLCL\, OVKETL 701 (j)p£V£Q EfXTTEhot OvSk v6r)juLCl. Od. XV ill. 215. [Also as act of thought in Xen. Mem. iv. 3, 13 : Qdrrov vorjfjLaroQ vTrnpETElv, as quick as thought.'] vo^ais, Eloc (?/), operation or perception of the mind, in- tellectual vision: f Hy Elrrdat av av?6v voi]/), understanding, conception, facility of conception, intelligence, discernment ; hence prudence : Kcu kyivvy](JEv avQpLjirov, o gvvecjel te virEpiyEt tujv aWiov Kai Siktjv Kai deovg vojjll^el. Plat. Menex. 237, b. 4)prj^ evvq (r/), prop, diaphragm, in Homer, is the seat of the intelligence, of the instinct ; hence, in the poets, and principally in the plural, fypeves, mind, sense, good sense : Ev yap h) toSe "lEfJiEv kvl (ppEaiv. II. ii. 301. 336. ^eVos, ov (6) (es), poet, |€iK>s, 1. stranger, in general : T H 336 ^eIvol tIveq eote ; Od. ix. 252. 2. Guest, speaking of the e e 314 336. (336) stranger received in hospitality in opposition to ZeivoSoicog : Tov yap T£ fclvOQ jj,ijjipri(7K£TUL fj/ictra 7rcWa. Od. xv, 54. Used also in prose and verse of him who entertains the stranger. Sopu^eyos, ov (6), prisoner of war reduced to slavery, but who, after having paid his ransom, returned home, and was considered ever after as the guest and friend of his former master from having partaken of his table. He then ex- changed the name of dopvdXwTog for that of Sopv^erog (Plut. Qucest. Grcec. 17) : Kafioi ye irdvTuv (plXrarog lopv£,£Vb)v. Eur. Med, 687. i$io£ei/os, ov (6), host, with reference to the obligation of reciprocal entertainment between private individuals of different countries, in opp. to npoUvog : Kal &(nrep ovv ISio^ivoig ^pu)jjL£vov toIq eKtldt. JElian. de Nat. An. ii. 6. irpofei/os, ov (6), proxenus, was the name of that particu- lar citizen in a city, who had been selected by those of another city to manage its affairs there, receive its ambas- sadors, and support its interests by his influence, a kind of agent resembling our consuls or residents [though the dif- ference was great, since the first men of a state thought it an honour to be the izpo"£,£voi of other states] : Twv Ss Acace- SaLjjtoyiiov ical 7rpi(rf)£tg 'Adrjvrjviv eTvyyavov ovteq izapa KctX- Xiq. rJ TrpoUvu. Xen. Hellen. v. 4, 22. dWo&cbros (6, //), of another country : 'Ewei a^tciv epjxa ttoXtjoq k(TK£ Kal aXXoSanog 7T£p kiiv. II. xvi. 550. [In prose Xen.~] dXXorpios, la, of or belonging to another, of another kind or species; hence, 1. strange, alien, opposed to 'idiog and oiK£iog : Aiyu) $e ret Svo, to jjlev oIkeIov koX ^vyy£v£c, to Se aWoTpiov Kal odvelov. Plat. Pol. v. 470, b. 2. Of another country, foreign; peregrinus : 'AXXorpioe (fxog. Od. xviii. 218. d\\o<|>u\os (6, rj), of another tribe or race : Kal dXXotyv- Xovg ajia \]yr\ad\x£voi. Thuc. i. 102. Pdppapos (6, fj), the name given by the Greeks, first to the Medes and Persians, and afterwards to all foreign people ; hence foreigner, one who is not a Greek : Kal ZwrjOn rrfv hiaiTav fxed' owXojp eiroiiiaavTO, axmEp ol (idpflapoi. Thuc. i. 6. 337. 315 cfwTcpiKos, ?/ (e£w), from without, external, in general : (336) hence, specially, exoteric, speaking of public instruction or treatises of philosophers : Kai yap iv role e£u)T£piKo7g Xoyoig 3iopi£6fJie6a Trepl clvtCjv 7roXXciKig. Aristot, Pol, iii. 6, 5. eirrjXus, vSog (o, ?/), one who comes from other parts to settle in a country, foreigner ; advena : Alfiveg uep Kal AldloTreg avroydoveg, Qoivlkeq he kcu "JLXXnveg eniiXvCeg. Herod, iv. 197. oGkelos, eia 9 foreigner, of another race, in opposition to OLKelog : 'ATroXetVovrac rag rutv aXXiov i^wove'tag kcu oIkelojp leal odveiwv. Plat. Protag. 316, c. o. 337. f 68o's, ov (>?), road, way, prop, and fig. ; via : "AXXrj 337 (TvvTouojripa 6S6g. Xen. Cyr i. 6, 21. dyuid, dg (?/), street of a town : Tijv avrrjp 6$6v avrtg kvKTLuivag Kar ay vidg. II. vi. 391. djjLa^iTos, ov (//), prop, carriage-road, high-road : Kar' aucLLyirbv eaaevovro. IL xxii. 146. [Xen. Hell, ii. 4, 7.] dTpanos, ov (?/), Ionic and Epic, drapTros, path, beaten way, and from which a man is not to turn aside : "EXkiov it, bpeog Kara iranraXotGaav arapirov. II, xvii. 743. [Foot- path, Th, iv. 36. PL Phcedr, 66, b.] kcXcuOos, ov{r)), act of going, step, walk [as connected with*s\£u0w?]; hence road, way : "Og Ktv rot einyinv 686v Kai perpa KtXevOov. Od. iv. 389. Xaupa, nc (?/), street, narrow street; angiportus : 'Hv vUg eg Xavpnv. Od, xxii. 128. \_Hdt.~\ otjxos, ov (6), poet, path, way: Ma/cooc. ££ Kal 6p9iog olpog fiV avrrjv Kai rprjxvg to ttoGjtov, Hesiod. Op. 288. [In prose, PL Rep. iv. 420, b.] Tpi^os, ov (6 or )'/), beaten road, high road: ^rj}0' at piv Vft&V rovd' apa^i]ot] rpifiov, at 8' lv9dd' dXXov olpov. Eur. Onst. 1861. [In prose, Xen. Cyr. iv. 5, 30.] e e 2 316 338. 338. 338 oSun), rjg (//), poet. Buy], rjg (fj), and /), 'physical pain : Tcue. bSvvaig irnTplfiei tovq avOpwrrovg. Xen. Mem, i. 3, 12. dXYTjSwv, ovoq (rj), poet, moral pain : 'Eyw yap eg tovt eKfle(3rjK dXyrjdovog. Eur. Med. 56. [The word is very common in PL, and prin- cipally as opposed to rjdovf): e.g. rjdovdg /cat dXyrjdovag ejnroiovvrag. Rep. v. 464, d. Often coupled with odvvrj : e. g. Phil. 42, d. dXyrjdoveg Kai odvvai. Also in Isocr. viii. 40.] aXyrip.a, aroc. (ro), cawse, subject of pain : Oljiai fiev dptzelv aoi ye Kai ra a , a> rakag, dXyrjfxaO' ', wore jit) rd rwv ireXag areveiv. Soph. Phil. 340. aXyos, eog (to), physical, and more frequently moral suffering, pain, ill : '£lg Srj tovI' evetca cr(f>iv 'EKrjfioXog aXyea Tevyet. II. i. 110. [Rare in Att. prose.] &via, ag (r)), sadness, distress, chagrin: Mrj ttot dvrjKeoTov, Kvpj/f, Xafiyg dvirjv. Theogn. 76. [Also in prose several times in Plato.] axos, eog (to), moral pain, affliction : *AXXd /xoi alvbv &xog creQev ecroeTai at kb Odvyg. II. iv. 169. [In prose, Xen. Cyr. vi. 1, 32.] kyjSos, eog (to), pain at losses undergone, moral ill; cura : Tpojeavi fie Krjh' tyrj-irTat ek Awg. II. ii. 32. [Rare in prose, PL Rep. x. 605, d.] Xuttyj, rjg (rj), moral grief, grief of mind, vexation, sadness: Irjv dvfxojjopoy (ppevl Xvttyjv. AZsch. Agam. 103. p,€Xe'8Tr]|xa, arog (to), that which troubles, anxiety : Avcjv jieXedrj- fjiara Ovfiov. Od. xxiii. 343. picXeSuv, a>vog (r/), and p.eXeSd>vt], rjg (rj), fr. jieXio, trouble: Hvki- val de fioL dfji(p' doivbv «cr)p 6%eTai fxeXeduJvai odvpojjLsvrjv epsOovviv. Od. xix. 517. Kai yviofiopovg jxeXed&vag. Hesiod. Oper. 66. |j,€pip.va, rjg (r)), care, anxiety : XaXerrdg de Oeoi dioGovai fxepifivag. Hesiod. Oper. 176. tt€i/0os, eog (to), mourning, grief, regret at a loss : Meya ve (ppeaL irevQog iypvTa. Od. xxiv. 423. [In prose Hdt., Pl.~\ ttoVos, ov, labour, pain, trouble, prop, and fig. : *Arap ov tiv tyei kovov. Od. xiii. 423. <(>povTis, idog (r/), prop, thought; hence, in poetry, anxious and troubling thought: 'E\7rlg djivvei QpovTid' dnXrjGTov. Msch. Agam. 102. 339,340. 317 339. otK€ios, elu (oltcog), one who makes a part of the house- 339 hold, of the family, a relation, a connexion, domestic, na- tional : "Ira KUL OLk'O) KCLL OIKETCLIQ Kill OlKetOLQ K(l\ (f)l\()lQ Kal ttoXel Kal 7ro\iTatQ hvvcuvTo KaXuig xprjo-Oai. Xen. Mem, i. 2, 48. oiKcuxKos, r/, domestic, used of all living in the house, whether free or slaves : El top oiKoheaTzornv BeeX^e(dovX tKaXeaav, novo) /jtaXXov tovq olKEiaKovg ai/rou; Matth. x. 25. oIk€u$, soq (6), in Homer, he who is of the house, of the family, friend, relation, domestic : "O^oa 'Lcioficu oiKijag, aXo\6v te (piXnr. II. vi. 365. dyxtcTTCus, i wc (6) (ayxO> we. Theogon. 933. eoria, ag (7/), hearth, for house, land we live in, country, in prose and verse : Yvvcukclq tyuv Ivo, fii&g larlag oUee. Herodot. v. 40. [kiyapov, ov (jo), fr. fxiyag, great hall of a palace, in Homer ; hence, in the singular, palace, residence : Kal k'^ayev ek jieyapoio. Od. viii. 106. |j.e\aOpov, ov (to), prop, great beam which supports the roof; hence, by synecdoche, in the poets, the roof, meaning the palace : Hpiv jue Kara 7rprjveg (3aXsuv Ilpidfjioio fxhXaOpov. II. ii. 414. oreyt], r)g (r/), roof; hence, in the plural in poetry, and sometimes in prose, dwelling, tent, house, Sec: Ovtc el av r d'ucovg, crv re, Kp£wv 9 Kurd (jrtyag; Soph. (Ed. R. 637« crreyos, eog (to), and riyos, sog (to), roof; hence palace: Tod 7 Ive^ofievoi arkyog ao%aioj/. JEsch. Pers. 145. Xeipuv Tpatye XlOIvoj 'laaov evdov Tsyei. Pind. Nem. iii. 93. [Tsyog — roof in prose. Th. iv. 48. Xen. Hell. iv. 4, 12.J 341. 341 oT^os, ov (6), wine ; vinum : 'Avdpl ce kekjjlyjojtl /uivog \xiya olvog ciOiet. II. vi. 261. aKpdTos, ov (6), pure wine : "Wl vvv, aicparov kyKava^ov jjlolttoXvu (titovciiv. Aristoph. Equit. 105. (3aKxos, ov (6), Bacchus, god of wine: 'E7ri SalTct tclv 9ewv Kpa- Trjpa te Bdicxov. Eur. Iph. A. 1061. It is only used for wine itself by later poets, and in the Anthology. jieOu, vog (to), unmixed wine, pure wine: TloXkbv d' tK KepdfUjJV fikOv TtivtTO Tolo yipovTog. II. ix. 4G9. 342,343. 319 342. ottXoi>, ov (to), instrument, tool of every kind, in Homer ; 342 hence, in the plural oirXa, in the poets, offensive and, par- ticularly, defensive arms, such as the helmet, the cuirass: 'AfxvvTrjpia b-irXa. Plat. Legg. xii, 944, d. In the historians, it is used principally of the great shield carried by the heavy-armed infantry or birXIrai, particularly in phrases relative to military tactics. This shield was the principal piece of armour, and the honour of the soldier was attached to the preservation of it : Ei fjovXoivro ret owXa wapacovycu . fCCtf (HpCLQ aVTOVQ 'A07? VCUOl£. ThuC. IV. 37» peXos, eog (to), missile weapon of any kind ; telum: "EX/ce S' vw U (jeXeojv. II. iv. 465. ["E£w fieXtiv, out of the reach of missiles. Xen. Cyr. iii. 3, 69.] evTea, k(x)V (rd), fr. evvvpi, arms, chiefly those that are put on, as the cuirass, armour : Tbv d' evp' a}i(f wfJLOiGi TiQr)p.evov evrea icaXd. II. x. 34. Ttux €a > £(**v (rd), tools, implements, apparatus, or equipment of any thing necessary for its purpose, e.g. of a ship, &c. ; hence arms, in general, and sometimes armour : T Hix i kKaarq) 'ittttoi dEpcriiroCeg Kai iroiKiXa revx& eKSiro. II. iii. 326. [For its use in the sense of vessel, cf. 7.] 343. opav, to see, in general : "On Kai rovg TTpeGlovripovg bp&aiv 343 ara ttcigcjlv iifiipav awcpooviog ctdyovrag. Xen. Cyr. i. 2, 8. dGpeiy, to regard or look at with fixed attention: Aa/3wi> evoTrrpov dOpei. Anacr. xi. 3. [_\\dpw icai opuj on dlvvarov. PL Parrnen. 144, d. Also = see, in the sense of reflect, weigh, consider ; especially in imperat. in Plato : ddpe i, ddpei fxi) . . . . , vide ; vide ne non — .] a-iryd£€iv, airya£€v opfxov. Soph. Phil. 217. pXeireiy, 1. to see, speaking of the faculty, with which the eyes are endowed, of heing struck by external objects, to see, not to be blind : Kai rig irpbg dvSpbg fxij fiXtTroyrog apKeaig; Soph. (Ed. Col. 73. Hence, 2. principally in the poets, to turn the eyes, the look towards an object [very common in PL, in kcitco, diio fiXe-reiv' (3Xixe&> t'tr ma, 320 343. (343) irpoQ n] ; and, fig., in prose and in verse, to look (intrans), to have aspect, to look to or towards, speaking of the direc- tion in which a thing stands : 'Ev Talg irpog fxe(rr)fjij3plap fikEirovaaiQ oIkiulq (in the houses that look to the south). Xen. Mem. iii. 8, 9. 8epK€o-0cu, poet, to see clearly, to distinguish: &6pop feat (pv^av * X^aiibv depKOfxspoj* II. xiv. 140. €iSoi> (llelv), second aorist, used supplementarily to the defective verb bpav, but itself assuming, in its perfect oi8a, the figurative sense of seeing with the eyes of the mind ; to know, to be acquainted with : Tovg Se ov& kiopaKorag irioirore clvtop, tovq Se Kal ev elSorag on gi/3' av "lIolev. Xen. Cyr. i. 1, 3. Oedo-Oai (dia), prop., 1. to look upon games, and the dif- ferent spectacles composing them : Ei7rw tl tup dudoTtov, to ^iuTtora, £(p' oiq ael yeXtooiv oi detojjievoi' Aristoph. Ran. 2. Hence, 2. to behold, to look with attention, to contemplate : 'AXXa, jua At', £0??, ovk ekelvov edstofjinv. Xen. Cyr. iii. 1, 41. The grammarians, without sufficient reason, would limit the use of this verb to objects of art only. Oewpeu/, to be a Qeiopog, or go in deputation to festivals, or sacred ceremonies ; hence, 1 . to be a spectator, to look upon, or behold games, a review, &c. : 'EdecJpft Se top aywpa Kal KvpoQ. Xen. An. i. 2, 10. Ammonius and other gram- marians assert, that in this sense deaaQai only should be used ; 2. fig. to examine, speaking of intellectual specula- tions: 'O deojprjfrag tcl kv TO~ig aXXotg avdptoiroig vofjufia. Plat. Legg. xii. 952 a b. XeuoxreiVj to see, to examine : Aevcraere yap Toys naPTeg. II. i. 120. voeiv, to perceive, to become aware: Ai/rtV eke'i r erorjffev, II. xii. 393. OTrnrTe-ueLV, to look on with defiance, to lie in wait for : 'A\X' ov yap c WeXu) fiaXeeip, tolovtop kovTa, XdOprj btrnrTivGaq, dXX dfupadov. II. vii. 243. d-nrdveiv, in the passive in the N. T., to be seen, to show oneself : At rifjLEpCjp TEtrorapaKOpTa OTtTapofiEvog avTolg. Act. Ap. i. 3. ottt€tj€iv, to see, in Aristophanes : Xiaaav jjlsp yap yap otttevu). Aristoph. Av. 1061. 344,345. 321 odpu)7rov oodov aviaT-qaav. Xen. Mem. i. 4, 11. 2. Straight, in opp. to irXayioc, speaking of things, some- times of the space between two points, prop, and fig. ; rectus : 'Opdol fxerpycro) kclvovi irpoaTidtig. Aristoph. Av, 1004. €u6us, tut, that which goes in a straight line, straight, directy in opp. to arpejoXog or aKoXiog, tortuous, winding : 'AAAa 7roXv airXovoripa kol evdvrepa Trap* ijfxly ?/ oSog kani' ettl to EjjnrXrjGdrjvai r) wap 1 vjiiv. Xen. Cyr. i. 3, 4. 345. opias, tdog (6, //), bird in general, and particularly in 345 prose, domestic bird, or of the poultry-yard, and principally of the gallinaceous kind, as hen, cock: To per our -purov yivog tCjv £wwv opvig koXeItcu, Aristot. H. An. i. 5, 11. opv€ov, ov (to), poet., although used by some prose writers [/*/.], bird, in general: 'Opfxijoy 7rEdioio diuKtiv opvEov dXXo. 11. xiii. 64, 322 346, 347. (345) ouzo's, ov (6), fr. olog, bird of prey : Abrovg Se EXwpia TEvye k.vveggiv olwvolai re iraai. II. i. 5. [Hence, because large, lone-flying birds were considered prophetic, bird of omen, and omen: Tov kiarXov olwvog eSokel elvai. Th. vi. 27.] ir€T€T}vdv, ov (to), that which flies, bird, in the plural: "Og r mkiotoq 7rerer]va)v. II. xv. 238. irornTov, ov (to), more recent form in the Odyssey in the plural that which flies, flying creatures: Ty fisv r ovde 7T0Trjrci Traokp^Tai, ovde 7rs\tiai. Od. xii. 62. -ktt\v6v, ov (to), adjective taken in an absolute sense in the plural, the feathered race, winged animals: T&v le tzty]- VG)V TCL fJLEV TTTEpWTa EGTIV, OLOV CLETOQ. AHstot. H . An. i. 5, 10. 346. 346 6cJ>9a\]uios, ov (6), eye, in all its meanings : 'OtydaXjuiovg jjlev wad' bpq.v tci 6oara. Xen. Mem. i. 4, 5. ojxjma, citoq {to), poet, eye : Kara ^dovbg o/x/iara 7n?£ae. II. iii. 17. [I cannot imagine what induced M. Pillon to pronounce this word poetical. It is of constant occurrence in prose, and it is very difficult to establish any distinction between it and ofdaXfjLog. Upon the whole, ofijia refers more frequently to the gaze, the expression of the eye ; yet it is also used of the eye considered physically : 'AXyelv tcl ofi/JiaTa. PL Rep. vii. 515, e. To . . . jXETal,v twv ojjLjuLaTojv /jletiottov. Aristot. H. A. i. 8, 1. UpwTov y^pri elvai fieyd- Xag (Vac Kvvag), eitcl eypvoag .... SjUjitara fXETEwpa. Xen. Fen. 4.] oirwirq, rjg (r)), sight, sometimes eye in the later poets: Apv\pe de ot fiXscpapov yvfxvrj S' v7rtktiivtT 67Tio7rrj. Apollon. Rh. ii. 109. 6aos, eog (to), light, sometimes in the poets for eye, as in Latin lumen : Kvo-ae ds p.iv ke^oXy]v ts Kal aju0u> (pdea KaXd. Od. xvii. 39. n. 347. 347 iraiBeia, ag (ri) (iralg), instruction received by children ; hence, generally, instruction, cultivation of the mind, edu- 348. 323 cation : 'JLttei Se EleXScov ty)v waiSeiav tcivty}v, rjCr) elcrfjXdev (347) elg rovg E(pr)[iovg, Xen, Cyr, i. 5, 1. iraiSaywY^) «c (>/)> prop, management and guidance of children ; hence education, in Plato : Kai Tag xpv^dg ovtoj (j>{t>fiey rag evtyvecrraTctg Kaicrjg 7ratSayii)yUtg rvyjuvaag cia- (j)ep6vrit)g kclkciq yiyvEddat, Plat, Pol, vi. 491, e. iraiSeuo-ts, eiog (//), fr. ttcuSevio, action of teaching or in- structing a child, and, in general, of giving instruction, the instruction given : UalSEvcrig ira&eiag -napdhovig. Plat, Def. 416. 348. irats, $6g (6, rj), infant of either sex up to sixteen years 348 of age : ITcuc cr' iiiv, xai [JiaXXov ev\ typea! kegce' avujfxag. Od, xviii. 216. pouirais, log (o), full-grown hoy, youth of about seventeen, in Aristophanes : ,N £2y fioviraig in. Aristoph, Vesp. 1206. Ppe<|>os, eog (to), embryo, foetus, little one yet in the mother's womb, speaking of animals, in the Iliad : "Ittttov .... (3pE(pog rifitovov kveovctclv. II, xxiii. 266. Afterwards, new-born babe: Ovte yiyruaicovTo fipityog vfi orov ev nac^Ei, Xen, Mem, ii. 2, 5. eY)(3os (6, ?/), young boy, youth, at Athens, of the age of seventeen ; speaking of girls, of the age of thirteen : Me'xpt fiEv Sr) (■£ ?/ E7rraKaiEEKa iriv awo yeveag oi iralSeg ravra irplxTTOvaiv* ek tovtov $£ Elg rovg Etyrjfjovg k^ipyovrai, Xen, Cyr. i. 2, 8. Kopos, ov (6), Ionic and Epic icoupos, the first in the Tragic writers, and both of them rare in prose, boy, young man, youth, from after the first childhood to the age of manhood : Kovoa) alavrjrijpL Eoucwg irpuTov vTrtjvtirn, II, xxiv. 347. Kopt], r]g (if), Tonic Koupt], young girl, and generally girl of any age, as fille in French for an unmarried woman ; sometimes for vvficpn, young married ivoman, or betrothed ; puella : Kovpng ccura (piXoiai Kai dyXad Fiopa hlouaiv, Od. xviii. 279. 324 349,350. (348) fJL€ipa£, aicog (6, ?/) [in Att. only >/], young girl of about fourteen years old: 'AW, (b veaviaic, ovk kw ri\v fieipaica [xiativ ere tclvtyiv. Aristoph. Plut. 1071. [xeipduaoK, ov (to), diminutive, employed more particularly by the Attic writers, lad, youth, young man [mostly from about fourteen to twenty-one : but Plut. Philop. 6, extends it to thirty] : Kal fierd Havcravlov viov tl ert fitipaKiov wg fxev iy&jjLai. Plut. Prot. 315, d. iraiSio-KY], rjg (fj), young girl, free-born, in the Attic writers : YipovTCL re Kai yvvaiKa kclI 7raidi(TKag. Xen. An. iv. 3, 11. Phrynichus blames the new-Attic writers for using the word in the sense of a female slave. 349. 349 ™p€i<£, ac (r/), upper and prominent part of the chgek, particularly in poetry: "Epwc og kv fxaXaiccug irapeialg vea- vtSog kvvvyzvEig. Soph. Ant. 783. irapTjis, idog (rj), Attic iraprjs, ydog cheek : Qoivicrcrovcra irapyc' sfjidv alaxvva veoQaXel. Eur. Iph. A. 187. irapTjids, ddog (rj) f is only found in the Anthology. See the passage quoted below on MrjXov. Kopcn], rjg (rj), Attic KoppY), prop, temple, the top of the cheek : Ilvi; kirl Koppag tfXacra. Theocr. Id. xiv. 34. pjXoy, ov (to), ball of the cheeks, in the Anthology : 'Hpe/xa x aVaiTa rw yy'ipa Kara 7Tp6(T£(TTlV, O.XX* If 'jU7T£(p/a £-)(£l TL d£~lL,Cll TiOV VEIOV (TOCpWTtpOV. Eur. Phcen. 540. 353. tt^tjs, 7770c (o), fr. TTEvofiat, prop, one who gains his 353 f f 326 354. (353) livelihood by his labour, poor : Tov Se irivnrog £rjv v (6, rj), without any possession of his own: Ov8k kbv clkty}- \ib)v epirifioio xpucoto. //. ix. 268. dVrfios (6, ri), one who has no lands or goods: Ov ksv dXrfiog elt) dvrjp, $ toggcl ykvoiTO. II. ix. 125. a\T]Tir]S 3 ov (6), wanderer, vagabond, beggar : Kal 7roXXdici dovtcov dXrjry. Od. xvii. 420. airopos (6, fj), without resources, without means : 'Opw yap Kal t&v TOiovTiop tovq 7r\elovQ awopovg TravTcnrcKTi yiyvofjii- vovq. Xen. Hellen. vi. 3, 16. ei/Scife (6, r)), one who is without, or who has need of something : Kat ottote fjiev evSer)g sir}. Xen, Hellen. vi. 1,3. ircvixpo'S) d, poor: "Qort rev r) irapa 7rdfi7rav dveipovog rjk ttevi- Xpov. Od. iii. 348. tttojxos, ov (6), fr. TTTWGcru), poet, [very poor, indigent] beggar, mendicant, pauper, who gets his livelihood by beg- ging : Urj Sr) topSe fuoXofipov uyeig .... TTTwypv dpirjpov ; Od. xvii. 220. j"M. Pillon has too hastily pronounced this word poetical. Hdt. 3 14. PL Legg. 936, c. 7rrw)(oc firjdslg rjfiiv kv rrj ttoXel yiyviadu). Thecet. 175, a. 7rXovaioi Kal -KTuyoi : and elsewhere, Dem. 36, 20 : ol /jlev ek 7rrw- y&v irXovcnot yeyovam, and elsewhere.] 354. 354 T^y^i VQ (*/)> the mass of water which forms the source, whether visible to the eye or even not so ; hence, 1. source, in general, in the singular ; always in the plural, -mjYai, in speaking of streams and rivers, in Homer and the poets, even where one source only is supposed : Kal nnyag 7rora- jjlup. II. xx. 9. 2. Fig. source, for origin : Kai at riyvai trot, ag irnyag adp\uo-is, e(jjg (>/), action of water springing, gushing or spouting out or up from a spring : Kal nriytip avafiXvaete. Aristot. de Mund. 4, 34. Kp^T], r)Q (r/), head of a river ; hence source, speaking of the water which flows from it, forming a bason ox fountain- head; hence & fountain, though made by man, in Thucy- dides (Thuc. ii. 15) : "Glare Kprjvrj fxeXdyvSpog tire Kar alyi- 355, 356. 327 Xittoq 7TETpr)Q Svofcpov j(E€L vfiup. II. xvi. 3. [Is it not (354) spring, fountain generally ? It seems distinguished from the source of rivers, in Ar. Meteor. 113 : UXeIcttol kuI piyioroi wora/jiol piovaiv ek twp jj.Eyi(TT(t)v opCov. 'Opoiwg is Kal at Kprfvat at -irKs'iarai bpem Kal tottoiq v\pqX(ng yEiTvidjviv' kv Ze toIq tteSIolq clvev TTOTafiibv oXiyai yiyvovrat 7ra^7rav.J Kpouyos, ov (6), fr. piw, or perhaps fr. koovoj, jet, flow of water which springs or falls from the source [rushing with violence and noise. Pape] ; hence bed, channel : Kpovrio c 'iKavov KaWippoii) Evda Se irnycu Soial avaivaovcri HiKapav- Spov. II. xxii. 147. \_Strab. viii. 343.] iriSa|, clkoq (rj), poet, source, spring: Ma%tcr0or TridaKog a\itf oXiyrjg. 11. xvi. 825. 355. injSdXioi', ov (to), all the lower part of the large oar which 355 served for a rudder in the ships of the ancients ; hence, often in the plural, rudder : Ovfii rt 7rrj()aXi tari, tcl t ciXXcu vt\eq Expvaiv. Od. viii. 558. ola£, ctKog (o), tiller or helm of the rudder, and all its upper part, prop, and fig. : Olov wrjSaXlwv oiaKog cupEfiEvoe. Plat. Polit. 272, e. ir\if]0pio^, ov (to), rudder of a raft or any other craft got up in haste ; there is no authority for the word but that of Ammonius. 356. mj&cU', to take a leap, to leap, in general : Kat Spa/dElv 356 ci, Kal fiaXE~iv Kal 7rrj£f](rai tLq iKavwTEpovQ riyi'T) yEiopyiag Trapi^ETai ; Xen. CEcon. 5, 8. aXXecrOai, to spring forward in order to leap in any direc- tion ; salire : AvriKa 5' e£ oyiwv crvv tev^ejiv clXto y^apa^E. II. iii. 29. OpuKTKeiv, to spring forth, rush, speaking of men and even of inani- mate things; to pour upon an enemy, to assail, assault him : ~SIaX\ov kwl Tpwtacrt Qopov. II. viii. 252. opxeuxSai, to dance ; tripudiare : 'AXk'ivovq cT "AXtor Kal Aaodapavra keXevctev povva£ 6pyj](jaodai. Od. viii. 371. irai4>dv ttj iraupdaaovaa disaavro Xabv 'Axaiutv. II. ii. 450. irdXXciy and irdXXeo-Oat, to palpitate, throb or leap, to beat, F f 2 328 357, 358. (356) speaking of the heart : 'Ej/ 5' e/jlol avrrj trrriQeaat 7ra\\erat fjrop. II. xxii. 451. The Tragic writers and later poets used the active : "lv 6 cpiXavXog 67ra\\e $e\op€us, i(OQ (6), vessel or pot with two handles for keeping wine, in the Odyssey : Qlvov kv aptpHpopEvcri. Od. ii. 290. dp|>opeus, ecoq (o), a syncopated form of the preceding word, and alone used since in verse and prose, earthen vessel, jar, AMPHORA : Ae\(j)lviov refxa^rj kv ajJicpopEvcn TerapiyEvpEva. Xen. Anab. v. 4, 16. As a measure of capacity, the Greek amphora was half as large again as the Roman. KdSos, ov (6), 1 . earthen vessel for keeping wine ; cadus : Kcu (j>oiviky)'lov divov kclSov. Herodot* iii. 20. 2. Urn for votes at Athens : Qvk cnroivEig tio kc'iSgj ; Aristoph. Av. 1032. KaSio-^cos, ov (6), is more used than kclSoq in the second meaning, and is found in Demosthenes: Ol Se Xajutfiavov- reg cvo kcu rpElg xpirfovg EKaarog wapa tovtov kvefiaWov eig top k'aSiaKoy. In Eubul. 1302. oTdjAyos, ov (6 and ?/), earthen pot, jar in which wine was drawn off: 9 Avrt Se dpdvov gtcljxvov KEa\rjy KarsayoTog. Aristoph. Plut. 545. 358. 358 Tci\i^\6.vo.i, to fill, in general, to fill full : HXrjaajjieyog $' oivoio ILitag. II. ix. 224. puW, to stop up, to fill by stopping up : 'Ufielg S* cV i\v T£Tpr)fieva kvEJivaafiEv paKioioi. Aristoph. Vesp. 128. y€p,i^€ii/, to fill a vessel, to put in her freight or cargo, to lade : Ta 7r\o7a 7rayra yEfJiiarag rwv te avdpairodwv kcxI tG>v xprjfxaTU)v. Xen. Hell. vi. 2, 25. 359. 329 irX-qOciv, to enlarge, increase ; hence, consequently, to be full : 'ZeXrj- (358) vrjv re 7r\riQovaav. II. xviii. 484. itXkjBvciv and ttXtjOvvciv, to be full: 'Aierai de vucpwv ^otpaotf r enXrjOvov. JEsch. Pers. 425. Tr\r)poui>, to fill up, with a view of completing the num- ber, to complete the crew or cargo of a vessel, or a body of men : UXrjpovp.Evov ye fjtrjv tov liririKov* Xen. Hipparch. 1,3. 359. irXoucrtos, la {TrXovrog), which the grammarians derive 359 from 6 iroXvovcriog, rich, one who has abundance, principally of gold or silver : OW ft MiSov ttXovvliotepol e\ev. Plat. Pol. iii. 408, b. dv€ios (6, r)), fr. d(psvoQ, rich in means secured for the year, hence opulent, 7-ich, in general : *A\\a te 7ro\\d oiaiv r £u£a>oueri Kai aQvuoi KaXkovTcu. Od. xvii. 423. dveos, a, later form in Pindar and the Tragic writers: Kai tCjv d(pvea»v icai iroXvxpvvwv kdpdvuv (pvXaKeg. JEsch. Pers. 3. euiropos (6, 37), rich in resources, in means, in easy cir- cumstances : HvXlv te toIq -kolgiv evTropojrarrjv /ecu jjieyi- gtt\v ^KrjaafJLEv. Thuc. ii. 64. Ae7 yap rovg EVKopovg X> 0T 7~ (TifJLovg avrovg 7rapiyELv rolg TroXiraiQ. Dem. in Phcenipp. 1045, 23. JdirXovros (6, r)), very rich ; Mrjd' el ^airXovrovg olatrai Qspvag OoyioiQ. Eur. Andr. 1282. KTTjjAcmKos, /;, rich in possessions, large landed proprietor: Ol £e ttXovglol teat KT^piaTLKol irXEovE^la fxiv tov vo\xov, opyrj Se Kai (piXovELKia tov vopodirnv Sl lytipovg kyovTEg. Pint. T. Grac. 9. [And Polyb. v. 93, 6. KTrijjiaTiKoi, divites, qui f undo s habent. Sch weigh.] oXpios, ta, happy, blessed in life, with the notion of riches connected with it, rich and happy, one who lives in abun- dance : Kcu yap cya> 7rorc oikov ev avOpoj-troLffiv kvaiov oXfiiog dcpvELov. Od. xvii. 420. irXouTa|, cikoq (6), rich man, with the associated notion of contempt, irony, or derision, a rich churl : Kav tl tv\]1 Xiyojv 6 nXovra^, izavv tout Eiraivu). [Eupol. ap.] Athen. vi. 236, f. ttoXvkti5(1(i)v (6, ?)), poet, one who has larg" possessions, wealthy: *12 iroXie,, ib noXewg 7roXvKTi)p.ovtg avSptq. Sopli. Ant. 843. Fi'3 330 360, 361. (359) iroXuxp^pw (6, //), rich in money ; hence rich, in gene- ral, speaking of a town, in Polybius : Kvpiog ysvo/jLevog rfjg KapxrjSovOQ rJTtg eSokel TroXvyjpr)ixovEGTaT7) t(ov Kara rrjv OLKOvjjiivrjv slvai ttoXeuv, Polyb. xviii. 18, 9. [_=■ ttoXv- Xpil/jiaroQ, Luc. Fit. Auct, 12. Strab. 938.] iroXuxpucros (6, rj), one who has much gold : AoXwv, Evju^- Seog vlog KijpvKOQ deloto, 7roXvy^pvaog, 7roXv-)(aXKog. II. X. 315. [In prose, Xen, Cyr. iii. 2, 25.] Xp^fJiaTiKos, ov (6), one who has money, rich : To~ig Se XprffiaTiKolg fiefiaiojcriv tu>v cvp/JoXcuwy. Plut. Sol, 14. 360. 36*0 trkuvew, to wash, particularly in speaking of linen or of linen-cloth ; hence, in general, to wash, but only clothes : "Iva kXvtcl elfj.ar aywfiai ig irorafjiov TrXvviovaa rd jxol pepv- wiopEva keltcu. Od. vi. 59. [This is not correct : ~ gkevt}, Antiph. ap, Ath. iv. 170 : to twv lepwu kdatyog rcug KOfxaig. Polyb, ix. 6, 3 ; and in Xen, de Re Eq, i. 5, 7, of washing a horse's mane and tail, ovpav kcu yairnv,'] KaOcupeiy, to remove spots ; hence to cleanse, to purify by washing, to wash clean : 'E7ra irXvvav re icddripdv te pvKa wdrra, Od, vi. 93. Ki>aeu€u>, to comb or card wool in order to clean it ; hence to be a carder or dresser of wool or fuller : f O de KvatyEvei rig, 6 Se ttXvvel KwSia, Aristoph, Plut, 166. Xoucii/, to wash, speaking of the whole body, to bathe : Eiiodibg Xoveadat EVppElog Tcorajjiolo. II, vi. 508. [In Mid. with ref. to one's own person.'] vi-mzw [late ; Plut. Thes. 10. Arr, Epict, i. 19, 4], or better viitw, to wash, speaking of the hands, which the ancients washed before sacrificing and before meals, some- times of the feet, and very seldom of the whole body : Xelpag rt\pdpEvog 7roXirjg aXog. Od. ii. 261. cu8pw€iv (Qaidpog), to cleanse, make [bright or] white by washing, hence to wash: Mr]de yvvaactiqj XovrpqJ XP° a cra/«t£voc, pe£y kclkov vlag 'Axaiaii/. //. ii. 195. Kaixveiv, to make with fatigue, to manufacture, speaking of a manual work: T?/y ^oXk-iyce teapoy aveptg (== wrought). II. iv. 216. poyciv, ^o do with difficulty, to have trouble : T Qi Itzl 7r6W i}i6yr)Ga. II. i. 162. triveo-Qai, poet. prop, to labour for a livelihood ; hence to make for oneself in the sense of preparing, in speaking of a meal or food: $L\oi d' dfl(p' CLVTOV tTClZpOL tGGVfltVitjg t7TSVOVTO Kal EVTVVOVTO aplGTOV. II. xxiv. 124. ironrvveiv (ttvslo), prop, to be out of breath, hence to do any thing or to serve with eager haste : 'Qc, 'idov"H(paLaTOV Sia CtofiaTa ironrvv- ovtci. 11. i. 600. -novzlv, iroceiorOai, to labour, with the associated notion of difficulty or bodily fatigue ; in Homer, speaking of manual works and combats : "07r\a te irdvTa \dpvax ig ltpyvpir]v ovWila-o toiq etcoveito. II. xviii. 413. The active irovelv, in prose and later: f Oe Si ob /uLarrj^ ettovow, ov £oks~i vp.1v kcil race reKfiripta el vat; Xen. Apol. Socr. 16. TTpdcrcreiv, Attic Trpd-neiu, to act, to do ; regards rather the general conduct in life, the tout ensemble of a man's actions, whether private or political, what is done upon a definite plan and system, the fulfilment of duties, the dis- charge of responsibilities, &c. so that it is construed with neuter plurals, to practise, exercise, treat ; agcre : A//Xw c" kyEveadi]v it, lov Eflrpafdriyi'. Xen. Mem. i. 2, 16. 332 362. (361) tcijx^j t° manufacture, construct, make artistically, make a work of art, cloth, &c. : Klfjiar iSovaa KaXd, tcl p avrrf revfc. Od. vii. 235. 362. 362 iroifi.iiji', evoQ (6), feeder or tender of sheep, shepherd ; used also figuratively : Apvavrd te 7roifiiva Xau>v. II. i. 262. aiTToXos, ov (o), fr. cu£ and 7toXeoj, feeder or tender of goats, goatherd : the goatherds were reckoned the lowest^class of herdsmen, as the poorest and rudest of all ; hence cu7ro- Xoq is sometimes used for a term of abuse ; thus Galatea applies it to Polypheme, although he was owner of a flock of sheep : Ba'XXei toi, YloXv^ajjiE, to Troi\xviov a TaXareta jidXoKTtv, Sveipwra, tov aliroXov avdpa KaXevaa. Id, vi. 6. (JoukoXos, ov (6) ((dovq koXeio), feeder or tender of cattle ; and poet. |3(6tt)s, ov (6), cowherd. In Theocritus, the father of pastoral poetry, a great difference is observable in these classes of graziers ; the kind of hierarchy which he esta- blishes among them is sufficiently obvious in the passage where he assembles them all together at the death of Daph- nis : 7 Hvdov rol (iwrai, toi woi/jleveq, (pizoXot fji'dov. Id. i. 80. It is plain too from other passages that he constantly gives the first place to those that kept cattle, naturally the rich- est of the three. From this difference of condition would follow an equally great difference in their respective manners, customs, and even language. The cattle-owners were dis- tinguished by their education, and the superiority of their sentiments and manners, and were the well-bred gentlemen of their order. Thus we find one of them astonished at not being able to touch the heart of Eunika : Evvikcl Se fiova tov j3tt)tc6Xov ovk ktyiXacFEv. Theocr. Id. xx. 42. Hence it follows that the words (5ovkoXoq and (ZujTrjQ have a dignified sound in Greek poetry, however much otherwise it may be with the words grazier or cowherd in the present day. yojxcus, €W£ (6), tender, feeder, herdsman, in general : No/x£vc &e 7tu)E(tl fjLijXiov. Od. iv. 413. [Often in Plato.'] aupwrrjs, ov (6), swineherd, in the Odyssey : "Odi SutfxaTa vale avfiwTriQ. Od. xxiv. 149. [PL Thecet. 174, d. Rep. ii. 373, c] 363—565. 333 aucJ>opPos, and, in the Odyssey, uoppos, ov (d), keeper of (363) swine, swineherd: ( £lg iraica avtyopfiov. II. xxi. 281. [In prose, Plut>, &c] 363. ttoXis, eu)Q (//), Epic tttoXis, town, used either of the 363 place or the inhabitants, and of the two together ; hence city, in the political sense, state, republic : f H yap noXig rroXiruJy tl ttXtjOoq eotiv. Aristot, Pol. iii. 1, 2. aaru, Eug (to), town, but to be understood only of the place ; hence the town or capital of the country, in re- ference to the people or the land of which mention is made : . II. iv. 239. 364. TToXt-njs, ov (d), 1. citizen of a town, of a state: Oi>x 364 olov ri ye clvev ^iKaioavvrjg ayaQov iroXir-qv yeviadai. Xen. Mem. iv. 2, 11. 2. Fellow -citizen, a sense peculiar to the Attic writers : 'H \prjcrrdg av)]p TroXiTatg ecftIp aizaaiv qgtiq i y egtl roiovrog. Aristoph. Pac. 905. (lords, //, born in the town, native of it : 'EkeIpoq yap 7ro\- Xovg ETTLdvfjLrjTCtQ KCti CLCTTOVQ KoX^EVOVQ XafiwV. XeU. Mem. \. 2, 60. 8t][xoty]s, ov (d), citizen, or member of a ^ij^oc, at Athens : 'E^ad?/ d' eIq tovq Srifiorag evEy pacing. Dem. de Cor. 78. TraTpiojTTjs, ov (d), fr. 7rarpig, fellow -country man : M.tjrt irarpuorcig aXXijXiov el vat rovg HEXXovrag pq.ov lovXtvaeiv. Plat. Legg. vi. 777, d. o-ujj.TToXtTt]s, ov (d), fellow -citizen : T £2 iufiiroXirai. Eur. Heracl. 826. Ace. to the grammarians this word was not used by good Attic writers, who employ the simple form only in this sense ; from this it may be inferred, that Euripides was the introducer of this neologism. 365. irpojTos, rj, first, when there is mention of more than two, 365 is opposed to vararog, and besides assigning numerical 334 366. (36.5) place, indicates superiority in quality, pre-eminence, &c. : Kal avTog irp&TOQ rjyeiTO rayiwg. Xen. Cyr. i. 4, 20. -irpoTcpaios, ala, of or belonging to what preceded, be- longing to or occurring on the day before, used only of time, in speaking of the day or night, and often in the feminine rj irporEpaia, taken absolutely with ellipse of rjfjiipa, the day before : 'A ov rrj irpoTEpala. oi j3ap/3apoL irpairr]orav Kal ol cjvv avTolc. Xen. Anab. v, 4, 23. irpoTcpos, pa, first, speaking of two only, with reference to numerical order alone, and used of space or time, and opposed to vcrrepoc, the last or second : NOv S 9 ejjleo irpore- pog fia\ 9 kiriypETO, II. x. 124. 366. 360 paSios, ia, easy, in general, prop, and fig. : Tot Si Keifjieva wg fir} pa'Sia dvai IcJelv, Sirjyeiro. Xen. Cyr. viii. 4, 16. cukoXos (6, rj), prop, one not difficult (easily satisfied) as to food ; hence, fig. easy : To Sr/ rwv vvv elpTjfjtivojv kyofXE- vov eitteIv, ov TravTior evkoXiotcltov. Plat. Legg. vi. 779. Speaking of men, of easy, affable character and manners : EvkoXoc npbg Tovg frvvrjdEig. Plut. Fab. 1 . €up.apiqs (o, i]), fr. fjtaprj, hand, that which is at hand or to hand, or within reach ; hence easy, prop, and speaking of things ; and, later, fig. speaking of persons : Xporog yap svfjtapriQ deog. Soph. Electr. 179. [Late in prose; but the adverb in PI. : tyju vrjvov Ev/iapwg SiEKOffjubrjaev ; Crit. 113, e, and Legg. 4, 706, b.] €utt€tyjs (6, r/), fr. TriTZTw, easy , seems to refer more to events ; hence easy, in general, speaking of things : Warra $' EV7rerfj deolg. Eur. Phcen. 689. \_EV7rETEcrrEpa bciog. PL Soph. 218, d ; and c. inf. ^ otydrjvai, EiaaKovaai."] cuTropos (6, rj), fr. iropog, the way or passage of which is easy, speaking of a road, prop. ; hence, prop, and fig. pos- sessing means, facilities, fyc. for effecting ajry thing : Horn 367—369. 335 rig sari [_6S6g] Tpaj^ela icai ^aX£7rr} rj poiSia fccu evnopog ; (366) Plat. Pol. i. 328, e. €uX n Dem. 21, 103 = light-minded, reck- less.'] 367. pis, wog (>?), nose 9 used only of man ; in the plural, 367 nostrils : 'Ooyiwy ye pr)v el firj pivtg Trpo^eriQnaav ri av yjply 6os, tog {to), beak of birds, in Lycophron : 'Fa/jityecri 3* aypwcTffovreg eXX67ru)v Ovpovg. Lycophr. Alex. 598. [So Aristoph. Av. 99.] puyxos, tog (to), prop, snout of a hog, ace. to Athenaeus {Athen. iii. 95) ; hence muzzle of beasts, beak of birds, in Aristophanes [and Aristot. H. A. 3, 1] : Xuipei, Kadeg to pvyyog' ov f.ieXXeu' e)(pi]v. Aristoph. Av. 362. 2. 368. crdp£, Kog (?/), flesh of an animal alive or dead : 'Arap 36*8 Tpujioi' Kopeeig Kviag rj& olwpovg Snfjiu) icai aapKtaoi. II. xiv. ! 83. Kpeas, cirog {to), flesh of the killed beast, which is eaten for food ; hence meat : Ta Se Kpia tQv aXifTKOfieviov 7jy irapairXiiffia Tolg iXa^eiotg, airaXuirepa Si. Xen. Anab. i. 5,2. 369. afjjxa, ctrog {to), sign, in general, and more used in 359 poetry '• Kri>7T£ ixnTiETa Zevg, or\\xa Tideig Tpweatri. 11. viii. 171. , ov (to), sign agreed upon between two or more parties, mark of agreement made : f £2e 2' iyi* Zerat, v\a(T(TeT€. Eur. Iph. A. 542. owmq, fjg (*/), momentary silence, imposed upon oneself with a view of listening to, or hearing, others speak, action of holding the tongue on any particular occasion, or to keep a secret : AeSoi^ Smog p) V Tfjg (TKoirfig ty}(t& civaf>pi)ln kclku. Soph. (Ed. R. 1062. 372, 373. 337 372. vKV)vr\, fjg (?/), scena, stage, and more particularly of that 372 part where the actor played ; hence, generally, theatre : M/) St] So^rjre ty/^ac. paliujg ye ovtujq vfiag wore nap' i]puv ECHTELV OKriVtlQ TE ntj^UVTag KCLT ayOOCLV Kat Ka\\l(pOJVOVC virotcpiTCiQ EiaayayofiEvovg. Plat, Legg. vii. 817. OeaTpoy, ov (to), theatre, in general, speaking both of the place and the spectators: "Ira dopv/Srjdut cia to oietrdai to diarpov npoaSoKiav jxeyaXrjv e\eiv wg ev Epovvrog e/jiov. Plat. Conv. 194, a. IttpLov, ov (to), in the plural ifcpia, beams which supported the stage ; hence theatre : "£Igt Evdvg elatovTeg ano crCbv hpluv bnofiXEnova rjpiag. Aristoph. Thesm. 395. [Al. the benches, Pape, L. and S.~] Xoycioi', ov (to), the front of the stage, where the actor spoke ; pulpitum : "OnXoig jjlev crvvitypaiie Tt)v aK-qvt)v teal opvs, vOog (rj), worm of the kind called intestinal : Ta C)' ETL OVTU)V EV TOLQ fOl£, oloV Qt KaXoVfAEiai £/\/iU'0££. Arisiot. H. An. viii. 19, 3. 6pu|#, nog (o), worm that eats wood [Arist. speaks of a oKutXiiKiov called t,vXo\rjl;iv v?. Xen. Cyr. i. 6, 9. oTpaToireW, ov {to), army encamped, camp, sometimes army on the march, in Thucydides : Kat ote jjliv e-kioi to tujv 'Adr]yaiu)y gtqcltotteCov virty/opovy. Thuc. iii. 97. 375. auKo^, ov (to), cultivated Jig : HoXvg jxev olvog, -rroXXd ce 375 Mica. Xen. Cyr. vi. 2, 22. [The tree, c-u^.] ipweov, ov (to), wild fig : Kat Sid GTOjuaTioy itoiti fit] a7ro7ri7TT£U' rd kpiyd. Aristot. H. An. v. 32, 6. [The tree kplvzog. Obs. that eptveov is accented as neut. adj. kpivzov, sc. (tvkov.~] icrxds, dEog (?/), dried fig; carica : Ovk ay 7rpLaijj.rjy ovc av iG^dEog fudc. Aristoph. Pac. 1223. o\u»>9os, ov (6), unripe fig ; grossus : tyffvag ydp a) yj\t)£, rjicog (6), sl fig that deceives by its size, and is taken for ripe, or near it : Toy te (prjXr)-^ op&v oiSdvovT* eW 6-6- ray r\ ttewuv, egQlio. Aristoph. Pac. 1165. 376. 0-ufip.axta, ac {})), alliance offensive and defensive: 2v/z- 370 fjLa^iay civt(L ttolovitui. Xen. Cyr. i. 5, 3. ImjxaxLCi, ac (//), defensive alliance : 'YjKijiayfav Ce E7roirjaavTo, rrj dXXi'iXujy jJorjdEly, kdy rig lire KipKvpay in, ?) 'Adifyag J/ rovg rovrioy ^vfi^xdyovg. Thuc. i. 44. 377. aujjLiroaio^, ov (to), banquet, convivial feast given on an 377 occasion of rejoicing ; compotatio : Hpoiovroc ce too wfiwo- crlov, 6 Kvpog tov Twfipvay kiri]pETO. Xen. Cyr. viii. 4, 17. Sais, SaLTog(ii), repast: Tig Saig; Tig Se 6fj.tXog 6& ettXeto; Od. i. 225. g g 2 340 378. (377) clkcwrtvT), ng (v)i poet. a great feast made after the sacrifice ; hence, in general, splendid feast, festival : 'Ev dairycn Kal eiXawivycn. II. x. 217. epayos, ov (6), a feast to which each person contributed and brought with him his share, either in kind or other- wise, pic-nic ; hence, later, common entertainment or meal, in general : ILlXcnrivr) r)e ydfxog, ItteI ovk kpavog race y early. Od. i. 226. eoriaais, eiog (if), a feast or entertainment, in general, and particularly, at Athens, that which the ecrTidrwp was obliged to give to all his tribe, and which was a Xetrovpyla, or public burden, he was subject to : $£pe 3rj wept Ttjg eartd- crewg Kal tov ^rjcpicr/JLaTog emu. Dem. de Legat, 414, 1. 0oiVT], rjg (r)), prop, food ; hence, grand entertainment, feast: Uavra AeX a70 £ ( 7( 0> fr- *X W > external shape, under which men or any objects present themselves to the eye accord- ing to their ordinary or existing state, exterior, mien, car- riage ; habitus : To Se (ryjifjLa wore IokeIv opdoripav ttjq (pvaewg dvai. Xen. Mem, ii. 1, 22. etSos, eog (to), form, figure of visible and material objects, which we recognize after a known type ; and fig. of abstractions, of which we form for ourselves the abstract idea, without seeing them ; idea in Plato : Tct rfjg criotypo- (Tvvrig eiSrj Kal avdpsiag Kal iXevdeptoTrjTog. Plat. Pol. iii. 402, c. I8ea, ag (//), prop, visible appearance; hence fig., in Plato's system, idea or eternal and immutable form, the exemplar and archetype of objects, and not a mere abstrac- tion of them : 'Ev rw yvioora) reXevraia f/ tov ayadov ISea Kal iioyig opaadai. Plat. Pol. vii. 517, b. pop<|>T), rjg (r)), bodily form, subject to change, in opp. to elSog : Kal top Ala avrov fxerafiaXelv rr)v fj.opvaiv [iev h) rrjg xpv^rjg icai ttjq jjLOpcprjg toiclvttiv e^ojp cia- fxvrjfxoveveTaL. Xen. Cyr. i. 2, 2. p€0os, eog {to), in the plural, peOea, the members, and by synecdoche, the body : ^fv%ri 8* £k ptOsuv 7rTafJLSvrj "A'idogde fiefirjKti. 11. xvi. 856. [Grammatici pkQr) Homero corpus, psOog iEolice et proprie faciem significare tradunt. — Faciem indicat et apud Epicos posteriores, et apud Tragicos. Plerique autem et libri et grammatici vulgatum reti- neri jubent. Spitz, ad loc.~\ aiojyos, eog (to), prop, tabernacle, tent, a figurative name given by the Pythagoreans to the human body, as envelop- ing the soul : 'Eg yvvancia aKavea. Plat. Tim. Locr. 104, d. oi>, ov (to), in the plural, tekvci, children, only used of men ; Xenophon however uses it in speaking of the young of brutes: 'Evroei & on teal al avEg, e7rei£av ofyduxn, (bevyovcri ml noWal ovaat gvv toIq tekvolq. Xen. Cyr. iv. i, 17. i>€o\ II. vi. 22. 382. 382 tcXos, eoq (to), that which is the fulfilment, accomplish- ment, and conclusion of anything; hence end, moral end or object aimed at : JJipag yap to teXoq Tracraig [t€\voiq']. Aristot. Pol i. 3, 17. vv/), conclusion, completion, end of life, &c. : "JLvOa kI tol, MeviXae, (parr) fiiorow reXevrrj "E/cropoe ev 7ra\dfjirj(7LV, II. vii. 104. Tepjxa, arog (to), prop, the bourn or goal in the race- course round which the chariots turned, and which served as boundary mark for other exercises in the public games ; hence term : Qiada yap ev itepl reppa& eXiaaepev. II. xxiii. 309. 383. TtT0T], rjg (//), nurse, she who suckles the child : KolQ' 383 wairep at rlrdaL ye aiTi£eig kcikwq. Aristoph. Equit. 716. Ti&qiT), ??g (>/), she who feeds, who suckles, nurse : &epet 3' a pa 7raiSa ridi'ivr]. II. VI. 389. jxaia, ac (//), mother, nurse (Fr. bonne), appellation of affection used by Ulysses to his nurse, Euryclea : Maia, tit) p eOeXeig oXiffat ; Od. xix. 482. Tpo6s, ou (//), nurse, she who took charge of the child from its weaning ; brought it up to a certain age, and remained from that time in the family : $iXrj rpotybg EvpvtcXeta. Od. ii. 361. 384. Tpexeu', to run, in general, in opp. to the ordinary pace : 354 llapa tovq lla£i£ovrag Tptyovrag opaaQctL. Xen. Cyr. ii. 4, 22. Oeciy, more used in poetry [not common in Trag. ; only Eur. Ion. 1217 ; Suppl. 702 ; Aristoph. Vesp. 854, Pape~\, to run, denotes haste and quickness, and is used of men, and of the course of vessels and the heavenly bodies : 'A\\o tol 'ImroL fidpSiaroi Oeieir. II. xxiii. 310. [Qelv and Qfiv fyopu) are common military terms in prose. Gely eig rag rd^eig. Xen. An. ii. 2, 14 ; eig rovg woXepiovg iv. 3, 29, &c. In Hdt. ror wept rod iravrog dpopov delv, &c. ; also in PL of horses running in the games : 'Ey 'OXvp-n-ia Qeovtwi' 'iTnrujv. Legg. 822, b.] 344 385. 385. 385 TunTciy, to strike from near, in general : Et vofxog i\v rov covXov vko tov eXevdipov tvwteoQcu. Xen. Athen. Resp. 1,8. aXociv, (a\(i), to strike by casting something, and from a dis- tance, to hit : *H Sovpl rvrrelg r) /jXrjfjLevog tJ. II. xi. 191. 0€iv€iv, pcet. to strike from near, with the hand, a whip, a sword; and very seldom from afar : IloXXd fiEv dp juaoriyi Ooy E7TEfxaiETO Geivojv. II. xvii. 430. k6ttt€^, to strike with violence, so as to break through, or cut, or break in pieces ; to strike a coin : Kox^e Se Trawrrj- vavra Tcaprjiov. II. xxiii. 690. KpoTeli', to strike with noise one against the other, speak- ing specially of the hands, to clap : Uorepov Kporeiv Seiv tw x ei P e 9 V y £ ^6i/ ; Xen. Cyr. viii. 4, 12. Kpouciy, to drive two bodies one against the other, to strike upon a hollow and sounding body, to make a noise : Tac aarwtSag vrpog tcl Sopara ticpovcrav. Xen. Anab. iv. 5, 18. irateii/, to strike, to beat one who is near at hand, with- out the notion of inflicting a wound : "On ov atyiai ye SoKoitf TraiStav elvat to bfjLodev 7raie(rdai. Xen. Cyr. ii. 3, 14. Trardcrcreii', to beat, 1. intransitively, speaking of the heart in Homer : ndracrae Se dvfibg kicdarov. II. xxii. 370. 2. Transitively, in speaking particularly of repeated blows : UoXXdiciQ av olrjOeig elvai tov 'AQrjvdiov dovXov kirdTa^ev av. Xen. A then. i. 9. ttXyjo-o-cii/, to strike from near with the hand, or a weapon, to give a blow, sometimes from far, in the poets ; 2o/7rrpw Se peTd(ppevop fj()e kui w/jko ttXyi£ev. II. ii. 266. And in prose more frequently of lightning, the thunder-bolt : Hitztei KEpCLVVOQ El£ TO (TTpCLTOTTE^OV KCU 01 flEV TLVEQ TzXnyEVTEQ. . . . awedavov. Xen. Hell. iv. 7, 7. 7pi$zw, to tread, crush the corn. It was trodden under 386. 345 the feet of oxen, in ancient times, in order to separate the (385) grain from the chaff: *£2c & ore tlq tevty ftoag apcrevac EVpVpLETLOITOVg, Tplj3EflEVaL KQ~L XeVKOV EVTpO^dXo) EV aXu)fj . B. xx. 496. 386. ulos, ov (6), son. in general, and principally in genealogies, 3 86 where it is yet more frequently understood : K\av/uao-i fxiv ye kcu tcclteqeq vlolg arwcppoGvvnv /j.rj'^avCJvTai. Xen. Cyr. ii. 2, 12. diroyoyos, ov (6), a grandson, descendant still further re- moved : 'AwoyovoQ Se 'AXkcliov tov 'HpaicXioQ, Herodot. i. 7. The historians, according to Ammonius, use it also for viog, but it was perhaps in the general sense in which our word son is sometimes found for descendant. yivrqpa, arog (to), product ; hence child : T&v Aacov toi- vvv rig i)v yevi'-n/JLciTidv, Soph. (Ed. R. 1167. yovr\, ijg (?/), prop, generation; hence child, in the poets: "Avdpsg tvxovTdi yovdg KarnKoovg (pvvavTeg iv dopioig ex^v. Soph. Ant. 642. •yoyos, ov (6), that which is begotten or begetting ; hence son, child : tyevdofievoi ds ok (pact Atbg yovov aiyioxoio tlvai. II. v. 535. eKyoyos, ov (6, ?/), son, daughter, in Homer : Et Lteov ys. keivov EKyovog eggi. Od. iii. 122. Later, grandson, de- scendant : H el waldag 7) EKyovovg ekekti^go. Xen. Cyr. v. 3, 19. cpvos, tog (to), young shoot, scion, prop, and fig. : ^Q Ai)£ag epvog. Eur. I ph. A. US. 6a\os, eog (to), s?nall branch, sprig, scion, prop, and fig. : Ov a It iyuyt KXavaotiai iv Xex^oai, QiXov QdXog, ov tUov avrrj. 11. xxii. 87. Ivis, log (6, i)), son, daughter : M/y gtiXXeiv rav cav hnv. Eur. Iph. A. 119. 346 387. (386) icopos, tj, Ionic icoupos, in the poets [also in PI. Legg. vi. 771, e, &c], child, son, daughter : OvSiwore SiSvfxa XeKTp* €7raiv£(Tb) flporwv ob& ajuKpifxaropag icopovg. Eur. Andr. 466. 6£os, ov (6), prop, branch ; hence, fig. young shoot, scion : 'EXeQrjvwp, oKoq* Aprjog. II. ii. 540. irats, ttcuSoq (6, rj), child, of either sex, son or daughter : QvSe yap earri jxot appnv ttoIq. Xen. Cyr, viii. 5, 10. Teico^, ov (to), and poet, tckos, eoq (to), fr. tiktw, child, son or daughter, but only with reference to the father or mother : Alyw-^oio Aide, tskoq. II. ii. 157. Sometimes used as an appellation of affection addressed to strangers : $i\e tUvov. Od. ii. 363. 387. 387 uiroSrjfjia, citoq (to), sandal tied under the foot, hence shoe, in general: 'E7r£i^ d7r£Ai7T£ rd apyaia i/7roc///xara. Xen. Anab. iv. 5, 14. dp|3uXrj, r/c (//), shoe worn by peasants, sportsmen, and travellers, worn at Mycenae, in Euripides : 'Opc'orae Mvicrj- viS' apj3v\av TrpojjctQ. Eur. Or. 1470. €juij3d9, clSoq (>/), a sort of Bosotian shoe, worn by poor and aged people in Aristophanes : 'EjjljSuq ce Keirat kcu rpiflwv kppijxjxivoQ. Aristoph. Eccles. 850. €p,pdTY)s, ov (6), 1. a species of ]eather-&oo£ used by horse- men : Et kfifiaTai yivoivro enevrove t£ o'tovTrep at KprjirlSeg, Xen. de Re Eq. 12, 10. 2. A species of under-shoe or clog worn with the buskins of the Tragic actors to give them height, according to the Scholiast on Lucian (Jup. Trag. 41). Kapparinr), r)Q (r/), a leather-shoe or shoe of undressed skin : Kapfiartvai irs.-Koiv)\xivai zk twp veoSapTwu fiouji'. Xen. Anab. iv. 5, 14. KoOopyos, ov (o), small boot or buskin laced in front and reaching half up the leg : T(ph y di//*/tfrg> iraralu) rw Kodopvw r))y yvahov. Aristoph. Lys. 657. It was the shoe peculiar to the Tragic actor, and hence the emblem of the Tragic drama (Horat. de Art. Poet. 280, and Sat. i. 5, 64). 388. 347 Koynrous, ocog (o), a sandal or light and fashionable shoe (387) worn by young persons, but assumed by an affected old fellow, in Aristophanes [jpumps] : Tipujv St -^vjpe'i xXarica jccu Koviiroha tywv. Aristoph. Eccles. 848. Kprjms, Ihog (rj), prop, sole ; hence shoe with raised sides, or small boot of the soldier ; hence the soldiers themselves in Theocritus : navvy KpnTrUhg. Theocr. Id. xv. 6. ircSiXov, ov (to), sole or sandal : 'Y7r6 irooaiv tdrjaaTo icaXd 7rs8i\a. II. xxiv. 340. TT€pt(3apts, iiog (>/), shoe of the female slave, according to Pollux, but of ladies a la mode, in Aristophanes : Rat -a fjivpa yal Treptjoapi^eQ. Aristoph. Lys. 47. oxu'&aXoi', ov (to), sandal : f Y7ro ttogg\v eSriaaTO (TavSaXa Kov&a. Hymn, in Merc. 83. aai'SdXioi', ov (to), a diminutive in form only, for Hero- dotus uses it for a sandal of ultra-size : SavSaXtov re clvtov 7re(popriiJi£voi> tvpiGKEvdai iov to fiiyadog h'nrr}\v. Herodot. ii. 91. 4>. 388. (jxuryavov, ov (to) [for acpayavov; c0d£a>], prop, instrument for cut- 3gg , ting and slaying, glaive, sword of the Homeric warriors : Tvdeidy /jiev duties fievE7rT6\e[xoe, QpaavfjLriCrjQ (pavyavov dfX(pr]Keg. II. x. 25G. dKi^dKTjs, eoc (6), Eastern sword, scimitar : f H Se aKtva- Krjy iraXai TtapeaKtva^jJiivov ai:aaa\xivr\ crcpaTTEl eavTi]v. Xen. Cyr. vii. 3, 14. [But the Eastern acinaces was always straight. Cf. Diet. Antiqq. s. v.] aop, opog (to), sword: ^iraaad^tvog TcivvijKtg aop. Od. x. 439. ■corns, (cog (>/), Eastern scimitar, Greek term for axivd- kt)q [rather a short curved sword, sabre ; also the £>///(?) used by the Thessalians* Eur. Electr. 837] : 'Airae&Dlrn) yap KOizici viro twv AlyvTTTiuv. Xen. Cyr. vii. 3, 8. [idxcHpa, etc (rj). species of large knife or cutlass which 348 389, 390. (388) Homer's heroes carried by the side of the sword, afterwards, short sword, cavalry sabre, in Xenophon : *£lg $k tovq ivavTLOvg j3\a.7rTeiv, pd^aipav fxkv paXXov rj fycpog kircuvov- fxev, Xen. de Re Eq. 12, 11, £uj>os, eog (to), long sword : 'E^' vxjsnXov yap ovtl t iinrei KowiSog fxaXXov fj irXnyri rj fytyovg apKeaei. Xen. de Re Eq. 12, 11. 389. 389 <|>€p€ii> J to carry, in general, prop, and fig. ; ferre : Kcu ijKov oi dvcpeg (pepovreg rrjp eiriff7o\t]v. Xen. Cyr. ii. 2, 7. ayew, to conduct, convey by carriage ; hence to carry from one place to another, to briny : Nijec 5' Ik Ayjjjlvolo Trapiaraoav olvov dyovaat. II. viii. 467. cupew, to take up in order to remove ; hence to carry, to bring : Mr) jxot olvov deipe. II. vi. 264. pacn&leiv, to lift a thing up and ascertain its weight, to poise or weigh ; portare : 'Era* fxkya to£ov kftdaravE kcu 'Lte ircivrr]. Od. xxi. 405. Hence to lift up and carry a heavy body, a burden : Aaay j3a(Trd^ovTa ireXwpiov a/jK^oriprjaiv. Od. xii. 594. [Also oVXa, iraitiiov. Pol. ii. 24 ; xv. 26 ; rsj yepolv. Soph. ; kv yvio fiy. JEsch.~\ Koju£eiv, to carry, with the notion of care, and to the place where the person spoken of is; hence to bring to : npoarfci'i- (tei dpa en kcu dXXojv ol e£ dXXng iroXecjg avrfj koja'igovglv &v SeHrai. Plat. Pol. ii. 370, e. [KofJti^eadaL, Mid., to carry off for oneself; hence to obtain, to receive ; to recover. ~\ tXtjvox, to bear, fig. to take upon one, to support, to endure « 'Ezra ov7rit) rXrjaofi ev ocpOaXfiolaiv bpaaOcu .... //. iii. 306. 4>op€iK 9 to carry (wear), used of dress, arms, ornaments : Teppov Sk kv rfj apiarepg., o rrravreg elOiafjieOa (j)opeiv. Xen. Cyr. ii. 1, 12. [ = gestare ; cf. /3a0Ta'fai>.] 390. 390 <|>oj3€io-0cu, prop, to be frightened and flee : Ka/i fiiaaop ireSlov (pojjkovro (ioeg wg. II. vi. 41. Hence to dread, to fear, but always in speaking of an instantaneous and in- considerate fear: Ta fxrj g yap ekelto vtto j dpoiov. Od. xxii. 362. pi-yciv, to have the blood run cold, to shudder, with fright, to be ter- rified : Tpujeg 8' sppiyrjcrav, onwg Idov 6pu7cr€iy, prop, to have the hair bristling, to have the hair stand on end, to shiver and shake with fear, hence, fig. to be filled with fear, to be in a state of terrour ; to shudder at, dread: Oi te ge 7re(f>piKa(ji, \£oyd % wg lityk'd&c aiyEg. II xi. 383. Hh 350 391. X. 391. 391 X a P^» **£ Wj a sudden and momentary joy to which the soul abandons itself without reserve : KafJaVcp 6 UpoSiKog Ciripelro Tag r/ "*■ 51. XapfJi} Kai rd twv aXXurv avdpojirwv, Thuc* ii. 38. yfjOos, tog (to), poet, word found in the Orphic hymns, and used afterwards by Plutarch and Lucian, joy: 'E\0g, fiaicap, GKipTr\Ta, po/), the delicious sense of enjoyment, de- lightful feeling, voluptuous or luxurious enjoyment, in a good or a bad sense : "Koike yap r/ £7rtjue\£ Kctd' rjfiipay ij T£{)\pig to \virnpbv EK7r\r](T(Tfi. Thuc. ii. 38. TcpirwXt], rjg (r/), Epic, amusement, entertainment: O'irjv Tep7ru)\rjv Oebg fiyaytv kg Tode Cujfia. Od. xviii. 34. 392. Xapis, itoq (r)), fr. ^a/pecr, prop, that which a person does 392 to make himself agreeable to any one, agreeable act, ser- vice, good office: VQ (*?)> large woollen cloak of ample size and thick, which served as a surtout in winter and coverlet during the night : Et /jltj kyoj ge Xafifov cnro fiev QiXa e'lfxara hvaw, yXaivdv r ijde yj.rwva. II. ii. 262, xXajxus, vSoq (rj), cloak, first worn in Thessaly and the north of Greece, afterwards adopted generally by horsemen and soldiers : T* By 7rpofid\\ei rrjv ^\a/ivS' ; Aristoph. Lys. 987. xXcuas, iSog (/J), small cloak, lighter and more elegant than the -)(Xaiva, and worn both by men and women: "AAXoc rfjg \XavlEog rov 'AXE^dvBpov E7rEiXr)jJ.[XEvog epwg. Luc. Herodot. 5. iavov, ov (to), neuter adjective with poet, ellipse of TtiirXov, rich and elegant robe or gown of the finest texture, the attire of goddesses or princesses, in Homer : Xeipl Se vektcl- peov earov irlva^e Xafiovaa. II, iii. 385. Ip&Tiov, ov (to), large square cloak worn by men and women in later days, more modern than the ^X a ^ a ; toga of the Romans, in Plutarch : 'Ev ifxarla) kcltwptclq elg rr\v ayopdv avev yiT&vOQ. Plut. Coriol. 14. fcdySus, vog (6), long robe with sleeves, worn by Eastern nations, and particularly by the Medes, in Xenophon : TavTa yap irdvTa M.r)Siicd egtl, Kal ol woptyvpol ^iTwyeg, Kal ol KavBvEQ. Xen. Cyr. i. 3, 2. ireirXos, ov (o), and later tt4tt\ov, ov (to), general term for veil for covering, sort of upper robe or [ample'] shawl, worn in the ancient times of Greece, but afterwards in use only on the stage ; worn by women, in Homer (II. v. 734), and later by men in the East, in Xenophon : Kcu roue ttekXovq KdTeppri'taTo. Xen. Cyr. iii. 1, 13. owupa, ac (??), large cloak of goatskin worn by country- people and slaves, and which served as coverlet for the bed : 'Ev ttevte criavpaig EyKEKopSvXrj/jivog. Aristoph. Vesp. 10. 395. 353 owupixx, 77c (rf), woollen cloak of the people of the North, (394) in Herodotus : Qrjpia twi> rd Eepfiara 7repi rag aiavpvuc TrapappdirriTai. Herodot. iv. 109. otoXyj, fjg (77), long robe in use in the East, in Xenophon : K«i fjv ei^e aroXriv ti}v M>/f3io)>' ekcvvtcl hovvai rivi. Xen. Cyr. i. 4, 26. [Also g. t. for attire, mode of dress, equip- merit. ~] r^pemi, ne (rj), and rrjPeyi'os, ov (o), the /or/a of the Ro- mans : Kcu Tiifoevvav etyopei wEpnropfvpov. Plut. Romul. 26. Tpipwi', (s)voq (o), a smaZZ short cloak of the Spartans, worn also by the poor, and by the philosophers at Athens : Kag tovq rptfiiovag ^vve\{yovro r&v \ldo)v. Aristoph. Ach. 184. TpiPiJi'ioi', ov (to), cloak worn by the Heliasts, in Aris- tophanes : 'AvettelQev avrbv jud) (pope~tv rpifiwi'iov. Aristoph. Vesp. 116. <()dpos, eog [more commonly, (papoo] (to), in general, large piece of linen cloth used for a cover, woollen cloth, and par- ticularly cloak, in Homer: MaXcucdp 3' evSvve yj,T&va, Kzp\ Ze fxiya fidWero (pdpog, II. ii. 42. 395. XoXos, ov (6), gall, bile : prop, and fig. : E'lTrep yap re 395 yo\ov ye kcu avrrj/j-ap KaraTTE\Lrj. II. i. 81. XoXi^, rJQ (?/), a less ancient form and more in use in the proper sense, bile, in prose, and fig. especially in poetry : TV fjieWofjiEi' KLvalv EKEivnv t))v x°^ y ? Aristoph. Vesp. 403. &Ycu>dKTT)cns, ewq (77), prop, pain which exasperates ; hence, fig. indignation, or rather impatience or outbreak of temper against the pain felt: Kcu \xovr\ ovte rw 7ro\eful(o E7re\66vTi ayavaKTnaiy e\el v/)> passion, anger: fyofiovjAEvog, ph n yivoiro Sia T})v ar\v 6pyi]i> on izavTag fjfjiag Xvtt{]gou Xen. Cyr. v. 5, 18. opyiXoTYjs, nTog (//), inclination or tendency to anger, irascibility ; iracundia : f H Se Kaicia opyiXoTng. Aristot. Eth. Nic. ii. 7, 10. 396. 396 ili^+io-jxa, aroQ (to), at Athens, decree proposed for the sanction of the people, whether by the senate or by the orators : KareVpii^e rrjy rjjuipav finfinyopiov kcii \prj(pi(TfiaTa ypacpior. Dem. in EubuL 1301. [But also measure passed by vote.] PouXcujma, cltoq (to), result of a deliberation, decision, re- solution passed: 9 Qjjjl6v to fiovXevjjia ical jjieya eypwadai. Thuc. iii. 36. irpopouXeujuta, arog (to), at Athens, provisionary decree of the senate (f3ovXrj), a, kind of first draught of a law, having the force of a law for a year only, and requiring to be ratified in the assembly of the people : UpoarjXOe rrj fiovXrj* TrpofiovXevjA kyoacpn, Dem. in Timocr. 703, 17. 397. 397 \|/o€l^, to make a noise or knock at the door, used of one inside, and who is about to go out. The doors of the Greeks opened outwards, so that a person wishing to go out, was obliged to rap from within, in order not to knock against the passers-by : Ko-n-rovai Kal xpotyovai rag avrutv Ovpag itriodev oi irpoiivai fiiXXovreg. Plut. PubL 19. [In- trans. of the door ; = crepare.~] 398, 399. 355 Koineiv, to knock at the door, used of a person outside, (39 7 j who wishes to come in : Tig tad' 6 kotttwv ti)v Ovpav ; Aristoph. Plut. 1097. Kpou€ii>, to knock at the door from the inside, in Aris- tophanes : 'O £' rjSrj tyjv Ovpav iiriiyt Kpoviov. Jristoph. Eccles. 317, but this use of the word is considered im- proper by the grammarians. 398. +UX 1 !' */£ ('/)> P ro P« breath of life ; hence, 1. the soul, the qqq principle of life ; in Homer, the incorporeal substance, but which, when disengaged from the body, retains the visible form of it : Alxjsa 3' 'Ikoito kut 'AorcpodtXov Xeifxojva, tvda te vaiovcTL \pw%ai, tiSwXa Kap.6vTis)v. Od. xxiv. 14. 2. The immortal soul, in Herodotus, Plato, and Xenophon : Ovk jjadVfdaL on dOavarog r^wv >/ i^v^f} Kai ovSe7tote unoXXvTai; Plat. Pol, x. <>08, d. 0u|j.6s, ov (o), the heart, the seat of the vital principle ; hence, sometimes in poetry, the soul, the principle of life : Qv/jlov diroirvti^v. II. iv. 524. •nveujia, arog (to), breath, breathing ; hence, fig. the Holy Spirit in the O. T. and N. T. : f H dyantf rov Oeoii licjce- yyrai iv tcllq Kapciaig ii^xCjv hia UvEVjj.arog dylov rov Sodiv- rog ryiiv. Rom. v. 5. irpairiSes, ujv (ai), diaphragm ; hence, fig. mind, with the asso- ciated notion of industry, skill: Avrdp iv avrtp 7roiu daldaXa noXXd idviyat rpairideaaiv. II. xviii. 482. 399. \|/uxos, tog (to), cold, in general : 'AXXa \\svxn Te X 81 ^' 309 vog Kui daX-m] dioovg iQi£tt Kctprepelv. Xen. CEcon. 5, 3. Kpujxos, ov (6), severe cold, frost : "Eyfla rovg /jiv oktlj tu>v /jLrjiwv tupopnTog olog yivtTai Kpvfiog. Herodot. iv. 28. Kpvos, tog (to), poet, cold, prop, and fig. : KaKov /u£ tcapdiav n TTEpnriTvei Kpvog. yEsch. Sept. 834. iraycTOs, ov (b), frost, ice ; gelu : 'H fiiv yap wa^vi) rij avrijg layy'l avrioTraauaa to Otppbi' iyjtt iv avrtj, 6 Si 7ray£- toq i7ri7n)^ag. Xen. Cyneg. 5, 1. 356 400. (399) irdyos, ov (6), and TToyos, eog (to), frost in Aristotle ; hence ice ; gelu : Aid. ti tov ^ei/iufvog yJttov ocrfpaivojjieQa, Kai kv toIq 7rdye(Tiv tjkkttci ; Aristot. Probl. 12, 6. irdxn> VQ (jl)i hoar frost; pruina : Xeijiuvoc jiev ovv 7rp(i/t ovk o£ei avTiov orav irdyvn fj rj irayerog. Xen. Cyn. 5, 1. ptyos, £ °£ (™)> cold, in reference to the sensation pro- duced by it, or the pain felt in consequence of it ; frigus : Ei fjie fiedelrj ptyog Kal Kajiarog. Od. v. 472. [ f Y7ro \ipov ml piyovg. PL Euthyph. 4, d ; ptyrj Kal ddX-irrj. Xen. (Ec. vii. 23 ; also ague-fit; cold fit of a fever. Hipp^\ Q. 400. 400 <3pa, ac (Ji), division or portion of the year or day, as season, hour : "Orav &pa rJKrj Xen. Mem. ii. 1, 2. ald^v, ujvog (6 or */), time, the extent of which is un- limited ; hence it is used for certain periods of time, as the age or life of man, duration of existence allotted him, age (great number of years), but always in an indefinite sense ; cevum : *Ei/ rw pera ravra alwvi Karri. Dem. de Coron. 27. Kcupos, ov (6), fixed and precise time, appointed moment, occasion, proper season : *H Katpog i]Sn SiaXveiv tyiv arpa- Tidv. Xen. Cyr. v. 5, 43. Xpwos, ov (6), time, in general, and the duration of which can be fixed : Tavrl av ttot eiroincrag dwd ttoctov yjpovov ; Aristoph. Av. 920. NOTES. 2. OKrxaXaa) occurs only in the present in Horn. The form a(7%a\\a> is used once by him, Od. ii. 93 ; this form is used, not only by Hdt., who (like the Tragedians) uses both forms, but also by Xen. and Dem. : "I7T7TOC, aaxaWujv ry rpa^vr^ri (tov %aXtvot)). Xen. de Re Eg. x. 6. 'Agx&Whv €7ri t(£ didovai diKrjv. Dem. 555, 26. 11. Tittmann says : cryios and ayvos, though they have the same ety- mological origin, differ in their use : for in ayvog the proper idea is, that the thing or person is pure either in body or mind ; but the word liyiog indicates more especially the reverence which is due to such a person or thing. — That is ayvog, in which there is nothing impure; but liyiog more particularly regards that which is worthy of veneration, and demands our reverence. Vol. i. 35. 16. ayvi^eiv is used by the Tragedians, but not, I believe, by Attic prose writers. 20. (TvWoyos, as meeting for a special purpose, is sometimes distin- guished from the regular (and more formal) eicKXrjO'La ; [UepiicXrig] eKicXrjviav re ovk 67rot'ft ovti ZvXXoyov ovdeva ktX. Thuc. ii. 22. "Itlj d' eig ty\v iiacXr]Giav Kai tov kolvov ZvXXoyov 6 (3ovX6fj.evog. PL vi. 764, a. But without this reference, is a general term ; %CXXo~ yov , 273 aiOrjp, 34 *a70oc (6), 282 *a?0o£ (ro), 282 a'iOpn, 34 atXowpoc, 138 aljua, 38, 146 at^ac, 38 aivuv, 39 ai»/£(7i£, 195 *aii'iyjua, 40 aiVty/ioc? 40 * a^oc, 41, 195,315 •aivv<70tu, 96, 308 r?, 23 aXwTTffci^eir, 80 d'/xa, 61 *d/xaXo£, 321 cifiaZa, 81 dfxa^trog, 337 anaprdveiv, 62 dfJLeifltiv, 55, 113 dpefnrTOQ, 65 diispifjLvog, 247 dfirjxavog, 87 dfiiXXa, 26, 223 *d/uXX?7/xa, 223 dpoipeiv, 62 a/i7T6\iCj 63 a/i7T£Xoc ; 63 d/i7rtXa>x>, 63 ♦d/LtTrXaKfT^, 62 *dfiviJLix)v, 1, 65 dfxvveiv, 94, 125 dfKpipXrjaTpov, 180 d/x0iyvoeiV, 17 dtup'nroXog, 256, 267 dfi£paya0ia, 70,91,92 aVdpa7ro£i£av, 159 dvcpci7roSiZ,£(j6ai, 159 avfipd-n-odov, 189 di/fyma, 70, 91, 92 dvdpeiov, 91 dvdpeiorrjg, 70 dvdp/a, 70 dvftpidg, 198 ni4yKX?7ro£, 65 dvtfiog, 71 di^&Xfyicroe, 65 dvtiTLKXr]Tog, 65 dv€7ri'Xr;7rrog, 65 dv€7ririfxrjTog, 65 dveupicncaj/, 236 ♦drew, 306 d^yp, 72, 74 avQipig, 73 dvOenov, 73 di/01?, 73 dvOrjXrj, 73 dy0oc, 73 *dv0o(TVV7], 73 dv0pa/coih>, 273 d^0pw7roc, 74, 157 •dj/ta, 338 di/(£i/ai| 351 361 *dvorifi(jjv, 111 dvo?7ro£, 111 dvo7rXoc, 156 dyouc, 111 avoxfi, 200 d^raywrnorr/c, 75 dvri, 213 *dvrtd^tv, 236 dvrtd^ii/, 236 *dyri/3ioc, 75 dvr/^ifco^, 75 dvrt7TrtXoc, 75, 210 dvri7roX£/ztoc, 210 dvrt7r6X£/xoc, 210 avrirexvog, 75 dvriri/7roc, 75 dvrpov, 76 •oi/ruS, 81, 104 dvv7rrjicoog, 193 *di/wy£vai, 283 d£ta, 77 d^iw/irt, 77 d%iw(Jig, 77 d£oveg, 78 d£wv, 78 *doXXi£av, 9 do7rXoc, 156 *dop, 388 d7rayop£U£iv, D5 d7rdy%£t^, 24 *d7raX6c, 321 aTrapacrKCvacrroc, 79 d7rapd(TK£i;oc, 79 a7rapxi7, 266 d-rrardv, 80 *d7ravpi0o£, 312 apSGKtiv, 90 aperi?, 91, 92 *apr)ysiv t 125 *ap»?g, 323 dprjrrfp, 267 apflpov, 324 dpiVTtia, 91 dpicrrtlov, 36 apiGTov, 93 dpKtiv, 94 ap/cvg, 180 apfia, 81 apjiafjta^a, 81 apfJLo^eiv, 139 dpvelaOai, 95 *dpoTrfp, 148 *dporpevc, 148 apovpa, 23, 149 ap7ray?7, 12 ap7ra£6i^, 96 apnedovrj, 180 ap-rrr), IfJO *dppwSuv, 390 aprajAog, 318 aprog, ^7 dpxay&raQ, 117 ap^atoi;, 98 apx a '|° €crta > 20 INDEX. apxeiv, 99 apX*?, 100,101,102 dpxvyerriQ, 117 *apX°£> 117 apxwv, 117 *acraAevroc, 247 aaicEvoQ, 156 daKrjfia, 103 aaicr)ro0t, 202 * avTOKGLGiyvriTog, 29 avTOKsXevorog, 203 avroKivrjTog, 203 avTOKpaTwp, 117 avTOfxarog, 203 avTovofiog, 207 avrov, 202 d(paipe7v, 196 d(pafj,aprdveiv f 62 *j3iro^317 •PapPtToc, 317 fldpog, 116 f3apvrr}g, 116 f3a(ravi(TTrjQ, 168 f3at/xag, 244 /3o»7, 299 *(3or]dpo{jLETv, 125 fiorjOtTv, 125 /3o\?7, 120 /36\oe, 120 j8o/ij3oe, 248 /3o, 126 j86ff/ci;/ia, 10,242 */3o 294 */3ora, 10 pordvi), 127 *j3orov, 242 jSorpug, 127 jSovicoXtlv, 80, 126 INDEX. /3ovk6\ioi>, 10 PovkoXoq, 362 PovXewv, 132 PovXeoQai, 129 fiovXEVfia, 396 f$OvXEVTY)piOV, 132 /3ov\/7, 20, 130, 131, 132 /3ovXr}[ia, 130 fiovXrjaig, 130 fioviraig, 348 j3owff, 104, 133 Ppaf3e~iov t 36 j3pa/fcv^27 PpafiEvrrjQ, 27 (3paicai, 261 fipaxiw, 134 fipaxvQ) 326 ftp'typa, 286 /3p£-ac, 198 /3us(poQ, 348 *fipi&iv, 233 ppofxoQ, 248 Ppovrrj, 285 */3poro£, 38 */3poro£, 75 /3oo X 0^«iv, 228 fivfiXiov, 135 PvpXos, 135 /3 247 yaptTv, 139 yuptioOai, 139 ya/iErrj, 158 'yajicrifc, 72 *yafir}XEviJ.a, 140 yaprjXia, 140 yu/xr/Xtoi', 217 yap no), 140 yafilcTKEiv, 139 i i 2 363 ydfiog, 140 *yajjL(pr)Xaii 153 yaarrjp, 141,293 yeiapor/jc, 148 % yaro(Tt;j/oc, 142 yEiro)v, 142 yEXav, 143 yEXdcrifiog, 144 y^XadriKoc;, 144 •ytXacrroc, 144 •ytXoiaav, 143 yfXoioc, 144 yeXotos, 144 yeXw-07rotoc, 144 yEfii^EiVy 358 yevca, 146 *yEveOXt], 146 yti/£0Xta, 145 *ysi/60Xoi>, 146 yev'sGia, 145 yeVEGLQ, 146 yE verify 146 yevvrifui, 386 yivvrjaig, 146 ysvog, 146 ykvvg, 153 yepaiof, 98, 147 yspa?;, 36, 194 yepovvia, 132 y'tppov, 104 ygpwr, 147 yEWfJLOpOQ, 148 *y£w7r6ro£, 148 yetopyog, 148 *yEwTO}iOQ, 148 yf/, 149 •yrjBoQ, 391 *y)]9oavv)], 391 *yrjirrjg, 148 *yij7roVoc, 148 *y/7paX£oc, 147 yrjpavcng, 150 y^parc, 150 yrjpaaig, 150 *y\ 1 pvuv, 28, 310 *yyrrjg, 148 yiyi't(T0at, 199 yXd(pti)', 152 •yXvrtpo'c, 151 yXvievc, 151 yXi'ftu\ 152 •yXio^'i'* ^6 364 *yva9fioQ, 153 yvdOog, 153 yj^/i*?, 131, 184,335 *yv(x)TOQ, 29 *yodeiv, 290 yorjTivsiv, 80 y 6 fiog, 116 *yovrj, 386 *yoVoc, 386* *ypaia i 147 ypdfjifxa, 154 ypa'jUjuara, 220 ypai/g, 147 ypatyrj, 179 ypinEvg, 54 ypt^oc, 40, 180 ypo(7(pofjidxoQ } 156 ypocrcpog, 52 *yv»?c» 23 *yiuov, 324 yvfxvaa'ia, 103 yvfivdaiov, 103, 155, 172 yv\ivao\xa, 103 yVflVCHTTltcfl, 103 yv^vrjg, 156 yvfivrjrrjg, 156 yvfxvog, 156 yvvaiov, 157 yin/r), 157, 158 yvpig, 60 yi)j0O£, 303 •fafeiv, 273 daifioviov, 255 daifxwv, 251, 255 •tfatc, 309, 323 tfai£, 377 *8dicETov f 242 *8&koq, 242 Saicpveiv, 290 ^dajid^eiv, 159 *£a/xaX>7, 133 da/ndXrig, 133 *dafia\i%tiv, 159 *0a/zaXic, 133 *Sd[A,ap 1 158 *dapv$v, 159 dapOdvuv, 233 *%, 309 INDEX. daipiXfjg, 187 Skrjmg, 237 foi, 160 deiyiAaTi&iv, 161 fcifaiV, 390 deiKvvvai, 161, 174 deiXaivsiv, 390 #hX«;6j>, 93 *deifxaivEiv, 390 folr, 162 §uirvr}GTog, 93 dsnrvrjGTog, 93 ^€t7TVOI/, 93 *8ei7rvoj 351 diaXXaKTrjg, 300 diafiaprdvEiv, 62 *8iafi7rEpsg, 32 Siavrjo-TiaiJiog, 93 didvoia, 131, 335 SiaTpiPri, 172 dtatyopd, 223 didippayiia, 281 8iaxEipiZ,E(jQaiy 302 Siaxpdadcu, 302 SidaGKaXElov, 172 SiddaicaXog, 173 8lSd 181 di7TTvxog f 181 SiatcoQ, 182 diaaoi, 192 civGog, 181 *8t(v, 239 fa/xoe, 340 &W£, 121 &>£a, 184, 185 do£apt», 52, 163, 186 dopv£evog, 336 doVig, 194 ^oriKo'c, 187 dovXua, 188 dovXij, 256 douXof, 189 SovXoavvrj, 188 douXovz/, 159 SovXwaig, 188 dot/7ro£, 248 *dovpiKTrjroQ, 166 *<5paivfu/, 361 dpafia, 222 fy)aV, 361 * Spaa ativ, 308 *Spd<7TSipa, 256 *dpi7rdvr}, 190 dpETravov, 190 *$prj(TT£tpa, 256 fyu ff , 163 •Ml, 338 Svvanig, 191 INDEX. CVVCHTTEia, 101 ouo, 192 SvvdXyriTog, 66 SvvaoKroc, 193 Sv(jfjiev7]g, 210 dv(J7rei9?jg, 193 dvcr(D7ria, 37 duw, 192 *&3, 340 *^/ia, 340 duped, 194 da/peiv, 175 diopuaOai, 175 *dwptjfia, 194 diuprifiariKog, 187 SwprjriKog, 187 8iopodoicr)i.ia, 194 diopodoicia, 194 ^wpoj/, 194 *dldpVTT€ 186 id ii/og, 151 eSeaTpog, 318 *a, 269 e\jjLC(pfi^vrj, 328 £ii/ai, 199 m eivsKa, 213 tiirtiv, 310 apyfir, 94, 304 apy/idg, 165 6tpaV, 310 *apfpoe, 188 slprjvr], 200 *eipiov, 322 UpKTY], 165 *ftpog, 322 eta"ayyeXo£, 5 gtcrw, 211 &ca<7ro£, 201 iicaororf, 32 i/cdrfpoc, 192,201 tK^dXXuv, 85 tVyoyoc, 386 skSlSovcxi, 139 ka, 202 £jCSt0£J', 202 Ik£10», 202 t/cc^eipu/, 200 ffCT/Xog, 247 iKicXrjaia, 20 tKKXrjcria icvpia, 20 EKKXtjcria (TvytcXijTog, 20 tKovaiog, 203 £K7roi//ro£. 84 •!*ro0fiv, 215 * t Vro6) t . 215 scr^g, 215 ♦tVrocre, 215 366 HktovQe, 215 EK(f)pWV, 111 skiov, 203 *e\a(jTptiv, 8 *s\drrj, 305 kXavvuv, 8, 113, 204 *£\ct0?7/3o\ia, 257 ZXacpog, 205 kXacppog, 297 *£X£wp, 218 eXsarjooc, 318 tXerjjjLocrvvrj, 206 *eXerjrvg, 206 ?Xfoc, 206 i\£t;06pi/co£, 207 «X£v0£pio£, 207 iXfvflfpoc, 207 sX/coc, 208 iXXarodifCTjc, 27 eXXog, 205 6'XjUt^g, 373 IXttiq, 209 *iX7riopri, 209 eXvrpov, 284 6ju/3a£, 387 £ju/3ar?7C, 387 kfifipovrriroQ, 244 ffnreipia, 352 IfinoSi^eiv, 304 ifJL7ropiov, 19 tfJlTTOpOQ, 280 kvayi&iv, 260 evdvriog, 210 *tvapa i 311 *kvapiluv, 291,302 lvdti]g, 353 tv^^erat, 214 **Wifco£, 177 ZvdoOev, 211 *evdo6i, 211 ♦li/dot, 211 *6^oT, 211 evdov, 211 ev8o%og, 212 tvdvfjLa, 269 ei/ffcd, 213 £V£OC, 306 kvkpyna, 191 tvtpoi, 30 eveoti, 214 *h>rjriQ, 1 *V0a, 202 INDEX. 6v0ao£, 202 m, 214 sViauro£, 231 £Vj>£0£, 306 Ivodia, 180 *svoirrj, 299 £Vo£, 98 kvravOa, 202 HvTavdi, 202 *£Vrav0ot, 202 *evrea, 342 tVr£XX£(70afc, 283 £Vro£, 211 HvtogQe, 211 eVTp07T7], 37 evaiTiZseQai, 48 ££ayy£Xo£, 5 *k%ai, 125 ETTlKV^ilQ, 212 Enifxax^v, 125 £7ri/^a%ta, 376 ETri(TKr}1TTELV, 283 £7ri07C07TO£, 267 E7TL(JrdTrjg, 173 £7rioT£XX£ii>, 283 ETTlGToXr], 220 £7rtracror£tv, 283 £7Ttra0io^, 219 £7TU-£XX£H/, 68 E7rirr}SEVfia, 196 ^7riTr}dEiog, 229 E7riToXr), 69 E7riTpE7TElV, 175 kiTKpavrig, 212 £7ri%aip£*ccrfettf, 238 *£jUt%0OVOlCj 74 E7roucog, 83 £7TOC, 221 *£7TOC 315 *£7TOU|0rtVlO£, 255 *E7T(A)7rLg, 256 Zpavog, 377 Epaarrig, 229 £pya££(70at, 361 Epyacitov, 148 £pyar?jc, 189 *Epyfia, 222 EpyoXcLfiog, 258 £>yoj/, 222 *£pfoii/, 260, 361 "Ep£/3oc, 30 6p£aV£ij>, 226 £(Oar, 310 HpETTTEvQai, 228 *EpE0oc, 258 EplVEOV, 375 tpiov, 322 IpiC, 223 •fpitr/xa, 223 Epityog, 42 *i-pvog, 386 fpot;, 322 *lpvtrpa7T£\o£, 144 ftrvxfe, 232 Evcprjfiia, 185 m Ev7> 237 *ft»X°£> 1^5 *evxio\t), 237 Evxpvxia, 91 £V^/UXOr, 91 EtyavKov, 243 £07/, 243 tplfiog, 34 8 E(prjaa, 243 367 eQoXkiov, 331 Ecpopiog, 142 £X#poc, 210 feXU'oc, 141 £Wf, 245 SayicXr?, 190 £ay/cXoj/, 190 *£a7rXo?jroc, 359 £t7jyoe, 81 £r)Xoc, 238 Z > r}\oTViria i 238 SyV, 124 Sorely, 239 £o0oc, 30 £vya, 240 ^vyov, 240 Svyd-, 240 ZvyoaraOfiog, 240 £vyorp?jra*>77, 240 Zvfiirr]c, 97 S«4i 123 £a*/*a, 241, 264 Zuvrj, 241 samoi/, 241 ^or, 242 £wpdc 272 ZujGfia, 241 Z(D(TT1]p t 241 Zwarpov, 241 H. t},243 77j3aide, 326 rfftrjTripiov, 172 yytlaOai, 8 r'lyEjiovEVEiv, 8 r'lyEfiovia, 101 r)yefjib)v, 117 *Tiy7j\d^eiv t 8 j)dovf/ f 391 •ijfoff, 391 *i}5vi.iog, 151 ildv-n-dQEia, 391 y'lfivg, 151 7/foa, 196 •r}0€ioc, 229 7/0/;, 190 7/0oc, 196 7/tWl', 51 368 TJKStv, 224 rjXiaffrrfg, 300 jXiOiog, 111, 244 rjXioi, 245 'RXvaiov Trsdiov, 30 m ^p,ap, 245 rj/jispa, 245 fifitpig, 63 Tjiispog, 151 fijjuoXia, 331 *f}Vopka, 91 7]W(TTpOV, 141 ?77rapoe, 149 *rf7repo7TEveiv, 80 *fJTriog, 151 *rj7rveiv, 277 fipt/jLcilog, 247 f/psfioc, 247 »}c, 246 ^(70a, 246 *?7(Ty^aioc, 247 *r)(Tvxifiog, 247 rjavxiog, 247 ^(Ti^oc, 247 *>Jrop, 281 #rpoi/, 293 ^rjxVi 248 *J7X°C> 248 ?)xw» 248 *7a>£, 245 0. 0aXa/*ai, 249 0aXa>»7, 249 0a\a/iO£, 292 OdXcuraa, 250 *ea\oc, 386 0«Xttoc, 282 *9dfxf3uv, 253 Odvarog, 251 Qavarovv, 302 9ap, 384 0£77/xa%iflr, 254 •0«i/«v, 385 0£«W, 255 04\£t^, 129 INDEX. 6sXrjfia t 130 GsXr} 189 Oepfiavmg, 282 0* «ria, 282 0«r /, 282 0fc|L ,ot6r?7£, 282 OepfxcjXrj, 282 9e, 343 *0>7£(T0at, 253 GfjXeia, 157 0i?Xg, 320 0i)Xv, 157 *0rmu)v, 259 Orjfjiujvia, 259 0//p, 242 0?7pa, 257 Orjpevsiv, 239 Orjpevaig, 257 QrjptvTiicri, 257 0i/piov, 242, 244 *9r]poi$, 294 0pty, 373 *0p6ttv, 310 *0poi/ov, 73 *0pooc, 299 OpvXXog, 299 0PSXOC, 299 *0pa»(TK:£iv, 356 Ovyarrjp, 256 0*W, 260. 273, 302 0u£XXa,33 QvtaOai, 260 *0vriXf], 266 OvrjiroXeiv, 260 *0y^7r6Xoc, 267 OvXaicoi, 261 0v^a, 266 tQvfisXri, 136 Ovfxiafxa. 266 0iifi6c, 91, 218, 281, 335, 395, 398 *0i>oe, 266 *0uo(7/c6of, 267 06pa, 262 0vpat, 262 0t>iO£O£, 104 *9vperpov 9 262 0v?, 286 *KapTji>ov, 286 icaprfpt'a, 191 Va'proc, 191 Kap(pog, 27<> */crt(7ty^y;roc, 29 *Kdaig, 29 ^arcf x fl |°^ W«pi 86 Kara-ytXatrroc, 144 KaraCapOdveiv, 233 369 kcitcutvZ, 296 KaraKXrjaia, 20 KCLTCLKTtivtlV, 302 KdTcnrviytiv, 24 Karrjyopia, 45, 179 Karrjtyiia, 37 Kaufia, 282 KavfiaTi£tiv, 273 *Kaxd%aiv, 143 •fcfap, 281 *K*CVO£, 1 *K€/cpay/xrt, 299 */C£Kpay/xo£, 299. KticpiHpaXog, 141 •KsXaddv, 28 */cfXa<5oc, 299 *K£Xf(T0ai, 283 KsXtvtiv, 283 ♦/ceX^eoc, 337 /cgX^g, 331 KtXvcpavov, 284 KsXvcpog, 284 Kepdg, 205 */c£^aw, 293 KEVTpOV, 46 KEirQog, 244 *K£pai£fiv, 96 Kipajjiog, 165 Kepavvvvai, 325 fcepaui^oc, 284 KSpfia, 89 Keorof, 241 *K^06ll/, 301 KtcpaXr], 286 K/77P, 251, 328 */cf/p, 281 K7]pVKtV£lV, 287 K))pv£, 6 KJ]pVTTtlV f 287 ictp^roc, 288 Kiy/cX(£, 165 Kidapig. 171 ♦jccW, 113,224 KiOdna, 317 *»n'0ap0£, 117 koltcuov, 249 Koirq, 249, 292 */cotroc, 292 KoXaarripiov, 165 KoXXafiog, 319 /eoXXiS, 319 koXttoc, 320 *koX v 6(,\ 299 fco/^, 294 KOfii£tiv, 8, 389 Ko/jLi^aOai, 8, 113,308 *K6fA7rog, 248 *fcoj/a/3o£, 248 *Kovia, 295 fcowoprot;, 295 kovittovq, 387 Koj^tg, 295 * KoviaaXog, 295 INDEX. K07rig, 388 Kowreiv, 385, 397 koj0?7, 348 Kopoe, 348, 386 Kop^, 286, 349 *c6p(7?;, 286, 349 /c6pt>jii/3a, 50 Kopvfxfiog, 50 *icopi>£, 296 KopvQrj, 286 fcoroc, 395 *Kovprj, 348 Koupog, 348, 386 Kovcpog, 297 Kotyivog, 288 fcpa/3«roc 292 *fcpa$aiVui/, 114 *Kpadirj, 281 Kpain-dXrfy 298 */epai7rv6£, 297 Kpaviov, 286 /cpaVo£, 296 KpdffTig, 127 /cparet^, 99 Kpdrog, 191 Kpavyrj, 299 fcp€a£, 368 Kptirroveg, 255 KpeirTUJV, 255 *Kprjyvog, 1 Kprjvrj, 354 Kprjirig, 387 Kpipavirrig, 319 KpLfiavog, 279 Kpifivov, 60 KpiTiig, 300 */cpo/caX»;, 314 Kjoofifcoe, 98 Kpoi/io£, 98 Kpora£, 399 Kpt>7rr6iv, 301 KTtivtiv, 302 KrriiiaTiKog, 359 Krrivrj, 10 /er^oc, 10,242 *icTV7rog, 248 Kvftfpvr}Gig, 101 KvfilTOV, 14 *KvddXifiog, 212 */eu£oc, 185 *icv8p6g, 212 KVKOLV, 325 Ku/eXoe, 19, 104, 303 KVfianoyri, 51 *Kvvkr], 296 tcvvrjyiffwv, 257 *KWY\yia, 257 KVprjyia, 257 *KvvrjXa<7ia, 257 fei/^opaya>ydv, 96 Xa'xa^oi', 127 XaxJ^, 322 Xa<%ro£, 322 INDEX. 371 *\dxog, 328 Xeyeiv, 277, 310 XerjXaruv, 96 Xeia, 311 *\fij0i6a£, 151 Xarovpyi'a, 102 Xeirovpyog, 267 XsKTpov, 292 Xe^og, 331 X&g, 315 Xctttoc, 326 X£u*co£, 312 *X£tW«V, 343 Xsxoc- 292 Xrjyeiv, 351 XtfliGdai, 96 •Ajjfc, 311 *X^a, 91, 196, 218 Xyareveiv, 96 *Xtaj^, 2 XLf3avog, 313 Xi/3ava>ro£, 313 *XtyaiVfiv, 28 *XiyvplZ,tiv, 28 Xi0«£. 314 XlQog, 314 *Xi^lvtj, 250 Xli/or, 180 X1W7, 237 Xoy£ioj>, 372 Xoyog, 315 Xoyx*?, 46. 186 *Xo£rpoi/, 316 Xoveiv, 360 Xovrpiov, 316 Xovrpov, 316 Xovrpwv, 316 *Xv9pov, 38 *Av K a/3ac, 231 XvKHOi', 155 XvjiaiviaQai, 275 Xvfituv, 274 X£tt?j, 338 Xupa, 317 Xux^'otj 309 Xv^j//ov, 309 Xuxvoc, 309 Xvxvovxog, 309 *Xw/3a<70ai, 27"> Xtt>7ro 321 VaXXoe, 322 *lidpirTUv, 308 fxaaaoQai, 228 *fiacrrevsiv, 239 patrroQ, 320 fidraiog, 244 * party tiv, 239 ixdxaioa, 388 /idxi/ 26, 323 *jj,a\pai)pai, 71 /*£yaX6£wpo£, 187 fjisyapov, 340 ^£077, 298 fitQiardvai, 55 /ifOoptog, 142 V«0y. 341 *liz6v0og, 323 juo0wv, 189 ^o7pa, 251. 328 *fj.oXtiv, 113, 224 *f.ioX7rd%siv, 28 f-iovapxia, 101 fiovapxog, 1 17 fioi'Ofidxog, 35 IJ.ov6(p9aXidog, 230 f-iopiov, 324 Vopoc, 261, 328 jUopf/7, 378, 379 /L/OtT^O^, 133 poxtilpog, 274 *pv9t~i£0°C» 333 *VYldvjJlOQ, 151 *vijWc v 293 vrjusprrjg, 53 *VY)TT10C, 111 *vr)7TVTiog, 11 1 *vi£eiv, 360 VlKTJTrjpLOV, 36 *2/i7rrav, 360 viffaeoQai, 224 i/oelv, 343 vor^ia, 131, 335 v6t]Xor, 163 Zvarog, 155 O. *oap, 158 *6api&ii/, 310 oyKivo£, 12 oyKoc, 12, 116 bdEveiv, 113 odrjyelv, 8 6^0l7TOp£lr, 113 o^dc, 337 o^cuj/, 8 6fo;i^, 338 *o£o£, 386 o9vE~iog, 336 oia£, 355 o7c?a, 343 •oifyia, 250 "oisij, 164 olrjfxa, 184 ot^crtg, 184 oiKEiatcog, 339 oimog, 229, 265, 339 oUsTrjg, 189 oiKtvg, 339 oiKjjjia, 165, 340 OlfC7/(7l£, 340 olicia, 340 oiKoyEvrfg, 189 otKo#£C77r6r»7c, 16/ oifcoe, 146, 340 oiieorpuf/, 189 OLKOVfJLBVrjf 149 oucripjLioc, 206 OlKTMTfAa, 206 oiKTiajjiSg, 206 oweroc, 206 •otyoe, 337 olvdvOrjy 63 orvag, 63 oijvi7 ? 63 OlVOTTEfioV, 63 olvog, 341 *6'i(Tr6g, 121 *oiro£, 251 olxwQai, 113 *0l^V6lV, 113 oliovog, 345 otcpifiag, 372 o\/3to£, 232, 359 *6\£0poc, 251 *6Xekeiv, 302 oXiyapxia, 101 oXiyog, 326 oXfeac;, 331 oXXvvai, 302 oXofcauroDj/, 260 oXoKavrvfia, 266 oXoKavTOjaig, 266 *6XoXvyr), 299 •oXoXuy/nog, 299 oXofyvpEffQai, 290 *6XvfX7nog, 255 oXvvQog, 375 *o/iatjuo£, 29 *6juatjuwj/, 29 *6fjLEvvsrr}g, 72 *o/j£im£, 158 *6fif)yvpig 1 20 ^dfjLrjyvpLZEcjQai, 9 *ojtfiXo£, 323 6/u'xXtf, 333 ojUjua, 346 6fjt6yafiog f 72 *6/ioy£r£rwp, 29 Ojuopoc, 142 O/XOTEpfJUOV, 142 *6fJt6Toix°Q9 142 6ftov, 61 *6iJ,ovpiog, 142 6/x0a£, 128 *6juwXa£, 142 6i>ojua£ai>, 277 ovofiavTOQ, 211 *07raSd£, 229, 256 *07ra^£tj/, 175 *07rawi/, 229, 256 *67WrT£VElV f 343 OTrXa, 342 ottXoj/, 104, 342 07rraj/£ij/, 343 *67rr£v£tr, 343 m 6vb)Trri, 346 op£i>, 343 opyr), 196, 395 opytXorrjg, 395 opsyeiv, 1J5 6p£y£(70ai, 308 optZig, 218 opfloc, 177, 344 *OQKLOV, 200 opprj, 218 bplXlZVT7)Q, 54 *6pfiiri[36XoQ, 54 *opi/£ov, 345 opvig, 345 oppioSeiv, 390 *6pi>/iay£d£, 248 6pxHcr0ai, 356 6p%ri(JTpa. 372 0(XlOV, 178 o(Tio e , 11, 177, 268 *0(TXo%iTat, 60 *ovpaviwv, 255 ovpiaxog, 46 ovpog, 71 OVTCLV, 115 *ot'ritfav6t;, 274 ov (pavai, 95 Ol> (pCLGKSlV, 95 otyiXov, 197 6(p9a\fi6g, 346 ox»?/*a,81 ox#^ 51 oX^°£> 1^9 *oxof, 81 6^/07roiog, 318 n. 7ray£r6c, 399 7ray*cpdrioi\ 26 Trdyog, 399 7ra0aiv(o9ai, 3 7rai$ayaiy£i*>, 174 7rat^aywy6iov, 172 7rai$aywyta, 347 7rai^aya>y6(;, 173 naidtia, 347 INDEX. 7rai8svEiv, 174 Traidtvaig, 347 7rai(HicFKii, 348 7rai(Wo/iO£, 173 TraicorpifirjQ, 173 7raisiv, 385 7ra.17ra.Xr], 60 *7rai7ra\r)fia, 60 Tratc, 189,256,348,386 *7rai 109 7rapfid, 349 iraptari, 214 7rapax*iv, 161, 175 7rapfx ffT ^u, 161 *Trapi)icig, 349 *7rapr}tg } 349 373 Traprjopog, 111 m 7rapyg, 349 Kaput), 104 Trapoifiia, 41 Trac, 201 •7ra(77rdX?7. 60 7rdrayo£, 248 7rard(T(7Hi>, 385 7rarsea9ai, 228 7rartTv, 113 7rarptfcd(;, 350 7rdrpio£, 350 7rarpiu)T7]g, 364 7rarp<£oc, 350 TraveaOai, 351 7rdxvr], 399 ttsSlXov, 387 *7T£cW, 149 7nlpa, 352 *?rapap, 382 »:r£7p«c, 382 7T£Xayo£, 250 *7rsXt6pov, 23 *7T£X£IV, 113,199 ir'sXrri, 104 7T£;Ujua, 319 7rsfi7reiv, 8 ^TrkvtaOai, 361 ir£vkjU£i'?;, 328 7T£pac, 382 7TEpyap.Evr), 135 *7rspGsiv, 291 7r£pi/3apavGKuv, 310 *7rXa£uj;, 80 TrXa/cowc;, 319 7r\av7}Q, 106 7r\avr)7r)g, 106 7r\aoTty^, 240 7r\a.Ta}i(*)V, 51 *7r\ciT7j, 305 TrXsyfxa, 180 TrXsOpov, 23 7rX?]y»}, 208 *7rX*)y/ia, 208 *?rXi7e£iv,358 nXnOog, 169 7rX^0piov, 355 *7rXrj6veiv, 358 *7rXrj0vveiv, 358 irXr}iifitXuv, 62 TrXijpovv, 358 ttX^cjiov (6), 142 7rXr}pO£, 142 TrXiiGouv, 385 7rXotov, 331 7rXoKap,oQ, 294 7tXov(jioq, 359 TrXovraZ,, 359 ITXowrwv, 30 *7tXoxjli6c, 294 ttXvvhv, 360 *7rjmj/, 124 7rvtvfia t 7\, 397 iri'iyup, 24 INDEX. irviyevg, 279 *TTVOrf, 71 Troa, 127 TroSrjytiv, 8 TrodrjyeTsTv, 8 *7roQh, 225 *7ro9riTvg, 225 Troflog, 225 *7rota, 127 7T0l£lJ/, 361 7roir}jxa, 222 7r oifjiaivEiv, 126 TTOlfiTlV, 117, 362 7roijj,vr}, 10 *TTOl7TVVeiV, 361 7TOfCO£, 322 TroXefjiiog, 210 7r6Xfjuo£, 323 TroXtoc, 312 TroXtc, 363 7roXir£ia, 101 TroXiTrjg, 364 ttoXXoi, 169 *TToXvaivog, 212 *7roXvicoipavirj, 101 *7roXvKTr]fiu)v, 359 *7roXvvfAvr)Tog, 212 *7roXvvfJLvog, 212 7roXvxprW(*>v, 359 TToXvxpvaog, 359 7T01/£U/, 361 TTOvalaOat, 361 7rovr)pog, 274 7rov?7po£, 274 7r6voc, 338 7roVroc, 250 7ro7ravo^, 319 *7T07TOt, 255 *7TOp£lV, 175 TTopevtvOai, 1 13 TTOpiCsllV, 175 ♦Tropic, 133 7r6pKO£, 180 *7rop(Jvveiv, 175 *7ropra£, 133 *7ropri(;, 133 *7TO(TtC, 72 *7rori?ro^, 345 •Tror/ioff, 251, 328 Trpdypa, 222 7rpayp,aTiia y 222 7rpa£t£, 222 TTp^OC, 151 ♦TrpaTrifog, 398 7rp«ff, 345 7rr?jxo'c, 353 m 7rvyfjiax^h 26 *7rvyjuaxo£, 35 Trvyprj, 26 7TVKT1]Q, 35 7rv\ai, 262 TruX*;, 262 irvXujpa, 262 7rv\u)v t 262 7ruy0av£L7TT6LV, 1x4 pfc 367 p6fi(3oe, 303 *(6o0£lv, 228 pvy\oQ, 367 *pvfyo£. 196 pdifJLT], 191 pw, 128 2. *r?;p, 54 Gayijvj], 180 (ray pa, 116 o-a/pcir, 143 *cra/co£, 104 INDEX. vavddXiov, 387 advhikov, 387 aavidtg, 262 vavig, 262 (xap<$a£ar, 143 *crapdaf toy ptidav, odpiGGa, 186 Xa, 31 1 crcuXag, 381 (TicvXcvciv, 291 *(JKv\eviia, 311 (TKuXov, 311 GKvpvog, 381 Kk 2 375 OTcuroc, 164 119 GrepKTucov, 225 (rrspvo^, 263, 281 * ^54 141 GTopisjpa, 47 Gropojcrig, 47 *(jTopyi), 2 25 orpdrtvpa* 374 orparia, 374 OTparoircfoVi 374 orparo'c;, 374 876 (TTptytlV, 55 arpocpiov, 171, 241 GToutfia, 292 (TTpiofivrjt 292 (TTvpaKiov, 46 (TTvpa%, 46 avfloGia, 10 (TvfiiOTflQ, 362 *£vyo£, 158 *<7i/£u£, 72 CVKOV, 375 cvXyv, 96 (7iAAiy£fv, 9 ffvXAoyoc, 20 ,il3iJ3d&iv, 9 i/ 'jfifioXov, 369 (TVfifiax^v, 125 avfijjiaxia, 376 X?7, 391 Ttp\pig, 391 *Tsrfieiv, 236 *r«rpaopia, 81 *TETpefiaiveiv i 390 *rf v%£a, 342 Tivxtiv, 361 ™i>X C> 7 *r£0pouy, 273 TYifitvva, 394 Trjfisvvog, 394 napa, 171 tiQchjoeveiv, 159 nfltfvr?, 3713 rirflii, 383 TirOiov, 320 rtrfloc, 320 TlTpWGKElV, 115 *r\?jvcu, 389 rotxog, 380 roXfia, 91 ro£e?jav, 114 ToKevpa, 121 rpdyog, 42 rpavfia, 208 TpavpaTiZuv, 115 *Tpa 86 viog, 386 *vfjLtivaiog, 140 *i)fj,veXv, 28 vpvog, 195 VTTCLKOVtlV, 48 viravrcjlv, 236 VTTCLQX iiV i 199 UTTfp, 213 V7repfia.ivuv, 62 virepfiaxtlv, 125 V7n]psrrjg, 189 *v7rv6eiv, 233 *v7rvw(j(jeiv, 233 V7r6d?]jjia 1 387 v7ro%vyiov, 242 vttoiiigQoq, 258 V7r6fiVT](TlQ, 67 V7TOXTJ, 180 *v(Tfxivriy 323 vaaog, 52 *vdo£,' 245, 346 , 308, 389 QepvT), 194 0^/S,375 *r)\oi>v, 80 *?p, 242 ^yyf(T0ai, 310 iOtvtti/, 302 INDEX. (pQovog, 238 00opa, 251 0iXi«, 225 ipiXSdtjpog, 187 (pikovuKia, 223 0i\o7rpocrr;yopta, 235 0iXog, 229 0iXoo"ropyia, 225 *, 113 (povtvuv, 302 *0Ol>O£, 38 (popfidg, 242 (popelv, 389 (p6p7]p.a, 116 *0op/ny£, 317 (popriov, 116 0oproc, 116 *padfio<7vvrj, 131 , 199 *0u?7, 196 »?, 294 *^aira>/xa, 294 XaX£7ran'6iv, 3 Xaoci, 391 XapaKTrjp. 154, 196 Xapietc, 144 Xapi%E(j6ai> 175 X&pW) 213 Xa'pi£> 225, 392 *Xcipp.a, 391 m Xcip}Jir], 323 *Xap^oavvr], 391 Xciprrjg, 135 XaVjua, 76 Xauroc, 321 *Xad,249 X£iXo£, 51 X»P» 134 . XHpaywy£7i>, 8 »T* *XEtporj9r]g, 151 XEipovv, 159 XEipovaOai, 159 *X£Ai>C> 317 *XEpfiadiov, 314 *Xepfiag, 314 X^pffoc, 149 X^Xoc, 288 *XJ?p«jLlOC, 76 •x^wv, 149 XiXeuftv, 126 X tXoc, 127 XtXoDr, 126 *Xif iai p a ) 42 Xificipog, 42 Xtrw*>, 264, 393 XiTwviov, 393 XirwricKoc 393 xXaTva, 394 xXa/iug, 394 xXav«f, 394 *xXi<5ai'6£, 321 XX6/J, 127 *X^oof, 110 X°Xi], 395 XoXoc;, 395 XOJ^)tr/;c. 97 x6v£pog, <>0 378 Xoprjysiv, 175 Xoprd^eiv, 126 Xoprog, 127 *%pat(7ju£ti/, 94 Xpi 160 %p?/jLtara, 89 Xp77jLiariKO£, 359 XpycrTtipwv, 266 Xp??<7r6c, 1 Xprjffrorrjg, 92 ^joovo^, 400 Xpwc 164 X<*>pa, 149 ^wpet^, 1 13 Xupiov, 23 %wpoe, 23 INDEX. ¥. if/aWay, 28 xpevdeiv, 80 ■ipevdeaQai, 80 ^^, 373 *ipr)(ptQ 9 314 \pij(pi(jfxa, 396 •iprjipoQ, 314 *//i\6c, 156 ijso(ptXv, 397 ^60o£, 248 *//uxrfi 123, 398 #X°C> 399. Q. a>«, 164 *a>yvytoc, 98 *w&'c, 338 wfceavog, 250 *a>fcuc, 297 wXsfcpavov, 14 *a>Xgi/?7, 134 WjLlI? Xvgiq, 60 *wjuoylpw^, 147 wvtiaQcu, 21 wpa, 400 a>|0aco£, 278 toraKovareiv, 48 wtsiXt], 208 w^fXoj/j 197 THE END. Gilbert & Rivington, Printers, St. John's Square, London. Mtt/Tt mi LIBRARY OOs vtm a SB ^h B WW 1 ' ■ J,'PS«£ ■i